Mahr Catalog.pdf - JW Donchin CO.

- 

+ 

CATALOG 

PRECISION GAGES

- 

MAHR PRECISION GAGES

+ 

Contents 

MarCal Calipers 1- 2 

Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 2- 2 

Micromar Micrometers 3- 2 

MarTest Test Indicators / 3D Touch Probes 4- 2 

MarCator Digital / Dial Indicators 5- 2 

Millimess Digital / Dial Comparators 6- 2 

Millimar Electtrical Length Measuring Instruments / Air Gaging 7- 2 

MarStand Indicator Stands / Comparator Stands 8- 2 

MaraMeter Indicating Measuring Instruments 9- 2 

Multimar Universal Measuring Instruments 10- 2 

MarConnect Interfaces / Data Processing 11- 2 

MarTool Measuring and Inspection Equipment 12- 2 

MarGage Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 13- 2

- 

MarCal. Calipers 

FOR SIMPLE MEASUREMENT THE RULE OF 

THUMB IS SUFFICIENT. 

FOR THE REST THERE IS MARCAL. 

The latest information on MARCAL products can be 

found on our website: 

www.mahr.com, WebCode 203 

High-quality calipers are amongst the most important measuring instruments in Dimensional Metrology because 

they are both versatile and easy to use, such as the MarCal series from Mahr. The ER digital caliper series is simple 

to operate, has a large, easy to read display and enables fast and uncomplicated data transmission thus meeting all 

requirements of modern metrology. The new generation of Mahr calipers is the MarCal 16 EWR a waterproof digital 

caliper, which enables measurement even in the most difficult workshop conditions. In addition all the Mahr calipers 

have a highly precise slide movement as well as both the slide and beam being made of hardened stainless steel thus 

completing the outstanding characteristics of Mahr calipers.

+ 



Overview 

MarCal Calipers 1- 2 

Standard Calipers 

MarCal 16 EWR 1- 4 

Waterproof Caliper with a Digital Display 

MarCal 16 ER 1- 8 

With a Digital Display 

MarCal 16 DN / 16 FN / 16 GN / 16 N 1- 10 

With a Line Scale (Vernier) 

MarCal 16 U 1- 11 

With a Circular Scale 

Universal Calipers 

MarCal 16 EWV 1- 12 


Workshop Calipers 

MarCal 18 EWR / 18 ESA 1- 14 


MarCal 18 NA / 18 N / 18 DN 1- 17 


Depth Calipers 

MarCal 30 EWR / 30 ER / 30 EWN 1- 20 


MarCal 30 N / 30 NH / 30 ND 1- 24 


Linear Machine Scales 

MarCal 31 ES / 32 ES 1- 25 

With a Digital Display

- 

1-2 



OVERVIEW 

MarCal - Design Features 

Measuring blades for 

inside measurement 

Locking screw 

Slide 

Beam 

Depth bar 

Fixed 

measuring jaw 

Moveable measuring jaw 

Vernier scale 

Line scale 

MarCal - Types on measurement 

Calipers of the 16 series (e.g. 16 EWR, 16 U, 16 FN) can be used for 

4 different measurements: 

a) Outside measurement 

b) Inside 

measurement 

c) Depth 

measurement 

d) Step (Distance) measurement 

Error limits G according to DIN 862 

Measuring 

length 

Error limits G in μm 

Scale interval and/or 

vernier interval 

Resolution 

l 0.1 and 0.05 0.02 0.01 

50 

20 20 

100 

50 

200 

300 

400 60 

500 70 

600 80 

700 90 

30 30 

800 100 

900 110 

40 40 

1000 120 

1200 140 50 

1400 160 

1600 180 

1800 200 

2000 220 

60 

—

+ 


1-3 

MarCal - The innovative Reference-System 

Just set once to zero 

All Mahr digital calipers with this logo 

are equipped with the innovative Reference-System. The zero position 

just has to be set once: after setting the zero position, the zero remains stored for all further measurements. Therefore, once the 

caliper is switched ON or the slide is moved the caliper is immediately ready for measurement. The need to reset to zero with a 

conventional caliper once the caliper is switched on has now become obsolete. 

Conventional 

Switch ON Close the measuring jaws Set to zero Results of measurement 

- System 

Switch ON Results of measurement 

Press the or move the 

ON key 

slide 

IP-Protection classes 

First digit is the degree of protection according to 

IEC 60529 

Protection against particles, contaminants and dust 

Second digit is the degree of protection according 

to IEC 60529 (approximate) 

Protection against wet conditions (fluids) 

0 Not protected 0 Not protected 

1 Particles > 50.0 mm 1 Falling water drops - vertical 

2 Particles > 12.5 mm 2 Falling water drops - tilted < 15° 

3 Particles > 2.5 mm 3 Spray water < 60° 

4 Particles > 1.0 mm 4 Water splashing from all directions 

5 Dust protected 5 Water jets from all directions 

6 Dust tight 6 Powerful water jets 

7 Temporary immersion in water 

8 Continuous immersion in water 

IP67 

Example: 

IP67 means that 

the product is 

"Dust tight" and is 

protected against 

"Temporary 

immersion in water".

- 

1-4 


MarCal. The new Generation with the Reference-System 

WATERPROOF CALIPERS 

The water-proof digital caliper MarCal 16 EWR, with protection class IP67 and the Reference Lock- 

Function, ensures both accurate and reliable results even in the most toughest workshop conditions. 

The high-contrast display 

with 8.5 mm high digits 

enables accurate, fatigue 

free reading of the 

measurement results. 

 

 

 

 

Universal SPC-interface 

(optional). You have a choice of 

MarConnect data outputs, select 

either USB, Digimatic or Mahr 

Opto RS232 

The Reference-Lock- 

Function prevents 

operating error caused 

by accidental usage of the 

operating buttons. 

The new Reference system is extremely 

energy efficient as when the caliper is 

in standby mode; almost no power is 

required, thus extending the life of 

the battery to up to 50%. 

Conventional 

- System 

+ 50% 

MarCal calipers have lapped guide 

way surfaces, these guarantee an even 

and sensitive run of the slide. 

Surface of the guide way 

Lapped guide way 

Lapped measuring faces 

for accurate measurement. 

Code 

Initials IP International 

Protection 

First 

digit 6 Dust-tight 

Second 

digit 7 

Protected against 

temporary 

immersion in water 

1 Year 2 Years 3 Years 

Protection class IP67 

in accordance to IEC 

IP67 

60529, the water 

proof measuring system FPS 

(Fluid Protected measuring 

System) with a sealed 

housing.

+ 


1-5 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR 

DIN 

862 IP67 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set display to zero) 

mm/inch 

Reference-Lock/Unlock 

Auto-ON/OFF 

• Immediate measurement due 

to the Reference system 

• Excellent resistance against 

dust, coolants and lubricants, 

protection class IP67 

• Dirt wipers are integrated in 

the slide 

• Life of the battery up to 3 years 

• Max measuring speed 

2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast Liquid Crystal 

Display with 8.5 mm high 

digits 

• Lapped guide way 

• Slide and beam made of 

hardened stainless steel 

• Measuring blades for inside 

measurement 

• Locking screw 

• Supplied with: 

Case, battery, operating 

instructions 

• Step measuring function 

Technical Data 

Measuring Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Friction wheel Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103060 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103062 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103061 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103063 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 50 19 285 16 x 3.5 

300 14 64 19 388 16 x 4 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Depth Measuring Bridge 16 Em 4102020 

Battery 3V, Type CR 2032 4102520 

16 Em 

75 x 7

- 

1-6 


Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR with data output 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


DATA (Data transmission via 

connection cable) 

Auto-ON/OFF 






• MarConnect data output, 

choose alternatively: 

USB, OPTO RS232C or 

Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast LCD with 8.5 mm 

high digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Friction wheel Order no. 

range 

DIN 


862 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103064 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103066 

200 (8“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103068 

300 (12“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.04/ .0015“ 4103070 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103065 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103067 

200 (8“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103069 

300 (12“) 0.01/ .0005” 0.04/ .0015“ 4103071 

 

Accessories 

 

 

Order no. 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 



Data Connection Cable USB (2 m) 16 EXu 4102357 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232C 

(2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 16 EXr 4102410 

Data Connection Cable Digimatic (2 m), 

Flat plug 10-pin 16 EXd 4102411 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 50 19 285 16 x 3.5 

300 14 64 19 388 16 x 4 

Accessories for Data Processing see Chapter 11

+ 


1-7 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWR with ceramic measuring faces 

DIN 

862 

IP67 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 




• Ceramic measuring faces for 

external measurement 


measurement 





instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Order no. 

range 

DIN 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch 862 

150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4103072 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

Order no. 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 









- 

1-8 


Digital Caliper MarCal 16 ER 

DIN 

862 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


Auto-ON/OFF 




the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 



digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm/inch 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 4103000 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 4103001 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 233 16 x 3 

Accessories 

Order no. 



16 Em 

75 x 7

+ 


1-9 

Digital Caliper MarCal 16 ER with data output 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


Auto-ON/OFF 






Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 



digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Depth rod Data output Order no. 

range 

 

DIN 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm/inch 862 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 4103002 

150 (6“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 4103003 

200 (8“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 4103004 

300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.04/ .0015“ 4103005 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

150 10 40 16 235 16 x 3 

200 10 40 16 285 16 x 3 

300 14 64 18 388 16 x 4 

Accessories 

Order no. 








Accessories for Data Processing see Chapter 11 

16 Em 

75 x 7

f 

- 

1-10 


Vernier Calipers MarCal 16 N, 16 FN, 16 GN, 16 DN with scale reading 

16 FN 

16 GN 

16 DN 

Features 

• Vernier and main scale have 

a satin chrome finish for glare 

free reading 



• Raised guide ways for the 

protection of the scale 


measurement 


• Depth bar 

• Locking screw or thumb 

clamp 


Plastic case and thread table 


Measuring Readings Error limit G Order no. Order no. Remarks 

range upper lower DIN 

without with 

mm (inch) inch mm mm/inch 862 

fine adjustment fine adjustment 

16 FN 150 0.05 0.05 4100420 Locking screw above 

16 FN 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05/ .0020“ 4100400 Locking screw above 

16 DN 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05/ .0020“ 4100600 Thumb clamp 

16 N 150 (6“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05/ .0020“ 4100500 

} 

Locking screw below 

16 GN 150 0.02 0.04 4100650 4100660* 

16 GN 150 (6“) .001“ 0.02 0.04/ .0016“ 4100670 4100680* 

16 FN 200 0.05 0.05 4100421 

16 FN 200 (8“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05/ .0020“ 4100401 

16 GN 200 0.02 0.05 4100651 4100661* Locking screw above 

16 GN 200 (8“) .001“ 0.02 0.05 4100671 4100681* 

16 FN 300 0.05 0.05 4100422 

16 FN 300 (12“) 1/128“ 0.05 0.05/ .0020“ 4100402 

16 GN 300 0.02 0.05 4100652 4100662* 

16 GN 300 (12“) .001“ 0.02 0.05 4100672 4100682* 

* Calipers with fine adjustment the measuring range is shortened by 20 mm / 1” 

d 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f 

c 

e 

150 10 40 16 228 16 x 3 3.8 

200 14 50 19 290 17 x 3.5 3.8 

300 16 64 23 404 20 x 4 4.8 

b 

a 

Accessories 

Order no. 


Leather case for meas. range 150 mm 4100302 

16 Em 

75 x 7

+ 


1-11 

Vernier Caliper MarCal 16 U with circular scale 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

• Large, high contrast dial face 

• Satin chrome finished line scale 

• Shockproof movement 

• Zero setting through rotating 

the dial face and locking screw 

• Covered rack 




measurement 



• Depth bar 


Plastic case 

• Inch model is supplied with 

a black dial face 


Measuring Readings Diameter of 1 Pointer- Dial face Error limit DIN Order no. 

range circular scale revolution color G 

862 

150 mm 0.01 mm 34 mm 1 mm white 0.03 mm 4107005 

150 mm 0.02 mm 34 mm 2 mm white 0.03 mm 4107107 

6“ .001“ 1.3“ .100“ black .0012“ 4107900 

234 

10 

40 

16x3 

7 

16,5 

Accessories 

Order no. 


Leather case for meas. range 150 mm 4100302 

16 Em 

75 x 7

- 

1-12 


Universal Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWV in set 

IP67 

 

 

 

 

DIN 

862 

Applications 

Features 

• The 16 EWV can also be used 

as a standard caliper (4 types 

of measurement). 

When used in conjunction 

with the standard accessories; 

it is possible to measure 

recesses, grooves, etc. 

In conjunction with the 

additional accessories; threads, 

bores, serrations, etc. can be 

measured. 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 





measurement 





instructions 


Measuring range* Resolution Error limit G Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm/inch 

200 (8“) 0.01 /.0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4118807** 

200 (8“) 0.01 /.0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4118808*** 

* in conjunction with accessories the measuring range may change ** includes standard accessories *** excludes standard accessories 

Accessories 

Order no. 

 







 

 

 

 


+ 


1-13 

Universal Digital Caliper MarCal 16 EWV in set 

Standard Accessories are included in the set 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Required Remarks 

quantity 

16 Em Depth Measuring Bridge 4102020 1 

75 x 7 

16 Eel Setting Gage for 4118817 1 


16 Eel 

50 ±0,003 

16 Ec Measuring Force Device 4118818 1 

 

{ 

16 Eea 

{ 

16 Eei 

16 Eea 1 Anvils for 4118810 2 up to 

outside measurements 

dia. 175 mm 

1 

16 Eea1 

12 

16 Eea2 

12 

16 Eea 2 Anvils for 4118811 2 up to 


dia. 175 mm 

16 Eea3 

16 Eea 3 Anvils for 4118812 2 

12 

up to 


dia. 175 mm 

16 Eei 1 Anvils for 4118813 2 from 


dia. 27 mm 



dia. 39 mm 

16 Eei1 

6 

16 Eei2 

12 

6 

6 

16 Eei3 

12 


1 

6 


dia. 39 mm 

Screws M2 x 8 4879602 2 

Additional Accessories 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Required Remarks 

quantity 

ø3,5 

R5 

6 

ø3,5 

ø1,5 

ø3,5 

R5 

ø1,5 

R5 

ø3,5 



dia. 8.5 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16 Eab Mounting Attachment for 4118819 2 

844 Tk 16 Eab 

844Tg/Tr and 844 Tk 

844 Tk Ball Anvils 2 see Page 10-10 

844 Tg/Tr Thread Anvils 1 + 1 see Page 10-12/10-14 

844 Tr/Tg 

16 Eab 

10 

10

- 

1-14 


Digital Caliper MarCal 18 EWR 

 

IP65 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast LCD with 10 mm 

(only 300 mm) and 12.5 mm 

high digits 



• Rounded measuring blades 

for inside measurement 




instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Weight Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch mm/inch kg 

300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 0.44 4112705 

500 (20“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.04/ .0015“ 1.00 4112713 

750 (30“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.05/ .0020“ 1.28 4112715 

1000 (40“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.06/ .0024“ 2.10 4112717 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e 

 

300 410 90 10 10 20 x 4.5 

500 650 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 

750 905 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 

1000 1165 150 20 20 30 x 6.5 

 

Accessories 

Order no. 








+ 


1-15 

Digital Caliper MarCal 18 EWR with measuring blades for outside measurement 

 

IP65 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 




Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 

• High contrast LCD with 10 mm 

(only 300 mm) and 12.5 mm 

high digits 



• Rounded measuring blades 

for inside measurement 




instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Weight Order no. 


300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 0.45 4112704 

500 (20“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.04/ .0015“ 1.10 4112712 

750 (30“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.05/ .0020“ 1.35 4112714 

1000 (40“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.06/ .0024“ 2.20 4112716 

Dimensions 


 

 

300 410 90 10 10 20 x 4.5 40 

500 650 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 55 

750 905 150 20 20 25 x 5.5 55 

1000 1165 150 20 20 30 x 6.5 60 

 

 

Accessories 

Order no. 








- 

1-16 

MarCal. Caliper 

Digital Caliper MarCal 18 ESA lightweight construction 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Zero setting) 

mm/inch 

HOLD (storage of measured 

values) 

DATA (Data transmission) 


the slide 


1.5 m/sec (60“/sec) 

• Data output: Opto RS232C 

(only 300 mm version) 


Display with 6 mm or 10.5 mm 

high digits 

• To reduce the overall weight 

the slide and beam are made 

from aluminum and are coated 

with a hard anodized surface 

coating (1100HV) 

• Measuring faces are made of 


• Prisma guide ways for a more 

smooth and even movement 

• Measuring blades for outside 

measurement 

• Rounded measuring faces for 




Case 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Weight Order no. 

range 

RS232C 


300 (12“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ 0.50 4112620 

500 (20“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ - 1.40 4112621 

800 (32“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.07/ .0025“ - 1.60 4112622 

1000 (40“) 0.01 / .0005“ 0.08/ .0032“ - 1.80 4112623 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f g h i 

 

300 450 33 90 24.5 10 10 25 4.5 17 

500 726 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

800 1026 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1000 1226 42 150 33.5 15 20 31.9 6 29 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

Order no. 



(2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 16 ESv 4102510 


+ 

MarCal. Caliper 

1-17 

Caliper MarCal 18 NA lightweight construction 

Features 

• To reduce the overall weight 

the slide and beam are made 

from aluminum and are coated 

with a hard anodized surface 

coating (1100HV) 

• Measuring faces are made of 


• Prisma guide ways for a more 


• Measuring blades for outside 

measurement 





Case, over 1500 mm supplied 

in a cardboard box 


Measuring Readings Error limit G Weight Order no. 

range upper lower 

mm mm mm mm kg 

300 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.50 4112300 

500 0.02 0.02 0.03 1.40 4112301 

800 0.02 0.02 0.07 1.60 4112302 

1000 0.02 0.02 0.08 1.75 4112303 

1500 0.05 0.05 0.16 2.10 4112304 

2000 0.05 0.05 0.16 2.50 4112305 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d e f g h i 

 

 

300 450 33 90 17.5 10 10 25 4.5 17 

500 726 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

800 1026 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1000 1226 42 150 20.7 15 20 31.9 6 29 

1500 1760 85 200 25 15 30 48.1 6 40 

2000 2260 85 200 25 15 30 48.1 6 40

- 

1-18 


Vernier Caliper MarCal 18 N 

Features 



free reading 









up to 1000 mm delivered 

with a case, over 1000 mm 

individually packed 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Order no. Order no. 

range DIN 

without with 

862 

mm (inch) upper lower mm fine adjustment fine adjustment 

200 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4112200 

300 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4112201 4112220 

300 (12“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.05 4112230 

500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.06 4112221 

500 (20“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.06 4112231 

500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.07 4112210 

800 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4112222 

800 (32“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.08 4112232 

800 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.10 4112211 

1000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4112223 

1000 (40“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.08 4112233 

1000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.12 4112212 

1500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.10 4112224 

1500 (60“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.10 4112234 

1500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.18 4112213 

2000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.12 4112225 

2000 (80“) .001“ 0.02 mm 0.12 4112235 

2000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.22 4112214 

e 

f 

Dimensions 

mm a b c e f 

c 

b 

a 

18 N 200 mm 5 10 80 310 20 x 5 

300 mm 5 10 90 410 20 x 5 

500 mm 10 19 150 675 25 x 6 

800 mm 10 19 150 985 30 x 7 

1000 mm 10 19 150 1185 30 x 7 

1500 mm 15 19 200 1760 40 x 8 

2000 mm 15 19 200 2270 45 x 10

+ 


1-19 

Vernier Caliper MarCal 18 DN with measuring blades for outside measurement 

Features 



free reading 









up to 1000 mm delivered 

with a case, over 1000 mm 

individually packed 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Order no. Order no. 

range DIN 

without with 

mm upper lower mm 

862 

fine adjustment fine adjustment 

200 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.05 4113200 

200 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4113300 

300 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.05 4113201 

300 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.05 4113301 

500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.07 4113202 

500 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.06 4113302 

800 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.10 4113203 

800 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4113303 

1000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.12 4113204 

1000 0.02 mm 0.02 mm 0.08 4113304 

1500 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.18 4113205 

2000 0.05 mm 0.05 mm 0.22 4113206 

e 

c d 

b 

a 

f 

Dimensions 


18 DN 200 mm 5 10 80 40 310 20 x 5 

300 mm 5 10 90 40 410 20 x 5 

500 mm 10 19 150 60 675 25 x 6 

800 mm 10 19 150 65 985 30 x 7 

1000 mm 10 19 150 67 1185 30 x 7 

1500 mm 15 19 200 86 1760 40 x 8 

2000 mm 25 19 200 96 2270 45 x 10

- 

1-20 


Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 EWR according to protection class IP67 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Merkmale 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

PRESET (enter a numerical 

value) 


Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 


• Beam and cross beam are 

made of hardened stainless 

steel 




instructions 


 

Measuring Resolution Error limit Order no. 

range 

G 


150 (6”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4126700 

300 (12”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.04/ .0015“ 4126701 

500 (20”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.05/ .0020“ 4126702 

Depth measurement 

Distance measurement 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

mm a b 

150 234 100 

300 384 150 

500 584 150 

30 EXm 

30 ESa 

Accessories 

Order no. 

200/300 

ø3 

4 

12 

R2 

ø4 







Cross Beam Extension 200 mm 30 EXm 4126511 

300 mm 30 EXm 4126510 

Anvil for distance measurement 

to be fixed to the measuring pin 30 ESa 4125611 

ø1,5 


+ 


1-21 

Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 ER 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


value) 


Auto-ON/OFF 






Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 




steel 




instructions 


 

 


range 

G 


150 (6”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.03/ .001“ 4126514 

300 (12”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.04/ .0015“ 4126515 

500 (20”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.05/ .0020“ 4126516 

Depth measurement 

Distance measurement 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

mm a b 

150 234 100 

300 384 150 

500 584 150 

 

Accessories 

 

Order no. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 







Cross Beam Extension 200 mm 30 EXm 4126511 

300 mm 30 EXm 4126510 

Anvil for distance measurement 

to be fixed to the measuring pin 30 ESa 4125611 


- 

1-22 


Digital Depth Gage MarCal 30 EWN 

 

IP67 

 

 

 

Version A 

Version B 

Applications 

• Ideal for measuring the width 

of grooves and distances 

between grooves 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


value) 


Auto-ON/OFF 









Digimatic 


the slide 



2.5 m/s (100“/s) 


high digits 



steel 




instructions. Version A: Anvils 

30 ENt (1 mm), 902 and 903, 


Measuring Length of Resolution Error limit Version Order no. 

range cross beam G 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

100 (4”) 85/ 3.35“ 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .001“ A 4126512 

200 (8“) 100/ 3.93“ 0.01/ .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ B 4126517 

300 (12“) 150/ 6“ 0.01/ .0005“ 0.03/ .001“ B 4126518

+ 


1-23 

 

 

Version A 

902/903 

 

30 ENt 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Version B 

 

 

 

Diimensions 

mm a b c 

100 268 85 x 8.5 16 x 3 

200 281 100 x 8.7 11.5 x 3.6 

300 381 150 x 8.7 11.5 x 3.6 

Accessories 

Order no. 







Disc Type Anvil 0.5 mm thick, hardened 30 ENt 4126310 

Disc Type Anvil 1 mm thick, hardened 30 ENt 4882022 

4 

903 

M 2,5 

ø4 

4 

902 

M 2,5 

R 6 

4 

30 ENt 

ø7,5 

M 2,5 

1 (0,5) 


- 

1-24 


Depth Gages MarCal 30 N / 30 NH / 30 ND 

30 N 

DIN 

862 

30 NH 

30 ND 

Features 



free reading 

• Slide, beam and cross beam 

are made of hardened stainless 

steel 





Case 


Measuring 

range 

mm 

Vernier 

scale 

mm 

Error limit G 

mm 

Order no. 30 N 

with hardened 

measuring pin 

Order no. 30 NH 

with hook 

Order no. 30ND 

with twin hook 

80 0.05 0.05 4127200 

150 0.05 0.05 4127300 4127350 

200 0.05 0.05 4127301 4127351 4127410 

300 0.05 0.05 4127201 4127352 4127411 

500 0.05 0.07 4127202 4127353 

c 

30 ND 

30 NH 

e 

b 

d 

g 

f 

 

Dimensions 

30 N 

mm dia. a b c d e f g 

80 mm 1 50 140 8 x 3 – – – 

150 mm 1.5 100 235 8 x 3 20 5 3.5 

200 mm 1.5 100 285 8 x 3 20 5 3.5 

300 mm 2.0 150 390 12 x 4 28 10 4 

500 mm 2.0 150 590 12 x 4 28 10 4

+ 


1-25 

Digital Linear Machine Scales 31 ES / 32 ES 

RS232C 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Zero setting) 

mm/inch 

HOLD (storage of measuring 

values) 



• Inductive measuring system, 

life of the battery ca. 2 years 


1.5 m/sec (60”/sec) 

• Data output: Opto RS232C via 

data connection cable 

• High contrast LCD with 

6 mm high digits 

• Slide and beam are made of 



Battery and operating 

instructions 

 

 

 

 

Application 

31 ES 32 ES 

 

 

 

 

• For measuring travel on a 

machine (e.g. on an upright 

drilling machine, milling 

machine) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

 

mm a b c 

31/32 ES 100 mm 197 185 209 

150 mm 247 235 259 

200 mm 298 286 310 

 

 



range 

G 


 

 

31 ES 100 (4”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.02/ .0010” 4102600 

Horizontal 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 4102601 

display 200 (8”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 4102602 

 

32 ES 100 (4”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.02/ .0010” 4102620 

Vertical 150 (6”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 4102621 

display 200 (8”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 4102622 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Order no. 

Drive-Type Device for instruments 

with a resolution of 0.01mm 31 ESm 4102651 



(2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 16 ESv 4102510 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


- 

Digimar. Height Measuring Instruments 

DO YOU WANT TO AIM EVEN HIGHER 

FOR THIS THERE IS DIGIMAR. 

The latest information on DIGIMAR products can be 



Mahr offers you a complete range of products in order for you to obtain the most reliable solution for all your measuring tasks. 

Whether it’s simply scribing a work piece or complex measurements in two dimensions - Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 

guarantee a maximum of both flexibility and quality. Our motorized Height Measuring Instruments Digimar 817 CLM and 816 CL 

exceed all customer requirements; they are simple to operate, all the basic functions can be executed with a single key as well as 

offering a maximum of ease and accuracy.

+ 



Overview 

Digimar Height Measuring Instruments 2- 2 

Motorized Height Measuring Instruments 

Digimar 817 CLM Quick Height 2- 4 

High-End Height Measuring Instrument with 2D and Statistics function 

Digimar 816 CL 2- 8 

Height Measuring Instrument for the workshop and test labs 

Accessories for 817 CLM and 816 CL 2- 10 

Manual Height Measuring Instruments 

Digimar M 814 N 2- 16 

With Cast Iron Base 

Digimar M 814 G 2- 17 

With Granite Table Plate 

Accessories for Digimar M 814 2- 18 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument 

Digimar 814 SR 2- 19

- 

2-2 



OVERVIEW 

Digimar 817 CLM „Quick Height“ 

Catalog page 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 

Measuring range mm/inch 0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 0-1000 / 0-40“ 

Application range up to mm/inch 520 / 20.47“ 770 / 30.35“ 1170 / 46.06“ 

Measuring error* in μm 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 1.8+L/600 (L in mm) 

Quick Mode 

1D 

1-D 

2D 

2-D – – – 

Motorized measuring carriage 

Scribing/marking work pieces – – – 

Bore diameter 

Max-Min 

0 

Tolerance monitoring TOL 

 

Perpendicularity measurement 

Straightness measurement 

Angle calculation – – – 

Statistics STAT – – – 

Measuring programs PROG 

40 40 40 

Temperature compensation 

20°C 

 

Air bearings 

Integrated USB memory 

Data interface RS232 RS232 RS232 

USB printer interface 

Order no. 4429000 4429010 4429001 4429011 4429002 4429012 

* in conjunction with standard accessories

+ 


2-3 

Digimar 816 CL Digimar M 814 N Digimar M 814 G Digimar 814 SR 

2-8 2-8 2-16 2-16 2-17 2-17 2-19 2-19 

0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 0-320 / 0-12“ 0-620 / 0-24“ 0-320 / 0-12“ 0-620 / 0-24“ 0-350 / 0-14“ 0-600 / 0-24“ 

540 / 21.26“ 770 / 30.31“ 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 

2.8+L/300 (L in mm) 20 30 20 30 30 30 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 

 

 

USB / RS232 Opto RS232 Opto RS232 USB / RS232 / Digimatic 

4429030 4429031 4426540 4426542 4426541 4426543 4426100 4426101

- 

2-4 


Digimar 817 CLM Quick Height 

The new Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM with the innovative 

Quick Mode. Highly accurate rapid measurements, a wide range of measuring and 

evaluation options and excellent operator comfort. 

The best solution for all measuring tasks 

QUICK 

MODE 

Fast measurement per hand 

Easy to operate due to the „Quick Mode“; an innovative solution 

from Mahr (patented). 

Ill. 1. 

Move the measuring carriage by 

hand in the direction of the object 

to be measured. 

Ill. 2. The motor starts, the measurement 

procedure will automatically be 

performed. 

Measurement using the keypad (speed keys) on the base 

Ideal in conjunction with the air 

bearings for large work pieces. 

By using the keys that are integrated into the 

base; the operator can comfortably move 

the measuring carriage into the desired 

position and start a measurement. This eases 

measurement particularly when measuring 

large workpieces as these do not have to be 

moved into position. The operator can keep 

both hands on the measuring instrument 

(one hand on the key for the air bearing and 

other on the high-speed keys) and measure 

the workpiece in one run. 

Highest accuracy and reliability 

• Extremely accurate 

incremental measuring 

system with double reader 

head system, insensitive to 

the contamination of dirt 

• Robust guide column, 

made from stainless steel 

• Measuring head in 

precision ball bearings 

guide 

• Temperature compensation 

with an integrated 

temperature sensor 

20°C

+ 


2-5 

Ergonomic operating and display unit 

Choose either as 1D or 2D / Stat 

operating and display units 

• Large, back-lit display 

• Self-explanatory guided operation with 

icons 

• The display unit can be positioned 

freely with the swivel arm 

Easy to operate all measurement 

functions with the function keys 

due to the clearly defined symbols. 

Universal measurement possibilities 

• Wide range of measurement functions in 1D or 2D (optional) 

1D 

2D 

• Dynamic measurement functions with the analog display 

• Automatic perpendicularity and straightness measurements 

(in conjunction with accessories) 

• Automated measuring procedures (measurement programs) 

PROG 

• Auto function for chain measurements and distance 

measurements 

AUTO 

Extensive evaluation possibilities 

• Transmit data to a PC via RS232 or USB (with an adapter) for 

example into MS Excel via the MarCom-Software 

• Print measured values, statistics, etc. via a USB printer 

RS232C 

USB 

• Save measued values in the integrated USB memory (will be 

recognized by a PC as an interchangeable disc drive) 

• Broad range of statistical evaluations are available (optional) 

STAT

- 

2-6 Digimar. Height Measuring Instruments 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM 

See our brochure at 

WebCode 12369 

Features 

Measuring system 

• Excellent accuracy and reliabilty due to the optical incremental 

measurement system with the double reader head 

• Dynamic probing system enabling high repeatability 

• Air bearings system for light and smooth movement 

• Precise measuring head on stainless steel guideways 

• Motorised measuring carriage simplifies measurement runs 

• Probe constant remains after the instrument is switched off 

• Integrated rechargeable battery with a long operating time span 

for mains independent measurement 

• Temperature compensation with an integrated temperature sensor 

Operating and display unit 

• Large and clearly defined function keys 

• Easy to read background lit graphic LCD-Display 

• Operator guidance with self-explanatory icons / pictograms 

• Operator prompts and menus are available in several languages 

• Possible to set additional zero points on a work piece 

• RS232 and / or USB data output for further data processing 

• Save measured data on the integrated USB memory 

• USB interface to connect a compatible USB printer 

• Additional measuring instruments with Opto RS232-interface can 

be connected 

• Secure the future due to software update potential 

• Automatic Stand-by switch mode 

• Selectable Auto-off function, without loss of measured values 


Height Measuring Instrument incl. operating and display unit, 

Carrier 817h1, 

Probe K6/51 

Setting block 817 eb, 

Operating instructions, 

Mains power adapter, 

USB cable 


Measuring range mm / inch 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 1000 / 40“ 

Range of application mm / inch 520 / 20.47“ 770 / 30.31 1170 / 46.06 

Resolution mm 0.01 / 0.005 / 0.001 / 0.0005 / 0.0001 

inch 0.001“ / 0.0005“ / 0.0001“ / 0.00005“ / 0.00001“ 

Measuring error* μm (1.8+L/600), L in mm 

Repeatability μm 0.5 (plane) 1 (bore) 

Perpendicularity error (elect. adjusted) μm frontal 5 frontal 6 frontal 10 

Operating time of rechargeable battery h up to 16 

Measuring force N 1.0 ± 0.2 

Permissible relative air humidity % 65 (non condensed) 

Working temperature °C / °F 20 ± 1 / 68 ± 33.8 

Operating temperature °C / °F 10 . . . 40 / 50 . . . 104 

3-point air cushion, height μm ca. 9 


incremental scale with optical reading 

Total height mm / inch 741 / 29.17“ 985 / 38.78“ 1392 / 54.80“ 

Base area (L x W) mm / inch 240 x 250 / 9.45“ x 9.84“ 

Weight kg / lbs 25 / 55.15 30 / 66.14 35 / 77.16 

Order no. 1D 4429000 4429001 4429002 

Order no. 2D / Stat 4429010 4429011 4429012 

* Surface base plate according to DIN 876/0 with standard accessories

+ 


2-7 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 817 CLM 


Variable 

function keys 

Evaluation functions and 

measuring program keys 

Calibration and 

set up function keys 

Measuring functions 

Delete and accept 

function keys 

Keypad 

Arrows keys 

2D Operating and display unit 

Activate / deactivate the 

Quick-Mode 

1D Operating and display unit 

Operating and display unit 1D 2D / Stat 

Measurement 

1D 

One dimensional (1D) 

Two dimensional (2D) 

PROG 

Measuring programs (automatic run) 40 40 

Perpendicularity / straightness measurement 

Flatness / parallel deviation (Max, Min) 

Roundness / run-out deviation (Max-Min) 

Measuring a taper 

 

Evaluation 

- Statistics STAT 

 

- Transmit measured values to a PC via RS232 

- Print measured values and diagrams on a USB printer 

- Print out statistical evaluations 

- Save measured values on the integrated USB memory 

2D 

RS232C

- 

2-8 


Digimar 816 CL 

The new Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 816 CL. 

You want to obtain highly accurate measurement results without any complicated procedures 

With the Digimar 816 CL you have the perfect partner for simple and accurate measurements both 

in the workshop or on the production line, just as you expect from Mahr! 

User-friendly operation. . . 

. . .due to the 

• Clearly displayed measured values 

• Self-explanatory operator guidance 

Versatile 

The Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 

816 CL offers numerous practical 

measuring and evaluation functions: 

• Convenient standard measuring functions 

• Dynamic measuring functions 

Max-Min 

Parallel deviation 

Max-Min 

The operating and display unit has a 

background illuminated display. 

Roundness deviation 

• Wide range of options for data evaluation 

RS232C 

USB 

Precise measuring results. . . 

. . . on the production line 

• Robust design 

• Measuring results independent of the user 

• Reliable results even outside of the 

inspection room 

The measuring program. . . 

. . . is essential for repetitive part 

measurement 

PROG 

Probe contact with the motorized 

measuring carriage. 

20°C 

• Temperature compensation 

with an integrated temperature 

sensor 

• Repetitive measuring procedures can 

easily be automated 

• Simply create a measuring program with 

the Teach-In-mode 

• Complex procedures can be started by 

just pressing one key

+ 


2-9 

Height Measuring Instrument Digimar 816 CL 

1D 

RS232C 

USB 

PROG 

Features 


• Excellent accuracy and reliabilty due to the optical incremental 

measurement system with the double reader head 

• Dynamic probing system enabling high repeatability 

• Air bearings system for light and smooth movement 

• Precise measuring head on stainless steel guideways 

• Motorized measuring carriage simplifies measurement runs 

• Temperature compensation with an integrated temperature sensor 

• Probe constant remains after the instrument is switched off 

• Integrated rechargeable battery with a long operating time 

for mains independent measurement 


• Easy to read background lit graphic LCD-Display 

• Large and clearly defined function keys 

• Operator guidance with self-explanatory icons / pictograms 

• Possible to set additional zero points on a work piece 

• Memory can store up to 99 measured values 

• MarConnect data output, select either: 

- USB 

- OPTO RS232C 


Height Measuring Instrument incl. operating and display unit, 

Carrier 817h1, 

Probe K6/51, 

Setting block 817 eb, 

Operating instructions, 

Mains power adapter 


Measuring range mm / inch 350 / 14“ 600 / 24“ 

Range of application mm / inch 540 / 21.26“ 770 / 30.31“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 (.0001” / .00005”) 

Measuring error* μm (2.8+L/300), L in mm 

Repeatability μm 2 (plane) 3 (bore) 

Perpendicularity error (mech.) μm frontal 15 frontal 20 

Operating time of rechargeable battery h up to 14 

Measuring force N 1.0 ± 0.2 

Permissible relative air humidity % 65 (non condensed) 

Working temperature °C / °F 20 ±1 / 68 ±33.8 

Operating temperature °C / °F 10 . . . 40 / 50 . . . 104 

3-point air cushion, height μm ca. 9 


incremental scale with optical reading 

Total height mm / inch 741 / 29.17“ 985 / 38.78“ 

Base area (L x W) mm / inch 240 x 250 / 9.45“ x 9.84“ 

Weight kg / lbs 25 / 55.15 30 / 66.14 

Order no. 4429030 4429031 

* 20°C with surface base plate according to DIN 876/0 and standard probe K6/51

- 

2-10 


Overview of carriers and probes for Digimar 817 CLM / 816 CL 

K5/51 

817 h1 

817 CLM 

K6/51 

S15/31,2 

KM 2 

817 h2 

MKe 30 

800a6 

817 h5 

Z10/31,2 

816 CL 

K4/30 

K6/40 

817 h4 

K10/60 

K10/100 

CXt2 

817 h3 

1086 

P1514 H 

TMT 120 S 

TMT 120

+ 


2-11 

Height Measuring Instruments Digimar 817 CLM / 816 CL 

Accessories 

Carrier for probes with mount dia. 6 mm 

Catalog no. Description Shaft length Order no. 

mm 

817 h1 

ø12 

ø12 

817 h2 

817 h1 Carrier for a 

probe 27.5 4429154* 

817 h2 Carrier for a 

probe 100 4429219 

84 

84 

817 h5 Carrier with a joint 

for a probe 35 4429454 

46,5 

27,5 

ø6 

119,5 

100,5 

ø6 

* Supplied with standard accessories 

817 h5 

ø6 

86 

ø12 

45 

54 

85 

Probes with mount dia. 6 mm 

Catalog no. Description Order no. 

K 5/51 

K 6/51 

K5/51 Spherical probe 4429158 

ø6 

ø6 

K6/51 Spherical probe 4429254* 

18,8 26,8 

ø5 

17,7 24,2 

ø6 

S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 

Z10/31,2 Cylindrical probe 4429227 

MKe 30 Taper probe 4429228 

KM 2 Probe M2 incl. styli 800 ts 4429256 

dia. 2 mm 

S 15/31,2 

ø6 

2,8 

18,8 31,2 

ø15 

MKe 30 

ø6 

18,8 25,2 

38,2 

100° 

ø30 

800 a6 Mounting shaft 800 a6 4301865 

for MarTest 


Z 10/31,2 

ø6 

8 

18,8 31,2 

ø10 

KM 2 

ø6h8 

800 a6 

ø2 

18,8 

ø6 

36,8 

13,7

- 

2-12 



Accessories 

Carrier for probes with mount dia. 8 mm 


817 h4 

ø12 

817 h4 Carrier for probes 4429220 

ø8 

77 

19 

Probes with mount dia. 8 mm 

Catalog no. Ball dia. Order no. 

D mm 

K 6/40 

K 4/30 

K4/30 4 7023813 

K6/40 6 7023816 

K10/60 10 7023810 

K10/100 10 7023615 

ø8 

K 10/60 

20 

41 

ø6 

ø8 

K 10/100 

20 

31 

ø4 

Universal probe set CXt2 see page 2-14 

ø8 

ø10 

ø8 

ø10 

20 

62 

20 

103 

Depth probes 


TMT 120 

TMT 120 Depth probe incl. carrier 4429221 

TMT 120 S 2 depth probes incl. carrier 4429421 

120 

123,5 

105 

ø12 

14,5 

M2 

M2 

100 

ø6 

ø6 

18 

ø12 

115 

ø6 

TMT 120 S 

M2,5

+ 

2-13 

817 h3 

ø12 

110 

62 

TOL MAX/MIN ON/OFF 

SET TOL mm/inch 

ø8 

ø8 

82 

F 



Accessories for checking perpendicularity 

Carrier for probes 


817 h3 Carrier for transducers 4429206 

Transducers for checking perpendicularity 

Catalog no. 

Order no. 

817 h3 

P1514 H Incremental probe, 12 mm 4426810* 

incl. cable 

ø12 

1086 Digital indicator, 12.5 mm 

Resolution 0.001 / .00005“ 4337020 

16 EXr Data cable for digital indicator 1086 4102410* 

P1514 H 

110 

ø8 

62 

ø8 

82 

* Only for Digimar 817 CLM 

DATA 

PRESET TOL ABS mm inch 

PRESET RESET 

SET PR ABS 

MarCator 1087 

16 EXr 

1086 

Accessories 

Setting blocks 


817 eb Setting block 4429168* 

EB I 

Setting block for a taper probe, 

includes a calibration certificate 7023827 

817 eb 

EB I 


ø6H7

l 

l 

- 

2-14 



Accessory sets for probes 

Probe set 817 ts1 consists of: 4429019 

Carrying case for accessories 4429020 


S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 




KM 2 Probe for MarTest styli M2 4429256 






817 ts1 

Probe set 817 ts2 consists of: 4429018 

Carrying case for accessories 4429020 


S15/31,2 Disc probe 4429226 




KM 2 Probe for MarTest styli M2 4429256 

817 ts2 

Universal probe set CXt2 consists of: 7034000 

Case 3015925 

Probe carrier 3015917 

Dimension Shaft length 

Measuring crook d = 0.5 mm l = 78 mm 3015918 

Probe pin /tip: dia. d = 1.2 mm l = 75 mm 3015919 

ls = 15.5 mm 

Probe carrier 

51 

37,5 

ø8 

Taper probe dia. d = 0–7.5 mm 3015920 

Spherical probe TC dia. dk = 3 mm l = 24 mm 3022000 



Extension M3 – M3 d = 4 mm l = 20 mm 3015921 

Extension M3 – M2.5 d = 4 mm l = 20 mm 3015888 

Measuring 

crook 

Pin probe 

Taper probe 

ø8 

M3 

25 

Spherical probe 

Extension 

d 

ls 

dk 

M3 

d 

M3 

d 

l 

l

+ 


2-15 


Accessories for data transmission for 816 CL 

Data connection cable 

Order no. 


incl. MarCom Standard, USB (2 m) 2000 usb 4346023 


Opto RS232C (2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 2000 r 4346020 


4346023 

4346020 

Accessories for data transmission for 817 CLM 


Order no. 

Data cable 817 CLM to MSP 2 / PC 7024634 

Adapter cable RS232-USB for Digimar 817 CLM 

incl. MarCom Standard 4102333 


7024634 4102333 

Statistics printer MSP 2 for 816 CL and 817 CLM 

• Can be connected via a RS232C interface 

• Two-line display for a simple dialog mode 

• 3 types of print protocols: statistics, statistics with a histogram and 

sample charts 

• Retrieve at any time from the memory a list of measured values 

• Individual values can be selected and deleted as required. 

• Alternative power sources include: mains adapter (100 - 240 V), 

batteries or NIMH-accumulator, type AA 

• Languages can be selected, German, English and French 


Mains adapter, paper rolls 

Order no. 

MSP2 Statistics printer 4102040 

Printer for 817 CLM 

HP Ink jet printer 

• Standard connectivity: USB - compatible with USB 2.0 specifications, 

PictBridge 

• Compatible operating systems: Microsoft ® Windows ® 98 SE, Me, 

2000, XP (Home and Professional) 

• Standard printer languages HP PCL 3 

Similar to illustration 

Order no. 

HP Ink jet printer 4429015

- 

2-16 


Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 N Standard version 

1D 

Applications 

RS232C 

Ideal for measuring: 

• Heights 

• Center distances between bores and surfaces, widths of ledges, 

plus marking and scribing of workpieces 

Features 

With extra rugged, cast iron base with three-point support. To be 

used on base plates, machine beds and work piece surfaces. 

Conversion to a 814 G version is quick and easy at any time. 

• High accuracy 

• Incremental inductive measuring system 

• Measuring head with an ball bush guide 

• Resistance free measuring system 

• Large, easy to read digital display 

• Measuring and display unit are incorporated in the measuring head 

• Easy to operate due to the hand crank on the side of the 

measuring head 

• Constant measuring force; acting upwards or downwards as 

required 

• Measuring head can be locked in position, ideal for scribing tasks 

• With fine adjustment 

• Data transmission via Opto RS232C interface 

• Digital Preset 

• Zero setting in any position 

• MAX, MIN and MAX-MIN functions 

• Enter tolerance limit for 1 characteristic 

• Switch between mm/inch 

• Mains independent due to being battery operated 

• Universal application due to a broad range of accessories 


Measuring range mm / inch 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 (0.0005“ / 0.00005“) 

Measuring error μm 20 / 0.0008“ 30 / 0.0012“ 

Repeatability μm 5 / 0.0002“ 

Perpendicularity error μm frontal 20 (300 mm) frontal 30 (600 mm) 

Operating time of the battery h 2000 

Measuring force N ca. 3 


Operating temperature °C / °F 5 . . . 40 / 41 . . .104 


inductive 


Cast iron base (L x W) mm / inch 205 x 175 / 8.07“ x 6.89“ 205 x 175 / 8.07“ x 6.89“ 

Weight kg / lbs 6.2 / 13.22 10.5 

Order-no. 4426540 4426542

+ 


2-17 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 G Base plate version 

1D 

Applications 

RS232C 

Ideal for measuring: 

• Heights 

• Center distances between bores and surfaces, widths of ledges, 

plus marking and scribing of workpieces 

Features 

Table plate is made of fine grained black granite (greenstone) which 

is extremely hard and stable. 

Conversion to a 814 N version is quick and easy at any time. 

• High accuracy 

• Incremental inductive measuring system 

• Measuring head with an ball bush guide 

• Resistance free measuring system 

• Large, easy to read digital display 

• Measuring and display unit are incorporated in the measuring head 

• Easy to operate due to the hand crank on the side of the 

measuring head 

• Constant measuring force; acting upwards or downwards as 

required 

• Measuring head can be locked in position, ideal for scribing tasks 


• Data transmission via Opto RS232C interface 

• Digital Preset 

• Zero setting in any position 

• MAX, MIN and MAX-MIN functions 

• Enter tolerance limit for 1 characteristic 

• Switch between mm/inch 

• Mains independent due to being battery operated 

• Universal application due to a broad range of accessories 


Measuring range mm / inch 320 / 12.6“ 620 / 24.4“ 

Resolution mm (inch) 0.01 / 0.001 (0.0005“ / 0.00005“) 

Measuring error μm 20 / 0.0008“ 30 / 0.0012“ 

Repeatability μm 5 / 0.0002“ 

Perpendicularity error μm frontal 20 (300 mm) frontal 30 (600 mm) 

Operating time of the battery h 2000 

Measuring force N ca. 3 


Operating temperature °C / °F 5 . . . 40 / 41 . . .104 


inductive 


Granite plate (L x W) mm / inch 200 x 300 / 7.87“ x 11.81“ 

Grade of accuracy 1 DIN 876 

Weight kg / lbs 14 / 30.86 18.3 / 35.27 

Order-no. 4426541 4426543

- 

2-18 


Accessories for Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 N / 814 G 

Order no. 

814 t Probe arm 4426510* 

with joint for mounting probes, dial indicators, dial comparators, 

and test indicators. 

Length of mounting shank 150 mm (5.91“) 

Mounting bore 8 mm (.315“) 

814 m Spherical probe 2 mm ball (.0787“) 4426525 

To mount in probe arm 814 t 3 mm ball (.118“) 4426526 

4 mm ball (.157“) 4426512 

5 mm ball (.197“) 4426527 

6 mm ball (.236“) 4426511 

7 mm ball (.276“) 4426528 

8 mm ball (.315“) 4426509* 

814 s Disc probe 4426513 

for measuring heights, distances, surfaces and edges. 

Especially recommended for narrow shoulders, e.g. on centering edges. 

814 h Probe holder M 2.5 4426514 

for mounting styli of dial indicators and dial comparators 

for special applications. 

814 a Scriber 4426515 

for scribing and marking of work pieces. Carbide tipped. 

To be mounted on the Probe arm 814 t 

814 kh Holder 4426516 

817 ks1 Measuring taper 0 – 15 (0 - .591“) 4426071 

817 ks2 Measuring taper 14 – 20 (.551“ - .787“) 4426072 

817 ks3 Measuring taper 18 – 24 (.709“ - .945“) 4426073 

817 ks4 Measuring taper 23 – 30 (.906“ -1.181“) 4426074 

814 u Two direction probe 4 mm ball (.157“) 4426517 

for measuring outside and inside diameters, width of 

ledges, recesses and slots. Actual ball diameter does not 

influence the results. 

814 ua 

814 ua Interchangeable probe arm 2 mm ball (.0787“) 4426518 

for use in conjunction with the two direction probe 814 u 

817 Cl-m Spherical probe 4 mm ball (.157“) 4426436 

817 Cl-am Holder with connection thread M 2.5, M 1.6, M 1.4 4426434 

817 Cl-sa Stylus with exchangeable measuring pin 4426433 

817 Cl-p Stylus with parallel measuring faces 4426435 

Battery 3 V, type CR 2032 4102520* 

Dust cover 0–320 mm (0 - 12.60“) 4426616* 

Dust cover 0–620 mm (0 - 24.41“) 4426619* 

814 Nf Cast iron base 4426506** 

814 Gf Table plate 4426507** 

814 X Column with measuring head 320 mm (0 - 12.60“) 4426544 

814 X Column with measuring head 620 mm (0 - 24.41“) 4426545 

16 ESv Data connection cable Opto RS232C 4102510 

Length 2 m / 6.56 ft 

* Scope of supply 

** for upgrade

ON 

0 / OFF 

mm/in 

PR 

+ 


2-19 

Height Measuring and Scribing Instrument Digimar 814 SR 

1D 

MarConnect 

Features 

USB 

RS232C 

Application 

Digimatic 

• Scribing and marking of work 

pieces 

• Measuring heights and 

distances 

Functions: 

RESET (Set the display to zero 

for relative measurement) 

ABS (Switch between relative 

and absolute measurement) 

mm/inch 


PRESET (To enter a numerical 

value) 



Auto-ON/OFF 


• Max. measuring speed 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• MarConnect Data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


Display with 12 mm high 

digits 

• Sturdy heavy-duty base, 

easy to handle 

• Hardened and lapped contact 

surface which produce both a 




• Hand crank for positioning 

and measuring 

• Fine adjustment 


• Interchangable scriber 

point, carbide tipped 

• Scope of supply: 

Scriber point, cardboard box, 

battery and operating 

instructions 

c 

d 

Digimar 814 SR 

Dimensions 

mm a b c d 

87 

b 

a 

350 62 180 x 98 35 x 15 580 

600 62 180 x 98 35 x 15 835 


Measuring Resolution Error limit Weight Order no. 

range 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch kg/lbs 

350 (14”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.04 /.0016” 7/ 15.43 4426100 

600 (24”) 0.01 /.0005” 0.05 /.0020” 8/ 17.64 4426101 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Measuring / Scriber Point, carbide tipped 27 ESh 4123710 

Holder for test indicators 27 Sp 4123041 

Battery 3V, type CR 2032 4102520 






27 Sp 

ø8 

71 

11,5x7 

15 

27 ESh 

65 

42 

11,5x7

- 

Micromar. Micrometers 

DOES EVERYTHING ROTATE AROUND PRECISION 

NO PROBLEM WITH MICROMAR. 

The latest information on MICROMAR products can 

be found on our website: 

www.mahr.de, WebCode 205 

Micrometers belong alongside calipers to the most frequently used hand measuring instruments. With their precision ground spindle, 

their carbide tipped measuring faces and their robust frame construction the modern micrometer from the Micromar series ensures 

maximum precision and a long working life. Our mechanical micrometers are extremely reliable and are easy to read due to the scales 

having a satin chrome finish, thus ensuring accuracy and user comfort. Our digital micrometers unite both the highly renowned mechanical 

precision from Mahr with most modern electronics. These digital micrometers offer simple operation with an error free reading as well 

as problem-free data of the determined parameters to an external evaluation instrument. Micromar 40 EW, the newest generation of 

waterproof digital micrometers ensures that even in the most difficult workshop conditions precise and reliable results are obtained. 

A speciality of Mahr is the micrometer with a dial comparator, with its built-in dial comparator, stationary anvil and constant measuring 

force they are particularly well suited for rapid measurements and highly precise serial measurements.

+ 



Overview 

Micromar Micrometers 3- 2 

Micrometers 

Micromar 40 EWR / 40 EXR / 40 EWS / 40 EWV 3- 4 


Micromar 40 A / 40 SH / 40 SD / 40 AG / 40 W 3- 10 

With Scales 

Micromar 40 F / 40 T / 40 TS 3- 14 

With a Dial Comparator 

Micromar 40 AB / 40 AS / 40 AR / 40 AW / 40 SM 3- 17 

With Special Measuring Faces 

Micromar 40 Z 3- 20 

For Gear and Thread Measurement 

Accessories for Micrometers 3- 22 

Inside Micrometers 

Micromar 44 F / 44 Cms / 44 CB / 44 CZ 3- 23 

Inside Micrometers with 

2-Point Contact 

Micromar 44 A / 44 EX / 844 A 3- 29 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometers 

Depth Micrometers 

Micromar 45 T 3- 33 


Micrometer Heads 

Micromar 46 / 46H 3- 34 

With Digital Display or Scales (Vernier)

- 

3-2 


Micromar. Micrometer 

OVERVIEW 

Micromar - Design Features 

Carbide tipped measuring faces Barrel scale 

Spindle 

Anvil 

Reference lines 

(sleeve) 

Thimble 

Ratchet 

Reading example: 

Micrometer with 0.01 mm-divisions 

0 

30 

25 

Frame 

Locking device 

Sleeve 2.5 

Thimble 0.28 

Measuring result 2.78 mm 

Heat insulated handle 

Micromar - Types of Micrometers 

Mahr - Micrometers are available with the following means of 

indication: 

a) Digital Micrometer with digital display 

b) Mechanical Micrometer with scale and dial 

Error limits G according to DIN 863-1 

Measuring Error limit Measuring 

range G force 

mm μm N 

0 - 25 4 5 - 10 

25 - 50 4 5 - 10 

50 - 75 5 5 - 10 

75 - 100 5 5 - 10 

100 - 125 6 5 - 10 

125 - 150 6 5 - 10 

150 - 175 7 5 - 10 

175 - 200 7 5 - 10 

200 - 225 8 5 - 10 

225 - 250 8 5 - 10 

250 - 275 9 5 - 10 

275 - 300 9 5 - 10 

c) Mechanical Micrometer with scale 

300 - 325 10 5 - 10 

325 - 350 10 5 - 10 

350 - 375 11 5 - 10 

375 - 400 11 5 - 10 

400 - 425 12 5 - 10 

425 - 450 12 5 - 10 

450 - 475 13 5 - 10 

475 - 500 13 5 - 10

+ 


3-3 

Micromar - Variations 

a) Micrometer b) Micrometer for inside dimensions 

IP65 

IP52 

c) Micrometer for depth measurement d) Micrometer Head 

Function keys of Digital Micrometers 

Functions 

Type 

40 EW 

40 EWS 

40 EWV 

40 EXL 

44 EX 

46 EX 

DATA 

PR Enter a numerical value 

(Reference Setting) 

mm/in Switch between mm/inch 

0/ABS Set display to either ABS 

 

0.000 mm or .0000“ 

for relative measurement 

/ set to a reference or 

preset value (PR) 

DATA Data transmission * 

 

 

* 

Digimatic 

 

* 

RS232C 

* For digital micrometers with a data output

- 

3-4 


Micromar. Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR 

WATERPROOF MICROMETER 

The digital waterproof Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR. Even in the most difficult conditions 

precise and reliable results are obtained. 

IP65 

Waterproof measuring system, 

protection class IP65 according to 

IEC 60529 

 

 

Highly precise 

measuring system, 

Patent pending 

Ratchet is integrated in 

the thimble, enables one 

handed operation 

Rapid drive 

Code 

Initial IP International 

Protection 

First 

Numeral 6 Dust-tight 

Second 

Numeral 5 


powerful water jets 

Large display with 

8.5 mm high digits 

ABS 

Absolute-Function: 

Micrometer can be set in any 

position to 0.000 mm / .0000“ 

without the reference to the 

Preset value being lost 

Stainless steel, hardened 

spindle 

 

 

 

 

Universal SPC-interface 

(optional). You have a choice 

of MarConnect data outputs, 

select either USB, Digimatic or 

Mahr Opto RS232 

Ergonomically formed and 

heat insulated steel handle 

Sturdy satin chrome steel 

frame 

Operating buttons are made 

from Ultradur ® , which has an 

excellent chemical resistance

+ 


3-5 

Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWR 

IP65 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ABS 

Features 

Functions: 

RESET (Zero setting the display 

for Relative measurement) 

ABS (Switch between Relative 

and Absolute measurement) 

mm/inch 


PRESET (Reference setting) 






choose alternatively 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


Display with 8.5 mm high digits 

• Hard lacquered steel frame, 

heat insulated 

• Spindle and anvil are carbide 

tipped 

• Spindle is made of stainless 

steel, hardened throughout 

and ground 

• Ratchet is integrated in the 

thimble 

• Rapid drive 



instructions and setting 

standard (from measuring 

range 25-50 mm) 


Measuring Resolution Error limit G Spindle Data output Order no. 

range 

thread pitch 

 

mm (inch) mm / inch μm mm 

 

 

40 EWR 0 - 25 (0 - 1”) 0.001 /.00005” 4 0.635 — 4151721 

40 EWR 0 - 25 (0 - 1”) 0.001 /.00005” 4 0.635 4151705 

40 EWR 25 - 50 (1 - 2”) 0.001 /.00005” 4 0.635 4151706 

40 EWR 50 - 75 (2 - 3”) 0.001 /.00005” 5 0.635 4151707 

40 EWR 75 -100 (3 - 4”) 0.001 /.00005” 5 0.635 4151708 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

Order no. 

Dimensions 

mm a b c 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1” 23 9.5 31.5 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2” 32 11.5 57 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3” 44 13.5 82 

75 -100 mm / 3-4” 57 15.5 107 






Flat plug10-pin 16 EXd 4102411 


Digital Micrometer Set Micromar 40 EWR 

Application Order no. Remarks 

range 

0 - 100 mm 4151709 Includes: custom fitted plastic 

case, setting standards 25 mm, 

50 mm and 75 mm

- 

3-6 


Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EXR 

IP40 

ABS 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 


PR (Reference setting) 








tipped 



and ground 


thimble 



Case, battery and operating 

instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Spindle Order no. 

thread pitch 

mm (inch) mm/inch μm mm 

40 EXR 0 - 25 (0-1”) 0.001 /.00005” 4 0.635 4151601 

10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

23 4 

ø20,9 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Battery 3V, Type CR 2032 4102520

+ 


3-7 

Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWS with sliding spindle 

IP52 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 







USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 






tipped 



and ground 


thimble 




instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Error limit G Spindle Order no. 

thread pitch 


0 - 25 (0-1”) 0.001 /.00005” 4 0.635 4151724 

10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

23 4 

ø20,9 

Accessories 

Order no. 







Accessories for Data Processing see Dimensional Metrology catalog, 

Chapter 11

- 

3-8 


Universal Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWV with sliding spindle 

ABS 

IP52 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 





mm/inch 







USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 





• Mounting bore for interchangeable 

anvils 



and ground 


thimble 




instructions 


Measuring Resolution Error limit** Spindle thread Spindle 

range* 

G 

pitch dia. 

mm mm/inch μm mm mm 

Order no. 

without standard 

accessories 

Order no. 

with standard 

accessories 

0 - 25 0.001/ .00005” 4 0.635 6.5 4151722 

0 - 25 0.001/ .00005” 4 0.635 6.5 4151723 

* with thread anvils the measuring range is reduced 

** with flat anvils over the full length of the anvils 

23 4 

10 4 

31,7 

ø6,5 

118 

ø20,9 

Special Accessories 

Order no. 







Accessories for Data Processing see Dimensional Metrology catalog, 

Chapter 11

7 

7 

7 

7 

7 

2 

7 

7 

2 

+ 


3-9 

Universal Digital Micrometer Micromar 40 EWV with sliding spindle 

Standard Accessories are included in the set 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Quantity required 

40 Efk Flat anvils (reference) 4151771 1 

6 

15,5 

40 Efk 40 Efl 

3,5 

6,5 

6,5 

3,5 

40 Efl Flat anvils (sensitive) 4151761 1 

2,8 

2,8 

40 Eak Anvils with reduced 4151777 1 

measuring faces (reference) 

6 

15,5 

40 Eak 40 Eal 

3,5 

3,5 

40 Eal Anvils with reduced 4151767 1 

measuring faces (sensitive) 

2,3 

2,3 

40 Etk Disc type anvils (reference) 4151772 1 

d = 11.3 mm 

6 

15,5 

40 Etk 40 Etl 

3,5 

11,3 

11,3 

3,5 

40 Etl Disc type anvils (sensitive 4151762 1 

d = 11.3 mm 

2,8 

2,8 

40 Erk Anvils with spherical 4151774 2 

measuring faces 

40 Erk 

R5 

6 

3,5 

2,8 

40 Epk Conical shaped anvil 4151773 2 

40 Epk 

3;5 

0,3 

60 

6 

3,5 

2,8 

40 Esk Wedge shaped anvil 4151775 2 

(blade) 

40 Esk 

0,75 

6 

3,5 

1,8 

Special Accessories 

Catalog no. Description Order no. Quantity required 

40 Ekk Wedge shaped anvil 4151776 2 

(blade) 60° 

40 Ekk 

3;5 

0,3 

2,8 

60 

6 

3,5 

Thread anvils for pitch diameters* 

• Pair consists of 1 V-anvil and 1 blade anvil 

 

 

 

 

* with thread anvils the measuring range is reduced by 20 mm 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) American UST thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade 

mm Order no. Order no. 

range 

TPI Order no. Order no. 

range 

TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 - 0.7 4501000 4173700 40 - 32 4501007 4173743 40 - 32 4501018 4173815 

0.7 - 1 4501001 4173701 32 - 24 4501008 4173744 32 - 24 4501019 4173816 

1.25 - 2 4501002 4173702 24 - 18 4501009 4173745 24 - 18 4501020 4173817 

2 - 3.5 4501003 4173703 18 - 14 4501010 4173746 18 - 14 4501021 4173818 

14 - 10 4501011 4173747 14 - 10 4501022 4173819 

10 - 7 4501012 4173748 10 - 7 4501023 4173820

- 

3-10 


Micrometer Micromar 40 A 

 

 

Features 

• Hard lacquered steel frame for 

measuring ranges up to 

75 - 100 mm / 3 - 4” 

• Spindle and anvil made of 

hardened steel, carbide tipped 

• Scales with satin-chrome finish 

• Heat insulators 

• Rapid drive with integrated 

ratchet 

• Locking device 


Case, setting standard (from 

measuring range 25-50 mm 

/ 1-2“), operating instructions 


Measuring Readings Error Spindle Order no. 

range limit G thread pitch 

 

 

 

 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134000 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134001 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134002 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134003 

100 - 125 mm 0.01 mm 6 μm 0.5 mm 4134004 

125 - 150 mm 0.01 mm 6 μm 0.5 mm 4134005 

150 - 175 mm 0.01 mm 7 μm 0.5 mm 4134006 

175 - 200 mm 0.01 mm 7 μm 0.5 mm 4134007 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* when scale is set at 0 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134900 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134901 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134902 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134903 

4 - 5” .0001” .00024” .025” 4134904 

5 - 6” .0001” .00024” .025” 4134905 

6 - 7” .0001” .00028” .025” 4134906 

7 - 8” .0001” .00028” .025” 4134907 

Accessories 

Stand, setting standards, etc. please refer to page 3-22 

Dimensions 

Measuring range a b c 

mm / inch mm mm mm 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1” 31 25.5 7 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2” 56 34.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3” 81 47.5 12 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4” 106 58.5 13 

100 - 125 mm / 4-5“ 131 71.5 13 

125 - 150 mm / 5-6“ 156 83.5 13 

150 - 175 mm / 6-7“ 182 95.5 13 

175 - 200 mm / 7-8“ 207 108.5 13 

Micrometer Sets Micromar 40 SA 

Application Order no Remarks 

range 

0-100 mm 4134050 Incl. wooden case, setting 

(4 Micrometers) standards 25 mm and 75 mm 



0-4“ 4134960 Incl. wooden case, setting 

(4 Micrometers) standards 1” and 3” 

4-8“ 4134961 Incl. wooden case, setting 

(4 Micrometers) standards 5“ and 7”

+ 


3-11 

Micrometer Micromar 40 SH / 40 SD with extra large thimble 

 

 

40 SD 

40 SH 

Features 

• Chrome plated steel frame 

• Maximum stability 






and ground 




ratchet 



Case (measuring range 

0 - 100 mm) 

Only 40 SD: 

• Reading error is reduced due 

to the 1 mm measuring span 

per rotation of the thimble 


Measuring Readings Error Spindle Order no 

range limit thread 

G pitch 

mm mm μm mm 

40 SH 0 - 25 0.01 4 0.5 4131000 

25 - 50 0.01 4 0.5 4131001 

50 - 75 0.01 5 0.5 4131002 

75 - 100 0.01 5 0.5 4131003 

100 - 125 0.01 6 0.5 4131004 

125 - 150 0.01 6 0.5 4131005 

150 - 175 0.01 7 0.5 4131006 

175 - 200 0.01 7 0.5 4131007 

40 SD 0 - 25 0.01 4 1 4135000 

25 - 50 0.01 4 1 4135001 

50 - 75 0.01 5 1 4135002 

75 - 100 0.01 5 1 4135003 

Accessories 


 

 

Abmessungen 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* when scale is set at 0. 

Dimensions in brackets are for the 40 SD 

Measuring range a b c d e 

Dimensions in mm 

0 - 25 31 28 13 3.25 3 

25 - 50 56 40 13 3.25 3 

50 - 75 81 53 13 3.25 3 

75 - 100 106 65 13 3.25 3 

100 - 125 130 75.5 15 4 3.5 

125 - 150 155 88 15 4 3.5 

150 - 175 180 100.5 15 4 3.5 

175 - 200 205 113 15 4 3.5 

Micrometer Sets Micromar 40 SSH 

Application Order no. Remarks 

range 




(4 Micrometers) standards 125 mm and 175 mm

- 

3-12 


Micrometer Micromar 40 AG 

 

 

Features 

• Hard lacquered steel frame 






thimble 



Case, setting standard 

Note: 

All Micrometers with measuring 

ranges between 400 mm to 

500 mm, the frame is made 

from a steel tube 


Measuring Readings Error limit Spindle Weight Order no. 

range G thread pitch 

mm mm μm mm kg 

200 - 225 0.01 8 0.5 2.0 4134500 

225 - 250 0.01 8 0.5 2.2 4134501 

250 - 275 0.01 9 0.5 2.3 4134502 

275 - 300 0.01 9 0.5 2.7 4134503 

300 - 325 0.01 10 0.5 3.2 4134504 

325 - 350 0.01 10 0.5 3.4 4134505 

350 - 375 0.01 11 0.5 3.6 4134506 

375 - 400 0.01 11 0.5 4.0 4134507 

400 - 425 0.01 12 0.5 4.2 4134508 

425 - 450 0.01 12 0.5 4.5 4134509 

450 - 475 0.01 13 0.5 4.9 4134510 

475 - 500 0.01 13 0.5 5.0 4134511 

Dimensions 

a 

Dimensions in mm a b c d e 

d 

c e 

ø8 

98 

200 - 225 242.5 121.5 25 5 12 

225 - 250 267.5 134 25 5 12 

250 - 275 292.5 146.5 25 5 12 

275 - 300 317.5 159 25 5 12 

300 - 325 342.5 171.5 25 5 12 

325 - 350 367.5 184 25 5 12 

350 - 375 392.5 196.5 25 5 12 

375 - 400 417.5 209 25 5 12 

400 - 425 442 223 25 5 12 

425 - 450 467 236 25 5 12 

450 - 475 492 248 25 5 12 

475 - 500 517 259 25 5 12 

b 

ø18,7

+ 


3-13 

Micrometer Micromar 40 W 

Features 







thimble 

• Exchangeable anvils 



Case, setting standards 

Note: 

All Micrometers with measuring 

ranges from 400 mm up to 

1000 mm, the frame is made 

from a steel tube 


Measuring Readings Error limit Spindle Weight Order no. 

range G thread pitch 

mm mm μm mm kg 

0 - 100 0.01 5 1 1.1 4137500 

100 - 200 0.01 7 1 2.1 4137501 

200 - 300 0.01 9 1 3.4 4137502 

300 - 400 0.01 11 1 5.7 4137503 

400 - 500 0.01 13 1 2.6 4137504 

500 - 600 0.01 21 1 3.3 4137505 

600 - 700 0.01 23 1 4.0 4137506 

700 - 800 0.01 26 1 4.4 4137507 

800 - 900 0.01 28 1 5.3 4137508 

900 - 1000 0.01 30 1 6.5 4137509 

75 

a 

Dimensions 

ø8 

98 

Dimensions in mm a b 

0 - 100 117.5 59 

100 - 200 217.5 109 

200 - 300 317.5 159 

300 - 400 417.5 209 

400 - 500 517.5 259 

500 - 600 617.5 309 

600 - 700 717.5 360 

700 - 800 817.5 410 

800 - 900 917.5 460 

900 - 1000 1017.5 510 

b 

ø24,5

- 

3-14 


Micrometer with integrated Dial Comparator Micromar 40 F / FC 

 

 

Applications 

• For rapid measurements of 

diameters of cylindrical parts 

(shafts, bolts and shanks) 

• Measurements of thickness 

and length 

• Recommended for standard 

precision parts 

Features 


with heat insulators 


• Retraction of the movable anvil 

and carbide-tipped measuring 

faces ensures maximum wear 

resistance 

• Longer service life due to 

the ceramic measuring faces 

(40 FC) 

• Measuring spindle made 

of stainless steel, hardened 

throughout and ground, lockable 


• Constant measuring force 

• Dial Comparator is integrated 

in frame 

• Adjustable tolerance markers 


Case 


Measuring Retraction Measuring faces Measuring Order no. Remarks 

range Flatness Parallelism force 

40 F 0-25 mm 1 mm 0.2 μm 1 μm 9 N 4150000 

25-50 mm 1 mm 0.2 μm 1 μm 9 N 4150001 

0-1” .04” .00001” .00005” 9 N 4150900 

1-2” .04” .00001” .00005” 9 N 4150901 

40 FC 0-25 mm 1 mm 0.2 μm 1 μm 9 N 4150200 Ceramic measuring faces 

25-50 mm 1 mm 0.2 μm 1 μm 9 N 4150201 Ceramic measuring faces 

Micrometer Dial Comparator 

Readings Error Spindle Error Meas. Readings 

limit thread limit G e 

range 

G me 

pitch (DIN 879) 

a 

e 

5 

ø7,5 

c 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

0.01 mm 2 μm 0.5 mm 1 μm ±65 μm 1 μm 

.0001” .00008” .025” .00005” ±.0025” .00005” 

d 

Mahr 

40 F/FC 

b 

Dimensions 

Accessories 


Dimensions in mm a* b c d e 

40 F/FC 0-25 mm (0-1”) 149 100 16 71 32 

25-50 mm (1-2”) 174 125 30 85 56 

* in zero position

+ 


3-15 

Micrometer with Dial Comparator Micromar 40 T 

 

 

Applications 





and length 



Features 

• Rugged steel frame, heat 

insulated and chrome plated 

(up to measuring range 

100 - 150 mm) 


• Retraction of the movable anvil 

and carbide-tipped measuring 

faces ensures maximum wear 

resistance 

• Measuring spindle made of 

stainless steel, hardened 

throughout and ground, lockable 





Dial Comparator 1003, 

wooden case 


Measuring Retraction Measuring faces Measuring Order no.* 

range Flatness Parallelism force 

0 - 25 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 6.5 N 4154000 

25 - 50 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 6.5 N 4154001 

50 - 100 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 6.5 N 4154002 

100 - 150 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 7.5 N 4154003 

150 - 200 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 7.5 N 4154004 

Micrometer Dial Comparator * 



range 

G me 


0.01 mm 2 μm 0.5 mm 1 μm ±50 μm 1 μm 

Dimensions 

Dimensions in mm a** b c d** e 

e 

d 

c 

b 

a 

7,5 

 

 

 

 

67 

ø17,5 

40 T 

0 - 25 27 28 4 11 8 

25 - 50 52 40 4 11 8 

50 - 100 76 65 5.5 30 8 

100 - 150 127 87 5.5 30 8 

150 - 200 177 112 5.5 30 8 


Indicating Snap Gage 840 F 

see page 9-2 

* Alternative indicating instruments are available on request 

** in zero position 

Accessories 

Stand, setting standards, etc. please refer to page 3-22

- 

3-16 


Precision Bench Micrometer Micromar 40 TS 

 

 

Applications 





and length 



Features 

• Rugged steel frame, can be 

tilted up to 45° in relation to 

the sturdy base 

• Retraction of the movable 

anvil and carbide-tipped 

measuring faces ensures 

maximum wear resistance 

• Height-adjustable stop 


• Measuring spindle made 

of stainless steel, hardened 

throughout and ground, 

lockable 



Dial Comparator 1003 


Measuring Retraction Measuring faces Measuring Order no.* Order no 

range Flatness Parallelism force wooden case 

0 - 50 mm 1.2 mm 0.2 μm 2 μm 6.5 N 4154030 4154035 

0 - 2“ .045“ .00001“ .00008“ 6.5 N 4154930 4154035 

* Alternative indicating instruments are available on request 

5,5 

ø7,5 

 

 

ø25 

0,005mm 

 

29 

26x15 


 

87,5 

101 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 

852 TS see page 9-17 

40 TS 

140 x 80 

Micrometer Dial Comparator 1003/1003Z 



range 

G me 


0.01 mm 2 μm 0.5 mm 1 μm ±50 μm 1 μm 

.00025“ .00008“ .025“ .00005“ ±.002“ .00005“ 

Accessories 


+ 


3-17 

Micrometer Micromar 40 AB with reduced measuring faces 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring recesses, 

grooves, etc. 



50 - 75 mm / 2 - 3” 






ratchet 




measuring range 25 - 50 mm 

/ 1 - 2“), operating instruction 




0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134100 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134101 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134102 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134103 

b 4 

c 

40 AB 

18,5 

8,5 

ø3 

a 80* 


ø6,5 

0 

5 

10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 


0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134920 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134921 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134922 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134923 

Dimensions in mm a b c 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 56 34.5 12 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 81 47.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3“ 106 58.5 13 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4“ 131 71.5 13 

Micrometer Micromar 40 AS with sliding spindle and measuring spades 

Features 

 

 

• For measuring narrow 

recesses, grooves, etc. 



50 - 75 mm / 2 - 3” 


hardened steel 




ratchet 



measuring range 25 - 50 mm 

/ 1 - 2“), operating instructions 




0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134200 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134201 

50 - 75 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134202 

75 - 100 mm 0.01 mm 5 μm 0.5 mm 4134203 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134930 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134931 

2 - 3” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134932 

3 - 4” .0001” .00020” .025” 4134933 

b 4 

c 

40 AS 

15 

7 

ø6 

0,8 

a 80* 


ø8 

0 

5 

10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 



0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 56 34.5 12 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 81 47.5 12 

50 - 75 mm / 2-3“ 106 58.5 13 

75 - 100 mm / 3-4“ 131 71.5 13

- 

3-18 


Micrometer Micromar 40 AR with spherical anvils 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring the wall 

thickness of a pipe, etc. 







ratchet 



Case, setting standard 

(measuring range for 25 

- 50 mm / 1 - 2“), operating 

instructions 




0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134250 

25 - 50 mm 0.01 mm 4 μm 0.5 mm 4134251 

>ø12 

c 

4 

a 80* 

0 - 1” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134940 

1 - 2” .0001” .00016” .025” 4134941 


b 4 

40 AR 

R6 

ø6,5 

0 

5 

10 

15 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 

0 - 25 mm / 0-1“ 31 25,5 7 

25 - 50 mm / 1-2“ 56 34,5 12 



Micrometer Micromar 40 AW with sliding spindle and disc-type anvils 

Features 

• For measuring soft materials 

such as felt, rubber, cardboard, 

etc. 



hardened steel 




ratchet 


Case, operating instructions 


Measuring Readings Error Parallelism Flat- Spindle Order no 

range limit G ness thread 

pitch 

0 - 25 mm 0.01 mm 8 μm 5 μm 2μm 0.5 mm 4134300 

0 - 1” .0001” .0003” .0002“ .001“ .025” 4134950 

25,5 4 

31 80* 

12 3,5 

40 AW 

ø15 

0 5 10 1 

5 

0 

45 

ø17,5 


* when scale is set at 0

+ 


3-19 

Precision Micrometer Micromar 40 SM with disc-type anvils 

 

 

Features 



• Spindle is hardened throughout 

and ground 

• Disc-type anvils are hardened 

and lapped 

• Scale have a satin chrome 

finish 



ratchet 



Case (measuring range 

0 - 95 mm) 

Applications 

Wk 

For measurements of 

• Tooth spans W k 

as of 

module 0.8 as indirect determination 

of tooth thickness on 

spur gears with straight and 

helical teeth 

• Shoulders on shafts 

• Undercut dimensions 

• Registers 

• Soft materials such as 

rubber, cardboard, felt, etc. 


Measuring Readings Error Spindle Measuring faces Order no. 

range limit G thread pitch Flatness Parallelism 

mm mm μm mm μm μm 

0 - 20 0.01 4 0.5 0.6 4 4145000 

20 - 45 0.01 4 0.5 0.6 4 4145001 

45 - 70 0.01 5 0.5 0.6 4 4145002 

70 - 95 0.01 5 0.5 0.6 4 4145003 

95 - 120 0.01 6 0.5 0.6 5 4145004 

120 - 145 0.01 6 0.5 0.6 5 4145005 

145 - 170 0.01 7 0.5 0.6 5 4145006 

170 - 195 0.01 7 0.5 0.6 5 4145007 

Dimensions 

Dimensions in mm a b c d e f 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0 - 20 31 28 13 3.25 4.5 25 

20 - 45 56 40 13 3.25 4.5 25 

45 - 70 81 53 13 3.25 4.5 25 

70 - 95 106 65 13 3.25 4.5 25 

95 - 120 130 75.5 15 4 4.5 30 

120 - 145 155 88 15 4 4.5 30 

145 - 170 180 100.5 15 4 4.5 30 

170 - 195 205 113 15 4 4.5 30 

 

 

 

 

 

* Measuring range 0-20 mm 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 FM 

see page 9-10 

Accessories 


- 

3-20 


Thread Micrometer Micromar 40 Z 

 

 

Features 

• For measuring pitch, root and 

outside diameters 

• Rugged steel frame, heat 

insulated 

• Spindle is hardened 

throughout, ground and is 

also provided which a locking 

device 

• Adjustable anvil 

• Spindle and anvil both 

have a mounting bore to 

accommodate interchangeable 

anvils 

• Flat end surface of the anvil 

shank rests on a hardened 

steel ball which is at the 

bottom of the mounting bore 

• Scales have a satin-chrome 

finish 


Readings 

0.01 mm 

Mounting bores 

for anvils 

3.5 mm 

Spindle thread pitch 

0.5 mm 

Thimble dia. 

17.5 mm 

Accuracy DIN 863 

Measuring Error Order no. Order no. 

range limit G me 

wooden case 

mm 

0 - 25* 4 μm 4170000 4170010 

25 - 50 4 μm 4170001 4170011 

50 - 75 5 μm 4170002 4170012 

75 - 100 5 μm 4170003 4170013 

100 - 125 6 μm 4170004 4170014 

125 - 150 6 μm 4170005 4170015 

150 - 175 7 μm 4170006 4170016 

175 - 200 7 μm 4170007 4170017 

a 

15 

10 

b 

c 

15 


a = Regulating range ±0.5 mm 

b = V-anvil 

c = Tapered anvil 

 

 

 

 

40 Z 

Indicating Thread Snap 

Gage 852 see page 9-16 

* Setting only with Thread Setting Plug Gages 715 E, when the interchangeable 

anvils span over several leads 

Accessories 

Setting Standards 43 Z 

For setting Thread Micrometers 40 Z. 

With point on one side and a V-groove on the other, both match 

the pitch angle of thread to be inspected. 

One setting standard is sufficient for two adjacent frame sizes. 

43 Z 

Length Accuracy Thread angle 60° Thread angle 55° 

mm ± μm Order no. Order no. 

25 4 4175000 4175100 

50 4.5 4175001 4175101 

75 4.5 4175002 4175102 

100 4.5 4175003 4175103 

125 5 4175004 4175104 

150 5 4175005 4175105 

175 5 4175006 4175106 

200 5.5 4175630 4175636

+ 


3-21 

Interchangeable Anvils for Thread Micrometer Micromar 40 Z 

For pitch, root and outside diameters. Hardened, wear-resistant special steel. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring 

which ensures locking while permitting rotation in bore of spindle and anvil. 

For pitch diameters 

Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. For pitch range 0.2 - 0.45 mm V-anvil covers 3 thread leads, set 

with a Thread Setting Plug Gage 715 E, as opposed to Setting Standards 43 Z for other applications. 

15,5 

ø3,5 


Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil range anvil range anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.2 4173007 4173407 40 - 32 4173043 4173443 60 - 48 4173113 4173513 

0.25 4173008 4173408 32 - 24 4173044 4173444 48 - 40 4173114 4173514 

0.3 4173009 4173409 24 - 18 4173045 4173445 40 - 32 4173115 4173515 

0.35 4173010 4173410 18 - 14 4173046 4173446 32 - 24 4173116 4173516 

0.4 4173011 4173411 14 - 10 4173047 4173447 24 - 18 4173117 4173517 

0.45 4173012 4173412 10 - 7 4173048 4173448 18 - 14 4173118 4173518 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4173400 7 - 4.5 4173049 4173449 14 - 10 4173119 4173519 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4173401 4.5 - 3 4173050 4173450 10 - 7 4173120 4173520 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4173402 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179409 7 - 4.5 4173121 4173521 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4173403 4.5 - 3 4173122 4173522 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4173404 

5 - 7 4173005 4173405 

7 - 9 4173006 4173406 


Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. 

Shank length 15,5 mm 

For root diameters 

Pair consists of V-anvil and pointed anvil. Each pitch 

requires a seperate V-anvil. 

The pointed anvil can be used for several pitches. 

 

 

Trapezoid threads according to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil 


1 4173250 4173650 

1.5 4173251 4173651 

2 4173252 4173652 

3 4173253 4173653 

4 4173254 4173654 

5 4173255 4173655 

6 4173256 4173656 

7 4173257 4173657 

8 4173258 4173658 

9 4173259 4173659 

10 4173260 4173660 

For outside diameter 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) 

American UST thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Pointed Pitch V-anvil Pointed 

anvil range anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4173213 40 4173331 

0.6 4173214 36 4173321 4173334 

0.7 4173215 32 4173332 

0.75 4173216 4173220 28 4173333 

0.8 4173217 26 4173335 

0.9 4173218 24 4173336 

1 4173219 22 4173337 4173341 

1.25 4173221 20 4173338 

1.5 4173222 4173224 19 4173339 

1.75 4173223 18 4173340 

2 4173225 16 4173342 4173344 

2.5 4173226 4173228 14 4173343 

3 4173227 12 4173345 4173348 

3.5 4173229 11 4173346 

4 4173230 4173232 10 4173347 

4.5 4173231 9 4173349 4173452 

5 4173233 8 4173350 

5.5 4173234 4173236 7 4173451 

6 4173235 6 4173453 

7 4173237 5 4173454 4173456 

8 4173238 4173240 4.5 4173455 

9 4173239 4 4173457 

3.5 4173458 4173461 

3.25 4173459 

3 4173460 

Pair of Flat Anvils 40 Za 

with flat measuring faces 

Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4173210 

Carbide tipped 

Order no. 4511190 

ø7,5 

15,5 

ø3,5

- 

3-22 


Accessories for Micromar Micrometers 

41 H 

Stand 41 H 

• For mounting a micrometer 

• Enables the user to use both 

hands to operate the 

micrometer and / or to insert a 

work piece 

• Sturdy, heavy-duty base, 

hammer-dimple enamel finish 

• Jaw width 3.5 - 15 mm 

• Clamping jaws are rubber 

lined to protect micrometer, 

the clamping jaws can be 

tilted 

• Both the clamping jaws and 

hinge are fixed in place with 

one screw 

Dimensions Order no. 

(D x W x H) 

130 x 100 x 90 mm 4158000 

Ball shaped Anvil Attachment 40 k 

Setting Standards 43 A 

• For measuring the thickness, 

for example: of pipe walls 

• Slips over every anvil or the 

spindle with a dia. 7.5 mm 

• Carbide ball, 

Ball dia. 5 ± 0.002 mm 

ø9,5 

ø9 

3,5 

7,8 

6,5 

40 k 

• For testing the basic setting of 

a micrometer 

• Heat insulated handle 

• Manufacturing tolerance js 2 

Order no. 4130099 


Thread Pin Gage 426 M in holder 

• For determining the pitch 

diameter of external threads 

according to the three wire 

method 

• Slips over every anvil or the 

spindle 

• Pin gages are hardened and 

lapped 

 

Length 

mm 

Order no. 

25 4159400 

50 4159401 

75 4159402 

100 4159403 

125 4159404 

150 4159405 

175 4159406 

Length 

inch 

Order no. 

1“ 4159940 

2“ 4159941 

3“ 4159942 

4“ 4159943 

5“ 4159944 

6“ 4159945 

7“ 4159946 

 

 

 

Wooden Cases for Micrometer 

 

 

For measuring ranges over 100 mm the following wooden cases 

are available: 

Pin gage dia. Manufacturing tol. Mounting hole 

0.17 - 5.05 mm ± 0.5 μm dia. 6.5 mm / 7.5 mm 

Order no. and further details see page 13-13 

40 SH 40 SM Order no. 

Meas. range 100-125 95-120 4130064 

mm 125-150 120-145 4130065 

150-175 145-170 4130066 

175-200 170-195 4130067

+ 


3-23 

Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 F 

 

 

Features 

• Rigid, lightweight tubular 

construction 


throughout and ground 

• Measuring faces spherically 

lapped, one measuring face 

adjustable 


• From measuring range 

100-125 mm with heat 

insulators and a locking 

device 


Case 


Measuring range Readings Error limit G Spindle thread pitch Order no. 

mm mm μm mm 

30 - 40 0.01 4 0.5 4163000 

40 - 50 0.01 4 0.5 4163001 

50 - 70 0.01 5 0.5 4163002 

70 - 100 0.01 5 0.5 4163003 

100 - 125 0.01 6 0.5 4163004 

125 - 150 0.01 6 0.5 4163005 

150 - 175 0.01 7 0.5 4163006 

175 - 200 0.01 7 0.5 4163007 

Dimensions 

 

 

Meas. range in mm a b c d e 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30 - 40 ø7 ø12.5 2 4 ø12.6 

40 - 50 ø7 ø12.5 2.5 4.5 ø12.6 

50 - 70 ø7 ø13.5 2.5 4.5 ø13.6 

70 - 100 ø7 ø13.5 4.5 4.5 ø14.0 

100 - 125 ø8 ø20 4.5 4.5 ø20 

125 - 150 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

150 - 175 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

175 - 200 ø8 ø20 8 8 ø20 

Accessories 

355 E 

Page 

Ring Gage 355 E for testing the 13-14 

basic setting 

Special wear resistant steel, 

hardened and lapped 

Dimensions according to DIN 2250 C 

Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of the engraved actual dimension 1/2 IT1

- 

3-24 


Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 Cms Set 

Features 


construction 



• Locking lever 


• Carbide tipped spherical 


• Interchangeable extensions 

44 Cv with cylindrical gage 

rods that are spring-mounted 

in protective sleeves; for the 

extension of the measuring 

range 

• Protection sleeves have a satin 

chrome finish 

Span of error 

Basic unit 5 μm 

Basic unit in combination 

with any of the extensions 

4 μm + 10 x 10 -6 x l 

(l = length of the combination 

in mm) 


Case 


Catalog no. Measuring range Measuring head 44 Cm Extensions 44 Cv 

Order no. 

Readings Spindle thread 

length 

pitch 

in 

mm mm mm mm 

44 Cms1 100 - 150 

25 4168020 

44 Cms2 100 - 300 25 / 50 / 100 4168021 

0.01 0.5 

44 Cms3 100 - 500 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 4168022 

44 Cms4 100 - 900* 25 / 50 / 100 / 200 / 400 4168023 

* up to 2500 mm can be achieved with 2 extensions: 44 Cv 800 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

Inside Micrometers, ring gages, etc. please refer to page 3-28

+ 


3-25 

Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 CB with reduced measuring faces 

 

 

Features 

• Basic Instrument consists 

of: Measuring head 44 CBm 

and End piece CBv 

•Measuring faces have 

a smaller diameter for 

measuring grooves 


construction 











range (Accessories) 


chrome finish 

Span of error 




4 μm + 10 x 10 -6 x l 


in mm) 


Case 


Measuring range 

Measuring head 44 CBm 

Order no. 

(Measuring head 44 CBm and 

Readings 

Spindle thread 

End piece CBv) 

pitch 

mm mm mm 

150 - 175 

4167922 

175 - 200 4167906 

0.01 0.5 

250 - 275 4167912 

275 - 300 4167921 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Individual Extensions 44 Cv 

Length Order no. Length Order no. 

mm 

mm 

25 4167030 200 4167033 

50 4167031 400 4167034 

100 4167032 800 4167035 

Case, wooden boxes, etc. please refer to page 3-28 

Dimensions 

Meas. range in mm a b 

150 - 175 10 dia. 5 

175 - 200 20 dia. 5 

250 - 275 40 dia. 5 

275 - 300 50 dia. 5

- 

3-26 


Inside Thread Micrometer Micromar 44 CZ 

 

 

Features 


of: Measuring head and End 

piece 

• Measuring head and End 

piece with mounting bore for 

interchangeable anvils 


construction 












range (Accessories) 


chrome finish 

Span of error 




4 μm + 10 x 10 -6 x l 


in mm) 


Case 



Measuring head 44 CZm 

Order no. 

(Measuring head 44 CZm and 

Readings 

Spindle thread 

End piece CZe) 

pitch 

mm mm mm 

200 - 225 0.01 0.5 4168030 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 


Length Order no. Length Order no. 

mm 

mm 

25 4167030 200 4167033 

50 4167031 400 4167034 

100 4167032 800 4167035 

Case, wooden boxes, etc. please refer to page 3-28

+ 


3-27 

Inchangeable Anvils for Inside Thread Micrometer Micromar 44 CZm 

For pitch, root and outside diameters. Hardened, wear-resistant special steel. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring which ensures 

locking while permitting rotation in bore of spindle and anvil. 


 

 




mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 - 0.7 4179400 4173400 40 - 32 4179043 4173443 40 - 32 4179115 4173515 

0.7 - 1 4179401 4173401 32 - 24 4179044 4173444 32 - 24 4179116 4173516 

1.25 - 2 4179402 4173402 24 - 18 4179045 4173445 24 - 18 4179117 4173517 

2 - 3.5 4179403 4173403 18 - 14 4179046 4173446 18 - 14 4179118 4173518 

3.5 - 5 4179404 4173404 14 - 10 4179047 4173447 14 - 10 4179119 4173519 

5 - 7 4179405 4173405 10 - 7 4179048 4173448 10 - 7 4179120 4173520 

7 - 9 4179406 4173406 7 - 4.5 4179049 4173449 7 - 4.5 4179121 4173521 

4.5 - 3 4179050 4173450 4.5 - 3 4179122 4173522 

3 - 2.5 4179407 4179409 


Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. 

Shank length 15.5 mm 

For outside diameters 

Pair consists of V-anvil and pointed anvil. Each pitch 

requires a seperate V-anvil. 

The pointed anvil can be used for several pitches. 

 

 

Trapezoid threads according to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Pointed 

anvil 


1 4179950 4173650 

1.5 4179951 4173651 

2 4179952 4173652 

3 4179953 4173653 

4 4179954 4173654 

5 4179955 4173655 

6 4179956 4173656 

7 4179957 4173657 

8 4179958 4173658 

9 4179959 4173659 

10 4179960 4173660 

12 4179961 4173661 

14 4179962 4173662 

16 4179963 4173663 

18 4179964 4173664 

20 4179965 4173665 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) 

American UST thread (60°) 


range 

anvil 

mm Order no. Order no. TPI Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4179513 40 4179730 

0.6 4179514 36 4179731 4173334 

0.7 4179515 32 4179732 

0.75 4179516 4173220 28 4179733 

0.8 4179517 26 4179735 

0.9 4179518 24 4179736 

1 4179519 22 4179737 4173341 

1.25 4173951 20 4179738 

1.5 4179522 4173224 19 4179739 

1.75 4179523 18 4179740 

2 4179525 16 4179742 4173344 

2.5 4179526 4173228 14 4179743 

3 4179527 12 4179745 4173348 

3.5 4179529 11 4179746 

4 4179530 4173232 10 4179747 

4.5 4179531 9 4179749 4173452 

5 4179533 8 4179750 

5.5 4179534 4173236 7 4179751 

6 4179535 6 4179753 

5 4179754 4173456 

4.5 4179755 

4 4179757 

3.5 4179758 4173461 

3.25 4179759 

3 4179760

- 

3-28 


Accessories for Micromar 44 Cms / 44 CB / 44 CZ 


Length a dia. b Order no. 

mm 

mm 

M10x1 

b 

25 15 4167030 

50 15 4167031 

100 15 4167032 

200 15 4167033 

400 15 4167034 

800 22 4167035 

9 

11 

a 

44 CV 

Inside Micrometer 44 Cm 

ø16 

ø18 

Measuring Reading Spindle Order no. 

range 

thread pitch 

mm mm mm 

100 - 125 0.01 0.5 4168001 

11 

 

a 

 

 

 

 

44 Cm 

Ring Gage 355 E 

Ring Gage 355 E for testing the basic setting see page 13-14 

355 E 

Special wear resistant steel, 


Dimensions according to DIN 2250 C 

Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of the engraved actual dimension 1/2 IT1 

Order no. 

Case for Inside Micrometer 44 Cm and extension 

sets Cvs1 or Cvs2 4168015 

Wooden case for 2 extensions 44Cv 800 mm 4168016

+ 


3-29 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 A 

 

 

Features 



Applications 

For measuring: 

• through holes 

• blind holes 

• centering shoulders 

• Spindle is hardened throughout 

and ground 


ratchet 

• Self-centering measuring head 

consists of 3 laterally 

positioned anvils, each are 

offset at intervals of 120° 

• Anvils from 12.5 mm are 

carbide tipped 

• From 12.5 mm the anvils can 

be used to measure to the 

bottom of a bore 

Measuring range Measuring depth Readings Error limit G* Order no. 

mm mm mm μm 

6 - 8 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190000 

8 - 10 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190001 

10 - 12.5 64 / (139**) 0.005 4 4190002 

12.5 - 16 65 / (140**) 0.005 4 4190003 

16 - 20 65 / (140**) 0.005 4 4190004 

20 - 25 70 / (220**) 0.005 4 4190005 

25 - 30 70 / (220**) 0.005 4 4190006 

30 - 35 71 / (221**) 0.005 4 4190007 

35 - 40 71 / (221**) 0.005 4 4190008 

40 - 50 79 / (229**) 0.005 4 4190009 

50 - 60 79 / (229**) 0.005 5 4190010 

60 - 70 79 / (229**) 0.005 5 4190011 

70 - 85 97 / (247**) 0.005 5 4190012 

85 - 100 97 / (247**) 0.005 5 4190013 

100 - 125 132 / (282**) 0.005 6 4190014 

125 - 150 132 / (282**) 0.005 6 4190015 

150 - 175 132 / (282**) 0.005 7 4190016 

175 - 200 132 / (282**) 0.005 7 4190017 

* Over the full length of the anvils ** With the extensiion 44 Av 

• From 40 mm all measuring 

heads are made from 

aluminum to reduce weight 


Case and operating 

instructions 

Accessories 

Measuring heads, ring gages, 

etc. please refer to page 3-32 

Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Sets 44 AS 

Measuring Number Ring gages Order no. 

range 

of 

mm Micrometers ø mm 

6 - 12.5 3 8 / 10 4190050 

12.5 - 25 3 16 / 20 4190051 

25 - 50 4 30 / 40 4190052 

50 - 100 4 60 / 85 4190053 


Case and ring gage (includes a traceable calibration certificate for 

the ring gages)

- 

3-30 


Digital Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Micromar 44 EX 

IP52 

ABS 


 

 

 

 

 

 

Applications 





Measuring range Measuring Readings Error limit Order no. 

depth 

G* 

mm (inch) mm mm/inch μm 

6 - 8 (25 - .3125“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191000 

8 - 10 (.3125 - .4“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191001 

10 - 12.5 (.4 - .5“) 64 / (139**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191002 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 65 / (140**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191003 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 65 / (140**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191004 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 70 / (220**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191005 

25 - 30 (.1“ - 1.2“) 70 / (220**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191006 

30 - 35 (1.2 - 1.4“) 71 / (221**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191007 

35 - 40 (1.4 - 1.6“) 71 / (221**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191008 

40 - 50 (1.6“ - 2“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 / .00005“ 4 4191009 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 / .00005“ 5 4191010 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 79 / (229**) 0.001 / .00005“ 5 4191011 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 97 / (247**) 0.001 / .00005“ 5 4191012 

85 - 100 (3.35 - 4“) 97 / (247**) 0.001 / .00005“ 5 4191013 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 / .00005“ 6 4191014 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 / .00005“ 6 4191015 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 / .00005“ 7 4191016 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 132 / (282**) 0.001 / .00005“ 7 4191017 

* Over the full length of the anvils ** With the extensiion 44 Av 

Features 

Functions: 

0 (Setting the display to zero 


ABS (Switching between 

Relative and Absolute 

measurement) 

mm/inch 


• Basic Instrument consists of: 

Basic Unit 44 EXg and 

Measuring Head 44 Ak 

• Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring 

heads 

• Self-Centering measuring 

head consists of 3 laterally 





• From 12.5 mm the anvils 

can be used to measure to 

the bottom of a bore 






instructions 

Accessories 



Digital Self-Centering Inside Micrometer Sets Micromar 44 EXS 

Measuring range Number of Ring Order no.* 

measuring gages 

mm (inch) heads 44 Ak dia. mm 

6 - 12.5 (.25 - .5“) 3 8 / 10 4191050 

12.5 - 25 (.5 - 1“) 3 16 / 20 4191051 

2 5 - 50 (1 - 2“) 4 30 / 40 4191052 

50 - 100 (2 - 4“) 4 60 / 85 4191053 


1 Basic Unit 44 EXg, Measuring Heads 44 Ak, case and ring gages (includes a 

traceable calibration certificate for the ring gages)

+ 


3-31 

Self-Centering Measuring Pistol Micromar 844 A 

 

Features 

 

 

 


of: 844 Ag and Measuring 

Head 44 Ak 


Applications 





Measuring range Measuring depth Error limit G* Order no.*** 

mm (inch) mm μm / inch 

6 - 8 (25 - .3125“) 64 / (139**) 3 / 0.00015 4487600 

8 - 10 (.3125 - .4“) 64 / (139**) 3 / 0.00015 4487601 

10 - 12.5 (.4 - .5“) 64 / (139**) 3 / 0.00015 4487602 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 65 / (140**) 3 / 0.00015 4487603 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 65 / (140**) 3 / 0.00015 4487604 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 70 / (220**) 3 / 0.00015 4487605 

25 - 30 (.1“ - 1.2“) 70 / (220**) 3 / 0.00015 4487606 

30 - 35 (1.2 - 1.4“) 71 / (221**) 3 / 0.00015 4487607 

35 - 40 (1.4 - 1.6“) 71 / (221**) 3 / 0.00015 4487608 

40 - 50 (1.6“ - 2“) 79 / (229**) 3 / 0.00015 4487609 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 79 / (229**) 4 / 0.00016 4487610 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 79 / (229**) 4 / 0.00016 4487611 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 97 / (247**) 4 / 0.00016 4487612 

85 - 100 (3.35 - 4“) 97 / (247**) 4 / 0.00016 4487613 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 132 / (282**) 5 / 0.0002 4487614 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 132 / (282**) 5 / 0.0002 4487615 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 132 / (282**) 6 / 0.00025 4487616 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 132 / (282**) 6 / 0.00025 4487617 

• Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring 

heads 

• Self-Centering measuring 

head consists of 3 laterally 





• From 12.5 mm the anvils 

can be used to measure to 

the bottom of a bore 





Case and operating 

instructions 

The following indicating 

instruments are recommended: 

Indicating instr. Order no. 

MarCator 1086 4337021 

MarCator 1087 4337061 

Accessories 



Self-Centering Measuring Pistol Set Micromar 844 AS 

Measuring range Number of Ring Order no. Order 

measuring Gages with Digital no.*** 

mm (inch) heads dia. mm Indicator 1086 

6 - 12.5 (.25 - .5“) 3 8 / 10 4487660 4487650 

12.5 - 25 (.5 - 1“) 3 16 / 20 4487661 4487651 

25 - 50 (1 - 2“) 4 30 / 40 4487662 4487652 

50 -100 (2 - 4“) 4 60 / 85 4487663 4487653 


1 Basic Instrument 844 Ag, Measuring Heads 44 Ak, case and ring 

gages (includes a traceable calibration certificate for the ring gages) 

* Indicator is not taken into consideration, over the full length of the anvils 

** With the extensiion 44 Av 

*** Excludes indicator

- 

3-32 


Accessories for Micromar 44 A, 44 EX, 844 A 

d 

Measuring Heads 44 Ak for 44 EX and 844 A 

• Self-centering measuring head consists of 3 laterally positioned 

anvils, each are offset at intervals of 120° 

• Anvils from 12.5 mm are carbide tipped 

• From 12.5 mm, anvils can be used to measure to the base of a bore 

• From 40 mm all measuring heads are made from aluminum to 

reduce weight 


mm 

(inch) 

d 

Order no. 

6 - 8 (.25- .3125“) 4190030 

8 - 10 (.3125- .4“) 4190031 

10 - 12.5 (.4 -.5“) 4190032 

12.5 - 16 (.5 - .625“) 4190033 

16 - 20 (.625 - .775“) 4190034 

20 - 25 (.775 -1“) 4190035 

25 - 30 (.1“-1.2“) 4190036 

30 - 35 (1.2 -1.4“) 4190037 

35 - 40 (1.4 -1.6“) 4190038 

40 - 50 (1.6“-2“) 4190039 

50 - 60 (2“ - 2.35“) 4190040 

60 - 70 (2.35 - 2.75“) 4190041 

70 - 85 (2.75 - 3.35“) 4190042 

85 - 100 (2.75 - 3.35“) 4190043 

100 - 125 (4 - 4.9“) 4190044 

125 - 150 (4.9 - 5.9“) 4190045 

150 - 175 (5.9 - 6.9“) 4190046 

175 - 200 (6.9 - 7.9“) 4190047 

Meas. range 6 - 12.5 mm 

Meas. range 12.5 - 200 mm 

Ring Gages 44 Ae 

• Can be used for 2 consecutive measuring ranges 

• Manufacturing tolerance in accordance to DIN 2250C 

• Includes a traceable calibration certificate 

dia. mm Order no. dia. mm Order no. 

8 4190300 40 4190305 

10 4190301 60 4190306 

16 4190302 85 4190307 

20 4190303 125 4190308 

30 4190304 175 4190309 

Basic Unit 44 EXg 

4190098 

Threaded connection for changing the measuring heads. 


mm 

(inch) 

4487410 

Order no. 

6 - 12.5 (.25 - .5“) 4190104 

12.5 - 100* (.5 - 4.0“) 4190105 

20 - 100 (.775 - 4.0“) 4190101 

100 - 200 (4.0 - 7.9“) 4190102 

* Includes adapter 4190098 

Basic Unit Measuring Pistol 844 Ag 

Threaded connection for 

changing the measuring heads. 

Any indicating instrument with 

an 8 mm mounting shank can 

be used. 

a 

b 

b 

c 


mm a b c d 

6 - 8 1.3 4.3 2 64 

8 - 10 1.8 4.8 2 64 

10 - 12.5 2 6 2.5 64 

12.5 - 16 – 7 3 65 

16 - 20 – 8.5 4 65 

20 - 25 – 11 4 70 

25 - 30 – 11 4 70 

30 - 35 – 12 5 71 

35 - 40 – 12 5 71 

40 - 50 – 18 5 79 

50 - 60 – 18 7 79 

60 - 70 – 18 7 79 

70 - 85 – 18 7 97 

85 - 100 – 18 7 97 

100 - 125 – 19 7 132 

125 - 150 – 19 7 132 

150 - 175 – 19 7 132 

175 - 200 – 19 7 132 

c 


mm 

(inch) 

b 

a 

44 Av 

Order no. 

6 - 100* (.25 - 4.0“) 4487630 

20 - 100 (.775 - 4.0“) 4487631 

100 - 200 (4.0 - 7.9“) 4487632 

* Includes adapter 4487410 

Depth Extension Rod 44 Av 

Measuring range Length a dia. b Order no. 

mm (inch) mm mm 

6 - 10 (.25 - .4“) 75 5.8 4190090 

10 - 20 (.4 - .775“) 75 9.5 4190091 

20 - 25 (.775 - 1“) 150 19.0 4190092 

25 - 200 (1 - 7.9“) 150 22.0 4190093

+ 


3-33 

Depth Micrometer Micromar 45 T 

Features 

Applications 

• Depth measurement 

• Measuring the space between 

grooves and groove widths (in 

conjunction with a Disc anvil 

45 Tm) 

• Measuring spindle is 

hardened throughout and 

ground 

• Hardened chrome plated 

cross beam, the contact 

surface is lapped 

• Hardened anvil 

• When using interchangeable 

extensions recalibrating the 

depth micrometer is not 

necessary 

• Scales with satin-chrome 

finish 


Extensions 25 mm and 

50 mm, case 


Total Range of Readings Spindle Error limit Extensions Length tolerance Order no. 

measuring micrometer thread with of 

range pitch standard anvil extensions 

mm mm mm mm μm mm μm 

0 - 100 25 0.01 0.5 5 μm 25/50 ± 1.5 μm 4180000 

Standard depth measurements 

With a standard anvil, if necessary with 

an extension 

Measuring the space between grooves 

and the widths of a groove 

With disc anvil 45 Tm, if necessary 

with an extension 

Dimension A: Can be direct read of 

the thimble 

Dimension B: The reading plus 

1.00 mm (thickness of the disc anvil) 

Dimension C: 

Dimension B minus Dimension A 

 

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

1,00 

 

 

A 

C 

B 

100 x 16 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Disc anvil 45 Tm 

for groove spacing and groove widths 4180011 

Extension 45 Tv 

Length L 

Length tolerance 

M3 

1 

45 Tm 

25 mm ± 1.5 μm 4180001 

50 mm ± 1.5 μm 4180002 

100 mm ± 1.5 μm 4180003 

ø9

- 

3-34 


Digital Micrometer Head Micromar 46 EX 

ABS 

 

 

 

 

Features 

Functions: 

0 (Zero setting) 



mm/inch 


value) 



• Patented capacitive 

measuring system with an 

energy saving function, life of 

the battery approx. 2 years 

• Ratchet with integrated 

coupler 


Case, end cap (in case the 

rapid drive is not required) 

and operating instructions 


Measuring Readings Error limit G me 

Measuring Mounting shaft Order no. 

range 

face 


0-25 (0-1“) 0.001/.00005“ 4 flat 12 4184301 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001/.00005“ 4 flat 12* 4184303 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001/.00005“ 4 spherical 12 4184302 

0-25 (0-1“) 0.001/.00005“ 4 spherical 12* 4184304 

* with locking nut 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

 

Order no. 

 






Flat plug10-pin 16 EXd 4102411 

 


+ 


3-35 

Micrometer Head Micromar 46 

Features 



and ground 



Measuring range Readings Error limit Spindle Spindle Order no. 

G me 

thread dia. 

DIN pitch 

863 

mm mm μm mm mm 

46 0 - 6.5 0.01 3 0.5 3.5 4183021 

0 - 13 0.01 3 0.5 5 4183025 

0 - 25 0.01 3 0.5 6.35 4183030 

0 - 25* 0.01 3 0.5 6.35 4183024 

0 - 50 0.01 5 0.5 7.5 4183023 

46 H 0 - 25** 0.01 3 0.5 7.5 4184000 

* with locking nut 

** with ratchet, carbide tipped 

ø3,5 

ø6 -0,008 

 

 

 

 

ø8,6 

ø9,5 

4183021 

Measuring range 0-6.5 mm 

9 

6 1 

19,5 

ø5 

17,5 

ø9,5 h6 

 

9,5 2 

2,5 

ø14,2 

 

 

 

26,5 

3,5 

ø10 

ø15 

4183025 

Measuring range 0-13 mm 

ø6,35 

ø10 h6 

 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183030 


27 

15 

2,5 

2,2 

46 

3,5 

ø6,35 

27 

ø10 h6 

15 

2,5 

 

2,2 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

46 

3,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183024 


with locking nut 

ø7,5 

27 

ø12 h6 

16 

2,5 

 

1,2 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

46 

13 

ø12 

ø18,5 

4184000 



ø7,5 

ø12 h6 

 

 

 

 

ø17,5 

ø10 

ø18,5 

4183023 


59 

29 

2,5 

1,2 

76 

4,3

- 

MarTest. Test Indicators and Touch Probes 

YOUR MEASURING TASKS ARE SENSITIVE. 

MARTEST IS HIGHLY SENSITIVE. 

The latest information on MARTEST products can be 



Since 1936 Mahr is one of the leading global producers of test indicators, we have achieved this with the continuous advancement 

of our products and with unrelenting commitment to produce high quality products that not only meet customer requirements 

but also exceed them. We have also increased research and development in order to satisfy the demands and requirements of the 

market, however our core philosophy is to offer our customer a highly accurate and simple solution for various measuring tasks. With 

the MarTest series of test indicators there is not just a broad product range but also a wide variety of accessories at you disposal. 

The sensitive computer-optimized shockproof mechanism of the test indicator ensures maximum security and precision. MarTest is 

ideal for use in workshop conditions due the dial being sealed thus impervious to the penetration of liquids.

+ 



Mechanical Test Indicators with Dial 

Overview 4- 2 

Standard version 

MarTest 800 S / 800 SG / 800 SA / 800 SGA metric 4- 4 

MarTest 801 S1 / 801 S / 801 SG / 801 SGI inch 4- 4 

With a higher resolution 

MarTest 800 SM / 800 SGM / 800 SGE metric 4- 5 

MarTest 801 SM / 801 SGM / 801 SGE inch 4- 5 

With a longer styli 

MarTest 800 SL / 800 SGL / 800 SGB metric 4- 6 

MarTest 801 SL / 801 SGL inch 4- 6 

Horizontal version 

MarTest 800 H metric 4- 7 

MarTest 801 H inch 4- 7 

Vertical version 

MarTest 800 V / 800 VGM metric 4- 7 

MarTest 801 V / 801 VGM inch 4- 7 

With a larger measuring range 

MarTest 800 SR / 800 SRM metric 4- 8 

MarTest 801 SR / 801 SRM inch 4- 8 

Digital Test Indicators 


MarTest 800 EW 4- 9 

With a longer styli 

MarTest 800 EWL 4- 10 

Accessories 4- 11 

3D-Touch Probes 

Water proof, with a Digital display 

MarTest 802 NW 4- 14 

Water proof, with an Analog display 

MarTest 802 EW 4- 15

- 

4-2 

MarTest. Test Indicators 


OVERVIEW 

MarTest - Versions 

Standard 

Extra Long Styli 

Higher Resolution 

Larger Measuring Range 

Horizontal Models 

Vertical Models 

Measuring Dial style Readings Accuracy 

DIN 

range 2270 f ges 

f e 

f u 

f t 

f w 

metric 

800 S +/- 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SG +/- 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SA +/- 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 8 μm 5 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SGA +/- 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 8 μm 5 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

inch 

801 S1 +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .001“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 S +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 SG +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

801 SGI +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .001“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .0002“ 

(+/-0.30 mm) (0-30-0) (0.01 mm) 

metric 

800 SL +/- 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 5 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SGL +/- 0.25 mm 0-25-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 5 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SGB +/- 0.5 mm 0-50-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 4 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

inch 

801 SL +/- .010“ 0-10-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .0002“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 SGL +/- .010“ 0-10-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .0002“ .0002“ .00012“ 

metric 

800 SM +/- 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm 4 μm 3 μm 2 μm 2 μm 1.5 μm 

800 SGM +/- 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm 4 μm 3 μm 2 μm 2 μm 1.5 μm 

800 SGE +/- 0.07 mm 0-70-0 0.001 mm 4 μm 3 μm 2 μm 2 μm 1.5 μm 

inch 

801 SM +/- .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“.00012“.00008“.00008“.00006“ 

801 SGM +/- .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“.00012“.00008“.00008“.00006“ 

801 SGE +/- .004“ 0-4-0 .00005“ .00016“.00012“.00008“.00008“.00006“ 

metric 

800 SR +/- 0.8 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm 14 μm 10 μm 4 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 SRM +/- 0.2 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm 5 μm 3 μm 3 μm 2 μm 1.5 μm 

inch 

801 SR +/- .030“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00016“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 SRM +/- .008“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .0002“ .00012“.00012““.00008“.00006“ 

metric 

800 H +/- 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01mm 13 μm 10 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

inch 

801 H +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .00012“ 

metric 

800 V +/- 0.4 mm 0-40-0 0.01 mm 13 μm 10 μm 3 μm 5 μm 3 μm 

800 VGM +/- 0.1 mm 0-100-0 0.002 mm 4 μm 3 μm 2 μm 2 μm 1.5 μm 

inch 

801 V +/- .015“ 0-15-0 .0005“ .0005“ .0004“ .00012“ .0002“ .00012“ 

801 VGM +/- .004“ 0-4-0 .0001“ .00016“.00012“.00008“.00008“.00006“ 

* Only available in North America, Canada and Mexico; includes holding bar and clamp

+ 


4-3 

Metrological characteristics 

Length of Order no. Order no. 

Styli with kit* 

 

 

14.5 mm 4305200 2015309 

14.5 mm 4307200 2015310 

14.5 mm 4301200 2015343 

14.5 mm 4301250 2015344 

14.5 mm 4305960 2015317 

14.5 mm 4305950 2015316 

14.5 mm 4307950 2015318 

14.5 mm 4307970 2015311 

Deviation of reading 

 

Nominal value 

MarTest - Design features 

against the measuring force 

in the direction of the measuring force 

 

 

 

41.24 mm 4306200 2015312 

41.24 mm 4306250 2015313 

32.3 mm 4301300 2015346 

41.24 mm 4306950 2015319 

41.24 mm 4306960 2015320 

14.5 mm 4308150 2015315 

14.5 mm 4308200 2015314 

9.1 mm 4308220 2015345 

14.5 mm 4308960 2015321 

14.5 mm 4308970 2015322 

14.5 mm 4308985 2015323 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Mechanism 

• Shockproof 

• Anti magnetic 

• Movement bearings are jeweled 

with 8 precious stones 

• Automatic matching to sensing 

direction, thus ensuring error-free 

reading 

• Double lever supported in ball 

bearings, overload protection 

provided by slip clutch 

• Dial face is sealed with an 

O-Ring 

• Satin chrome finished 

housing 

• Contact point 

with carbide ball 

14.5 mm 4307250 2015348 

14.5 mm 4308250 2015349 

14.5 mm 4307960 2015350 

14.5 mm 4308980 2015351 

MarTest - Applications 

Concentricity of a shaft 

Concentricity of a sleeve 

Centering of a bore 

14.5 mm 4303200 2015328 

14.5 mm 4303950 2015324 

14.5 mm 4302200 2015327 

14.5 mm 4302250 2015347 

Aligning a surface 

Testing parallelism 

14.5 mm 4302950 2015325 

14.5 mm 4302960 2015326

- 

4-4 


MarTest standard versions 

DIN 

2270 

800 S 

800 SGA 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 SG 

800 SA 

DIN 

2270 


Measuring Readings Dial dia. Measuring Length of Order no. Order no. 

range force styli with kit 

800 S ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305200 2015309 

800 SG ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307200 2015310 

800 SA ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.1 N 14.5 mm 4301200 2015343 

800 SGA ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.1 N 14.5 mm 4301250 2015344 

801 S1 ± .015” .001” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305960 2015317 

801 S ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4305950 2015316 

801 SG ± .015” .0005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307950 2015318 

801 SGI ± .015” (± 0.3 mm) .0005” (0.01 mm) 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307970 2015311 

Supplied with: 

Plastic storage case, spanner for changing the styli, styli dia. 2 mm, mounting shaft 800 a8 (for metric versions), 

mounting shaft 800 a6 (800 SA, 800 SGA), mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

801 S1 

0 

801 S 

0 

49,5 

26 

5 

Antimagnetic 

5 

5 

Antimagnetic 

5 

17 

10 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.001" 

15 

10 

10 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

15 

10 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

801 SG 

5 

0 

5 

801 SGI 

5 

0 

0 

10 10 

5 

75 

8 

99 

10 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

15 

10 

10 

20 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

.0005" / 0,01mm 

30 MarTest 30 

15 

20 

10 

110° 

ø 2 

13,6 

17,8 

9 

* 800SG,800SGA,801SG, 

801 SGI 

** 800 S, 800 SA, 801 S1, 801 S

+ 


4-5 

MarTest with resolution 0.002 mm/0.001 mm for higher accuracy 

DIN 

2270 

DIN 

2270 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 SM 

800 SGM 

800 SGE 

Inductive Probe Millimar 1318 

see page 7-14 




800 SM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 27.5 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308150 2015315 

800 SGM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308200 2015314 

800 SGE ± 0.07 mm 0.001 mm 38 mm 0.2 N 9.1 mm 4308220 2015345 

801 SM ± .004” .0001” 1.1” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308960 2015321 

801 SGM ± .004” .0001” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308970 2015322 

801 SGE ± .004” .00005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308985 2015323 


Plastic storage case, spanner for changing the styli, styli dia. 2 mm, mounting shaft 800 a8 (for metric versions) 

801 SM 

1 

0 

1 

49,5 

26 

17 

2 

3 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0001" 

4 

3 

2 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

801 SGM 

801 SGE 

75 

70*** 

99 

94*** 

2 

1 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

1 

2 

2 

1 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

1 

2 

110° 

13,6 

8,3*** 

ø 2 

17,8 

9,1*** 

9 

8 

3 

MarTest 

.0001" 

4 

3 

3 

MarTest 

.00005" 

4 

3 

* 800SGM,800SGE,801 

SGM, 801 SGE 

** 800 SM, 801 SM 

*** 800 SGE

- 

4-6 


MarTest with extra long styli for measuring in even difficult to access positions 

800 SL 

800 SGL 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

800 SGB 




800 SL ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306200 2015312 

800 SGL ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306250 2015313 

800 SGB ± 0.5 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.07 N 32.3 mm 4301300 2015346 

801 SL ± .010” .0005” 1.1” 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306950 2015319 

801 SGL ± .010” .0005” 1.5” 0.07 N 41.24 mm 4306960 2015320 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions), 

mounting shaft 800 a6 (800 SGB) 

801 SL 

801 SGL 

49,5 

26 

17 

4 

6 

0 

2 2 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

8 8 

10 

4 

6 

4 

6 

2 

8 

0 

Antimagnetic 

Jeweled 

MarTest 

.0005" 

10 

2 

8 

4 

6 

ø 40,5* 

ø 30** 

110° 

* 800 SGL, 801 SGL, 800 SGB 

** 800 SL, 801 SL 

*** 800 SGB 

40,3 (31,4***) 

44,6 (35,7***) 

ø 2 

102 

93*** 

9 

8 

126 

117***

+ 


4-7 

MarTest styli can positioned horizontally to the dial face 

8h6 

13,6 

56 

DIN 

2270 

53 

17 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

ø 30 

29 

9 

800 H 

ø 2 

110° 




800 H ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4303200 2015328 

801 H ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4303950 2015324 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

MarTest vertical model 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

67 

53 

17 

17,8 

800 V 800 VGM 

ø 2 

13,6 

ø 30** 

ø 40,5* 

DIN 

2270 

DIN 

2270 

9 

110° 

* 800 VGM, 801 VGM 

** 800V,801V 




800 V ± 0.4 mm 0.01 mm 27.5 mm 0.2 N 14.5 mm 4302200 2015327 

800 VGM ± 0.1 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4302250 2015347 

801 V ± .015” .0005” 1.1” 0.2 N 14.5 mm 4302950 2015325 

801 VGM ± .004” .0001” 1.5” 0.25 N 14.5 mm 4302960 2015326 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions)

- 

4-8 


MarTest with larger measuring range 

49,5 

26 

800 SR/SRM 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

ø 40,5 

17 

800 SRM 

75 

8 

110° 

13,6 

17,8 

99 

ø 2 

9 




800 SR ± 0.8 mm 0.01 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307250 2015348 

800 SRM ± 0.2 mm 0.002 mm 38 mm 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308250 2015349 

801 SR ± .030” .0005” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4307960 2015350 

801 SRM ± .008” .0001” 1.5” 0.15 N 14.5 mm 4308980 2015351 



mounting shaft 800 a3/8 (for inch versions) 

MarTest - Accessories 

Styluses 

with ruby contact 

points 

M2 

l 

d 

Styluses 

with carbide contact 

points 

Spanner for changing the 

styluses 4305868 

Model 

Styluses 

Stylus- Carbide contact point Ruby contact point 

length l d d 

Cat.-no. dia. 1 mm dia. 2 mm dia. 3 mm Cat.-no. dia. 2 mm 

800 S/801 S1/801 S 

800 SG/801 SG 

800 SA 

800 SGA 

800 SM/801 SM 

800 SGM/801 SGM 

801 SGE 

14.5 mm 800 ts 4305870 4305850 4305871 800 tsr 4309051 

800 SR/801 SR 

800 SRM/801 SRM 

800 H/801 H 

800 V/801 V 

800 VGM/801 VGM 

800 SGE 9.1 mm 800 te 4308851 4308850 4308852 800 ter 4309050 

800 SL/801 SL 

800 SGL/801 SGL 

41.24 mm 800 tl 4306851 4306850 4306853 800 tlr 4309053 

800 SGB 32.3 mm 800 tb 4301851 4301850 4301852 800 tbr 4309052

+ 


4-9 

Digital Test Indicator MarTest 800 EW 

 

RS232C 

IP65 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

MAX/MIN memory 

MAX-MIN ideal for testing 

concentricity an flatness 

Auto-OFF 

• Operating and display unit 

(bezel) can be rotated 

through 360° 

• Satin chrome finished housing 

with 3 dovetail guideways 

• Shockproof, movement 

bearings are jewelled 


battery life span ca. 2 years 



USB 

OPTO RS232C 

• Operating unit is protected 

against coolants and lubricants, 


• Combined analog and digital 

display 

• Automatic matching to 

sensing direction 

• Anti-magnetic 





Plastic case, spanner to 

change the styluses, contact 

point ø2mm, mounting shaft 

800h8 


Measuring Resolution Measuring Accuracy Length of styli Order no. 

range switchable force μm 

mm (inch) mm/inch N f e 

f u 

mm / inch 

800 EW +/-0.4 (+/-0.15“) 0.001/.00005“ 

0.01/.0005“ 

0.13 10 3 14.5 / .500“ 4305120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

 

 

Order no. 

 

Styli, with carbide contact point dia. 1 mm 4305870 



Styli, with ruby contact point dia. 2 mm 4309051 


Data Connection Cable USB 800 EWu 4305121 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232 800 EWr 4305122 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories for Data Processing Chapter 11

- 

4-10 


Digital Test Indicator MarTest 800 EWL 

 

RS232C 

IP65 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

MAX/MIN memory 

MAX-MIN ideal for testing 

concentricity an flatness 

Auto-OFF 



through 360° 

• Satin chrome finished housing 

with 3 dovetail guideways 

• Shockproof, movement 

bearings are jewelled 


battery life span ca. 2 years 



USB 

OPTO RS232C 

• Operating unit is protected 

against coolants and lubricants, 


• Combined analog and digital 

display 

• Automatic matching to 

sensing direction 

• Anti-magnetic 





Plastic case, spanner to 

change the styluses, contact 

point ø2mm, mounting shaft 

800h8 


Measuring Resolution Measuring Accuracy Length of styli Order no. 

range switchable force μm 

mm (inch) mm/inch N f e 

f u 

mm / inch 

800 EWL +/-0.25 (+/-.010“) 0.001/.00005“ 

0.01/.0005“ 

0.07 10 3 41.24 / 1 7 / 16 

“ 4306120 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Zubehör 

 

 

 

Order no. 




Styli, with ruby contact point dia. 2 mm 4309853 


Data Connection Cable USB 800 EWu 4305121 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232 800 EWr 4305122 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories for Data Processing Chapter 11

+ 


4-11 

Martest - Accessories 

Mounting shaft for dovetail 

Mounting shaft dia. d Order no. 

mm 

800 a8 8 4305865 

800 a6 6 4301865 

800 a4 4 4305885 

800 a1/4 1/4“ 4305895 

800 a3/8 3/8“ 4305875 

25 

17 

800 a 

ø12 

ød 

Centering support rods 801 v 

• For aligning and centering 

work pieces on machine tools 

• Swivel mounting clamp and 

fine adjustment 

• Stainless steel rods 

Mounting 

bore dia. 

8 mm 

Swivel range of 

mounting clamp 180° 

801 v 

Indicator not 

included. 

Stand 801 p 

Order no. 4309070 

max. 130 

180 

• With swivel holder 

• Base with V-groove 140° 

Total height 150 mm 

Mounting 

bore dia. 4 and 8 mm 

Column dia. 8 mm 

Base surface 65 x 40 mm 

ø14 

Order no. 4309090 

Indicator not included. 

Leveling Table TE-20 

Cuts set-up time 60% or more for many height gage measurements. 

• The leveling table, TE-20, permits you to quickly bring the surface 

of a part into alignment with a surface plate in both planes. 

Completely eliminates shimming. Saves so much time that, used 

only occasionally, it will pay for itself in two weeks. 

• The top plate is stress-relieved steel providing about 67 square 

inches of work area. It is drilled and tapped for fixtures. Fine pitch 

screws and large knobs assure precisely controlled adjustments. 

Works with any type of height gage. 

Typical checks which require careful positioning of work because 

rest surface is not sufficiently parallel to other work surfaces. 

Leveling Table compensates for error quickly, drastically reduces 

set-up time. 

• Operation is simple. Height gage readings are taken at edges of 

the surface to be aligned. Each plate, independently adjustable at 

right angles to the other, is angled as required for precise alignment. 

Flatness = .025 mm / .001“ 

Adjustment Top Plate Bottom Plate 

Parallelism Step Height Flatness Center distance 

Total ± 1° 30‘ ± 1° 30‘

- 

4-12 



Holder 800 h 

Ø6 h6 

Universal centering support frame 800 b 

Order no. 4305893 

9 

ø8 

a 

b 

ø4 

Ød2 

60° 

30 

Ø6 H7 

44 


a b 

800 h1 9x9 100 4305888 

800 h2 1/4“ x 1/2“ 4“ 4305889 

58 

60° 

Indicator not included. 

Universal clamp 800 k 

Universal holder with dovetail clamp 

8 

Ød1 

800 hs8 

800 h1 with 

800 k8 

60° 

a 

Ø c 

b 


dia. d1 dia. d2 

800 k8 4 8 4305891 

800 k3/8 5/32“ 3/8“ 4305892 

Indicator not 

included. 

Dimensions 

Order no. 

a b dia. c 

800 hs8 100 124 8 4305886 

800 hs3/8 4“ 5“ 3/8“ 4305887 

Indicator not 

included. 

Ball Clamp 

• Dovetail and ball for indicator mounting and omni-directional 

orientation 

Order no. 

AT-50 

Double-jointed Clamp 

• Reaches up to 127 mm / 5“ with easy positioning for many 

applications including milling machine and Jig Borers 

Order no. AT-100 

Jig Borer Attachment 

• Furnished with two rods and clamp for fast machine mounting 

Order no. RD-21 

Holding Bar 

• Normally furnished with MarTest models. Three-inch length 

provides ample reach for most applications 

Order no. HB-2157 

Swivel Clamp 

• Normally furnished with MarTest 

models. Allows indicator to be 

mounted on most indicator stands 

and fixtures 

Order no. CP-2199

+ 


4-13 


Test Stand 1492B 

• Use with any MarTest Indicator - Support arms stepped at one end 

(.218in dia.) for Swivel Clamp (CP-2199) included. 

• Accommodates Vertical and Horizontal lug back mounts for AGD 

type Indicators. 

• Bases have powerful “ON/OFF” permanent magnets which hold 

from any of four faces - three sides or bottom. 

Indicator not 

included. 

Base Dimensions Main Post Support Arm Order no. 

W x L x H Length Diameter Length Diameter 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

60 x 48 x 59 (2.4“ x 1.9“ x 2.2“) 178/ 7“ 10/ .47“ 165/ 6.5“ 9.9/ .39“ 1492B-5 

60 x 48 x 59 (2.4“ x 1.9“ x 2.2“) 178/ 7“ 10/ .47“ 149/ 5.9“ 9.9/ .39“ 1492B-10 

114 x 48 x 59 (4.5“ x 1.9“ x 2.2“) 401/ 15.8“ 20/ .79“ 200/ 7.9“ 14/ .55“ 1492B-15 

Measurements are mm/inch. All models furnished with post clamp and indicator mounting clamp. 

Style 1492B-10 has fine adjustment on post clamp. 

Transfer Stand 2300 

• Fine adjustment conveniently located in base. 

• Three-point base pads improve accuracy. 

• Contoured shape facilitates movement. 

• Use with any Testmaster Indicator - stud accommodates Swivel 

Clamp (CP-2199). 

• EHE-2048 Gage head requires a CP-116 Clamp. 

Indicator not 

included. 

Base Dimensions Column Maximum Reach Mounting Order no. 

W x L x H (dia. x H) vertical (base to stud 

capacity contact point) dia. 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

76 x 110 x 45 (3 x 4.375 x 1.75“) 25 x 430/ .995 x 17“ 457/ 18“ approx. 86/ 3.375“ 5.55/ .218“ 2300

- 

4-14 

MarTest. Touch Probes 

Mechanical 3D-Touch Probe MarTest 802 NW 

IP65 

3D 

Applications 

Can be used on milling and 

CNC machines to 

• determine the zero position 

on a work piece 

• determine the center of a 

bore 

• determine and correct the 

position of a work piece 

and for measurement of 

• lengths 

• depths 

Features 

• High accuracy and linearity 

- suitable for measuring 

work pieces 

- measurement over the 

entire working range is 

possible 

• Can be controlled 

independently of a machine 

tool 

• Easy to read display 

• Large working range in all 

axis (X, Y, Z) prevents damage 

to the stylus by contacting 

errors 

• Shock and Water proof, 

ideal for the use on a 

machine with a tool 

changer 

• Compact metal housing 

and long probe arm 


Operating instructions 


Repeatability Readings Dial Mounting Order no. 

in zero position dia. shaft 

unidirectional 

dia. 

802 NW ± 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 50 mm 16 mm 4304311 

 

 

 

 

 

Accessories 

Styli dia. d mm l mm Order no. 

802 EWt 4 31 4304320 

802 NWt 6 56.6 4304321 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ød 

l

+ 

MarTest. Touch Probes 

4-15 

Digital 3D-Touch Probe MarTest 802 EW 

IP65 

3D 

Applications 

Can be used on milling and 

CNC machines to 

• determine the zero position 

on a work piece 

• determine the center of a 

bore 

• determine and correct the 

position of a work piece 

and for measurement of 

• lengths 

• depths 

Features 

• High accuracy and linearity 

- suitable for measuring 

work pieces 

- measurement over the 

entire working range is 

possible 

• Can be controlled 

independently of a machine 

tool 

• Easy to read display due to the 

combination of: 

- a progressive analog 

display (bar graph) for 

dynamic path information 

- a digital display for 

accurate reading 

• Large working range 

(6 mm) in all axis (X, Y, Z) 

prevents damage to the stylus 

by contacting errors 

• Shock and water proof; ideal 

for the use on a machine with 

a tool changer 

• Compact metal housing and 

long probe arm 


Battery and operating 

instructions 


Working range Repeatability Resolution Display Mounting Order no. 

X, Y, Z-Axis in zero position of digital range shaft 

unidirectional display dia.* 

802 EW -2 to +4 mm ± 0.005 mm 0.005 mm ± 2 mm 16 mm 4304300 

802 EWZ -.0787“ to .157“ ± .0001“ .0001“ ± .0787“ 3/4“ 4304305 

* Further mounting shafts are available on request 

ø16h5 

Accessories 

Styli dia. d mm l mm Order no. 

802 EWt 4 31 4304320 

ød 

l 

ø12 

ø4 

65 

31 

52 82 40 

19 

39

- 

MarCator. Digital and Dial Indicators 

THEY POINT YOU IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION. 

MARCATOR DIAL INDICATORS. 

The latest information on MARCATOR products can 



Dial indicators due to their versatility rank as the most frequently applied transducer, just like our MarCator series. 

Our mechanical dial indicators have precision gears and pinions for a maximum accuracy. They are also available in shock 

and waterproof versions. Our digital indicator range contains highly precise electronic measuring systems, which make 

measuring functions possible yet without the loss of an analog display. With the simple operation, the large display 

that can be read error free and the possibility of a rapid and simple transmission of all your measurement results thus 

meeting all requirements of a modern measuring instrument.

+ 

MarCator. Digital and Dial Indicators 

MarCator. Dial and Digital Indicators 

ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators 

Overview 5- 2 

Dial Indicators ANSI/AGD Groups 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 5- 7 

Single Revolution Dial Indicator 5- 13 

Long Range and Extra Long Range Dial Indicator 5- 15 

Wetproof Dial Indicator Series WC & WP 5- 17 

Perpendicular Dial Indicator 5- 19 

Accessories for ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators 5- 21 

Dial Indicators - Testing and Calibration Products 5- 25 

Contact Points for ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators 5- 27 

DIN Style Precision Dial Indicators 

Overview 5- 28 

MarCator 803 A / 805 A / 803 S / 803 SW / 803 SB / 803 AZ 5- 30 

Small Dial Indicators 

MarCator 810 A / 810 AT / 810 S / 810 SW / 810 SB / 5- 32 

810 SM / 810 SRM / 810 AZ 

Standard versions 

MarCator 810 AU / 810 AX / 810 SV / 810 AG 5- 34 

Special versions 

Digital Indicators (Long Range) 


MarCator 1075 / 1080 / 1081 5- 38 

Standard versions with digital display 

MarCator μMaxμm XL 5- 40 

With tolerance function 

MarCator 1086 / 1086 W / 1086 Z 5- 42 

With integrated tolerance functions 

MarCator 1087 / 1087 / Z 5- 46 

With combined digital and analog display 

MarCator 1088 / 1088 W 5- 48 

With background lit display 

MarCator 1087 B 5- 50 

For 2-point inside measurement 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 / 1087 / 1088 5- 51 

Contact Points and Accessories for Dial / Digital Indicators, 5- 52 

Mechanical / Digital Comparators & Probes

- 

5-2 

MarCator. Dial Indicators 

MarCator ANSI/AGD Dial Indicators 

OVERVIEW 

Dial Indicators Selection Guide 

Order number 

Range Total Dial Style Dial Style w/o Rev with Rev 

Grad per Rev. Range w/o Rev with Rev Counter Counter 

Group 0 

.0001” .004” .010” 0-2-0 – A1/2Q 

.0001” .010” .025” 0-5-0 – A2I 

.0005” .020” .050” 0-10-0 – A3Q 

.001” .040” .100” 0-20-0 – A6Q 

.002 mm .100 .250 0-5-0 – N1/2O 

.005 mm .500 1.25 0-25-0 – N3I 

.010 mm 1.00 2.50 0-50-0 – N6I 

Group 1 

.0001” .010“ .025” 0-5-0 0-10 12I 12I-RC 

.00025” .010“ .025” 0-5-0 0-10 12Q 12Q-RC 

.00025” .020“ .050” 0-10-0 0-20 B3K B3K-RC 

.0005” .020“ .050” 0-10-0 0-20 B3Q B3Q-RC 

.0005” .030“ .075” 0-15-0 0-30 B5M B5M-RC 

.0005” .040“ .100” 0-20-0 0-40 B6K B6K-RC 

.0005” .050“ .125” 0-25-0 0-50 B7I B7I-RC 

.001” .020“ .050” 0-10-0 0-20 B3W B3W-RC 

.001” .040“ .100” 0-20-0 0-40 B6Q B6Q-RC 

.001” .050“ .125” 0-25-0 0-50 B7O B7O-RC 

.001” .100“ .250” 0-50-0 0-100 B8I B8I-RC 

.002 mm .200 .500 0-10-0 0-20 O1I O1I-RC 

.005 mm .500 1.25 0-25-0 0-50 O3I O3I-RC 

.010 mm 1.00 2.50 0-50-0 0-100 O6I O6I-RC 

.025 mm 2.50 6.25 0-125-0 0-250 O8I O8I-RC 

Group 2 

.00005” .004” .010” 0-2-0 0-4 C1/2K C1/2K-RC 

.0001” .008” .020” 0-4-0 0-8 C1K C1K-RC 

.0001” .010” .025” 0-5-0 0-10 2015781 2014761 

.00025” .010” .025” 0-5-0 0-10 2015782 2014791 

.00025” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 2015783 2014808 

.0005” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 2015784 2014810 

.0005” .030” .075” 0-15-0 0-30 2015786 2014811 

.0005” .040” .100” 0-20-0 0-40 2015787 2014812 

.0005” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 2015790 2014814 

.001” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 2015785 2014809 

.001” .040” .100” 0-20-0 0-40 2015789 2014813 

.001” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 2015791 2014815 

.001” .100” .250” 0-50-0 0-100 2015792 2011049 

.001 mm .100 .250 0-5-0 0-10 P1/2I P1/2I-RC 

.002 mm .200 .500 0-10-0 0-20 P1I P1I-RC 

.005 mm .500 1.25 0-25-0 0-50 2015793 2014817 

.010 mm 1.00 2.50 0-50-0 0-100 2015794 2014818 

.020 mm 2.00 5.00 0-100-0 0-200 2015795 2014819 

1 Rev 

.0005” – .040” – – 2014793 

.001” – .080” – – 2014792 

.010 mm – 1.00 – – 2014795 

.020 mm – 2.00 – – 2014794 

.010 mm – 1.00 – – 2014797 

.020 mm – 2.00 – – 2014796

+ 


5-3 

Order number 

Range Total Dial Style Dial Style w/o Rev with Rev 

Grad per Rev. Range w/o Rev with Rev Counter Counter 

Group 3 

.0001” .008” .020” 0-4-0 0-8 D1K D1K-RC 

.0001” .010” .025” 0-5-0 0-10 32I 32I-RC 

.00025” .010” .025” 0-5-0 0-10 32Q 32Q-RC 

.00025” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 D3K D3K-RC 

.00025” .030” .075” 0-15-0 0-30 D5G D5G-RC 

.0005” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 D3Q D3Q-RC 

.0005” .030” .075” 0-15-0 0-30 D5M D5M-RC 

.0005” .040” .100” 0-20-0 0-40 D6K D6K-RC 

.0005” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 D7I D7I-RC 

.001” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 D3W D3W-RC 

.001” .040” .100” 0-20-0 0-40 D6Q D6Q-RC 

.001” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 D7O D7O-RC 

.001” .100” .250” 0-50-0 0-100 D8I D8I-RC 

.002 mm .200 .500 0-10-0 0-20 Q1I Q1I-RC 

.005 mm .500 1.25 0-25-0 0-50 Q3I Q3I-RC 

.010 mm 1.00 2.50 0-50-0 0-100 Q6I Q6I-RC 

.020 mm 2.00 5.00 0-100-0 0-200 Q8I Q8I-RC 

Group 4 

.0001” .008” .020” 0-4-0 0-8 E1K E1K-RC 

.0001” .010” .025” 0-5-0 0-10 42I 42I-RC 

.00025” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 E3K E3K-RC 

.00025” .030” .075” 0-15-0 0-30 E5G E5G-RC 

.0005” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 E3Q E3Q-RC 

.0005” .030” .075” 0-15-0 0-30 E5M E5M-RC 

.0005” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 E7I E7I-RC 

.001” .020” .050” 0-10-0 0-20 E3W E3W-RC 

.001” .050” .125” 0-25-0 0-50 E7O E7O-RC 

.001” .100” .250” 0-50-0 0-100 E8I E8I-RC 

.002 mm .200 .500 0-10-0 0-20 R1I R1I-RC 

.005 mm .500 1.25 0-25-0 0-50 R3I R3I-RC 

.010 mm 1.00 2.50 0-50-0 0-100 R6I R6I-RC 

.020 mm 2.00 5.00 0-100-0 0-200 R8I R8I-RC 

Long Range 

.0001” .010” .500” – 0-10 42IQ 

.001” .100” .500” – 0-100 2014699 

.001” .100” 1.00” – 0-100 2014698 

.001” .100” 1.00” – 0-100 D8IS 

.001” .100” 2.00” – 0-100 D8IT 

.001” .100” 3.00” – 0-100 E8IU 

.010” 1.00” 1.00” – 0-1000 2014816 

.010 mm 1.00 25.00 – 0-100 SP6IS 

.010 mm 1.00 25.00 – 0-100 SQ6IS 

.025 mm 2.50 50.00 – 0-25 Q8IT 

.025 mm 2.50 75.00 – 0-25 R8IU

- 

5-4 MarCator. Dial Indicators 

Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD 

Features 

You get more with Mahr Federal Dial Indicators 

• Proven for the most demanding applications 

• Superior design and serviceability 

• Unmatched customer and technical support 

• Catalog and customized styles 

• Full range of accessories to suit virtually every need 

• Unit construction, removable movement . . . saves repair/cleaning 

time and maintenance costs 

• Hardened gears and stainless steel racks provide lasting protection 

against indicator failure due to shock or wear 

• Jeweled bearings resist friction, add to longer indicator life 

• Soft-tinted dials (green, inch, or yellow, metric) minimize eye strain 

• Special steel alloy, balanced dial hand affords no-shift, precise 

reading 

• Controlled rack and pinion mesh eliminates slope for precise 

response and reading 

• Smooth-adjusting bezels for easy setup 

• Positive pressure pull-back spring . . . less maintenance 

• Compliance with ANSI/AGD dimensional and accuracy 

specifications 

• Many models employ stainless steel stem for added durability 

• Skeletonized, hobbed gears for more sensitive response, superior 

indicator accuracy with minimal hysteresis error 

How to Order 

How to Order Your Dial Indicator and Accessories 

1. Select the type of Indicator you require. Check the specialize 

types as well as regular ANSI/AGD models. 

2. Choose the Model best suited to the magnification, range and 

viewing needs of your job. 

3. Accessories. These are important because they greatly increase 

the speed, efficiency and convenience of obtaining desired 

results. A wide selection of Mahr Federal dial indicator 

accessories are shown in this catalog. 

Replacement indicators 

Although Mahr Federal dial indicators are known for their lifetime 

service, it is not uncommon to change an indicator back, contact 

point, dial or to even add an accessory to suit your latest application. 

When ordering a replacement dial indicator for a specific 

application, always verify the configuration of the indicator. 

Ordering a replacement using the standard model number 

shown on your indicator may not provide you with the 

configuration or accessories you desire. 

4. Options. You are not restricted to the normally furnished 

equipment mentioned above. A wide choice of optionally 

available points, backs or dial arrangements can be specified at 

little or no extra cost. We maintain the most extensive stock of 

indicators and gages for dimensional measurement available 

anywhere. Items which are in stock are normally shipped within 

five working days. If you need them sooner, inquire when 

ordering. We can often make next-day deliveries. 

Understandably, some of the items in this catalog are not 

always in stock or are special order items, which take a little 

longer to ship. 

If you need help in determining what Indicators right for your 

application, just ask us. Contact Mahr Federal: 

1-800-333-4243 

One of our experienced professionals will give you courteous, 

professional advice that can save you time and money.

+ 


5-5 


Selecting a Dial Indicator 

Since modern manufacturing involves a wide range of tolerances, 

choosing a dial indicator might be difficult, especially since the 

number of indicators available is so vast. The following guidelines 

were prepared to assist you in selecting the right model for your 

application. 

If your tolerance spread is .006”(±.003”), then, the most suitable 

minimum graduation value is .0005”. 

Consider four characteristics when selecting a dial indicator: 

• Minimum Graduation Value — value of the smallest 

graduations marked on the dial. From several different values 

available from Mahr Federal, select the one which is closest to 10% 

of the tolerance spread of the work you are measuring. This assures 

that the tolerance will span about ten divisions of the dial 

• Size — represents the bezel diameter. Make your selection on the 

basis of space available for the indicator and the distance from 

which it will be viewed. The Indicator photograph shown on the 

first page of each ANSI/AGD Group is full scale. Simply place the 

page which illustrates the Indicator at the expected viewing 

distance, and choose the size that offers you the best readability 

and is the proper size for your fixture. Mahr Federal's "C" size 

bezels (ANSI/AGD Group 2), which have a diameter of 2-1/4”, are 

the most popular. 

• Range per Revolution — represents the distance the spindle 

travels with one complete revolution of the dial hand. From the dials 

available in the size and minimum graduation value you chose, 

select the range per revolution which allows the tolerance spread 

to occupy 1/10 to 1/4 of the dial. 

• Total Range — the maximum distance over which the indicator 

spindle can travel. Usually, this represents 2-1/2 revolutions of the 

hand, which is adequate for most needs. Sometimes, however, this 

may not be adequate for your application and a special total range 

may be necessary. 

Your tolerance spread is .006”. You have chosen an ANSI/AGD 

Group 2 (Mahr Federal "C" Size) dial with a minimum graduation 

value of .0005”. Mahr Federal offers four indicator types in this size and 

minimum graduation value. Of these, type C5M has a range per 

revolution of .030” which is about midway between your tolerance 

extremes. 

You selected a C5M indicator. Your total range, however, needs to be at 

least .200” so the spindle can clear the lip of your part. But, the longest 

range available in the C5M indicator you need is only .075”. 

Special ranges up to .400” are available for this indicator type. Select 

the closest range for your application (for Model C5M, you would select 

.250”). 

If the range you need is not listed under the "Special Ranges" category, 

contact Mahr Federal. Chances are we can supply the range you need. 

Copies of the current ANSI Standard for Dial Indicators 

(ANSI B89.1.1 0-1987) are available from: 

The American Society of Mechanical Engineers 

ASME Order Desk 

22 Law Drive 

Fairfield, NJ 07007 

(973)882-1167

- 



Dial Types 

1. Balanced (+) on right. 

Normally furnished on all Group 0, 1, 3 and 4 ANSI/AGD 

indicators only, unless otherwise specified. Indicates an increasing 

value when contact is depressed as in comparison type O.D. snap 

and bench thickness gages. 

Note: If Revolution Counter models are ordered, counter dial 

numbered counterclockwise. 

2. Balanced (+) on left. 

Indicates decreasing values when contact is depressed as in 

comparison bore* and depth gages. 

Note: With Revolution Counter models, counter dial numbered 

clockwise. 

* Will vary as dictated by motion transfer design. 

3. Continuous clockwise. 

Normally furnished on Long and Extra Long Range Indicators, 

unless otherwise specified. Indicates an increasing value when 

contact is depressed as in direct-reading thickness gages. 

Note: With Revolution Counter models, counter dial numbered 

counterclockwise. 

4. Continuous counterclockwise. 

Indicates a decreasing value when contact is depressed as in 

direct reading slot, recess or hole depth measurements. 

Note: If Revolution Counter models are ordered, counter dial 

numbered clockwise

+ 


5-7 

Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 0 - Mahr Federal Series A and N 

Where available space prohibits 

the use of a larger dial indicator. 


Mahr Federal Series A (inch) 

Dial: approx. 1.250” dia. with soft-green tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Range per Accuracy Order no. 

range value revolution 

.010” .0001” 0-2-0 .004” ±.0001” A1/2Q 

.025” .0001” 0-5-0 .010” ±.0001” A2I 

.050” .0005” 0-10-0 .020” ±.0005” A3Q 

.100” .001” 0-20-0 .040” ±.001” A6Q 

Mahr Federal Series N (Metric — mm) 

Dial: approx. 32 mm dia. with soft-yellow tint 



0.250 0.002 0-5-0 0.100 ±0.002 mm N1/2O 

1.250 0.005 0-25-0 0.500 ±0.005 mm N3I 

2.500 0.010 0-50-0 1.00 ±0.010 mm N6I

- 

5-8 


Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 0 - Mahr Federal Series A and N 

Mahr Federal Series A 

• Normally furnished: balanced 

dial with + on right; centered 

vertical lug back; regular 

contact point, .09” radiused, 

.093” long. 

A1/2Q A2I A3Q A6Q 

Mahr Federal Series N 

• Optional dials: balanced with 

+ on left; continuous 

clockwise; continuous 

counter-clockwise. Order by 

part number and specify dial 

style desired. 

• For other dial styles or 

special requirements, call 

Mahr Federal. 

N1/2O N3I N6I 

Backs for ANSI Group 0 - Series A and N 

Vertical (Centered) Lug Back is normally furnished and included in price of Indicator. Back can be rotated 90° for horizontal lug mounting. 

Vertical Lug (Centered) 

BK-37 

Adjustable 

BK-45 

Screw Type 

BK-88 

Post 

BK-38 

Flat 

BK-32 

A B C D 

1/2 11/16 1/4 1/4 

A B C D 

1/8 3/8 8-32 1/4 

A B C 

1/2 11/16 1/4-28 

A B C 

5/16 7/32 1/16 

Split Bushing, BU-112 Fits Stem (.218” I.D. x .375” O.D.), .500” long. 

Points for ANSI Group 0 - Series A and N 

Regular PT-43 

normally furnished 

Dim. A 

Style 

3/32” PT-43 

1/4” PT-204 

3/8” PT-205 

1/2” PT-207 

5/8” PT-208 

3/4” PT-209 

7/8” PT-210 

1” PT-211 

Taper 

PT-119 

Button 

PT-118 

Flat 

AL-61

+ 


5-9 

Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 1 - Mahr Federal Series B and O 


Mahr Federal Series B (inch) 


Measuring Graduation Dial style Dial style Range per Accuracy Order no. Order no. 

range value w/o Rev with Rev revolution w/o Rev with Rev 

Counter Counter Counter Counter 

.025” .0001” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.0001” 12I 12I-RC 

.025” .00025” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.00025” 12Q 12Q-RC 

.050” .00025” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.00025” B3K B3K-RC 

.050” .0005” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.0005” B3Q B3Q-RC 

.075” .0005” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.0005” B5M B5M-RC 

.100” .0005” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.0005” B6K B6K-RC 

.125” .0005” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.0005” B7I B7I-RC 

.050” .001” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.001” B3W B3W-RC 

.100” .001” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.001” B6Q B6Q-RC 

.125” .001” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.001” B7O B7O-RC 

.250” .001” 0-50-0 0-100 .100” ±.001” B8I B8I-RC 

Mahr Federal Series O (Metric, mm) 

Dial: approx. 45 mm dia. with yellow tint 




0.500 0.002 0-10-0 0-20 0.200 ±0.004 O1I O1I-RC 

1.250 0.005 0-25-0 0-50 0.500 ±0.005 O3I O3I-RC 

2.500 0.010 0-50-0 0-100 1.000 ±0.010 O6I O6I-RC 

6.250 0.025 0-125-0 0-250 2.500 ±0.025 O8I O8I-RC 

Dimensions 

ANSI / Mahr A B C D E 

AGD Federal mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

Group Styles 

1 B/O 42.86/ 1.688” 41.28/ 1.625” 38.10/ 1.5” 15.88/ .625” 8.73/ .344” 

2 C/P 57.15/ 2.25” 50.80/ 2” 52.39/ 2.063” 18.26/ .719” 8.73/ .344” 

These indicators are normally furnished with continuous dial (with R.C.) or + on right balance dial 

(w/o R.C.), lug back and .18” by .250” long contact.

- 


Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 2 - Mahr Federal Series C and P 

Ordering Information 

In addition to the information 

provided below, see pages 5-4 

& 5-5 for complete instructions 

on ordering your dial indicators 

and accessories. 

www.mahr.com 


Mahr Federal Series C (inch) 

Dial: approx. 2.250“ dia. with soft-green tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Dial style Range per Accuracy Order no. Order no. OLD 

range value w/o Rev with Rev revolution w/o Rev with Rev Order no. 


.020” .0001” 0-4-0 0-8 .008” ±.0001” C1K C1K-RC C1K 

.025” .0001” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.0001” 2015781 2014761 C2I/22I 

.025” .00025” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.00025” 2015782 2014791 C2Q/22Q 

.050” .00025” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.00025” 2015783 2014808 C3K/23K 

.050” .0005” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.0005” 2015784 2014810 C3Q/23Q 

.075” .0005” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.0005” 2015786 2014811 C5M/25M 

.100” .0005” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.0005” 2015787 2014812 C6K/26K 

.125” .0005” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.0005” 2015790 2014814 C7I/27I 

.050” .001” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.001” 2015785 2014809 C3W/23W 

.100” .001” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.001” 2015789 2014813 C6Q/26Q 

.125” .001” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.001” 2015791 2014815 C7O/27O 

.250” .001” 0-50-0 0-100 .100” ±.001” 2015792 2011049 C8I/28IN 

Super Sensitive Type (Inch) 

.010” .00005” 0-2-0 0-4 .004” ±.0001” C1/2K C1/2K-RC C1/2K 

Mahr Federal Series P (Metric, mm) 


Measuring Graduation Dial style Dial style Range per Accuracy Order no. Order no. OLD 

range value w/o Rev with Rev revolution w/o Rev with Rev Order no. 


0.500 0.002 0-10-0 0-20 0.200 ±0.004 P1I P1I-RC P1I/21IN 

1.250 0.005 0-25-0 0-50 0.500 ±0.005 2015793 2014817 P3I/23I 

2.500 0.010 0-50-0 0-100 1.000 ±0.010 2015794 2014818 P6I/26I 

5.000 0.020 0-100-0 0-200 2.000 ±0.020 2015795 2014819 P8I/28IM 

Super Sensitive Type (Metric — mm) 

0.250 0.001 0-5-0 0-10 0.100 ±0.002 P1/2I P1/2I-RC P1/2I 

These indicators are normally furnished with continuous dial (with R.C.) or + on 

right balance dial (w/o R.C.), lug back, .18” by .250” long contact and 

tolerance hands*. 

* tolerance hands not supplied on C1K, C1/2K , P1I & P1/2I. 

Accessories 

• Contact Points - see page 5-27 and 5-22 

• Backs and Mounting Brackets - see pages 5-21 and 5-22 

• Accessories - see pages 5-23 and 5-24

+ 


5-11 

Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 3 - Mahr Federal Series D and Q 

Recommended for larger gages 

and greater visibility. 



provided below, see pages 5-4 




www.mahr.com 


Mahr Federal Series D (inch) 

Dial: approx. 2.750“ dia. with soft-green tint 




.020” .0001” 0-4-0 0-8 .008” ±.0001” D1K D1K-RC 

.025” .0001” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.0001” 32I 32I-RC 

.025” .00025” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.00025” 32Q 32Q-RC 

.050” .00025” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.00025” D3K D3K-RC 

.075” .00025” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.00025” D5G D5G-RC 

.050” .0005” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.0005” D3Q D3Q-RC 

.075” .0005” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.0005” D5M D5M-RC 

.100” .0005” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.0005” D6K D6K-RC 

.125” .0005” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.0005” D7I D7I-RC 

.050” .001” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.001” D3W D3W-RC 

.100” .001” 0-20-0 0-40 .040” ±.001” D6Q D6Q-RC 

.125” .001” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.001” D7O D7O-RC 

.250” .001” 0-50-0 0-100 .100” ±.001” D8I D8I-RC 

Mahr Federal Series Q (Metric — mm) 





0.500 0.002 0-10-0 0-20 0.200 ±0.004 Q1I Q1I-RC 

1.250 0.005 0-25-0 0-50 0.500 ±0.005 Q3I Q3I-RC 

2.500 0.010 0-50-0 0-100 1.000 ±0.020 Q6I Q6I-RC 

5.000 0.020 0-100-0 0-200 2.000 ±0.020 Q8I Q8I-RC 

These indicators are normally furnished with continuous dial (with R.C.) or + on 

right balance dial (w/o R.C.), lug back, and .18” by .250” long contact. 

Accessories 

• Contact Points - see pages 5-27 and 5-22 

• Backs and Mounting Brackets - see pages 5-21 and 5-22 

• Accessories - see pages 5-23 and 5-24

- 


Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 4 - Mahr Federal Series E and R 


Mahr Federal Series E (inch) 





.020” .0001” 0-4-0 0-8 .008” ±.0001” E1K E1K-RC 

.025” .0001” 0-5-0 0-10 .010” ±.0001” 42I 42I-RC 

.050” .00025” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.00025” E3K E3K-RC 

.075” .00025” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.00025” E5G E5G-RC 

.050” .0005” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.0005” E3Q E3Q-RC 

.075” .0005” 0-15-0 0-30 .030” ±.0005” E5M E5M-RC 

.125” .0005” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.0005” E7I E7I-RC 

.050” .001” 0-10-0 0-20 .020” ±.001” E3W E3W-RC 

.125” .001” 0-25-0 0-50 .050” ±.001” E7O E7O-RC 

.250” .001” 0-50-0 0-100 .100” ±.001” E8I E8I-RC 

Mahr Federal Series R (Metric, mm) 

Dial: approx. 92 mm dia. with yellow tint 




0.500 0.002 0-10-0 0-20 0.200 ±0.004 R1I R1I-RC 

1.250 0.005 0-25-0 0-50 0.500 ±0.005 R3I R3I-RC 

2.500 0.010 0-50-0 0-100 1.000 ±0.010 R6I R6I-RC 

5.000 0.020 0-100-0 0-200 2.000 ±0.020 R8I R8I-RC 

Dimensions 

ANSI / Mahr A B C D E 

AGD Federal mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

Group Styles 

3 D/Q 69.85/ 2.75” 53.98/ 2.125” 65.09/ 2.563” 15.88/ .625” 8.73/ .344” 

4 E/R 92.08/ 3.625” 65.09/ 2.563” 87.31/ 3.438” 15.88/ .625” 8.73/ .344” 

These indicators are normally furnished with continuous dial (with R.C.) or + on right balance dial 

(w/o R.C.), lug back and .18” by .250” long contact.

+ 


5-13 

Easy Reading, Single Revolution Dial Indicator 

Easy reading 

A practical solution for inspectors and machine operators who need 

to eliminate the potential for indicator misreadings. No matter how 

far out of tolerance a part may be, the needle of a one revolution 

indicator will always stay in the red, non-read zone — no passing 

zero again — no reading errors. 

• No limited contact travel 

• Shockproof “Following Movement” always keeps the hand within a 

single revolution 

• Alternate contact points, backs and other accessories are optionally 

available 

• Metric dials are yellow 

• One-piece case design 

• Inserted precision bearings 

• Available in ANSI/AGD Group 2 size 


Measuring Graduation Stem Model no. Order no. 

range value diameter 

2 mm 0.02 mm .375” P1RN-200 2014794 

1 mm 0.01 mm .375” P1RN-100 2014795 

2 mm 0.02 mm 8 mm M1RN-200 2014796 

1 mm 0.01 mm 8 mm M1RN-100 2014797 

.080” .001” .375” C1RN-80 2014792 

.040” .0005” .375” C1RN-40 2014793 

High Performance, Dial Indicators per ANSI/AGD Group 2 

Features 

• A well thought-out design, the use of high-quality components 

and materials as well as the precision engineered mechanism 

guarantee the outstanding quality of these indicators. 

• The concentric “Speed Read“ pointer (on 1.0“ and .500“ models) 

allows easy and safe reading of this Dial Indicator 

• Spindle and stem are made of resistant stainless steel. 

Supplied with: Lug Back and Tolerance Hands 

2016005 

2016002 


Measuring Graduation Stem Dial Range Rev. Order no. 

Range value diameter style per Rev. Counter 

Accessories 

• Contact Points - see page 5-27 

.250” .001” .375” 0-100 .100” Standard 2016005 

.500” .001” .375” 0-100 .100” Speed read 2016004 

1.00” .001” .375” 0-100 .100” Speed read 2016002

- 

5-14 


Dial Styles for ANSI/AGD Groups 1 thru 4 Balanced Dials 

Mahr Federal Series B thru E 

Features 

• Normally furnished: dial as 

illustrated; centered vertical 

lug back; regular contact point, 

.18” radiused, 1/4” long. 

C1K 

D1K 

E1K 

12I 

2015781 

32I 

42I 

12Q 

2015782 

32Q 

B3K 

2015783 

D3K 

E3K 

B3Q 

2015784 

D3Q 

E3Q 

• Optional Dials: balanced dial 

with + on left; continuous 

clockwise; continuous 

counter-clockwise. (Order by 

part number and specify dial 

style desired.) 

• Revolution Counters available, 

please specify when ordering. 

Includes continuous dial 

unless otherwise specified. 

• For other dial styles or special 

requirements - call Mahr 

Federal. 

B5M 

2015786 

D5M 

E5M 

B6K 

2015787 

D6K 

B7I 

2015790 

D7I 

E7I 

B3W 

2015785 

D3W 

E3W 

B6Q 

2015789 

D6Q 

• Indicator dimensions are 

located on pages containing 

individual ANSI/AGD 

descriptions. 

Accessories 

B7O 

2015791 

D7O 

E7O 

B8I 

2015792 

D8I 

E8I 

Mahr Federal Series O thru R 

C1/2K 

D5G 

E5G 

• Contact Points - see page 

5-27 and 5-22 

• Backs and Mounting Brackets 

- see pages 5-21 and 5-22 

• Accessories - see pages 

5-23 and 5-24 


O1I 

P1I 

Q1I 

R1I 

O3I 

2015793 

Q3I 

R3I 

O6I 

2015794 

Q6I 

R6I 

Q8I 

2015795 

R8I 

Indicator O8I is not illustrated: Dial style is 0-125-0, minimum graduation is .025 mm 

P1/2I 


provided above, see pages 5-4 




www.mahr.com

+ 


5-15 

Long Range and Extra Long Range Indicators 


Long Range/Extra Long Range (Inch) 

Dial: soft-green tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Range per Accuracy ANSI/AGD Model no. Order no. 


.500” .0001” 0-10 .010” .0001”* 4 42IQ 42IQ ** 

.500” .001” 0-100 .100” .001” 2 28IQN 2014699 

1.000” .001” 0-100 .100” .001” 2 28ISN 2014698 

1.000” .001” 0-100 .100” .001” 3 D8IS D8IS 

1.000” .010” 0-1000 1.000” .010” 2 29I 2014816 

Extra Long Range 

2.000” .001” 0-100 .100” .001”*** 3 D8IT 

3.000” .001” 0-100 .100” .001”*** 4 E8IU 

* for first 2-1/2 revolutions only. 

** hysteresis = 0.0003” for full range 

*** for first 1 inch of travel. 

Long Range/Extra Long Range (Metric) 

Dial: yellow tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Range per Accuracy ANSI/AGD Model no. Order no. 


25.000 0.010 0-100 1.000 .020 2 SP6IS 

25.000 0.010 0-100 1.000 .020 3 SQ6IS 

Extra Long Range 

50.000 0.025 0-25 2.500 .025**** 3 Q8IT 

75.000 0.025 0-25 2.500 .025**** 4 R8IU 

**** for first 25 mm of travel.

- 

5-16 


Dial Styles for Long Range and Extra Long Range Indicators 

28IQN, 28ISN & D8IS 

29I 

Features 

• Normally furnished: 

continuous clockwise dial; 

centered vertical lug back; 

regular contact point, 

.18” radiused, .250” long. 

• Long Range Models: include 

(1) revolution counter (except 

C9I without revolution 

counter). Extra Long Range 

Models: include (2) revolution 

counters. 


special requirements - call 


• Indicator dimensions are 

located on pages containing 

individual ANSI/AGD 

descriptions. 

D8IT & E8IU 

Q8IT & R8IU 

SP6IS & SQ6IS 

Accessories 


5-27 and 5-22 

• Backs and Mounting Brackets 

- see pages 5-21 and 5-22 


5-23 and 5-24 

42IQ 

Dial Indicator Modifications & Specials 

Available to meet specific requirements. 

• Special Ranges 

• Restricted Hand Travel 

• Special Dials 

• High Temperature 

• Special Contact Points 

• 8 mm Stem Diameters Special 

Lengths 

• Specified Contact Load 

• Counter-clockwise Movement 

• Special Stem Lengths 

• Push-Down Action 

• Special Ratio Movement 

• Threaded Stems 







www.mahr.com

+ 


5-17 

Series WC and WP Wetproof Dial Indicators 

Splashproof protection 

from coolant, oil, or other 

contaminant’s. 


Series WC and WP Wetproof Dial Indicators (Inch) 

Dial: approx. 2- 1 / 4 

“ dia. with soft-green tint 



.025” .0001” 0-10 .010” .0001” W22I 

.050” .00025” 0-20 .020” .00025” WC3K 

.050” .0005” 0-20 .020” .0005” WC3Q 

.075” .0005” 0-30 .030” .0005” WC5M 

.100” .0005” 0-40 .040” .0005” WC6K 

.125” .0005” 0-50 .050” .0005” WC7I 

.250” .001” 0-100 .100” .001” WC8I 

1.000” .001” 0-100 .100” .001” WC8IS 

Series WC and WP Wetproof Dial Indicators (Metric) 




0.500 0.002 0-20 0.200 0.004 WP1I 

1.250 0.005 0-50 0.500 0.005 WP3I 

2.500 0.010 0-100 1.000 0.010 WP6I

- 

5-18 


Dial Styles for WC and WP Wetproof Dial Indicators 

Series WC indicators 

W22I WC3K WC3Q WC5M 

Features 


continuous clockwise dial with 

revolution counter; BK-63 

centered vertical lug back; 

regular contact point, .18” 

radiused, .625” long 

• Optional Dials: continuous 

counter-clockwise with 

revolution counter; balanced 

outer dial with + on right or 

left. Order by dial type and 

specify dial style desired. 




WC6K WC7I WC8I/WC8IS 

Series WP indicators 

Accessories 


5-27 and 5-22 


5-23 and 5-24 


WP1I WP3I WP6I 






www.mahr.com 

Backs for Wetproof Dial Indicators 

Vertical (centered) lug back 

is normally furnished and 

included in price of indicator. 

Back can be rotated 90° for 

horizontal lug mounting. 

BK-68 

Adjustable Back 

BK-90 

Post Back 

BK-97 

Flat Back

+ 


5-19 

Perpendicular Dial Indicators 

Provides improved readability 

where other style indicators 

cannot be used. 


Series F, G, J, V (Inch) 

Dial: soft-green tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Range per Accuracy Gear Dial Dia. Order no. 

range value revolution type (approx.) 

.008” .0001” 0-4-0 .008” .0001” crown 2-1/4” J1K 

.040” .0005” 0-20-0 .040” .0005” crown 2-1/4” J6K 

.100” .0005” 0-12-0 .025” .0005” spiral 2-1/4” G4O 

.100” .001” 0-50-0 .100” .001” crown 2-1/4” J8I 

.100” .001” 0-50-0 .100” .001” crown 1-11/16” V8I 

.200” .001” 0-50-0 .100” .001” spiral 1-23/32” F8I 

.200” .001” 0-50-0 .100” .001” spiral 2-1/4” G8I 

Series I, W (Metric) 

Dial: yellow tint 

Measuring Graduation Dial style Range per Accuracy Gear Dial Dia. Order no. 

range value revolution type (approx.) 

0.200 0.002 0-10-0 0.200 0.002 crown 57 W1I 

1.000 0.010 0-50-0 1.000 0.010 crown 57 W6I 

2.500 0.025 0-125-0 2.500 0.025 crown 57 W8I 

2.500 0.025 0-125-0 2.500 0.025 crown 43 I8I 

J & W Models 

V & I Models

- 

5-20 


Dial Styles for Perpendicular Indicators 

Series J, G, V, F 

Features 

J1K 

J6K 

• Normally furnished: balanced 

dial with + on right; 

mounting rod (see dimension 

drawings); regular contact 

point, .18” radiused, .250” 

long. 

• Threaded stem versions 

available as an option; AD-59 

(.5622 long x .500” O.D. for 

“J & W” styles), 3/8-32 

internally threaded 

bushings and AD-60 (.687” 

long x .500” O.D. for “G & F” 

Models) purchased 

separately. Bushings also 

available separately. 

V8I & F8I 




G4O 

J8I & G8I 

Series W, I 

Accessories 


5-27 and 5-22 


5-23 and 5-24 


W1I W6I W8I & I8I 






www.mahr.com 

F8I Model 

G Models

+ 


5-21 

Backs for ANSI/AGD Group 1, 2, 3, and 4 Dial Indicators 

Vertical Lug 

(centered) normally furnished 

Horizontal Lug 

(centered) 

Post 

Features 

• Backs shown are for ANSI/ 

AGD Groups 1,2,3,4, Long 

Range and Extra Long Range 

Indicators. Backs for ANSI/ 

AGD Group 0 Indicators - see 

page 5-8. Backs for Wetproof 

Indicators - see page 5-18. 

• To order - specify Back Order 

Number (from table below). 

Vertical Lug 

(offset) Left face of lug is on 

centerline of back 

Screw Type 

Adjustable 

• Backs for ANSI/AGD Group 1 

(Series B/O) Indicators can be 

repositioned 180°. Backs for 

ANSI/AGD Group 4 (Series 

E/R) Indicators can be 

repositioned 90° and 180°. 

• For Special Backs - call Mahr 

Federal. 

Flat 

Ordering Numbers 

ANSI/AGD 

Group 1 Group 2 Group 3 Group 4 

Series B/O Series C/P Series D/Q Series E/R 

Vertical Lug, Centered BK-1600 BK-383 BK-431 BK-3 

Vertical Lug, Offset BK-1601 BK-2168 BK-545 BK-4 

Horizontal Lug, Centered BK-19 BK-400 BK-109 BK-3 

Flat BK-1660 BK-470 BK-473 BK-5 

Post BK-1634 BK-2093 BK-664 BK-17 

Screw BK-1661 BK-692 BK-177 BK-16 

Adjustable BK-1633 BK-531 BK-10 BK-18

- 

5-22 


Adjustable Mounting Brackets 

Features 

Universal Mounting Base 

Features 

• Allows fast, positive indicator 

adjustments 

• Ideal for permanent indicator 

mounting to fixtures 

• Rack Back included with all 

Brackets 

• Sizes for ANSI/AGD Groups 1 

and 2 

• Allows mounting indicator to 

custom fixtures 

• Uses lug back to mount 

indicator 

• Accommodates all size 

indicators 

Order no. 

BA-1051 

Order Numbers 

Mahr Federal Indicator Used with Order no. 

Group 1 hex socket adjust AT-27 

Group 1 adjusting knob AT-115 

Group 2 hex socket adjust AT-28 

Group 2 adjusting knob AT-116 

Added flexibility for your Mahr Federal Dial Indicators 

Description 

Order no. 

PT-2263 

PT-2267 

Shock Absorbing Contact. “O” ring over threads provides 

a barrier between metal surface and stem, minimizing 

damage if point is pushed in with excessive force. 

Chisel Point Contact for checking small slots. Furnished 

with a small lock nut for positioning on the indicator. 

PT-2263 

PT-2266 

PT-2268 

Small Offset Point Contact. Small tip, .010” radius, 

permits checking narrow recesses. Furnished with a 

lock nut for indicator positioning. 

PT-2267 

PT-2266 

PT-2265 

Needle Contact for checking into small areas. Correct 

length for use as a replacement on Mahr Federal 

65P-40 Depth Gage. PT-2265 

Features 

Innovative Contact Points make 

your indicators more versatile. 

• Minimize point damage with 

a shock absorbing contact, 

without the need for a cushion 

gear. 

• Needle point perfect for 

checking small areas – 

etchings, pits and more. 

• Chisel point easily adapts to 

small slots or screw heads. 

• Small offset point for narrow 

recesses — grooves, holes and 

under ledges. 

• Right angle point makes hard 

to reach grooves easily accessible. 

Right Angle Contact with a .093” diameter ball for 

checking hard-to-reach grooves. Right angle allows 

checking to bottom or to top of a groove when used 

with a push down action Indicator. Its 1” length makes 

it long enough to be used with Mahr Federal 75P-50 

Series Depth Gages. 

PT-2268 

Contact Thread Adapter, Male M2.5 thread to 

4-48 Female thread (.375” length) AD-185 

4-48 Male to M2.5 FemaleThreaded Adapter 2236519

+ 


5-23 

Indicator Accessories 

Weights 

Used with ANSI/AGD type and 

long range indicators. Applies 

constant pressure throughout 

indicator range. 

To order specify requirement. 

Protective Housing 

For ANSI/AGD Group 2 indicators. 

Opens at rear so indicator 

can be mounted by its back. 

Mounts to indicator stem using 

a .687” O.D. bushing (not 

included). Order HG-100 for 

Indicator models with ranges 

up to 6.35 mm /.250”, HG-101 

for ranges of 6.35 mm /.250” to 

25 mm /1”. 

Recommended bushings: 

BU-111 split bushing, or AD-87 

split collet. See next page. 

Lifting Levers - CAM Type. 

Used with ANSI/AGD type and 

long range indicators. 

Use with Order no. Order no. 

Indicator Type Left Hand Right Hand 

ANSI/AGD Group 1* LR-46 LR-47** 



ANSI/AGD Group 4* LR-68 LR-69 

Federal Models D8IT & Q8IT LR-115 

Ox-Bow Lifting Lever 

LR-40 

* Up to 25 mm /1” range 

** Requires case to have Bezel Clamp on Left 

Ox-Bow Lifting Lever - Type LR-40 

Magnetic Maximum Hand 

For ANSI/AGD Groups 2 and 

3 indicators having plain dials. 

Accurately indicates maximum 

reading. Easy to reset. Order 

2014804 (Group 2, snap-on 

bezel), 2011341 (Group 3, 

screw-on bezel). 

Styles for Groups 1 and 4 

indicators available on special 

order; consult Mahr Federal 

Customer Resource Center. 

Tolerance Hands 

Used with ANSI/AGD, long range 

and some Perpendicular 

indicators. Furnished integrally 

with split bezel. Easily replaces 

regular bezel. 

Use with Order no. Order no. 

Indicator Type Snap-on Bezel Screw-type Bezel 

ANSI/AGD Group 1 HD-128 HD-59 

ANSI/AGD Group 2 BZ-2503 HD-57 

ANSI/AGD Group 4 

HD-53 

Range Limiting Caps 

Used with ANSI/AGD type 

indicators. Adjustable thru 

9.52 mm /.375” to limit range 

to any desired amount. Order 

CS-123. 

Electronic Probe Adapter 

Permits using electronic probes 

with many Mahr Federal dial 

indicators. Order AD-138.

- 


Indicator Accessories 

Hole Attachments 

For ANSI/AGD type and perpendicular 

indicators with 

.375” diameter stems. For measuring 

internal surfaces. Order 

AT-7293, 47.50 mm/ 1.87” long 

AT-7294, 25 mm /1” long. 

Split Collet 

For .375” diameter stem 

indicators. Six-finger grip permits 

easy, secure indicator adjustment. 

Requires 1/2-32 threaded hole. 

O.D. is 17.45 mm/ .687”. Can be 

used with protective housings, 

page 5-23. Order AD-87. 

For 1/2-32 tap, order V-892. 

8 mm stem, order AD-190. 

Brake Attachment 

For ANSI/AGD indicators with 

.001” graduations. Requires 

indicator modification for 

assembly. Range limited to 

6.35 mm/ .250” for Group 1 

indicators; and to 12 mm/ .500” 

for Group 2 indicators. Order 

AT-A-7 stem mount, 

AT-81 dust cap mount. 

Threaded Bushing 

For ANSI/AGD indicators with 

5/16-32 threaded stems (an 

available option from Mahr 

Federal). Permits conventional 

stem mounting of indicator in 

gages and fixtures. 

Order AD-62, .625” long, .500” 

O.D., 5/16-32 internal thread. 

Threaded bushings for 

perpendicular indicators, see 

page 5-19. 

Auxiliary Plungers 

For extending reach of all ANSI/ 

AGD type and perpendicular 

indicators with .375” diameter 

stems and ranges up to 

6.35 mm/ .250” range. 

Attaches to indicator stem by 

integral split collet. Body is 

12 mm/ .500” O.D. 

Order AT-25, 57 mm/ 2.25” long, 

AT-26, 104 mm/ 4” long. 

Special lengths available. 

Replacement contact, 

PT-184, 8-32 thread. 

Dust Guard 

For ANSI/AGD perpendicular 

indicators with .375“ diameter 

stems. Recommended for ranges 

of 7.62 mm/ .300“ or less. Oil 

resistant to protect spindle and 

bushing from dust, mist and 

contaminant’s. 

Order GU-2. 

For sealed indicators, see 

Wetproof models, page 5-17. 

Split Bushings 

Fits all ANSI/AGD type and 

perpendicular indicators. Permits 

safe, non-cramping stem 

mounting. 

Order BU-94 without counterbore, 

BU-80 with counterbore, 

.375” stem hole x .500” O.D., 

BU-111 for use with protective 

housings (.375” stem hole x 

.687” O.D.), BU-112 (.218” stem 

hole x .375” O.D.), BU-197 with 

shoulder, 4310103 without 

shoulder. (8 mm stem hole x 

.375” O.D.) 

Right Angle Attachments 

For ANSI/AGD type and 

perpendicular indicators (.375” 

diameter stems). For making 

measurements at right angle to 

spindle movement. Order A-9, 

regular type with flat spring 

hinge; for ranges up to 

3.05 mm/ .120”. 

Replacement spring: SP-56. 

Order AT-24, long range type 

with pivot-type bearing; for 

ranges up to 9.50 mm/. 375”.

+ 


5-25 

Indicator Calibrator with Digital Readout 

Features 

Model 400B-50 

• A precision, benchtop instrument, providing a convenient means 

for calibrating a wide variety of precision measuring instruments, 

including dial indicators, test indicators, AirProbes ® , electronic gage 

heads, or any other device that magnifies the linear displacement 

of a contact point or measuring spindle – user selectable for either 

inch or metric units. 

• Two calibration stations provide high magnification and long range 

in a single unit. Incorporated within the micrometer-style control 

is a rotary encoder which senses the amount of movement and 

displays the actual displacement on a digital readout. 

• Digital readout consists of six high visibility, LED digits and operatoraccessible 

controls for inch/metric units, range selection, zero reset, 

and polarity/direction. 

400B-50 Indicator Calibrator with Digital Readout 

• RS232 Output.. 


Range Minimum Accuracy 

Graduation 

Inch 

High mag. station .100” .00001” ±20μ” 

Low mag. station .500” .00005” ±50μ” 

Metric (mm) 

High mag. station 2.5 0.0001 ±0.4 μm 

Low mag. station 12.5 0.0005 ±1.5 μm 

Display 

Output 

6-digit, 7-segment LED 

RS-232 


AM-178 Arm Assembly; 

AT-119 Mounting Clamp for .375” /9.5 mm dia. stems and probes; 

BU-112 Bushing (.218” I.D. to .375” O.D.). 

BU-197 Bushing (8 mm I.D. to .375” O.D.). 

AT-117 Adaptor for holding gage blocks. 

• Also Available: 

AT-120 Adaptor for test indicators with long contacts. 

AT-122 Adaptor for test indicators with short contacts. 

AT-121 Adaptor for AGD type indicators with lug backs. 

Power 

Dimensions Calibrator 

(approx.) 

Readout Unit 

Weight Calibrator 

(approx.) 

Readout Unit 

115Vac/60Hz/220Vac/50Hz-switchable 

330 x 200 x 285 mm h /13 x 8 x 11.25” h 

170 x 125 x 80 mm h /6.625 x 5 x 3.25” h 

11.8 kg /26 lb. 

0.8 kg /1.75 lb 

Upgrade Kit 

EKT-1204 

A kit is available to upgrade Models 400B-5 and 400B-25 Universal 

Calibrators to digital readout units with RS-232 output. The kit consists 

of a precision micrometer style controller with a digital encoder, 

which replaces the mechanical head, plus a digital readout unit.

- 


Dial Indicator Calibrator 

Features 

400B-3 and 400B-4 Shop-floor Calibrators 

All too often we have blinders on and don’t look at the whole picture on how a precision 

gage can do more than what’s its intended to do. Take for example our Dial Indicator 

Calibrators 400B-3 &, 400B-4. We look at it and know that its purpose is to calibrate 

AGD dial indicators right But let’s take it a step further! If we add the Universal centering 

support frame 800b (part number 4305893) from the test indicator section of our catalog 

and an 8mm to .375“ bushing (part number 4310103) we now have the ability to calibrate 

test indicators having a .0001“ / .002mm resolution giving the once only dial indicator 

calibrator a DUAL PURPOSE! 400B-3 

• For checking dial indicators (both ANSI/ 

AGD and perpendicular styles) and other 

transducers. 

• Large micrometer wheel has widely spaced 

graduations for easy setting and reading. 


• Adjustable crosshair provides on-the-mark 

setting. 

• Tungsten carbide anvil for maximum wear 

resistance. 

• Indicator clamped in-line with micrometer 

spindle. 

Dial Indicator Calibrator 

Range Minimum Accuracy Order no. 

Graduation 

Metric (mm) 0-25 0.002 within 0.001* 400B-4 

Inch 0-1.000” .0001” within .000050”* 400B-3 


BU-112 Bushing (.218” I.D. to .375” O.D.) 

AD-58 Bushing (.275” I.D. to .375” O.D.) 

BU-197 Bushing (8 mm I.D. to .375” O.D.) 

* Accuracy calibration as specified in Federal Specification GGG-105B. 

Universal Calibrator 

Features 

Model 400B-5 and 400B-25 

• Highest accuracy calibrator 

for precise monitoring of any 

gaging transducer– mechanical 

Indicator, air probe, or electronic 

gage head. 

• Two calibrating stations: one 

for high magnification transducers 

and one for long range 

(up to 12.5 mm/ .500”). 


• Easy to use: fine adjustment; 

large bi-directional reading 

micrometer head; carbide 

reference anvils; adjustable 

viewing angle. 

• Furnished in a fitted wooden 

storage case. 

400B-5 

Universal Calibrator 

Range Minimum Accuracy Order no. 

Graduation 

Metric (mm) 2.5 0.0002 ±0.4 μm 400B-25 

12.5 0.001 ±0.8 μm 

Inch .100” .000010” ±20μ” 400B-5 

.500” .000050” ±30μ” 


AM-178 Arm Assembly; 

AT-119 Mounting Clamp for 9.5 mm / .375” dia. stems 

and probes; 

BU-112 Bushing (.218” I.D. to .375” O.D.); 

BU-197 Bushing (8 mm I.D. to .375” O.D.); 

AT-117 Adaptor for holding gage blocks. 

• Also Available: 

AT-120 Adaptor for test indicators with long contacts 

AT-122 Adaptor for test indicators with short contacts 

AT-121 Adaptor for AGD type Indicators with lug backs

+ 


5-27 

Contact Points 

Used with ANSI/AGD Groups 1,2,3,4 Long Range Wetproof Perpendicular and Maxμm ® Indicators. Points for ANSI Group 0 Indicators - see 

page 5-8. For Special Points - call Mahr Federal. See pages 5-52 & 5-53 for additional Metric Contact Points. 

Regular 

Flat End 

Hardened Steel (inch) 


Hardened Steel (Metric***) 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

1/8” PT-225 

1/4” PT-223* 

3/8” PT-563 

1/2” PT-14 

5/8” PT-564** 

3/4” PT-31 

7/8” PT-201 

1” PT-232 

1-1/8” PT-305 

1-1/4” PT-565 

1-3/8” PT-239 

1-1/2” PT-50 

1-5/8” PT-235 

1-3/4” PT-241 

1-7/8” PT-100 

2” PT-51 

2-1/8” PT-243 

2-1/4” PT-696 

2-3/8” PT-101 

2-1/2” PT-245 

2-5/8” PT-102 

2-3/4” PT-566 

2-7/8” PT-247 

3” PT-155 

1/8” AL-19 

1/4” AL-673 

3/8” AL-20 

1/2” AL-21 

5/8” AL-22 

3/4” AL-23 

7/8” AL-24 

1” AL-25 

Button 

6 mm EAL-1016-W1 

10 mm EAL-1016-W2 

15 mm EAL-1016-W3 

20 mm EAL-1016-W4 

25 mm EAL-1016-W5 

Tungsten Carbide 

1/4” AL-51 

Set of 8 Steel 

1/8” to 1” AL-55 


Dimension A 

Order no. 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

6 mm EPT-1037-W1 

10 mm EPT-1037-W2 

12 mm EPT-1037-W6 

15 mm EPT-1037-W3 

20 mm EPT-1037-W4 

25 mm EPT-1037-W5 


Dim. A Dim. B Order no. 




1/4” PT-35 

Diamond 

1/4” PT-317 


1/8” to 1” PT-116 


1/8” to 3” PT-115 

.375” .250” PT-227 

.500” .375” PT-619 

Wide Face 

.375” .250” PT-120 

* PT-223 normally furnished with all Indicators 

** PT-564 normally furnished with all Wetproof Indicators 

*** All Metric Points have M2.5 thread 

Tapered 




Dim. A Dim. B 

Order no. 


Dimension A 

Order no. 

Tungsten Carbide (inch) 

Dimension A 

Order no. 

.356” .250” AL-502 

.500” .375” AL-1510 

.615” .500” AL-520 

.731” .625” AL-44 

Tungsten Carbide (inch) 

.356” .250” AL-1730 

9.04 6.35 EAL-1020-W1 

12.7 9.5 EAL-1020-W2 

15.6 12.7 EAL-1020-W3 

18.6 15.9 EAL-1020-W4 

Set of 8 Steel (Metric***) 

9.04 6.35 EAL-1021 

3/16” PT-233 

7/16” PT-229 

1” PT-253 

1-7/16” PT-230 

2” PT-231 

7/16” PT-181 

3/4” PT-182 

1” PT-183 

Extra Wide Face 

Hardened Steel 

Order no. 

AL-291

- 

5-28 


MarCator Dial Indicators (DIN Style) 

OVERVIEW 

Precision Small Dial Indicators 

Model 803 A 805 A 803 S 803 SW 

Range 3 mm 5 mm 3 mm 3 mm 

Readings 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 0.01 mm 

Dial style 0-50 0-100 0-50 0-50 

Standard for metrological characteristics DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 

DIN EN ISO 463 

Messbereich 10 μm 12 μm 10 μm 10 μm 

Limit value for 

measurement error 

at the reading 

} 

1 revolution 9 μm 9 μm 9 μm 9 μm 

1/2 revolution 8 μm 8 μm 8 μm 8 μm 


Limit value for Repeatability 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 

Limit value for Hysteresis 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Shockproof 

Measuring force 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.7 N 

Order no. 4324050 4324060 4324000 4326000 

Precision Dial Indicators 

Model 810 A 810 AT 810 S 810 SW 

Range 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 

Readings 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 

Dial style 0-100 0-100 0-100 0-100 

Standard for metrological characteristics DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 DIN 878 

DIN EN ISO 463 

Messbereich 15 μm 15 μm 15 μm 15 μm 

Limit value for 

measurement error 

at the reading 

} 

1 revolution 10 μm 10 μm 10 μm 10 μm 



Limit value for Repeatability 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 

Limit value for Hysteresis 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 3 μm 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Shockproof 

Measuring force 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 0.7 - 1.6 N 

Order no. 4311050 4311060 4311000 4315000

+ 


5-29 


803 SB 803 AZ 

+ 

Hysteresis 

Error of measurement of the 

reading at the measuring range 

0.4 mm (±0.2) .120“ 

0.01 mm .0005“ 

0-20-0 0-20 

DIN 878 Factory standard 


9 μm .0004“ 

Nominal value 

8 μm 

5 μm .0002“ 

3 μm .00012" 

3 μm .00012" 

- 

Measuring spindle being pressed in 

Measuring spindle being let out 

Error of measurement of 

the reading at 1 revolution 

 

 

0.9 - 1.1 N 0.7 - 1.1 N 

4324250 4324900 

810 SB 810 SM 810 SRM 810 AZ 810 AU 810 AX 810 AG 810 SV 

0.8 mm (±0.4) 1 mm 5 mm .400“ 10 mm 10 mm 10 mm 40 mm 

0.01 0.001 0.001 .0005“ 0.01 0.1 0.01 0.01 

0-40-0 0-100 0-100 0-45 100-0 0-10 0-100 0-100 

DIN 878 Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard 

7 μm 4 μm 10 μm .0005“ 15 μm 50 μm 17 μm 25 μm 

3 μm 7 μm 10 μm 50 μm 15 μm 15 μm 

6 μm 2 μm 3 μm 9 μm 30 μm 10 μm 10 μm 

5 μm 1 μm 2 μm .0002“ 5 μm 15 μm 5 μm 5 μm 

3 μm 1.5 μm 3 μm .00012“ 5 μm 15 μm 3 μm 3 μm 

3 μm 1.5 μm 3 μm .00012“ 5 μm 15 μm 5 μm 6 μm 

 

0.7 - 1.1 N 1.3 - 1.8 N 1.2 - 1.7 N 0.9 - 1.5 N 1.0 - 1.8 N 0.7 - 1.3 N 1.3 - 2.2 N 0.8 - 1.8 N 

4317000 4311070 4311080 4311900 4329050 4331000 4322000 4321000

- 

5-30 


Precision Small Dial Indicators 803 / 805 DIN style 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

803 A 805 A 

803 S 

Features 

Small Dial Indicator 803 A 


• High precision gears and pinions 

• Lifter protection cap on the upper end of 

the measuring spindle 


• Chrome-plated housing 

Small Dial Indicator 805 A 







Small Dial Indicator 803 S 

Shockproof version 






All indicators are delivered in plastic case 


Range Readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Accuracy Order no. 

dia. shank dia. force 

DIN 

mm mm mm mm mm N 

878 

803 A 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 4324050 

805 A 5 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 4324060 

803 S 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 4324000 

803 SW 3 0.01 34 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.7 4326000 

803 SB 0.4 (±0.2) 0.01 34 4.5 8h6 0.9 - 1.1 4324250 

803 AZ .120“ .0005“ 1.4“ .008“ 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 4324900

+ 


5-31 

Precision Small Dial Indicators 803 / 805 DIN style 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

803 SW 

803 SB 803 AZ 

Features 

Small Dial Indicator 803 SW 

Waterproof and oil proof 

Design features identical to 803 S, with 

the following exceptions: 

• Hermetically sealed upper protective 

measuring spindle cap as well as bezel and 

transparent dial cover; sealed with O-rings 

• Measuring spindle sealed with rubber 

sleeve, thus preventing contamination by 

liquids and impurities 

Small Dial Indicator 803 SB 

with limited measuring range 

Design features identical to 803 S, with 

the following exceptions: 

• Limited measuring range (0.4 mm) for errorfree 

readings 

• Large overtravel (ca. 4.5 mm), for easier 

insertion of test items in measuring devices 

• Hermetically sealed upper protective 

measuring spindle cap 

Small Dial Indicator 803 AZ 

Inch version 

Design features identical to 803 A, with 

the following exception: 

• The scope of supply includes an Adapter 

Bush 940 for adapting mounting shank 

8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

Dimensions according to DIN EN ISO 463 

mm a b c d e f g 

803 A ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

805 A ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

803 S ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 80 15 5.5 

803 SW ø 44 21.6 7.1 ø 37 86 15 11 

803 SB ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

b 

c 

803 AZ ø 40 20.6 6.8 ø 37 83 15.5 8 

11 

966 

11 

Accessories 

a 

16 

d 

Order no. 

ø6,5 

e 

ø6,5 

Adapter Bush for adapting 

mounting shank 8h6 mm to 

inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover 

for bezel dia. 40 mm 956 4373021 

940 

ø.375“ 

ø8h6 

M 2,5 

ø4 

f 

g 

6 

967 

Mounting Lugs 

Bore perpendicular to mounting shank 966 4375020 

Bore parallel to mounting shank 967 4375021

- 

5-32 


Precision Dial Indicators 810 DIN style 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

810 A 810 AT 810 S 810 SW 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 A 


• High precision gears and 

pinions 

• Lifter protection cap on the 

upper end of the measuring 

spindle 



All indicators are delivered in plastic case 

Dial Indicator 810 AT 

for depth measurement 

Design features identical to 

810 A, with the following 

exception: 

• Scale of the dial face is 

counter-clockwise 

Dial Indicator 810 S 

Shockproof 


pinions 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 SW 

Waterproof and oil proof 


810 S, with the following 

exceptions: 

• Measuring spindle sealed 

with rubber sleeve, thus 

preventing contamination 

by liquids and impurities 

• Hermetically sealed protective 



Range Readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Accuracy Order no. 


DIN 


878 

810 A 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 4311050 

810 AT 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 4311060 

810 S 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 4311000 

810 SW 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.7 - 1.6 4315000 

810 SB 0.8 (±0.4) 0.01 50 9 8h6 0.7 - 1.1 4317000 

810 SM 1 0.001 50 4 8h6 1.3 - 1.8 4311070 

810 SRM 5 0.001 50 0.1 8h6 1.2 - 1.7 4311080 

810 AZ .400“ .0005“ 2“ .004“ 8h6 0.9 - 1.5 4311900 

Accessories 

Order no. 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover 

for bezel dia. 58 mm 955 4373020 

Order no. 

Mounting Lug 

Bore perpendicular to mounting shank 961 4375010 

Bore parallel to mounting shank 962 4375011

+ 


5-33 

Precision Dial Indicators 810 DIN style 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

810 SB 810 SM 810 SRM 

810 AZ 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 SB 

with limited measuring range 


810 S, with the following 

exceptions: 

• Limited measuring range 

(0.8 mm) for error-free 

readings 

• Large overtravel (ca. 9 mm) for 

easier insertion of test items in 

measuring devices 

• Hermetically sealed protective 


Dial Indicator 810 SM 

Shockproof 

with reading 0.001 mm 

• Precise mechanism with 

a combined gear lever 

transmission 

• High accuracy with a minimum 

span of error 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 SRM 

Shockproof 



pinions 



spindle 



Dial Indicator 810 AZ 

Inch version 

Design features are identical 

to 810 A, with 

the following exception: 

• The scope of supply includes 

an Adapter Bush 940 for 

adapting mounting shank 

8h6 mm to inch bore .375” 

Dimensions according to DIN EN ISO 463 

mm a b c d e f g 

b 

c 

810 A/AT ø 58 23 7.5 52 112 21 16 

810 S ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 SW ø 61 24.15 7.9 52 127.6 22 22.1 

810 SB ø 58 23 7.5 52 120 22 15 

810 SM ø 58 25 8.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 SRM ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

810 AZ ø 58 23 7.5 52 111.5 22 15 

a 

940 

ø.375“ 

11 

f 

961 

16 

d 

e 

ø6,5 

11 

5 

ø6,5 

962 

ø8h6 

ø4 

g 

M 2,5 

6

- 

5-34 


Precision Dial Indicators 810 

23 

7,5 

23 

7,5 

111,5 

ø58 

ø52 

27 

810 AU 810 AX 

ø8 h6 

4,5 

111,5 

ø58 

22 

ø52 

16,5 

ø8 h6 

22 

M 2,5 

6 

ø4 

15 

ø4 

M 2,5 

6 

Features 

Dial Indicator 810 AU 

with a reversed measuring force direction 



• Scale on the dial increases 

counter clockwise (+ on left) 

• Measuring force acting 

towards the top 

• Delivered in plastic case 

Dial Indicator 810 AX 





• 1 pointer movement on 

10 mm 

• Delivered in plastic case 


Range Readings Dial face Overtravel Mounting Measuring Order no. 



810 AU 10 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 1 - 1.8 4329050 

810 AX 10 0.1 50 0.5 8h6 0.7 - 1.3 4331000 

810 SV 40 0.01 50 0.1 8h6 0.8 - 1.8 4321000 

810 AG 10 0.01 108 0.1 8h6 1.3 - 2.2 4322000

+ 


5-35 

Precision Dial Indicators 810 

24,2 

8,7 

24,1 

7,5 

16,5 

169 

ø58 

ø52 

ø8 h6 

22 

ø5 

45 

M 2,5 

6 

9,6 

Features 

Long Range Dial Indicator 

810 SV 

with larger measuring range 

• Range 40 mm 

• Strengthened measuring 

spindle (5 mm) 

• Raising of measuring spindle 

via lifting cap 



• Delivered in folded box 

Extra large Dial Indicator 

810 AG 

with dial face dia. 108 mm 

• Ideal for long reading distance 

and in bad light conditions 

• Plastic outer ring 

• Delivered in folded box 

ø112 

ø52 

151,5 

Accessories 

63 

Order no. 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 

Splash Guard Cover for 

dia. 58 mm 955 4373020 

Mounting Lug to mount on 

mounting shank of all versions 963 4375002 

ø8 h6 

ø4 

M 2,5 

14 

6

- 

5-36 

MarCator. Digital Indicators 

MarCator. Digital Indicators (Long range) 

OVERVIEW 

Functions of Digital Indicators 

1075 1080 1081 μMaxμmXLI μMaxμmXLT 

Standard 

μMaxμmXLT 

High accuracy 

Catalog page 5 - 38 5 - 38 5 - 38 5 - 40 5 - 40 5 - 40 

Measuring ranges 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm /.5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 

25 mm / 1“ 

50 mm / 2“ 50 mm / 2“ 

100 mm / 4“ 100 mm / 4“ 

Resolution metric 0.01 mm 0.005 mm 0.001 mm 0.0005 mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm 

inch .0005“ .0001” .00005“ .00002“ .0005“ .00005“ 

metric 0.001 mm 0.02 mm 0.002 mm 

inch .00005“ .001“ .0001“ 

metric 0.002 mm 0.05 mm 0.005 mm 

inch .0001“ .002“ .0002“ 

metric 0.005 mm 0.1 mm 0.01 mm 

inch .0002“ .005“ .0005“ 

metric 0.01 mm 0.02 mm 

inch .0005“ .001“ 

metric 0.02 mm 0.05 mm 

inch .001“ .002“ 

metric 

0.1 mm 

inch .005“ 

Mounting shank 8h6 8h6 8h6 8h6 / 3/8“ 8h6 8h6 

Protection class IP class acc. to IEC 60529 

IP42 IP42 IP42 

IP51 IP51 IP51 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

Set display to zero 

Switch between mm/inch 

Reversal of counting direction 

Enter numerical value PRESET 

Data 

ABS/REL-switchable 

ABS 

0 

Tolerance display TOL 

 

Dynamic measuring 

functions 

Search for reversal point 

MIN. MAX 

MAX-MIN (TIR) 

START/STOP 

MAX 

MIN 

Factor set / adjust 

Analog display 

Switch the analog value 

Key lock function LOC 

Data output: USB 

USB 

Digimatic 

Control output: 

Digimatic 

Opto RS232C 

RS232C

+ 


5-37 

1086 1086 Z 1086 W 1087 1087 Z 1087 B 1088 1088 W 

5 - 42 5 - 42 5 - 45 5 - 46 5 - 46 5 - 50 5 - 48 5 - 48 

12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 12.5 mm / .5“ 

25 mm / 1“ 25 mm / 1“ 25 mm / 1“ 25 mm / 1“ 25 mm / 1“ 25 mm / 1“ 

50 mm / 2“ 50 mm / 2“ 

100 mm / 4“ 

0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 0.001 mm 

.00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ .00005“ 

0.01mm 0.01mm 0.01mm 

.0005“ .0005“ .0005“ 

8h6 3/8“ 8h6 8h6 3/8“ 8h6 8h6 8h6 

IP42 IP42 

IP42 IP42 IP42 IP42

- 

5-38 


Digital Indicators 1075 / 1080 / 1081 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

IP51 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

Reversal of counting direction 

PRESET (for entering a 

numerical value) 

DATA (data transmission with 

a data connection cable) 

LOCK-Function: keys can be 

blocked, only applies to 1081 

1075 

1080 


life of battery ca. 2 years 


1.5 m/sec (60“/sec) 

• MarConnect Data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


Display with 8.5 / 10 mm high 

digits 

• Operating temperature 

10-40°C 

• Class of protection IP51 

according to IEC 60529 

Scope of supply: 

Battery, 


1081 

Operating and display units 

(bezel) does not rotate 


Measuring Resolution Span of error G * Measuring Weight Order no. 

range 

force 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm N g 

1075 12.5 (.5”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.025 0.6 - 1 120 4336401 

1080 12.5 (.5”) 0.005/ .0001” 0.015 0.6 - 1 120 4336501 

1081 12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005 0.005 0.5 - 1.1 120 4336350 

* in any zero point

+ 


5-39 

Digital Indicators 1075 / 1080 / 1081 


1 Protection cap for lifter 

2 Measuring spindle lifter 

3 Display 

4 Operating buttons 

5 Mounting shank 

6 Measuring spindle 

7 Contact point 901 

8 Data output 

9 Battery compartment 

1 

2 

3 

8 

ø6,35 

16 

23,8 

17,8 

9 

mm 

120,5 

ø53 

ø16 

ø58 

4 

PR 0 ON 

OFF 

+ / – 

mm 

in 

1075 b 

5 

6 

7 

14 22,5 

6 

ø8h6 

ø4 

M 2,5 

Shown with Mounting Lug 

Accessories 

Order no. 


Page 





Contact Points 901-913 5-52 

Special Holder 941 5-53 

Sensor Lever 943 5-53 




Adapter bush for adapting 


inch bore .375” 940 4310103 

Lug back 1075 b 4336565

- 

5-40 


μMaxμm ® XL Digital Indicators 

IP42 

0 

TOL 

Digimatic 

RS232C 

Features 

The μMaxμm XL Series offers all the benefits of Federal’s μMaxμm 

Indicators and is designed for convenience, ease of use, 

dependability and rugged shop floor handling . . . plus: 

XLI 

• Long measuring ranges of 

12.5 mm / .5”, 25 mm / 1”, 

50 mm / 2” and 100 mm / 4”. 

• XLT incorporates switchable 

resolution. 

• The XL never loses zero, even 

when powered down. 

• Features easy to use controls. 

• Preset capabilities for direct 

dimension readout. 

• Unilateral tolerances. 

• Go/no-go display for foolproof 

operation. 

• Large digital/analog dual 

display for fast, accurate 

readings. 

• Two-format data output, 

serial or Digimatic, is compatible 

with most data collection 

devices. 

• World version furnished with 

metric stem sizes and contact 

threads. 

• Versions also available for 

deadweight applications with 

compressible materials. 

• Special ratio and lockout versions 

also available. 

• Ask about our optional XLS 

versions for special custom 

configurations and lock out of 

various user and set up functions 

XLT 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Right hand Lifting Lever, 

Left hand Lifting Lever 

ELR-1092 

ELR-1093 

19mm/ 

75 in 

58mm/ 

2.3 in 

XLI-57B-15 

XLI Models & XLT Models 

16mm/ 

.63 in 

Range “A” “B” “C” 

mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

12 / .5” 35.1 / 1.38” 68.6 / 2.7” 128.27 / 5.05” 

25 / 1” 47.5 / 1.87” 81.3/ 3.2” 153.7 / 6.05” 

50 / 2” 72.64 / 2.86” 153 / 6” 275.6 / 10.85” 

100 / 4” 123 / 4.88” 253 / 9.97” 427 / 16.8” 

34.3mm/ 

1.35 in 

42mm/ 

1.66 in

+ 


5-41 

μMaxμm ® XL Digital Indicators 


μMaxμm XL Indicators 

Model Number: 

Model Range Stem Code 

Diameter / Length 

U.S. version 0.5“ .375“ / 0.63“ 1 

U.S. version 1.0“ .375“ / 0.63“ 2 

World version 12.5 mm 8 mm/ 16 mm 3 

World version 25 mm 8 mm/ 16 mm 4 

World version 25 mm 8 mm/ No spring 5* 

* Deadload Model (used with weights) 

XLI- X X 0 0 X 

Ratio 

Code 

1:1 0 

4/5 1 

Back 

Code 

Flat Back (EBK-1020) 0 

Lug (BK-183) vert/horiz 1 

Adjustable (BK-531) 2 

Post (BK-2093) 3 

Screw (BK-692) 4 

Adaptor back for 75B 

Gage (EPL-1914) 5 

Rack Back (BK-93) 

Examples: XLI-10001 is a μMaxμm XL with 0.5“ range, .375“ stem diameter, 0.63“ / 16 mm stem length, and a Lug Back. 

μMaxμm XLT Indicators* 

Model Number: 

XLT- X 0 0 0 X 

Version Range Stem Accuracy Code Back 

Code 

Diameter / Length 

World 50 mm 8 mm / 15 mm High: 8 μm/.00032“ 1 

World 50 mm 8 mm / 15 mm Std: 20 μm/.0008“ 2 

World 100 mm 8 mm / 15 mm High: 9 μm/.00036“ 3 

World 100 mm 8 mm / 15 mm Std: 20 μm/.0008“ 4 

XLT Models include 3/8” bushing and M2.5 thread contact. Adaptor AD-185 provided when selecting a 4-48 threaded Contact Point 


Flat Back (EBK-1020) 0 

Lug (BK-383) 1 

Adjustable (BK-531) 2 

Post (BK-2093) 3 

Screw (BK-692) 4 

For additional 

contact points see 

pages 5-22, 5-27, 5-52 

& 5-53 

Model no. Range Resolution Accuracy Gage Force Weight 

mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

0.0005/ .00002“** 

XLI 12.7/ .50“ 

0.001/ .00005“ 

Resolution 

0.002/ .0001“ 

0.005/ .0002“ 0.8 N / 3-4 oz. 200 g / 7 oz. 

Selectable 

0.005/ .0002“ 

25.4/ 1.0“ 

0.01/ .0005” 

0.02/ .001” 

XLT 

50/ 2.0” 0.01/ .0005“ 

0.8 - 1 N / 7 - 11 oz. 200 g / 10 oz. 

Standard 

0.02/ .001“ 

Accuracy 

0.05/ .002“ 

0.02/ .0008“ 

Resolution 

100/ 4.0” 0.1/ .005“ 

2.3 - 4 N / 8 - 14 oz. 340 g / 12 oz. 

Selectable 

0.001/ .00005” 

XLT 

50/ 2.0” 0.002/ .0001“ 0.008/ .00032“ 0.8 - 1 N / 7 - 11 oz. 200 g / 10 oz. 

High 

0.005/ .0002” 

Accuracy 

0.01/ .0005” 

Resolution 

0.02/ .001” 

Selectable 

100/ 4.0” 0.009/ .00036“ 2.3 - 4 N / 8 - 14 oz. 340 g / 12 oz. 

0.05/ .002” 

0.1/ .005” 

XL Common Specification Values 

** XLS Models only 

Output 

Spindle Velocity 

Operating Temps 

Storage Temps 

Repeatability 

Battery life 

Serial BCD, 13 digits, 52 bits; ASCII encoded 2400 baud asynchronous stream. 

60 in/sec (1.5m/sec) Maximum 

40° to 105° F / 5° to 40° C 

- 40° to 140° F / -20° to 60° C 

± 1 least significant digit 

12 months normal use or 4000 hours. (May vary with “Auto Power Down Option”)

- 

5-42 


MarCator 1086 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1086. With the large display and the integrated tolerance 

function, your measurement results are clearly visual. 

Clear display 

Tolerance indication with the diplayed value 

Displayed is the actual measured value and the 

tolerance zone position 

TOL 

mm 

TOL 

mm 

TOL 

mm 

0 

TOL 

Tolerance indication without the value in the 

display. In and Out of tolerance will be indicated in 

the display as a symbol. 

Universal Data-Interface 

• USB 

USB 

Digimatic 

RS232C 

No interface box is required! 

Simple and inexpensive way 

to set up a multiple measuring 

instruments via a USB hub 

• Digimatic 

To connect a Digimatic 

compatible evaluation instrument 

• Mahr Opto RS232C 

For direct connection to a 

COM port on a PC 

TOL 

mm 

TOL 

mm 

TOL 

mm 

IP Protection class IP54 (optional) 

• Protection cap is sealed 

• Rubber bellows for the measuring spindle 

• Sealed battery compartment 

ABS 

Absolute function: 

Digital Indicator can be set in any 

position to 0.000 without losing 

the reference to the preset value. 

Error free operation - Lock function 

Code 

Initial 

First 

Numeral 

Zweite 

Numeral 

IP 

5 

4 

International 

Protection 

Dust protected 

Protection against 

splash water in 

all directions 

TOL mm/inch ON 

SET TOL 

OFF 

mm 

PRESET 

RESET 

SET PR 

ABS 

MarCator 1086 


SET TOL 

OFF 

PRESET 

RESET 

SET PR 

ABS 

MarCator 1086 

Lock function: This prevents 

unintentional activation of an 

operating button. 

Either all the operating buttons or 

only certain individual buttons can 

be locked. 

If a locked operating button is 

pressed the “LOC” symbol will 

appear in the display.

+ 


5-43 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 / 1086 Z, Resolution 0.01 mm / .0005“ 

ABS 

1086 

IP42 

a 

ø58 

b 

c 

6 

1086 b 

21 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

Shown with Mounting Lug, not 

included 

45 

ø4 

35 

26 

ø12 

ø8h6 

(ø3/8”) 

M 2,5 

(4-48 UNF) 

ø60,5 

USB 

Dimensions 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

25 mm 

Digimatic 


mm (inch) mm mm mm 

12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

50 (2“) 267.3 40 52 

100 (4“) 420.3 91 103 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 

Reversal of the counting 

direction 

PRESET (Allows the entry of 

any value using set buttons) 

TOL (Enter tolerance limit 

values) 

ABS (Display can be set to 

zero, without losing the 

reference to the Preset value) 

(Tolerance GO / NO GO 

display mode) 

DATA (when connected with 


Factor (adjustable) 

• Indvidual buttons can be 

locked 


(bezel) can be rotated through 

280° 




battery life ca. 2000 hrs. 

• Maximum measuring speed 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 


measuring spindle 

• MarConnect data output: 

choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 

• Class of protection IP42 in 

accordance to IEC 60529 


Battery, operating instructions 


Measuring Resolution Span of error* Repeatability Measuring Weight Mounting Order no. 

range force shank 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm mm N g dia. 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 0.90 130 8h6 4337030 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.15 140 8h6 4337031 

50 (2“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.25 - 2.70 190 8h6 4337032 

100 (4“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.60 - 3.50 235 8h6 4337033 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337055 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337056 

* in any zero point

- 

5-44 


Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 / 1086 Z, Resolution 0.001 mm / .00005“ 

ABS 

1086 

IP42 

a 

ø58 

b 

c 

6 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

1086 b 

Shown with Mounting Lug, not 

included 

21 

45 

ø4 

35 

26 

ø12 

ø8h6 

(ø3/8”) 

M 2,5 

(4-48 UNF) 

ø60,5 

USB 

Dimensions 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

25 mm 

Digimatic 



12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

50 (2“) 267.3 40 52 

100 (4“) 420.3 91 103 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 





display mode) 





locked 



280° 






1.5 m/s (60”/s) 


measuring spindle 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 









12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 130 8h6 4337020 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 140 8h6 4337021 

50 (2“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.008 0.002 1.25 - 2.70 190 8h6 4337022 

100 (4“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.009 0.002 1.60 - 3.50 235 8h6 4337023 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337050 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337051 

* in any zero point

+ 


5-45 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1086 W, Waterproof version 

ABS 

1086 W 

0 

TOL 

a 

6 c 

b 

ø58 

19 

12,5 mm 

35 

26 

ø12 

ø8h6 

ø60,5 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Dimensions 

25 mm 



12.5 (.5“) 144.3 23 28.6 

25 (1“) 193.2 26.8 50 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 





display mode) 





locked 



280° 






1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Sealed protection cap 

• Measuring spindle is sealed 

with a rubber bellows, thus 

preventing contamination by 

liquids and impurities 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 






Measuring Resolution Span of error* Repeatability Measuring Weight Order no. 

range 

force 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm mm N g 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.40 135 4337040 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 1.00 - 2.25 145 4337041 

12.5 (.5“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 0.65 - 1.40 135 4337045 

25 (1“) 0.01/ .0005“ 0.02 0.01 1.00 - 2.25 145 4337046 

* in any zero point

- 

5-46 


MarCator 1087 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1087. The multi-functional Digital Indicator has a combined 

analog and digital display as well as tolerance and dynamic measuring functions. 

Dynamic measuring functions 

• MAX-MIN-Function ideal for testing 

flatness and concentricity 

• MAX and / or MIN for searching the 

reversal point 

MAX 

MIN 


• USB 

USB 

Digimatic 





• Digimatic 



0 

MAX 

MAX-MIN 

(TIR) 

Clear display 

TOL 

Tolerance indication 

The integrated bar graph visualizes 

the tolerance deviation. The out of 

tolerance; whether above the upper 

or below the lower tolerance limit is 

represented by arrows shown in the 

display. 

Out of tolerance 

(Lower tol.) 

MIN 

Tolerance 

Limits 

0 

Out of tolerance 

(Upper tol.) 

RS232C 

ABS 








Factor is adjustable a symbol with 

appear in the display 

Error free operation - Lock function 

Example of application: 

- Chamfer Gage 


SET TOL 

OFF 

mm 

PRESET 

RESET 

SET PR 

ABS 

MarCator 1086 


SET TOL 

OFF 

PRESET 

RESET 

SET PR 

ABS 

MarCator 1086 

Lock function: This prevents 

unintentional activation of an 

operating button. 

Either all the operating buttons or 

only certain individual buttons can 

be locked. 

If a locked operating button is 

pressed the “LOC“ symbol will 

appear in the display.

+ 


5-47 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1087 / 1087 Z, with analog display 

ABS 

MAX 

MIN 

TOL MAX/MIN ON/OFF 

SET TOL 

F 

DATA 


PRESET 

SET PR 

Shown with Mounting 

Lug, not included 

Dimensions 

1087 

MarCator 1087 

IP42 

mm/inch 

RESET 

ABS 

a 

ø58 

6 c b 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

1086 b 



12.5 (.5“) 126.3 23 13.5 

25 (1“) 153.4 26.8 26.5 

21 

45 

35 

26 

ø4 

ø12 

ø8h6 

(ø3/8”) 

M 2,5 

(4-48 UNF) 

ø60,5 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

Analog display 

Readings 

mm / inch 

Digimatic 

25 mm 

Display range 

mm / inch 

0.001 / .00005 ± 0.02 / ± .001 

0.002 / .0001 ± 0.04 / ± .002 

0.004 / .0005 ± 0.08 / ± .01 

0.01 / .001 ± 0.2 / ± .02 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 


mm/inch 


direction 




values) 

Tolerance band max. 1.6 mm 

MAX/MIN memory, ideal for 

searching the reversal point 

TIR (MAX-MIN) ideal for 

testing concentricity and 

flatness 




0 (Set the analog display to 

zero) 





locked 



through 280° 






1.5 m/s (60”/s) 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 









12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 140 8h6 4337060 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 150 8h6 4337061 

12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 150 3/8“ 4337070 

25 (1“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 1.15 160 3/8“ 4337071 

* in any zero point

- 

5-48 


MarCator 1088 

The new Digital Indicator MarCator 1088. Tolerance monitoring is simplified with the 

changing of the color in the background lit display. 

Dynamic measuring functions 

• MAX-MIN memory: ideal for 

testing flatness and 

concentricity 

• MAX-MIN memory: for searching 

the reversal point 

MAX 

MIN 


• USB 

USB 





Digimatic 

• Digimatic 



Tolerance function: 

clearly visual tolerance excess 

due to the change of color in 

the background lit display. 

0 

TOL 

RS232C 




Control output 

can be connected to 

a SPS 

ABS 





Protection class IP54 according 

to IEC 60529. Especially suited for use in 

a manufacturing environment (excludes 

measuring range 50 mm) 


0 

30 0.00I 

30 

Code 

Initial 

IP 

International 

Protection 

ABS 

mm 

First 

Numeral 

5 


Readings 

(switchable) 

mm / inch 

Display range 

mm / inch 

Second 

Numeral 

4 




0.001 / .00005” ± 0.030 / ± .0015“ 

0.002 / .0001” ± 0.060 / ± .0030“ 

0.005 / .0005” ± 0.150 / ± .0150“ 

0.01 / .001” ± 0.30 / ± .030“

6 

6 

6 

+ 


5-49 

Digital Indicators MarCator 1088 / 1088 W, with analog display 

ABS 

940 

144,3 

ø63 

21,5 

26,6 

ø.37 

9,5 

37 

ø8 

MAX 

MIN 

ø.375” 

53,6 ø65 

193,3 

ø63 

25,3 

50 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

37 

9,5 

ø.375” 

ø8 

75 

ø65 

268,3 

ø63 

59,5 

54,5 

37 

9,5 

ø.375” 

ø8 

79,5 

ø65 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

25 mm 

Digimatic 

IP42 

50 mm 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (set digital and analog 

displays to zero) 

- 0 - (set the analog display 

to zero) 

PRESET (enter any numerical 

values) 

DATA (data transmission) 

mm/inch-switchable 


(switch value in digital display) 

MAX-MIN memory, ideal for 


MAX-MIN memory, e.g. for 

testing flatness and 

concentricity 


values) 


LOCK: operating functions can 

be blocked via PC-Software 

• Power supply via the main 

power adapter 

• MarConnect data output: USB, 

OPTO RS232C, or Digimatic 

• Can be remotely operated via 

the interface (Opto RS232C) 

• Control output compatible 

to Dial Comparators with limit 

contacts 


(bezel) can be rotated 280° 




5 - 40°C 

• High contrast backlit LCD with 


• Analog display with 4 mm 

pointer ensures better visual 

recognition, ideal when 

checking concentricity or 

flatness as well as searching 

for the reversal point when 

measuring bores 


Mains adapter, rubber 

bellows, operating instructions 


Measuring range Resolution Measuring force Span of error* Protection Order no. Order no. 

mm (inch) mm/inch N mm class 230 V 115 V 

12.5 (.5”) 0.001/ .00005” 0.65 - 1.40 0.005 IP54 4337000 4337010 

25 (1”) 0.001/ .00005” 1.00 - 2.25 0.005 IP54 4337001 4337011 

50 (2”) 0.001/ .00005” 1.25 - 2.7 0.008 IP42 4337002 4337012 

* in any zero point

TOL MIN/MAX ON/OFF 

SET TOL 

PRESET 

START/STOP 

SET PR 

MarCator 1087 B 

mm/inch 

RESET 

ABS 

- 

5-50 


Digital Indicator MarCator 1087 B for 2 point inside measurement 

ABS 

F 

MAX 

MIN 


SET TOL 

DATA 


PRESET 

SET PR 

1087 B 

START/STOP 


Dimensions 

mm/inch 

RESET 

ABS 

IP42 

a 

ø58 

6 c b 

21 

0 

TOL 

12,5 mm 

35 

26 

ø4 

ø12 

ø8h6 

M 2,5 



12.5 (.5“) 131 23 13.5 

ø60,5 

USB 

1 

MarConnect 


RS232C 


PRESET START/STOP RESET 

SET PR ABS 


Digimatic 

Example of application 

2 3 




PRESET START/STOP RESET 

SET PR ABS 


With a 2 point inside measuring instrument 

the point of reversal is automatically 

determined through rocking back and 

forth. The actual value is detected and 

stored by the MIN function and indicated 

in the display (3). 

Readings 

mm / inch 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set the display to zero) 

mm/inch 


direction 




values) 


START/STOP for searching the 


MAX/MIN memory, ideal for 





0 (Set analog display to zero) 




• Indvidual keys can be locked 








1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Sealed protection cap 


choose either USB, OPTO 

RS232C, Digimatic 


10 - 40°C 





Display range 

mm / inch 

0.001 / .00005 ± 0.02 / ± .001 

0.002 / .0001 ± 0.04 / ± .002 

0.004 / .0005 ± 0.08 / ± .01 

0.01 / .001 ± 0.2 / ± .02 





12.5 (.5“) 0.001/ .00005“ 0.005 0.002 0.65 - 0.90 140 8h6 4337062 

* in any zero point

+ 


5-51 

Accessories for MarCator 1086, 1087 und 1088 

Accessories for MarCator 1086 and 1087 

Order no. 







Mounting Lug 1086 b 4337421 

Rubber bellows for 1086 W - 12.5 mm 4337472 

Rubber bellows for 1086 W - 25 mm 4337474 

ø6,5 

1086 b 

Accessories for MarCator 1088 

19 

Order no. 

Data Connection Cable 

USB (2 m) 2000 usb 4346023 


Opto RS232C (2 m), with SUB-D jack 9-pin 2000 r 4346020 


Flat plug 10-pin 2000 d 4346021 

Cable to connect control output 

to an SPS 2000 sps 4346031 

Mounting Lug 1085 b 4336310 

Rubber bellows for 1088 W - 12.5 mm 4337472 

Rubber bellows for 1088 W - 25 mm 4337474 

Control Instrument for remote control 2000 sg 4346035 

operation 

1085 a 

1082 p (12,5/25) 

ø4/2 L=2 m 

Accessories for MarCator 1086, 1087 and 1088 

Order no. 

ø6/4 L=2 m 

3 - 6 bar 

Cable Release for 

measuring ranges 12.5 and 25 mm 1085 a 4336311 

Pneumatic Lifter for 

measuring ranges 12.5 and 25 mm 1082 p 4336237 

Pneumatic Lifter for 

measuring ranges 50 and 100 mm 1082 p 4336230 


Page 



Sensor Lever 943 5-53 

1082 p (50/100) 

ø4/2 L=2 m 

ø6/4 L=2 m 

3 - 6 bar 


l 

l 

l 

- 

5-52 


Contact Points and Accessories for Dial Indicators, Dial Comparators and Probes 

Standard Contact Points 901 

Ball dia. 3 mm 

901 

M 2,5 

902 

M 2,5 

903 

M 2,5 

Catalog no. 

Order no. 

901 with steel ball 4360001 

901 H with carbide ball 4360002 

901 R with ruby ball 4360003 

Spherical Contact Points 902 Flat Contact Points 903 

6 5 

R 1,5 

ø4,2 

R 6 

ø4,2 

ø4 

ø4,2 

902 902 H 903 903 H 

Steel Carbide Steel Carbide 

contact face 

tipped 

Length Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

mm 

4 4360007 – 4360070 – 

6 4360009 – 4360071 4360101 

30° 

8 4360010 4360040 4360072 4360102 

R 0,3 

10 4360011 4360041 4360073 4360103 

ø4 

12 4360012 4360042 4360074 4360104 

15 4360013 4360043 4360075 4360105 

20 4360014 4360044 4360076 4360106 907 

908 H 

25 4360015 4360045 4360077 4360107 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

30 4360016 4360046 4360300 4360110 

35 4360017 4360047 4360078 4360108 

40 4360019 4360049 4360310 4360111 

45 4360026 4360050 4360303 – 

50 4360018 4360048 4360079 4360109 

ø11,3 

ø12 

55 4360031 

65 4360035 

75 4360020 

85 4360036 

95 4360029 Special Contact Points 

5 

5 

10 

904 

M 2,5 

R30 

5 

10 5 

905 

906 H 

M 2,5 

R 0,3 

ø4 

5 

913 

30 ENt 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

426 M 

M 2,5 

d 

4 

1 (0,5) 

ø7,5 

ø7,5 

Ball Contact Point 906 H 

with carbide ball. accuracy ball dia. 0/-6μm 

Ball dia. d l Order no. Ball dia. d l Order no. 

mm mm mm mm 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 

Contact Rollers 909 

Concentricity error 3 μm 

909 A 

M 2,5 

18 

Order no. 

Conical Contact Points, Steel 904 4360130 

Carbide tipped 904 H 4360131 

Wedge Shaped Contact Points, Steel 905 4360140 


Flat Contact Points, Steel, A = 1 cm 2 907 4360200 

Carbide tipped, dia. 7 mm 907 H 4360201 

Spherical Contact Points, Steel 908 4360210 


Flat Contact Point, for mounting 

Pin Gage Holder 426 M for measuring 

threads using three-wire method 913 4360400 

Disc Type anvil thickness 0.5 mm, hardened 30 ENt 4126310 

Disc Type anvil thickness 1 mm, hardened 30 ENt 4882022 

Order no. 

Cylindrical Roller 909 A 4360220 

Radiused Roller, R = 5 mm 909 B 4360221 

4 

10

13 

+ 

5-53 

ø4 

910 H 

22 

6 

3 

l 

l 


Contact Points and Accessories for Dial Indicators, Dial Comparators and Probes 

Measuring Attachment 910 H 

Order no. 

5 

911 

ø4,7 

with parallel adjustable 

carbide blades 910 H 4360230 

M 2,5 

Pin Contact Point 911 

dia. 1.5 mm, flat 

5 

Length l Order no. Length l Order no. 

mm 

mm 

ø1,5 

15 4360280 35 4360284 

20 4360281 40 4360285 

25 4360282 50 4360286 

30 4360283 

911 H1 

M 2,5 

10 

ø1 

2 

5 

911 H2 

ø4,7 

912 

M 2,5 

Pin Contact Point 911 H 

M 2,5 

Order no. 

Carbide tipped, dia 1 mm, flat 911 H1 4360240 

Carbide tipped, dia 1.5 mm, flat 911 H2 4360241 

16 

11 

M 2,5 

Measuring Spindle Extensions 912 

ø1,5 

Length l Order no. Length l Order no. 

mm 

mm 

10 4360250 35 4360254 

15 4360251 50 4360255 

20 4360252 75 4360256 

25 4360253 100 4360257 

941 G 

ø8H7 

941 W 

8H7 

20 

Special Holder 941 

For all types of measuring equipment 

For placing a dial indicator at a certain distance or angle 

Travel of the measuring spindle 3 mm 

Contact Point 901 (interchangeable) 

13 l 1 

47 

6 

ø12 

ø8h6 

ø4 

l 1 l 2 

4 

8h6 

Straight Holder 941 G Angular Holder 941 W 

Mounting shank 

length l 1 

Order no. Order no. l 2 

Order no. l 2 

Order no. l 2 

mm Angle =45° mm Angle =60° mm Angle =90° mm 

} } } 

25 4365000 4365010 4365020 4365030 

50 4365001 4365011 53.7 4365021 49.3 4365031 34.5 

75 4365002 4365012 4365022 4365032 

Transmission error with the 941 W 

max. 1%; 

for travel 3 mm = 0.03 mm 

Sensor Level 943 

Order no. 

943 

ø8H7 

For testing concentricity in bore holes as 

well as difficult to reach outside diameters 

To be inserted in a measuring stand 

with a lifting device 

Contact Point 901 interchangeable 

Travel ±1 mm 4367000 

11 

45 

M 2,5 

5 

94 

ø10 

ø12 

12 

40 

60 

ø8h6

- 

Millimess. Digital and Dial Comparators 

SIMPLE, ACCURATE AND INEXPENSIVE MEASUREMENT. 

MILLIMESS DIAL COMPARATORS. 

The latest information on MILLIMESS products can 



Millimess is the “classic“ amongst all measuring instrument. For over 60 years the Millimess series of dial comparators has 

been synonymous with both high precision and extreme robustness. Both maximum accuracy and a minimal reversal span error 

are obtained through the levers, gears and pinions being supported with jeweled bearings and that the measuring spindle running 

in a ball bush guide. Millimess is therefore particularly suitable for measuring tasks where the accuracy and the reversal span of 

a conventional dial indicator are not sufficient. Further advantages of Millimess are the simple handling, the easy reading as well 

as the movement being absolute shockproof. With a digital comparator with an inductive measuring system combined with most 

modern state of the art digital technology readings as small as 0.2 μm/ 10 μinch are realized. The practical control functions (for 

example tolerance monitoring or the storage of measuring values for dynamic measurements), the combined analog and digital 

display as well as the easy to use data transmission rounds off the complete Millimess spectrum.

+ 



Inductive Digital Comparators 

Overview 6- 2 

Millimess 2100 6- 4 

With background lit digital and analog display 

Millimess 2000 / 2001 6- 5 

With digital and analog display 

μMaxμm 6- 7 

With digital display 

Maxμm III 6- 10 

With digital and analog display, probe 

Mechanical Dial Comparators 


Millimess 1000 A / 1000 B 6- 17 

With large dial 

Millimess 1002 /1003 / 1003 XL / 1004 / 1010 / 1050 6- 18 

Standard versions 

Millimess 1110 N / 1150 N 6- 20 

With limit contacts

- 

6-2 

Millimess. Digital Comparators 

Millimess. Digital Comparators (Short range) 

OVERVIEW 

Inductive Digital Comparators 

2100 2000 2001 μMaxμm Maxμm III 

Catalog page 6 - 3 6 - 5 6 - 5 6 - 7 6 - 8 

Measuring range 2.8 mm 1.8 mm 1.8 mm 2 mm 2 mm/ 3.98 mm 

Resolution mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

0.0005 / .00002“ 0.0002 / .00001“ 0.0002 / .00001“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 

0.001 / .00005“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 0.0005 / .00002“ 0.001 / .00005“ 0.001 / .00005“ 

0.005 / .0002“ 0.001 / .00005“ 0.001 / .00005“ 0.001 / .0001“ 0.001 / .0001” 

0.01 / .0005“ 0.005 / .0002“ 0.005 / .0005“ 

0.010 / .0005“ 

0.020 / .001“ 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

Zero set the display 

Zero set the analog display 

Switch between mm/inch 

Reversal of counting direction 

Enter a numerical value 

Preset 

Data key 

 

Data via control instrument 2000sg 

ABS 

ABS/REL-switchable System 

0 

Tolerance display TOL 

Dynamic 

Min. Max. 

MAX 

MIN 

measuring functions Max-Min (Tir) 

Resolution switchable 

Analog display 

Analog value switchable 

Lock key function Optional Optional 

Data output USB 

USB 

Digimatic 

Digimatic 

Opto RS232C RS232C 

Control output 

Protection class IP class acc. IEC 60529

+ 


6-3 

Millimess 2100 

The new Inductive Digital Comparator Millimess 2100. Tolerance monitoring is simplified with 

the color change in the background lit display. 

Dynamic 

measuring 

functions: 

MAX 

MIN 

• MAX / MIN for example, 

finding the reversal point 

• MAX - MIN storing values 

for example when testing 

concentricity and flatness 

Universal SPS 

Interface 

The choice is yours: 

MarConnect Data output, 

choose between USB, 

Digimatic or RS232C 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Control output can be 

connected to a SPS 

0 

TOL 

Tolerance function: 

clearly visual tolerance excess 

due to the change of color in 

the background lit display. 

ABS 

System 

Linearized, inductive 

absolute measuring 

system. Reference point is 

not lost when the 

instrument is switched off 

1 

(μm) 

8 

6 

4 

2 

-1,400 0 

1,400 

-2 

Mit Linearisierung 

Ohne Linearisierung 

-4 

-6 

-8 

-10 

Code 

Initial 

First 

Numeral 

Second 

Numeral 

IP 

5 

4 

International 

Protection 





Especially suited for use in a 

manufacturing environment. 

Waterproof: protection 

class IP54 in accordance to 

IEC 60529 

High precision rotary 

stroke bearings for a longer 

service life and higher 

capacity

- 

6-4 


Inductive Digital Comparator Millimess 2100 with background lit display 

ABS 

System 

0 

TOL 

MAX 

MIN 

MarConnect 

USB 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (zero setting the digital 

and analog displays) 

- 0 - (set the analog display to 

zero) 

PRESET ( enter any numerical 

values) 

DATA (data transmission) 

mm/inch-switchable 


RANGE (switch the measuring 

range and resolution) 

ABS (reference to electrical 

zero point) 

MAX / MIN memory, e.g. ideal 

to search for the reversal point 

MAX-MIN e.g. testing 


TOL (entering tolerance) 

Tolerance band max. 2,8 mm 

LOCK: operating functions can 

be blocked via PC-Software 

• Factor can be set / adjusted 

• Linearized inductive absolute 

measuring system 

• Measurement electronic is 

compensated for temperature 

• Power supply via the mains 

power adapter 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 

• Dial Comparator can be 

remotely operated via the 

interface (Opto RS232C) 



contacts 



280° 

• Measuring force spring is 

interchangeable 

• Lower stop is adjustable 

• Protection class IP54 according 

to IEC 60529 


5 - 40°C 

• High contrast background 

lit LCD with 6.5 mm high 

digits 

• Analog display has a 4 mm 

long pointer which ensures 

better visual perception, 

ideal when checking 

concentricity and flatness and 

also to search for the reversal 

point when measuring bores 



bellows and spanner for 

preliminary stroke setting 


Measuring 

ranges 

switchable 

Resolution 

switchable 

Display range 

of the 

analog display 

Span of error* 

G 

within 

Overtravel 

Measuring 

force 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm (inch) ±0.8 mm ±1.4 mm mm N 

Order no. 

230 V 

Order no. 

115 V 

±1.0 (.04”) 0.0005 /.00002” ± 0.015 (.0006”) 1μm 2μm 1.8 0.7 - 0.9 4346200 4346201** 

±1.4 (.055”) 0.001 /.00005” ± 0.030 (.0015”) 

0.005 /.0002” ± 0.150 (.0060”) 

0.01 /.0005” ± 0.300 (.0150”) 

* 1 digit in any zero position 

** Includes Adapter Bush 940

+ 


6-5 

Induktiver Feinzeiger 2000 / 2001 

ABS 

System 

USB 

MarConnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Features 

Extramess 2000 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (Set the digital and 

analog display to zero) 

- 0 - (Set analog display to zero) 

PRESET ( enter any numerical 

values) 

mm/inch switchable 


RANGE (Switch the measuring 

range and resolution) 

ABS (reference to electrical 

zero point) 

• Battery charge level indicator 

• Linearized inductive absolute 

measuring system 

• Power supply via either the 

integrated rechargeable 

batteries (40 hrs.) or via the 

mains power adapter 

• Rate measuring values are 

actualized 20 values/second 


choose either 

USB 

OPTO RS232C 

Digimatic 

2000 

• Comparator can be remotely 

operated via the interface 


6.5 mm high digits. Analog 

display has a 4 mm long 

pointer for better visual 

perception, ideal when 

checking concentricity and 

flatness as well as search 

for the reversal point when 

measuring bores 



• Measuring force spring is 

interchangeable 

• Lower stop is adjustable 

• Protection class IP54 


5 - 40°C 






Features are identical to 

Extramess 2000, in addition: 

MAX / MIN memory, e.g. ideal 

to search for the reversal point 

MAX-MIN e.g. testing 


TOL (entering tolerance) 

Tolerance band max. 180 μm 

• Block individual operating 

functions via Software (see 

accessories) 

2001 

MAX 

MIN 

0 

TOL 

• Factor can be set / adjusted 



contacts 






Measuring Resolution Display Span of error* Over- Meas. Order no. Order no. 

ranges and range of G travel force 

switchable readings analog display 230 V 115 V 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm (inch) μm mm N 

2000 1.8 (.07”) 0.001 /.00005” ± 0.030 (.0015”) 0.6 2.4 0.7 - 0.9 4346000 4346900 ** 

1.8 (.07”) 0.0005 /.00002” ± 0.015 (.0006”) 0.6 2.4 

0.8 (.031”) 0.0002 /.00001” ± 0.006 (.0003”) 0.3 2.9 

2001 1.8 (.07”) 0.001 /.00005” ± 0.030 (.0015”) 0.6 2.4 0.7 - 0.9 4346100 4346910 ** 

1.8 (.07”) 0.0005 /.00002” ± 0.015 (.0006”) 0.6 2.4 

0.8 (.031”) 0.0002 /.00001” ± 0.006 (.0003”) 0.3 2.9 

* 1 digit in any zero position ** Includes Adapter Bush 940

6 

- 

6-6 


Inductive Digital Comparators 2100 / 2000 / 2001 

1 Operating buttons 

2 Display 


4 Measuring spindle 

5 Contact point 901H 

6 Connection or mains power 

supply 

7 Data output 

8 Rotatable operating and 

display unit (bezel) 

6 

1 

2 

mm/inch 

RANGE ON/OFF 

0 

30 0.00I 

30 

mm 

ABS 

PRESET ABS 0 RESET 

SET 


7 

8 

112,5 

ø63 

16 

ø6,5 

1085 b 

16,5 

8,5 

8,5 

34,5 

ø65 

3 

19 

ø.375“ 

75,5 

4 

5 

10 28 

940 

ø8h6 

ø4 

42 

Control Instrument 2000sg 

Features 

• Remote control buttons: 

RESET 

PRESET 

RANGE* 

• DATA-button for data 

transmission, option via foot 

switch 

• Power is supplied by the 

Extramess 

• Connect to the Extramess with 

the built-in control cable 

• Data can be transferred to 

a PC with an optional data 

cable 

• Splash waterproof according 

to IP54 

Order no. 4346035 

* Function is limited when used in 

conjunction with the 2100 

Accessories 

Data Connection Cable USB (2 m) 2000 usb 4346023 


Opto RS232C (2 m), SUB-D jack 9-pin 2000 r 4346020 


flat plug 10-pin 2000 d 4346021 

Cable to connect control output 

to an SPS 2000 sps 4346031 

Measuring Force Springs 

0.25 N 4346050 

0.5 N 4346051 

0.75 N 4882284 

1.0 N 4346052 

1.5 N 4346053 

2 N 4346054 

2.5 N 4346055 

Manual Lifter with cable release 2000 h 4346010 

Pneumatic Lifter 2000 p 4346011 

5-8 bar 

ø 3 

2000 p 

Measuring Force Adjuster 2000 m 4346012 

Mounting Lug Horizontal/Vertical 1085 b 4336310 



inch bore .375” 940 4310103 

2000 h 

mm/inch 

RANGE 

ON/OFF 

2000 m 


Page 



mm/inch 

RANGE 

ON/OFF 

mm/inch 

RANGE 

ON/OFF 


+ 


6-7 

Inductive Digital Comparator μMaxμm ® 

ABS 

System 

0 

TOL 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

The most valueable electronic indicator for high 

production measurements. 

Features 

• Inch/Metric – operator 

selectable with switchable Inch 

resolution. 

• Normal/Reverse Sensing 

• Preset capabilities 

• Optional Calibration Lockout 

feature. 

• “Absolute” Transducer – no 

overspeed errors or constant 

re-zeroing. Federal’s unique 

transducer always remembers 

its location – even when 

power is off. 

• High resolution digital readout 

and analog bar graph – digital 

display shows deviation from 

zero or a preset value. 

• Lightweight, contamination 

resistant – ruggedly built to 

withstand hard use – gasketed 

case, crystal and stem 

assemblies resist fluid 

contamination. 

• Calibratable – if ever needed 

– values remembered even 

after battery change. 

• Data output – 2 popular 

formats – 7-pin recessed 

connector 

• Auto power down – provides 

extremely low battery 

consumption, assuring long 

life from readily available 

commercial batteries. 

• Unilateral Tolerances. 

• Go/NoGo Display Feature. 

• Increased resolution 

(0.0005 mm / 20 μinch) for 

today’s demanding tolerances 

Mode A: 

Actual value + graphic display 

of tolerance 

X1 

M1 

mm 

X1 

Mode B: 

Go- No Go display 

X1 

mm 

mm 

X1 

mm 


Dimensions 

mm/inch A B C 

11.7 / .46“ 24.1 / .95“ 53.6 / 2.11“ 

38 / 1.50“ 57.2 / 2.25“ 86.6 / 3.41“ 

For Contact Points please refer to pages 5-22, 5-27, 5-52 & 5-53. 

58mm 

2.30in 

40mm 

1.58in 

19mm 

.750in 

6.3mm/.250in 

Display 

rotates 

270° 

A 

B 

C

- 

6-8 




Range and Resolution 

Standard Units 

High Resolution Units 

Display Range Resolution Accuracy Resolution Accuracy 

% of Digital Range % of Digital Range 

Inch ± .040“ .00005“ / .0001“ / ± .5% over ± .040“ .00002“ ± .5 % over ± .040“ 

.0005” / .0002” / .001” ± .25 % over ± .020“ plus same as standard ± .25 % over ± .020“ 

Metric ± 1.0 mm 0.001 / 0.002 / 0.005 / ± .5% over ± 1.00 mm 0.0005 mm ± .5 % over ± 1.00 mm 

0.010 / 0.020 mm ± .25 % over ± 0.50 mm plus same as standard ± .25 % over ± 0.50 mm 

Specifications 

Spindle Range 

Repeatability 

Contact Point 

Gaging Force 

- .050“ to + .060“ (-1.28 mm to + 1.5 mm) 

± 1 digit 

(Normally furnished — PT-223) for .375“ dia. stem, .250“ long, 

radiused tip, 4-48 thread; (EPT-1037-W1) for 8 mm dia. stem, 6 mm 

long, radiused tip, M2.5 mm thread 

85-112 g/3-4 oz. (at center of spindle travel) 

Other gaging forces available — call Technical Assistance 

Power 3 volt lithium coin cell (2 per unit, consumer type, CR 2450) 

Mahr Federal Model Number: EBY-1018 

Battery Life 

nine months normal usage or 3000 hours 

Weight 

approx. 170 g / 6 oz. 

Display Rotates through 270° 

Operating Temperature 4° . . . 50°C / 50° . . . 130° F 

Perpendicular μMaxμm 

58mm/ 

2.30in 

"C" Stem diameter 

.375in or 8mm 

16mm/ 

0.625in 

C 

34mm/ 

1.339in 

A 

B 

Dimensions 

mm/inch A B 

11.7 / .46“ 24.1 / .95“ 

38 / 1.50“ 57.2 / 2.25“

+ 


6-9 



μMaxμm Model Number: 

No Data Output EDI- 5 X X 0 X 

Style Range Resolution Code 

Ratio 

Code 

Stem dia./L** 

Code 

Back 

Code 

“5” Series ± 1 mm .001 mm 

/ ± .040“ / 50 μinch 

1:1 0 

4/5 1 

.375“ / .46“ 1 

.375“ / 1.5“ 2 

8 mm / .46“ 3 

Lug 1 

(EBK-1010) 

Flat 2 

(EBK-1018) 

8 mm / 1.5“ 4 

With Data Output EDI- X X X 0 X 

Style Range Resolution Code 

Ratio 

Code 

Stem dia./L** 

Code 

Back 

Code 

High ± 1 mm .0005 mm 2 

Resolution / ± .040“ / 20 μinch 

Standard ± 1 mm .001 mm 3 

Perpendicular / ± .040“ / 50 μinch 

High 

± 1 mm .0005 mm 

Resolution / ± .040“ / 20 μinch 4 

Perpendicular 

1:1 0 

4/5 1 

Calibration 2* 

Lockout, 

1:1 

Calibration 3* 

Lockout, 

4/5 

.375“ / .46“ 1 

.375“ / 1.5“ 2 

8 mm / .46“ 3 

8 mm / 1.5“ 4 

Perpendicular 0 

(no back) 

Lug 1 

(EBK-1010) 

Flat 2 

(EBK-1018) 

* Requires Calibration Access Key, EKY-1024 (sold seperately) 

** Diameter / Length 

Note. Ask about our EDS-X models for special Setup Mode Lockout, 

MM/INCH Button Lockout, Calibration Lockout, Disable Sleep Mode 

and more 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Lug Back (Horizontal / Vertical) 

EBK-1010 

Flat Back 

EBK-1018 

Post Back 

EBK-1012 

Screw Back 

EBK-1013 

Back for Adjustable Mounting Brackets like 

AT-28 and AT-116 (slide sold separately) EBK-1014 

Adjustable Back (.5“ slot x 1/4 - 20 thread) EBK-1016 

Mating Connector (7 pin) 

ECN-1720 

Output Cable to Digimatic 2001025 

Serial output cable to DB-9 pin 

SCB-4 

Dust Cover 

ECV-1307-W2 

Calibration Access Key 

EKY-1024 

Spring — for lighter gaging force: 35 g / 1.2 oz. SP-351

- 

6-10 


Maxμm ® III Digital Comparator 

Features 

• Features both digital display for 

accuracy and readability and 

unique fan analog display for 

trend and change 

• User configurable in inch / 

metric units, normal / reverse 

sensing, resolution, analog 

scale, and tolerance setup & 

display 

• Dynamic Capabilities: Min, 

Max, TIR, Hold, Reset 

• Absolute Transducers - no 

overspeed errors. . . . no missed 

counts. . . . no missed readings 

• Auto power down - provides 

extremely low battery consumption, 

assuring long life 

from readily available 

commercial batteries 

• Data output - 3 formats - 

Maxum, serial, or digimatic 

• Both integral and remote 

readout versions available 

• Easily used on Snap Gages, 

Bore Gages, Comparator 

Stands, and Fixture Gages 

• Special options available: 

setup mode or calibration 

lockout, remote external 

power, 4:5 ratio, 12 o‘clock 

mounted integral 

transducer, integral vertical or 

horizontal lug back, 1.5, 2.0 

or 3.0 inch stem length, and 

more. . . . 

• IP54 protection 

• Easy to select, order and 

operate! 

ABS 

System 

0 

TOL 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

Digimatic 


For short range indicators — Standard Stem Length 

(± 1.0 mm/ ± .040“ range indicators) 

A B C 

17 mm/ .670” 36 mm/ 1.42” 63.5 mm/ 2.50” 

For long range indicators — Standard Stem Length 

(± 1.99 mm/ ± .100” range indicators) 

22 mm/ .87” 47 mm/ 1.84” 73 mm/ 2.87” 

For both short and long range indicators — 

Long Stem Lengths 

** Backs supplied with remote indicating 

unit only 

Easily designed into your applications . . . full-size Maxum ® Indicator and 

accessories, tracing templates or CAD files available on request. 

38 mm/ 1.5” 57 mm/ 2.25”*** 84.6 mm/ 3.33”*** 

51 mm/ 2”* 70 mm/ 2.75”*** 97.3 mm/ 3.83”*** 

76 mm/ 3”* 95 mm/ 3.75”*** 123 mm/ 4.83”*** 

* Special Order Lengths 

** Back supplied with remote indicating unit only 

*** For long stem lengths add .220” to above lengths

+ 


6-11 



Description Short Range Long Range 

Digital range 

Standard ±1.00 mm/ ± .040” ±1.99 mm/ ± .100” 

Reduced ±0.199 mm/ ± .0199” None 

Digital resolution 0.005 mm/ .0005” 0.005 mm/ .0005” 

Switchable 0.001 mm/ .0001” 0.001 mm/ .0001” 

0.001 mm/ .00005” 

0.0005 mm/ .00002” 

Analog range 5 or 25 or 50 25 or 50 

Analog resolution 0.01 mm/ .001” 0.01 mm/ .001” 

Switchable 0.005 mm/ .0005” 0.005 mm/ .0005” 

0.001 mm/ .0001” 

Total spindle travel 3.04 mm/ .120” 6.35 mm/ .250” 

Pre-Travel* 0.3 mm/ .010“ 1.06 mm/ .020” 

Over-Travel* 0.8 mm/ .030” 1.31 mm/ .030” 

Accuracy 

Standard range 0.5% of Total Range 0.35% of Total Range 

Reduced range 0.25% of Total Range N/A 

Repeatability ±One Least Digit ±One Least Digit 

Gaging force 

3 - 4 oz / 85 - 112 grams, preloaded 

Operation temperature 10° to 55°C / 50° to 130°F 

Storage temperature -20° to 65°C / -4° to 149°F 

IP Rating 54 

Weight 

Battery life 

Power 

approx. 385 g / 13.6 oz. 

approx. 4000 hours 

3.0 volt Lithium battery (type CR123A or equivalent) 

Mahr Federal Order Number: 2239138 

Contact point (Normally furnished — PT-223) for 0.375“ dia. Stem, 0.250” 

long, radiused tip, 4-48 thread; (EPT-1037-W1) for 8 mm dia. 

stem, 6 mm long, radiused tip, M2.5 thread. 

Stem length Stem Data Order no. Order no. 

mm / inch diameter output Short range long range 

17 mm/ 0.670” 0.375” 2033101 2033102** 

38 mm/ 1.50” 0.375” No 

2033103 2033104 

17 mm/ 0.670” 8 mm Output 2033105 2033106** 

38 mm/ 1.50” 8 mm 2033107 2033108 

* dependent on standard or reduced 

range selected. Standard range 

shown. 

** Long Range Indicator Stem 

Length is 0.870” / 22 mm 

17 mm/ 0.670” 0.375” 2033111 2033112** 

Digital 

38 mm/ 1.50” 0.375” 2033113 2033114 

Output 

17 mm/ 0.670” 8 mm 2033115 2033116** 

6 pin (D, E1) 

38 mm/ 1.50” 8 mm 2033117 2033118 

17 mm/ 0.670” 0.375” Digital Output 2033121 2033122** 

38 mm/ 1.50” 0.375” with 2033123 2033124 

17 mm/ 0.670” 8 mm Hold / Reset 2033125 2033126** 

38 mm/ 1.50” 8 mm 10 pin (E2) 2033127 2033128

- 

6-12 Millimess. Digital Comparators 



Maxμm ® III Remote Indicating Unit* 

Order no. 

No Digital Output Port 2033001 

Digital Output -6 pin (D, E1) 2033011 

Digital Output with Hold & Reset -10 pin (E2) 2033021 

* Maxμm ® III Remote Indicating Units are NOT compaitible with 

traditional Remote Transducer models EAS-XXXX. 

Supplied with Lug back 

Maxμm ® III Digital Transducer 

Digital Transducers Short Range Long Range 

Range ±1.00 mm/ ± .040” ±1.99 mm/ ± .100” 

Total Spindle Travel 3.04 mm/ .120” 6.35 mm/ .250” 

Pre-Travel** 0.3 mm/ .010” 0.5 mm/ .020” 

Over-Travel** 0.8 mm/ .030” 

Gaging Force 

3-4 oz / 85-112 grams, preloaded 

Operation Temperature 10° to 55°C/50° to 130°F 

Storage Temperature -20° to 65°C/-4° to 149°F 

Contact Point 

(Normally furnished — PT-223) for 0.375” dia. Stem, 0.250” long, 

radiused tip, 4-48 thread; (EPT-1037-W1) for 8mm dia. Stem, 6mm 

long, radiused tip, M2.5 thread. 2033099 has PT-225 - .125" long. 

** dependent on standard or reduced range selected. Standard range shown. 

Transducer Stem Stem Order no. Order no. 

Type Length Diameter Short Range Long Range 

Canister 17 mm/ 0.670” 0.375” 2033091 2033092 

Canister 38 mm/ 1.50” 0.375” 2033093 2033094 

Canister 17 mm/ 0.670” 8.0 mm 2033095 2033096 

Canister 38 mm/ 1.50” 8.0 mm 2033097 2033098 

Pencil Body Diameter = 0.375“ 2033099 — 

Note: Cable length 4ft 

Digital Transducer models 203309X require an adaptor cable for use with traditional DEI-XXXXX Maxμm and 

Maxμm Plus Indicating Units. 

Long Range Indicator Stem Length is 0.870“ / 22 mm. 

See Adaptor Cable selections as follows: 

Adaptor Cables 

Order no. 

For DEI with 6 pin split connector (Short Range) 2239080 

For DEI with 8 pin round connector (Long Range) 2239081 

Pencil 

• Maxμm ® and Maxμm Plus Transducers are available as Replacement Parts. Refer to Part Price List for 

Part Numbers and Pricing. 

• Maxμm III Remote Indicating units sold separately from Digital Transducer. 

• Any Digital Transducer may be used with a Maxμm III Remote Indicating unit. 

• For English or Metric Contact Points visit pages 5-22, 5-27 and 5-52 thru 5-53. 

• For alternate cable lengths or extension cables - call Mahr Federal‘s Technical Assistance Group. 

• For special indicator options - call Mahr Federal‘s Technical Assistance Group. 

Canister

+ 


6-13 


Accessories 

For Integral Maxμm ® Indicators 

Lifting Levers 1) 

Furnished with washer and 

longer contact point. Left Hand 

(shown) 

Order no. EAS-1903* 

Right Hand (not shown) 

Order no. EAS-1904 

1) 

(For use on .670” stem length only, 

DEI-XX1X1) 

* Not for (±.100” / 1.99 mm 

Right Angle Attachments 

Lever Type (not shown) 

(± .187” maximum range) 

Order Model EAT-1034-W1 

Spring Type (shown) 

(± .060” maximum range) 


Ox-Bow Lifting Lever 

Order no. 

LR-40 

Auxiliary Plunger 

3” long, .500” O.D. 

Order no. 

EAS-1912 

Backs for Maxμm ® Indicators and Remote Indicating Units (Supplied with mounting screws) 

Hole Attachments 

Short Lever (shown) 

(1.0” pivot to contact) 


Long Lever (not shown) 

(1.87” pivot to contact) 


* Other Accessories shown are for .375“ stem models. Equivalent types are 

available for most Maxμm models having 8mm stems. Adaptor Bushing 

(BU-197) may also allow 8mm stem indicators to be used with the above 

accessories. Full size Maxμm Indicator and accessories tracing templates are 

available on request. 

Lug Back (.250” hole) 

Mounts horizontally or vertically. 

Order no. EBK-1006 

Adjustable Slide Back 

(.500” slot, 1/4-20 thread) 


Rack Back 

Fits SE-33 (shown) and SE-73. 

Adjustable Mounting Block (not 

shown). 


Replacement Screws 

2-56 x .218” 

Order no. ESW-1252 

Square Bracket 

(1/4-20 mounting thread) 

Order Model AAD-67 

Rack Bracket (Shown mounted to SE-33 

Adjustable Mounting Block.) 

SE-33 and SE-73 Adjustable Mounting 

Blocks are available separately. SE-33 is 

supplied with hex-screw adjust. SE-73 is 

supplied with knob adjust. 

Order Model EAD-1007-W1 (.375” I.D.) 

Order Model EAD-1007-W2 (8 mm I.D.) 

T Bracket 

Flange mounted. 

Order Model 

AAD-91 

* Mounting Brackets shown are for .375” stem models. Equivalent types are 

available for most Maxμm models having 8 mm stems. Adaptor Bushing 

(BU-197) may also allow 8 mm stem indicators to be used with the above 

accessories. Full size Maxμm Indicator and accessories tracing templates are 

available on request. 

Other Maxμm Accesssories 

Order no. 

Data Output Cables for Maxμm III 

Serial Cable (6 pin to db9 pinF PC) 2239036 

Serial Cable (10 pin to db9 pinF PC) 2239038 

Digimatic Cable (6 pin to std 10 pin) 2239035 

Digimatic Cable (10 pin to std 10 pin) 2239037 

Send Data Footswitch used with Serial Cables above. 300-50 

Mating Connectors — Maxμm III Models 

For 6 pin data output type (D, E1) 

ECN-1521 

For 10 pin data output type (E2) 

ECN-1689 

Remote Switch Assembly (for Hold/Reset) 

Handswitch 

EAS-2867 

Footswitch 

EAS-2868 

Splashcover for Maxμm III 

ECV-1307-W1 

Battery for Maxμm III 2239138 

Overlay Kit for Maxμm III 2239040 

Access Key (6 pin) 2240545 

Access Key (10 pin) 2240547

- 

6-14 

Millimess. Dial Comparators 


OVERVIEW 

Models 

Metric 1000 A 1000 B 1002 1003 

Measuring range ± 100 μm ± 50 μm ± 25 μm ± 50 μm 

Readings 1 μm 1 μm 0.5 μm 1 μm 

Dial style 100-0-100 50-0-50 25-0-25 50-0-50 

Accuracy* Factory standard Factory standard DIN 879-1 DIN 879-1 

G ges 

2 μm 2 μm 0.6 μm 1.2 μm 

G e 1.5 μm 1.5 μm 0.5 μm 1 μm 

f u 

1 μm 1 μm 0.3 μm 0.5 μm 

G t 0.7 μm 0.7 μm 0.4 μm 0.7 μm 

r 0.5 μm 0.5 μm 0.3 μm 0.5 μm 

Order no. Standard 4338000 4339000 4335000 4334000 

Order no. Waterproof 4335005 4334005 

Inch 1002 Z 1003 Z 

Measuring range ± .0010“ ± .0020“ 

Readings .00002“ .00005“ 

Dial style .001-0-.001 .002-0-.002 

Accuracy* Factory standard Factory standard 

G ges 

.000025” .00006” 

G e .00002” .00005” 

f u 

.00001” .000025” 

G t .000014“ .000035“ 

r .00001“ .000025“ 

Order no. Standard 4335900 4334900 

Order no. Waterproof 4335905 4334905 

* Accuracy of 1004, 1010, 1010 Z, 1050 exceeds DIN 879-1 

** Accuracy of 1110 N and 1150 N exceeds DIN 879-3

+ 


6-15 

1003 XL 1004* 1010* 1050* 1110 N** 1150 N** 

± 130 μm ± 0.13 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 1.5 mm ± 0.25 mm ± 1.5 mm 

2 μm 5 μm 0.01 mm 0.05 mm 0.01 mm 0.05 mm 

130-0-130 130-0-130 25-0-25 15-0-15 

DIN 879-1 Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard Factory standard 

2.4 μm 4 μm 8 μm 40 μm 12 μm 60 μm 

2 μm 3.5 μm 7 μm 35 μm 6.5 μm 35 μm 

1 μm 1 μm 2 μm 10 μm 3.5 μm 17 μm 

1.4 μm 3 μm 4 μm 24 μm 5 μm 25 μm 

1 μm 1 μm 2 μm 10 μm 0.5 μm 17 μm 

4334001 4333000 4332000 4330000 4343100 4342100 

4334006 4333005 4332005 4330005 4343105 4342105 

1004 Z 1010 Z 

± .0050“ ± .0100“ 

.0001“ .0005“ 

.005-0-.005 .01-0-.01 

Factory standard Factory standard 

.00012” .0004” 

.0001” .00035” 

.00003” .0001” 

.00005“ .00025“ 

.00003“ .0001“ 

4333900 4332900 

4333905 4332905 



+ 

- 

f u 

Nominal value 

G t 

against the measuring force 

in the direction of the measuring force 

G e 

G ges

- 

6-16 



OVERVIEW 

Design Features 

Box type protective housing 

Constant measuring force 

Measuring spindle can be 

retracted with either a screw 

in cable release or with a lifting 

knob. 

Mounting shank and measuring 

spindle are both made of 


Lockable fine adjustment screw 

Self contained movement, which 

is both quick and easy to remove 

and replace 

Measuring spindle is mounted in a high 

precision ball guide (Types 1000 / 1002 / 

1003 / 1004) for minimal hystersis 

Insensitive to lateral forces (side play) 

acting on the measuring spindle 

Easy to read scale 

Adjustable 

tolerance markers 

Maximum sensitivity and accuracy are ensured by 

the jeweled movement and in conjunction with the 

precision gears and pinions 

Shockproof Mechanism 

10 

15 

20 

25 

10 

15 

20 

25 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Measuring spindle within the 

measuring range 

When the measuring range is 

exceeded the movement will be 

mechanically decoupled (shown in 

red)

+ 


6-17 

Mechanical Dial Comparator Large Type Millimess 

1000 A/B 

125 

16,5 

34 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

212 

1000 A 

954 

ø28h6 

40 

951 

ø16h6 

23 

ø6 

18 

28 

921 

ø6H7 

R 3 

Features 

• Large design 

• Easy to read dial 


• Jeweled movement bearings 

• Measuring spindle is mounted 

in a high-precision ball guide 

which precludes play 


Cable Release 951, case 

Accessories 

Order no. 


with Steel ball 921 4362001 

with Ruby ball 921 R 4362002 

Cable Release to raise the 

measuring spindle 951 4372000 

Lifting Knob for lifting the 


Rubber Bellows to seal the open 

end of the measuring spindle 4338008 


Page 

Precision Stand 824 GT 8-13 


Measuring Reading Scale Over- Measuring Order no. 

Metric range division travel force 

1000 A ± 100μm 1 μm 1 mm 4 mm 3.5 N 4338000 

1000 B ± 50μm 1 μm 2 mm 4 mm 3.5 N 4339000

- 

6-18 



SHOCK 

PROOF 

1003 1004 

DIN 

879-1 

1002 

DIN 

879-1 

1003XL 

DIN 

879-1 

1003T** 

DIN 

879-1 


Metric 

Measuring 

range 

Readings Overtravel Measuring 

force 

Order no. 

Standard* 

Order no. 

Waterproof** 

1002 Supramess ± 25 μm 0.5 μm 2.8 mm 1 N 4335000 4335005 

1003 Millimess ± 50 μm 1 μm 2.8 mm 1 N 4334000 4334005 

1003 Millimess ± 50 μm 1 μm 2.8 mm 0.3 N 4334075 



1003 Millimess ± 50 μm 1 μm 2.8 mm 2 N 4334010 

1003 Millimess ± 50 μm 1 μm 2.8 mm 3 N 4334011 

1003 XL Millimess XL ± 130 μm 2 μm 2.5 mm 1 N 4334001 

1004 Compramess ± 0.13 mm 5 μm 2.5 mm 1 N 4333000 4333005 

1010 Zentimess ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 2.5 mm 1 N 4332000 4332005 

1050 Dezimess ± 1.5 mm 0.05 mm 0.3 mm 1 N 4330000 4330005 

Inch 

1002 Z Supramess ± .0010” .00002” .11” 1 N 4335900 4335905 

1003 Z Millimess ± .0020” .00005” .11” 1 N 4334900 4334905 

1004 Z Compramess ± .0050” .0001” .10” 1 N 4333900 4333905 

1010 Z Zentimess ± .0100” .0005” .10” 1 N 4332900 4332905 

* Incl. Plastic Case; Adapter 940 (for inch instruments only) 

** IP54, Incl. Plastic Case, Splash Guard Cover 957, Rubber Bellows (only for 1002/1003/1004); 

Adapter 940 (for inch instruments only)

+ 


6-19 


SHOCK 

PROOF 

1010 1050 

957 

63 

20 

18 

8 

957 

63 

20 

18 

8 

95 

95 

954 

ø8h6 

ø4 

951 

6 

10 

20 

12 

970 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

ø8h6 

ø4 

6 

20 

12 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

1002/1003/1004 

1010/1050 

Accessories 

Order no. 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 





Splash Guard Cover 957 4373030 

Rubber Bellows for 1002/1003/1004 

to seal the open end of 

the measuring spindle 970 4334786 


mounting shank 8h6 mm 963 4375002 

21 

12 

15 

ø6,5 

8 

45 


Page 

ø8H7 

963 



Sensor Lever 943 5-53

- 

6-20 


Mechanical Dial Comparators with limit contacts 

SHOCK 

PROOF 

Features 

• Can be applied for example 

as tolerance control or as a 

precision contactor in 

automatic control systems 

• Design features are identical 

with Mechanical Dial 

Comparators, but with the 

addition of adjustable limit 

contacts; made from highgrade 

precious metal 

• Limit contacts are 

particularly well protected 

against vibration and 

mechanical overload 

1110 N 

1150 N 


Metric 

Measuring Readings Over- Measuring Order no. Order no. 

range travel force Standard* Waterproof** 

1110 N Elzentimess ± 0.25 mm 0.01 mm 2.3 mm 2 N 4343100 4343105 

1150 N Eldezimess ± 1.5 mm 0.05 mm 0.3 mm 1.5 N 4342100 4342105 

* Incl. Plastic Case, Setting Knob 953, Cable (1.2m) 

** IP54, Incl. Plastic Case, Splash Guard Cover 957, Rubber Bellows (only for 1110)

+ 


6-21 

Mechanical Dial Comparators with limit contacts 

Electrical Specifications 

Contact uncertainty max. max. max. 

with non-inductive contact rating contact voltage contact current 

load of 10 mA/24V 

1110 N +/- 1,5 μm 

1150 N +/- 7 μm 

240 mW 24 V 100 mA 

1110/1150 

63,5 

20 

18 

8 

A 

B 

95 

Elzentimess 

958 

C 

951 

953 

ø8h6 

ø4 

6 

10 

20 

12 

970 

.375“ 

940 

M 2,5 

Wiring diagram 

10 

5 

0 

1 2 3 

5 

10 

21 

12 

A 

B 

15 

ø6,5 

45 

8 

C 

1 Undersize 

2 Good 

3 Oversize 

ø8H7 

963 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Connection Cable (1.2 m), axial 4345695 

Connection Cable (5 m), axial 4345694 



inch bore .375“ 940 4310103 



Setting Knob for setting the 

limit contacts without an 

additional setting standard 953 4372020 



Order no. 

Splash Guard Cover 958 4373031 

Rubber Bellows to seal the open 

end of the measuring spindle 970 4334786 


mounting shank 8h6 mm 963 4375002 


Page 



Sensor Lever 943 5-53

- 

Millimar. Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 

COMPLEX MEASURING TASKS BROUGHT STRAIGHT TO THE POINT. 

MILLIMAR 

The latest information on MILLIMAR products can be 



The requirements for electrical length measuring instruments are almost as broad as their scope of application. Reliability, 

precision as well as simple operation are the major demands, Millimar compact and column measuring instruments fulfill all 

these demands and requirements. 

Millimar probes are the most influential components of a measurement chain. Their characteristics determine the quality of 

the entire measurement; depending upon the type of application we have the corresponding probe for your requirements. 

For example; a Millimar Inductive Probe: robust, versatile and has an attractive price, or a Millimar Incremental Probe which is 

ideal over a large measuring range and has a small linearity error over the entire measuring range.

+ 

Millimar Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 


and Air Gaging 

Overview 

Electrical Length Measuring Instruments 7- 2 

Overview 

Inductive Probes Program 7- 4 

Millimar P1300 7- 6 

Half-Bridge Probes, Mahr and Tesa compatibility, 

plug connector on the probe 

Millimar P2001 / P2004 / P2010 / P2104 7- 10 

High Linearity Probes: Mahr, Tesa, Marposs, Federal compatibility 

Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 7- 14 

LVDT Probes, Mahr compatibility 

Millimar Lever Type Gage Heads EHE 7- 16 

Lever Probes, Federal compatibility 

Millimar 1340 7- 20 

High Precision Probe 

Millimar P1514 / P1526 7- 21 

Incremental Probe 

Overview 

Evaluation Instruments 7- 22 

Millimar 1200 IC / 830 / 832 / C 1208 / C1216 / C 1245 / 1240 7- 24 

Compact Amplifiers 

Millimar S 1840 7- 32 

Column Amplifier 

Millimar X 1715 / X 1741 7- 33 

Measuring Interface Systems 

Millimar 1901 TA 7- 35 

Measuring Amplifier with analog output 

Overview 

Air Gaging Instruments 7- 36 

Dimensionair ® Air Gages 7- 37 

μDimensionair ® 7- 39 

Millimar S 1840 PE 7- 40 

832 Dimensionair ® 7- 41 

Millimar C 1208 PE / C 1245 PE 7- 42 

Air Plugs / Through Hole Plugs / Blind Hole / Counterbore Plugs 7- 43 

Air Gaging Instruments 7- 46 

Dimensionair ® Air Rings 7- 48

- 

7-2 



OVERVIEW 

Evaluation Instruments 

C 1216 

C 1245 

S 1840 

• Compact, handy and simple to 

operate 

• Extremely precise and easy to 

read due to the large clearly 

defined analog or digital 

display 

• Single, sum and differential 

measurement; limit switches 

and extreme value memories 

• Highly accurate, long term 

stability and insensitive to 

environmental influences 

• Good zero stability even when 

changing the measuring range 

• Short response time ideal for 

assessment of fast processes 

• Analog or digital display 

• Connect to a controller or 

a computer via the digital 

output 

• Analog output (optional) 

Inductive Probes 

• Large linearity range, strong 

output signal and insensitive to 

interference 

• Precise measuring spindle and 

lever, frictionless ball or spring 

bearing for the highest 

resolution with the lowest 

hystersis 

• Cable is plugged into the 

probe allowing quick and 

simple maintenance (P1300) 

• Robust construction for use 

on the shop floor; further 

models for all applications are 

available. 

P1300 M 

P2004 M

+ 


7-3 


APPLICATIONS WITH INDUCTIVE PROBES 

Single measurement with one probe 

Sum measurement with 2 probes 

Indicating instrument instantly 

displays the measured value. 

• Used for all kinds of direct 

measurements on cylindrical 

and flat work pieces 

Thickness measurement 

Indicates the sum of deviation 

(total composite error) acquired 

from 2 probes irrespective of 

the form, support and 

concentricity deviation. 

Thickness measurement 

• Applied in the same way as 

with digital / dial indicators, 

digital / dial comparators or 

test indicators 

Radial run-out 

Axial run-out 

Difference measurement with 2 probes 

Shows the difference between 

the measured values acquired 

by 2 probes irrespective of the 

absolute dimension of the test 

piece. This is particularly 

suitable for dimensional 

comparison of two test points. 

Form measurement of 

wedges, cones 

Height difference between 

2 steps 

Perpendicularity 

measurement 

Concentricity measurement 

on 2 shaft diameters

- 

7-4 



INDUCTIVE PROBE PROGRAM 

P1300-Serie (Mahr-Half bridge) 

• Available in Mahr and Tesa compatibilities 

• Well-proven and established Mahr-Half Bridge technology 

• Easy to service: cable and probe can be seperated via the plug-in 

connector 

• Simple to change to pneumatic lifting 

• Measuring spindle runs in rotary stroke bearings 

Page 7-6 

P1300 A 

P1300 B 

P2000-Series 

• Available in all prominent compatibilities (Mahr, Mahr-Federal, Tesa, 

Marposs) 

• Wide product spectrum; measuring ranges from 1 to 10 mm plus 

models with a compressed air (pneumatic) lifter or with vacuum 

retraction 

• With rotary stroke bearings (except P2001) 

• High linearity over the total measuring range 

• Excellent electromagnetic shielding (EMC) 

• All probes (except P2001) can be easily converted from axial to 

radial by mounting a slip on cap, included in the scope of supply 

P2001 P2004 P2010 A P2104 A 

Page 7-10 

1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 (Mahr-LVDT) / EHE-Series (Federal-LVDT) 

• Extremely robust in all operating conditions; measuring system is 

offset to guide and mounting shank 

• Excellent clamping characteristics 

• Measuring spindle runs in rotary stroke bearings (except 1318) 

• Measuring spindle can be lifted with a cable release (1301/1303) 

• Gaging pressure is less than 4g / .14 oz in either direction, with 

a change of less than 0.1 g per 25 μm / .0001“ of contact travel 

and linearity of 0.1% over the full range ±0.250 mm ± .010“, also 

clutch-mounted contact swivels through 280° arc for easy 

positioning (EHE-Series) 

1301 1303 1304 K 1318 EHE-2056 

Page 7-14 

1340 Mahr High Precision Probe 

• To obtain the best results use in conjunction with Millitron 1240 

• Unprecedented measuring accuracy and minimum linearity error 

< 0.01 %, i.e. 0.4 μm over the total measuring range 

Page 7-20 

1340

+ 


7-5 

General Technical Data of Inductive Probes 

The measuring principle of inductive probes is based on the change 

of position of the magnets conductive core moving within a coil 

system, generally this is distinguished between a half bridge and 

LVDT’s. 

The Mahr P2000 series of probes applies a high linear, patented 

VLDT transducer which is similar to an LVDT transducer. This also 

operates according to a differential transformer principle. 

S S S 

Electrical specification of various compatibilities 

Half Bridge HB LVDT VLDT 

(Differential Choke Coil) (Linear Variable (Very Linear 

Differential Transducer) Differential Transducer) 

Type Mahr Tesa Marposs Mahr-Federal 

Carrier frequence KHz 19.4 13 7.5 5 

P2001 

P2004 192 73.75 115 78.74 

P2104 

P1300 192 73.75 — — 

Sensitivity mV/V/mm 

1301 

1303 

1304 K 

1318 

P2010 

192 

19.2 

— 

29.5 

— 

11.5 

— 

7.874 

Amplitude Veff 5 3 3.5 2 

Schematic drawings of Mahr input amplifiers according to the various compatibilities 

Oscillator 


Connector pin 

(contact side) 

Oscillator 

Tesa 

Oscillator 

Marposs 

Oscillator 

Mahr-Federal

- 

7-6 


Millimar. The Plug and Play Probe 

THE INDUCTIVE PROBE MILLIMAR P1300 

The Plug and Play Probe: Cable and probe can be separated with the plug-in connector. 

High linearity due to sensitivity compensation in the probe. 

High linearity due to the probe being able to 

compensate sensitivity. 

Pneumatic Lifter can be fitted to any 

standard probe (with standard accessories). 

Simply fasten and unfasten an air hose. 

Rotary stroke bearings 

thus insensitive to lateral forces acting 

upon the spindle 

Especially suited for use in critical 

manufacturing environments. Probe 

and cable connector are water 

proof IP64 according to IEC 60529 

IP64 

Sealing bellow is made from 

Viton which has a excellent 

chemical resistance. 

Code 

Initial 

First 

Numeral 

IP 

6 

International 

Protection 

Dust tight 

Second 

Numeral 

4 


splash water from 

all directions

+ 


7-7 

Extremely easy to service 

Cable and probe can be separated via 

the plug-in connector. 

Advantages of a probe with a plug-in connector: 

Service incident P1300 Standard Probe 

Cable break Only the cable has to be replaced. The complete probe must be removed 

from the fixture and replaced. 

Advantage: 

Disadvantage: 

a) Shorter downtime of manufacturing a) Longer downtime as the probe must 

equipment as the probe does not need be newly installed, set-up and adjusted. 

to be newly installed and adjusted. 

b) Inexpenisve, as only the cable has to be b) Expensive as the complete probe must 

replaced and not the complete probe. be replaced. 

Defective probe e.g. collision with workpiece Only the probe has to be replaced. The complete probe including the cable 

must be replaced. 

Advantage: 

Disadvantage: 

The cable does not need to be removed The cable must be dismounted from the 

from the cable guide or the cable harness cable guide or the cable harness.

- 

7-8 


Inductive Probe Millimar P1300 M / T Half Bridge 

Features 


Inductive Probe P1300 

Connection cable 2.5 m 

Screwed sealing plug 

Hose connector for 

compressed air 

Open-ended spanner 


IP64 

Cable and probe can be seperated 

with the plug-in connector. 


Probe type P1300 MA P1300 TA P1300 MB P1300 TB 

Measuring range ± 2.0 mm / ± 0.079“ 

Distance of lower stop 1) - 2.2 . . . 0 mm / - 0.09 . . . 0“ 

Distance of upper stop 1) + 2.2 . . . 4.4 mm / + 0.09 . . . 0.173“ 

Lifter/Retraction Vacuum Lifter Compressed Air Retraction 

(Standard option) 

(max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at electrical zero point 0.75 N / ± 0.15 N 2) depending upon air pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.3 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 

Repeatability f w 

0.1 μm / 4 μin 

Hysteresis f u 

0.5 μm/ 20 μin 

Linearity deviation with revised sensitivity 

within range ± 0.5 mm 0.4 μm/ 16 μin 1.0 μm/ 40 μin 0.4 μm/ 16 μin 1.0 μm/ 40 μin 

within range ± 1.0 mm 1.5 μm/ 60 μin 3.0 μm/ 120 μin 1.5 μm/ 60 μin 3.0 μm/ 120 μin 

within range ± 2.0 mm 3.0 μm/ 120 μin not specified 3.0 μm/ 120 μin not specified 

Protection class according to IEC 60529 

IP64 

Length of cable 

2.5 m / 8 ft (detachable) 

Compatibility - Half Bridge Mahr Tesa Mahr Tesa 

Order no. 4400180 4400190 4400181 4400191 

1) 

Relative to the electrical zero point. Adjustable; lower and upper stops are simultaneously adjusted 

2) 

Measuring force springs are interchangeable, following measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N)

+ 


7-9 

Inductive Probe Millimar P1300 M / T Half Bridge 

1 Connection jack for an 

evaluation instrument 

2 Connecting plug for the 

probe 

3 Socket 

4 Screw sealing plug SW 4.6 

5 Hose connector for 

compressed air (external 

diameter 3 mm) 


7 Locking nut 

8 Sealing bellows 

9 Contact point 901 H 

10 Preferred clamping area 

2 1 

12 

9,6 

85,6 (94,2)* 

53,3 (61,9)* 

9 

M8x1 

98,6 (107,2)* 

Rmin =50 

125 (133,6)* 

30 

4 

3 

20,2 

5 

ø8 h6 

6 

10 

7 

* Values shown in brackets apply to 

Tesa-compatibility 

M2,5 

20,2 

8 

9 

+2 

0 

-2 

Individual Components and Accessories P1300 

P1300 . . A 

Connector for the air hose 

(90°) 

P1300 . . B 

Connection cable 2.5 m / 8 ft 

Order no. 

P1300 MA without cable 4400182 

P1300 MB without cable 4400183 

P1300 TA without cable 4400192 

P1300 TB without cable 4400193 

Hose connector for compressed air 90° 4400238 

Cable for P1300 2.5 m / 8 ft 4885220 

Cable for P1300 5 m / 16 ft 4885259 

Cable for P1300 10 m / 32 ft 4885260 

Sealing bellows for 

P1300 . . A 7021546 

P1300 . . B 7028220 

Order no. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P1300 . . A 

0.25 N 7026827 

0.50 N 7026827 

0.75 N 7026828 

1.00 N 7026849 

1.25 N 7025579 

1.50 N 7025505 

1) 

All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) including the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca 0.25 N at zero point.

- 

7-10 


Inductive Probe Millimar P2000-Series 

IP64 

IP40 


Probe type P2001 P2004 P2004 A P2004 B 

Measuring range ± 0.5 mm / ± 0.020“ ± 2.0 mm / ± 0.079“ 

Distance of lower stop 1) – - 2.2 ... 0 mm / -0.09 ... 0“ 

Distance of upper stop 1) – 2.2 ... 4.4 mm / 0.09 ... 0.173“ 

Lifter/Retraction – – Vacuum Compressed air 

lifter 

(max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at the 0.75 N 0.75 N 2) 0.75 N 2) depending on 

electrical zero point ± 0.15 N ± 0.15 N ± 0.15 N air pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.1 N / mm 0.2 N / mm 0.2 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 0.3 % 


0.15 μm / 6 μin 0.1 μm / 4 μin 


0.2 μm / 8 μin 0.5 μm / 20 μin 

Linearity deviation with corrected sensitivity 

within range ± 0.1 mm 0.6 μm – 

within range ± 0.5 mm 1.5 μm/ 60 μin 0.4 μm/ 16 μin 

within range ± 1.0 mm – 1.5 μm/ 60 μin 

within range ± 2.0 mm – 3.0 μm/ 120 μin 

Protection class according to IP40 IP64 

DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 / IEC 60529 

Cable length 2.5 m / 8 ft 3) 2.5 m / 8 ft 3) 

Order no. P2001 P2004 P2004 A P2004 B 

Compatibility - Mahr 5323040 5323010 5323020 5323030 

Compatibility - Tesa 5323041 5323011 5323021 5323031 

Compatibility - Marposs 5323043 5323013 5323023 5323033 

Compatibility - Federal 5323044 5323014 5323024 5323034 

1) 


2) 

Measuring force springs are interhangeable, additional measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N) 

3) 

Extension cables are available, see accessories

+ 


7-11 


IP64 


Probe type P2010 A P2010 B P2104 A P2104 B 

Measuring range ± 5.0 mm / ± 0.197“ ± 2.0 mm / ± 0.079“ 

Distance of lower stop - 5.3 mm / - .20“ - 5.3 mm / - .20“ -- 2.2 .. .0 mm / -0.09 . . . 0“ 1) 

Distance of upper stop + 5.3 / + .20“ + 5.3 / + .20“ 8.4 . . . 10.4 mm / -0.33 . . . 0.41“ 1) 

Lifter/Retraction Vacuum Compressed air Vacuum Compressed air 

lifter (max. 1 bar) lifter (max. 1 bar) 

Measuring force at the 0.75 N depending on 0.75 N depending on 

electrical zero point ± 0.15 N 2) air pressure ± 0.15 N 2) air pressure 

Increase in measuring force 0.1 N / mm – 0.1 N / mm – 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 0.3 % 


0.2 μm / 8 μin 0.2 μm / 8 μin 


1 μm / 40 μin 0.5 μm / 20 μin 


within range ± 0.5 mm – 0.5 μm / 20 μin 

within range ± 1.0 mm – 2.0 μm / 80 μin 

within range ± 2.0 mm 4.0 μm / 160 μin 4.0 μm / 160 μin 

within range ± 5.0 mm 20.0 μm / 800 μin – 

Protection class according to 

IP64 

DIN VDE 0470 Part 1 / IEC 60529 

Cable length 2.5 m / 8 ft 3) 2.5 m / 8 ft 3) 

Order no. P2010 A P2010 B P2104 A P2104 B 

Compatibility - Mahr 5324020 5324030 5324070 5324080 

Compatibility - Tesa 5324021 5324031 5324071 5324081 

Compatibility - Marposs 5324023 5324033 5324073 5324083 

Compatibility - Federal 5324024 5324034 5324074 5324084 

1) 


2) 

Measuring force springs are interhangeable, additional measuring force springs are available (0.25; 0.5; 1; 1.25; 1.5 N) 

3) 


- 

7-12 



P2001 

8h6 

(3/8”) 

34,2 

11 

17,5 

11 

P2004 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

21,3 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

88,7 

28 

9,2 

14 

With the supplied slip-on cap, the 

cable can be flexed to 90° (vertical to 

horiziontal) 

P2004 A / P2004 B 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

21,3 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

88,7 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

28 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

P2010 A / P2010 B 

6 

-5 +5 

0 

34 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

ø8h6 

(3/8") 

125,7 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

28 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

P2104 A / P2104 B 

128,7 

28 

6 

-2 +2 

0 

37 

M2,5 

(4/48UNF) 

8h6 

(3/8") 

12,5 

8,3 

3,6 

3,5 

26,5 

9,2 

14 



horiziontal) 

9 

Values shown in brackets apply to Federal-compatibility

+ 


7-13 

Accessories 

Extension cables Mahr Tesa Marposs Mahr Federal 

M T U F 

Length Description Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

2.5 m / 8 ft C 2025 5323130 5323131 5323133 5323134 

5 m / 16 ft C 2050 5323140 5323141 5323143 5323144 

7.5 m / 24 ft C 2075 5323150 5323151 5323153 5323154 

10 m / 32 ft C 2100 5323160 5323161 5323163 5323164 

Order no. 

Order no. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P2004 and 2004 A 

0.25 N 7026827 

0.50 N 7026827 

0.75 N 7026828 

1.00 N 7026849 

1.25 N 7025579 

1.50 N 7025505 

1) All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) include the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca. 0.25 N in zero position. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P2010 A 

0.25 N 7028212 

0.50 N 7028212 

0.75 N 7027764 

1.00 N 7028213 

1.25 N 7028214 

1.50 N 7028215 

1) All measuring forces (except 0.25 N) include the sealing bellows have a 

measuring spring force of ca. 0.25 N in zero position. 

Measuring force springs 1) for P2104 A 

Order no. 

0.25 N 7028212 

0.50 N 7027764 

0.75 N 7028213 

1.00 N 7028214 

1.25 N 7028215 

Sealing bellows for 

Order no. 

2004, 2004 A 7021546 

2004 B 7028220 

2010 A, 2104 A 7027758 

2010 B, 2104 B 7028221 

1) All measuring forces include the sealing bellows 

Pneumatic Lifter 1340/1 for connection with 1 Probe 5313420 

Pneumatic Foot Switch 1340/1F for connecting max. 4 Probes, types 1340, P2004xA, 5313419 

P2010xA, P2104xA, 1300 A, 1310 A 

Temperature specifications 

Temperature coefficient ftT 0.15 μm / °C 

Working temperature range + 10 . . . + 55° C (+ 50 . . . + 131° F) 

Operating temperature range - 10 . . . + 80° C (+14 . . . + 176° F) 

Information regarding chemical resistance Resistant against oil, gasoline (petrol), water, alipate. 

Moderate against acids, alkaline solutions, solvents, ozone

- 

7-14 


Inductive Probe Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

M 

IP64 

IP62 

IP50 


Probe type 1301 1303 1304 K 1318 

Measuring range ± 1.0 mm / ± 0.039“ ± 1.0 mm / ± 0.039“ -0.3..+1.0 mm/-0.012..+.039“ 

Distance of lower stop 1) -1.1 . . . 0 mm / -0.043 . . . 0“ 1.1 mm / -0.043“ - 0.37 mm / -0.0146“ 

Distance of upper stop 1) +2.7 mm / +0.106“ +1.1 mm / +0.043“ + 1.6 mm / +0.063“ 

Lifter/Retraction Cable release – – 

Measuring force at the 0.75 N 0.75 N 0.25 N 

electrical zero point ± 0.15 N ± 0.15 N ± 0.05 N 

Increase in measuring force 0.4 N / mm 0.15 N / mm 0.04 N / mm 

Sensitivity deviation 0.5 % 1.0 % 0.5 % 


0.1 μm / 4 μin 0.15 μm / 6 μin 0.03 μm / 1.2 μin 


0.2 μm / 8 μin 0.2 μm / 8 μin 0.5 μm / 20 μin 


within range ± 0.3 mm – – 0.9 μm / 36 μin 

within range ± 0.5 mm 0.5 μm / 20 μin 1.0 μm / 40 μin – 

within range ± 1.0 mm 2.0 μm / 80 μin 4.0 μm / 160 μin – 

Protect. class acc. to IEC 60529 IP64 IP62 IP50 

Cable length 1.5 m / 5 ft 2) 

Compatibility - Mahr 

LVDT 

Order no. 5313010 5313030 5313049 5313180 

1) 

Relative to the electrical zero point 

2) 


+ 


7-15 

Inductive Probe Millimar 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

M 

1301 

98,3 

6 

15,6 

25 

ø8h6 

76,7 

ø1 2 

ø12,41 8 

-1 +1 

0 

M2,5 

1303 

88 

66,5 

6 

23 

21,5 

ø8h6 

8 

-1 +1 

0 

M2,5 

21,5 

1304 K 

44 

1318 

18,5 

M2,5 

12 

-1 +1 

0 

ø8h6 

12 

6 

19 

19 

21 

32,2 

13 

ø8h6 

Accessories 

Description 

Order no. 

Extension Cables for 1301 / 1303 / 1304 K / 1318 

1288/1 1 m / 3 ft 5312881 

1288/2,5 2.5 m / 8 ft 5312882 

1288/5 5 m / 16 ft 5312885 

1288/7,5 7.5 m / 24 ft 5312887 

1288/10 10 m / 30 ft 5312889 

Cable Release for 1301 / 1303 1399 5313990 

Styluses for 1318 with carbide ball d = 2 mm; L = 21 mm* 3005223 

d = 0.5 mm; L = 21 mm 7003901 

d = 1 mm; L = 21 mm 7003902 

d = 3 mm; L = 21 mm 7003903 

Styluses for 1318 with ruby ball d = 2 mm; L = 21 mm 8004231 

* Supplied with 1318

- 

7-16 


Lever Type Gage Heads 

F 

EHE-2056 

Features 

• Clutch-mounted contact swivels 

through 280° arc for easy 

positioning 

• Linearity – 0.1% over full range 

of ±0.250 mm / ±.010” 

• Gaging pressure less than 

4 g / .14 oz. in either direction, 

with a change of less than 

0.1 gram per 25 μm / .001” of 

contact travel. Special gaging 

pressures available. Contact 

Mahr Federal Technical 

Assistance 

• Repeatability better than 

0.1 μm / 4 μin 

• Cable length – 1.2 m / 4 ft 

• Miniature models include the 

same powerful features as 

standard sized Lever Type 

Gage Heads 

For use on test stands, surface plate work, or where 

light pressure is needed. 

Automatic Cosine Error Compensation 

Angle “A” 

Correction 

Factor 

10 .985 

20 .940 

30 .866 

40 .766 

50 .643 

60 .500 

Involute tip (normally furnished) 

automatically corrects for cosine 

error when finger is at an angle 

up to 20°. Simplifies “reach over” 

jobs. 

When exceeding 20°, use ball tip 

contact and table above. With 

multiplier function, 832F & 1840F 

Amplifiers can correct for cosine 

error. 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Adaptor to mount EHE-2048 on Model 2400 Stand 

Clamp for mounting EHE-2048 on model 2300 Stand 

Accessories kit for EHE-2048. Includes EAM-1071, CP-116, EPT-1013, 

two rectangular holding bars and a holding rod 

Replacement tip, 1.6 mm/ .062” dia. steel ball 

Replacement tip, 0.787 mm/ .031” dia. tungsten carbide ball 

Replacement tip, steel involute (normally furnished) 

Replacement tip, 0.787 mm/ .031” steel ball 

Replacement tip, 1.6 mm/ .062” dia., sapphire ball, 1:1 ratio 





Replacement adjustable nose mounting bracket 

Replacement fixed back plate mounting bracket 

EAM-1071 

CP-116 

EAS-1333 

EPT-1004 

EPT-1007 

EPT-1008 

EPT-1013 

EPT-1059-W1 

EPT-1059-W2 

EPT-1059-W3 

EPT-1059-W4 

EPT-1059-W5 

EAT-1010 

EPL-1140

+ 


7-17 

Lever Type Gage Heads 

F 

Models and Accessories 

Model EHE-2048 – Post Bracket 

Back, (BK-108) tamper-proof 

mounted. Option: Conversion Bracket, 

EAM-1071, attaches quickly and 

securely in any rotational direction to 

suit a wide variety of mounting needs. 

Model EHE-2056 – Adjustable Nose Mount 

(EAT-1010), tamper-proof mounted. Permits 

wide choice of positions and approximately 

3.8 mm /.150” fine adjustment for quick setup 

with support close to gaging contact. 

Model EAT-1026 – Fine Adjust 

Attachment for Lever Type Gage 

Heads with post mounting option, 

permits mounting on a wide variety 

of fixtures. 

Model EHE-2050 – Fixed Nose 

Mount (EAM-1045), tamper-proof 

mounted. Provides support close to 

gaging contact for the most critical 

applications. 

Model EAS-1333 – Mounting Kit for use 

with EHE-2048. Permits Gage Head to be 

mounted on a wide variety of stands and 

holding fixtures. Includes Conversion Bracket, 

EAM-1071 and 0.787 mm /.031” diameter ball 

tip contact. 

Model EHE-2052 – Fixed Back Plate, 

(EPL-1140) tamper-proof mounted. 

For mounting on adjustable plates or 

slides in fixtures for continuous duty 

application.

- 

7-18 


Spring (Pantograph) Type Gage Heads 

F 

Features 

• Friction-free, straight line 

motion. 

• Repeatability better than 

0.01 μm /.5 μin 

• Linearity – 0.05% over full 

range of ±0.250 mm / ±.010”, 

with repeat accuracy within 

0.01 μm / .5 μin. 

• Adjustable pretravel. 

• Gaging pressure provided by 

external spring, from 

85 g / 3oz. to 400 g / 14 oz. 

• Uses regular 4-48 threaded 

Contact Points (PT-223 

normally furnished). 

• Cable length – 2.4 m / 8 ft. 

Rugged and reliable, ideal for fixtures or automatic 

gages 


Model EHE-2053 

Fixed Back Plate EPL-1140 

(15.8 mm / 0.625” wide), 

tamper-proof mounted. 

Provides means of attachment 

for mounting on adjustable 

plates or slides in fixtures for 

continuous duty application. 

Model EGH-2011 

Protective Housing encloses 

head in tamper-proof 

mounting. Permits adjustment 

of both gaging pressure (from 

3 to 14 oz.) and pre-travel. 

Model EHE-2049 

Pressure Spring mount, 

tamper-proof mounted. 

Permits setting pre-travel and 

provides ample gaging 

pressure regardless of Gage 

Head position. 

Model EGH-2006 

Housing is extended and 

equipped with heavy duty 

back plate forming suitable 

support for use with Model 

700 Comparator Stand. 

Gage Head Adapter Cables 

Order no. 

Gage Head Adapter Cables connects Mahr Federal 

EHE-2XXX and P2XXXF gage heads to Mahr Federal 

series 432 and 230 amplifiers; 152 mm / 6” long 

Gage Head Adapter Cables connects Mahr Federal 

EHE 1XXX gage heads to Mahr Federal series 832 

and 830 amplifiers; 152 mm / 6” 

ECB-1852 

ECB-1853

+ 


7-19 

Adapters for Cartridge Type Gage Heads 

F 

AT-29 

AD-138 

Electronic probe adapter permits 

using cartridge type gage heads 

with any regular Mahr Federal 

indicator. 

AAD-66 

“L” bracket used for mounting 

.375” diameter gage heads on 

comparator stands. 

AD-87 

Split collar adapter for mounting 

.375” dia. gage heads. 

For 1/2-32 taps use V-892 

EAD-1029 

Right angle adapter for mounting 

.375” diameter cartridge gage heads 

on 36B series comparators. 

AAD-67 

For .375” diameter stem, square bracket. 1/4-20 mounting thread. 

AAD-91 

“T” bracket flange mounted, two 4.3 mm / .169” through holes. For 

.375” dia. gage heads.

- 

7-20 


Inductive Probe Millimar 1340 

IP64 

20 

12 

Features 

• Unprecedented measuring 

accuracy and minimum linearity 

error < 0.01 %, i.e. 0.4 μm over 

the total measuring range 

• Probe is protected against 

dirt and moisture, thus ideally 

suited for production related 

application 

• Cable length 1.5 m / 5 ft 

ø8h6 

30 

74 

87 max. 

Notes: 

• Can only be used in 

conjunction with Millimar 1240 


M2,5 

Commercial deviation diagram 

Deviation 

μm 

Electrical zero value 

Nominal value 

mm 

1340 

Measuring range ± 2 mm / ± 0.079“ 

Distance of lower stop 1) - 2.2 mm / - 0.09“ (adjustable) 

Distance of upper stop 1) + 3.0 mm / + 0.118“ 

Spindle lift 

pneumatic 

Measuring force 

0.75 N 

Sensitivity deviation 0.3 % 

Repeatability fw 

≤ 0.08 μm 

Hysteresis fu 

0.08 μm 

Linearity deviation 

within range ± 1 mm 0.15 μm 

± 2 mm 0.4 μm 

Contact points 

carbide ball 

Protection class acc. to IEC 60529 

IP64 

Cable output 

lateral 

Temperature coefficient 

0.6 μm/K 

Working temperature range + 10 . . .+ 40° C / + 50 . . .+ 104°F 

Operating temperature range - 10 . . .+ 80° C / - 14 . . .+ 176°F 

Hysteris of measuring value - 10 . . .+ 80° C / - 14 . . .+ 176°F 

Order no. 5313400 

1) 

Relative to the electrical zero point 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Order no. 

Extension Cable 5 m / 16 ft 5313425 




Pneumatic Lifter 1340/1 

Pneumatic hand pump with an plug-in hose 

ca. 1 m / 3 ft 5313420 

Pneumatic Foot Switch 1340/1F 

for connecting max. 4 Probes 1340 5313419

+ 


7-21 

Incremental Probe Millimar P1514 / P1526 

IP50 

34,8 

41,2 16,2 

Features 

• To obtain the best results use 

in conjunction with C 1245 I 

• Excellent accuracy over a large 


16,2 

98 


Finger lifter 

110 

68 

18,4 

18,5 

17,9 

ø 8h6 

37 

ø 8h6 

10,5 

10,5 

172 

ø 6,5 

M 2,5 

ø 6,5 

M 2,5 


Probe type P1514 P1526 

Output signal 

1 Vss 


DIADUR-glass scale with incremental graduation 

Scale graduation 

4 μm 

Signal period 

2 μm 

Measuring range 12 mm / 0.47“ 25 mm / 0.98“ 

System accuracy 

± 0.2 μm 

Operating position 

no limitation 

Measuring force 

Vertical, downwards 

0.6 . . . 0.85 N 

Vertical, upwards 

0.35 . . . 0.6 N 

Horizontal 

0.48 . . . 0.73 N 

Admissible measuring speed 

0.5 m/s 

Admissible lateral force 

0.8 N 

Max. Acceleration 1) 

Shock in m/s 2 1000 

Vibration in m/s 2 100 

Protection class acc. to DIN 

IP50 

Reference temperature 20°C / 68°F 

Working temperature + 10 . . .+ 40° C / + 50 . . .+ 104°F 

Storage temperature –20 . . . 70°C / - 4 . . .+ 158°F 

Weight excluding cable 100 g 180 g 

Connection cable 

1.5 m / 5 ft 

Accessories 

Order-no. 

Cable lifter 

with integral 

pneumatic damping 3014019 

Extension cables 

3 m / 10 ft 4407663 

5 m / 16 ft 4407662 

7 m / 23 ft 4407661 

10 m / 32 ft 4407660 

Order no. 5315140 5315260 

1) The accuracy of this data is not guaranteed

- 

7-22 


Millimar. Evaluation Instruments 

OVERVIEW 

C 1200 IC 830 832 C 1208 C 1216 

Catalog page 7 - 24 7 - 25 7 - 26 7 - 32 7 - 33 

Display 

Large analog scale 

with 2 tolerance 

markers 

Needle analog scale Analog display with 

1 digital line display 

Background lit LCD 

with an analog 

display and a two 

line digital display 

Background lit LCD 

with an analog 

display and a two 

line digital display 

Measuring channels 1 Inductive Probe (A, B) Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: 

• 2 Inductive Probes 

(A, B) 


(A, B) 

• 1 Pneumatic device 

(A, B) 


(A, B) 

• 1 Pneumatic 

device (A, B) 


(A, B) 

Compatible Inductive Probe 

(carrier frequency) 

Mahr Mahr Federal Mahr / TESA / 

Mahr Federal 

Mahr / Mahr Federal Mahr / Mahr Federal 

Max. Resolution 0.1 μm / .000005“ 0.1 μm / .000005“ 0.01 μm /.000001“ 0.1 μm / .000005“ 0.01 μm /.000001“ 

Input Combinations +A, - A +A, - A, +B , -B , A 

+ B , A - B , B - A , 

-A - B 

+A, - A, +B , -B , A 

+ B , A - B , B - A , 

-A - B 

+A, - A, +B , -B , A 

+ B , A - B , B - A , 

-A - B 

+A, - A, +B , -B , A 

+ B , 

A - B , B - A , -A - B 

Features / Programs 1 2 / 2 2 / 2 2 / 2 2 / 2 

Test steps 1 1 1 1 1 

Dynamic measurements — – MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 

(MAX+MIN)/2 

MAX 

MIN 

MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 

(MAX+MIN)/2, 

mean 

Statistics functions — – – — — 

MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 

(MAX+MIN)/2, 

mean 

Classification — – – — — 

Control inputs and outputs 

/ SPS connections 

— – 3 inputs, 

5 TTL Opto-coupler 

outputs 

3 Opto-coupler 

inputs, 


outputs 

Analog output — 1 1 — 1 


inputs, 


outputs 

Data interfaces / ports — – RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug 

RS232C 

Configuration Turn switch Turn switch Keypad PC, Keypad PC, Keypad 

Battery operated yes yes yes — — 

Dimensions in mm (H x W x D) 137 x 157 x 80 165 x 190 x 148 254 x 168 x 143 205 x 160 x 165 205 x 160 x 165

+ 


7-23 

C 1245 1240 S 1840 X 1715 X 1741 1901 TA 

7 - 34 7 - 35 7 - 36 7 - 37 7 - 38 7 - 39 

Analog scale with a 

two line digital display 

Evaluation instrument 

with 2 adjustable 

tolerance markers 

1 illuminated bar 

and a two line digital 

display 

None 

Only via PC, 

supplied with 

Software D1000X 

None 

Only via PC, 

supplied with Software 

D1000X 

None 

Measuring amplifier 

with analog output 

Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: Acc. to type, up to: 1 Inductive Probe 


• 4 Incremental 

Probes 


• 8 Analog Signals 

or a combination of 

the above 

Mahr / 



(A, B) 


(A, B) 


Mahr Mahr / 




Probes Sensors 



• 2 Temperature 

Sensors 


the above 

Mahr / TESA / 




Probes 



• 4 Temperature 

Sensors 


the above 

Mahr / TESA / 


0.1 μm / .000005“ 0.01 μm /.000001“ 0.1 μm / .000002“ 0.1 μm / .000002“ 0.1 μm / .000002“ — 

Formula editor for 80 +A, -A, +B, -B A+B, A, -A, B, -B, A+B, A-B, Formula editor for 80 Formula editor for 80 — 

characters 

Functions: + / - / * / 

÷/ () / Factor 

+A-B, -A+B, -A-B -A+B, -A-B 

characters 

Functions: + / - / * / 


characters 

Functions: + / - / * / 


16 / 6 2 / 2 2 / 2 16 / 6 16 / 6 1 

6 1 1 6 6 — 

MAX, MIN, MAX- 

MIN, (MAX+MIN)/2, 

mean 

MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 

(MAX+MIN)/2, mean 

MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 


MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 


MAX, MIN, 

MAX-MIN, 


— 


N, x-quer, S, Xmax, 

Xmin, Range 

max. 998, max. 62 

auf I/O 

3 Opto-coupler inputs, 


outputs 

n, xn, x, s, R — N, x-quer, S, Xmax, 

Xmin, Range 

max. 30 — max. 998, max. 5 auf 

I/O 


3 TTL outputs 



outputs 

3 Digital inputs, 

6 Digital outputs 

N, x-quer, S, Xmax, 

Xmin, Range 

max. 998, max. 79 

auf I/O 

6 Digital inputs, 

12 Digital outputs 

— 

— 

— 

1 1 1 1 2 1 Output voltage 

1 Current output 

RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug RS232, 9 pin, plug — 

PC, Keypad Keypad PC, Keypad PC, PC — 

— — — — — — 

210 x 160 x 155 195 x 156 x 120 487 x 47 x 144 160 x 205 x 165 235 x 180 x 160 170 x 43 x 100

- 

7-24 


Millimar 1200 IC Compact amplifier 

M 

IP40 

Features 

• Compact housing 

• Battery powered for portable 

usage in the workshop 

• Large analog display with 

2 tolerance markers 

• Quick and reliable display of 

the measured value 

• Switchable measuring direction 

• One inductive probe can be 

connected 

• Battery operation with the 

commerically available round 

R14 batteries 

• Test button for batteries 


Mains adapter and operating 

instructions 

1200 IC 

• Fine adjustment due to the 

large range zero setter 


1200 IC 1200 IC/MZ 

Measuring range / Resolution ± 3 μm / 0.1 μm ± .0001“ / .000002“ 

± 10 μm / 0.2 μm ± .0003“ / .00001“ 

± 30 μm / 1 μm ± .001“ / .00002“ 

± 100 μm / 2 μm ± .003“ / .0001“ 

± 300 μm / 10 μm ± .01“ / .0002“ 

Scale length 120 mm / 4.724“ 

Response time 

350 ms 

Single meas. combinations +A, -A 

Range of zero adjustment: 5 and 100 μm 

1 Large range setter 

Deviation spread referring to measuring range ≤ 2.5% 

Protection class acc. to DIN 

IP40 

Working temperature range 

+ 10. . . + 40° C / + 50. . . + 104° F 

Power supply 

mains adapter, 9V = ~5 VA 

Power consumption 

ca. 0.1 W 

Dimensions 137 x 157 x 80 mm / 5.394“ x 6.181“ x 3.149“ 

Weight 

1 kg / 2.205 lbs 

Order no. 5312000 5312009 

Accessories 

Order-no. 

Battery, R 14 battery 1.5 V, (6 are required) 3004424 

For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-15

+ 


7-25 

Millitron 830 Gaging amplifier 

F 

Features 

• Battery operates more than 

8 hours under full load 

• Choice of Power Modules for 

120 or 240 VAC operation 

• ±2 volt analog output 

• Conforms to CE Standards 

• Dual input - for single or 

differential modes 

• Normal/Reverse transducer 

setting 

• Selectable ranges in either 

Inch or Metric units. 

• Calibration adjustments for 

each input. 

• Convenient, front-mounted 

controls. 

• Tilt base provides stable 

support and easy adjustment 

for best viewing angle. 

• The essential performer for 

today’s slim budgets 

• For appropriate inductive 

probes please refer to pages 

7-6 to 7-18 


Repeatability 

to within 0.00005 mm / .000002“ or 1/10 of a graduation, whichever is greater 

Linearity 

less than 4/5 of a scale division 

Calibration 

less than 4/5 of a scale division 

Response Speed-Display 

less than .5 seconds for 10% to 90% step follow 

Response Time - Output 

< 15 ms 

Dimensions 

approx. 165 mm / 6.5“ h x 190 mm / 7.5“ w x 148 mm / 5.8“ d 

Temperature at specified accuracy 20°C / 68°F ±.2°C 

Operating temperature 

5° to 45°C / 40° to 110°F, with a temperature coefficient of .02% change/°C x full scale range 

Storage temperature 0° to 60°C / 32° to 140°F 

Model Order-no. Ranges Resolution 

Linear: 120V 220V EU 240V UK 

Standard Unit ±100 μm / ±.004” 5 μm / 200 μ” 

830 F 2121421 2121431 2121441 ±20 μm / ±.001” 1 μm / 50 μ” 

830 M 2121404 2121405 2121425 ±10 μm / ±.0002” 0.5 μm / 10 μ” 

High Resolution — Inch ±200 μm / ±.004” 10 μm / 200 μ” 

830 F 2121424 2121434 2121444 ±50 μm / ±.001” 2.5 μm / 50 μ” 

±10 μm / ±.0001” 0.5 μm / 5 μ” 

Angular: 120V 220V EU 240V UK 

Angular unit - ARCSEC (used with Mahr Federal Level Heads) ±1000 Sec / ±.010” 50 Sec / 500 μ” 

830 F 2121422 2121432 2121442 ±200 Sec / ±.002” 10 Sec / 100 μ” 

±20 Sec / ±.0004” 1 Sec / 20 μ” 

Accessories 

Order-no. 

Compatible Probes 

Used on 830 F Used on 830 M 

Analog Output Connector PRT-2380 P2001 F P2001 M 

120V Battery Charger EBY-1016 P2004 F P2004 M 

220V Battery Charger (EU) EBY-1019 P2010 F P2010 M 

240V Battery Charger (UK) EBY-1020 P2104 F P2104 M 

Battery EBY-1021 EHE-2XXX 1301, 1303, 

Battery Eliminator Kit for 110V Models EKT-1237-W1 EGH-Levels 1304, 1318 

Battery Eliminator Kit for 220 Models 

EKT-1237-W2

- 

7-26 


Millimar. Electronic Levels 

OVERVIEW 

Electronic Levels Applications 

Measuring with a Mahr Federal Electronic Level is a relatively simple 

procedure. In a typical profile application, for example, measurements 

are made by moving the sensing heads in convenient 

increments along a straight path on the surface being checked. 

Comparative readings are taken at each increment. 

Computer assisted models allow economical, fast, and error-free 

calculations to be made automatically. As prompted by the 

computer, the operator simply enters the value at each measurement 

point by pressing a hand-held switch. Depressing a computer 

key activates automatic analysis. Within moments, the results are 

displayed and printed, if desired, for permanent record. 

F 

Surface Deviation (Machine Tools) 

The accuracy of machine tools begins with proper levelness plus 

the relationship between the ways and the table. These relationships 

are critical during the manufacturing process. 

Once the level is zeroed, the instrument functions as a spirit level, 

and will check the overall levelness of the machine components to 

a very high degree of accuracy. 

Shown here are just a few of 

the many surfaces that can 

be checked on a machine tool 

using the Electronic Level. 

Differential Sensing 

To aid in differential profiling applications, two level sensing heads, 

operating simultaneously with a single amplifier, are used. When 

the sensing heads are arranged for opposite response to a 

common motion (such as vibration or a shift in attitude of the 

object whose surfaces are being compared), they will ignore the 

common motion and respond only to changes which affect the 

two heads differentially. A deviation of flatness, squareness, 

parallelism or alignment, therefore, can be accurately determined 

even though the object (such as a surface plate or a machine way) 

does not maintain constant orientation. 

Surface Plate Flatness 

The next progression in data collection is to combine and print a 

number of surface straightness checks onto a single chart. This is 

useful for checking the surface flatness of machine beds and surface 

plates. 

Although the Moody Method for checking surface plates has been 

traditionally used to check flatness, the computer assisted digital 

Electronic Level System is ideally suited for highly precise profiling of 

surface plates and large machined surfaces while eliminating tedious 

and time-consuming data recording and calculations required by 

manual systems. 

Machine Tool Evaluation 

ANSI Standard B5.54, for machining center evaluation, refers to 

levels as an important part of machine evaluation, calling out 

angular deviation as a major contributor to machine tool errors. 

Electronic Levels are ideal for monitoring such deviations as pitch, 

yaw and roll. 

When used with the Spindle Mount Attachment (EAT-1062), levels 

become an essential tool towards total Machine Tool Evaluation. 

Determining surface flatness is accomplished by using a straight edge 

as a guide and moving the level along the edge. 

Readings are recorded at convenient locations, and entered into the 

computer via handswitch to produce the surface profile.

+ 


7-27 

Electronic Levels 

F 

Offer fast response, fine resolution and excellent 

repeatability 

Features 

• Used to determine any deviation in the right angle relationship 

between a horizontal surface and the earth’s gravitational force 

(usually expressed as an angular or linear deviation from absolute 

level). 

• Show any change in this relationship over time. 

• Compare the orientation attitude of separate or adjacent horizontal 

surfaces. 

• Show any change in this comparison over time. 

• Level systems are angular-linear compatible. 

• Sensing heads are interchangeable with Mahr Federal’s gage heads 

to accommodate linear measurements. 

• Fast Response: quick response to slight angular changes permit 

taking fast and accurate measurements at various sensing head 

positions or taking dynamic position readings. 

• Resolution/Repeatability: Mahr Federal’s Electronic Levels far 

exceed the sensitivity and accuracy of precision spirit levels with a 

resolution to 6 μin per foot (.1 arc second), compared to the spirit 

level’s resolution of .0001“ per foot. With repeatability at ±.1 arc 

second, Electronic Levels are ideal for ultra-high resolution profiling. 

• Direct Dimensional Readout: multiplier feature permits operator to 

view displacement caused by the angular measurement of the level 

head; this is displayed as an inches per foot readout rather than arc 

seconds: eliminates readout confusion when switching from spirit 

levels to electronic levels. 

• Angular-Linear Compatible: sensing heads are easily interchangeable 

with Federal gage heads to accommodate linear 

measurements. 

• Operator Friendly: Level systems are often compared to the 

autocollimator or laser calibration systems. In each case, the 

measurement technique is basically the same. Electronic Levels, 

however, are much easier to set up and operate. Results are 

obtained cost-effectively without requiring time consuming sight 

path alignments. There are no optical surfaces to keep clean, and 

the Level does not need a turbulence-free environment to achieve 

accurate readings. 

How they work 

As shown in the figure, our Sensing Head operates on the 

pendulum principle, with a pendulum supported by two reed 

springs attached to an extension block at the top of the Sensing 

Head housing. 

Tilting the head causes a change in the position of the pendulum’s 

shading loop in relation to the center leg of the core. This produces 

an electrical imbalance in the amount of flux passing through 

the two secondary coils, delivering a signal proportional to the 

displacement of the pendulum. 

This is displayed on a Mahr Federal amplifier meter which is 

graduated in seconds of arc.

- 

7-28 


Millitron 832 Digital Electronic Amplifier 

Features 

• Dynamics – simultaneously 

computes the minimum, 

maximum, T.I.R., nominal and 

actual gage head signal for 

dynamic measurement 

capability. 

• Multi-Range – three selectable 

ranges in inch or metric units. 

• Message Center – display 

provides a simple “menudriven” 

setup procedure in 

English, French or Spanish. 

• RS-232 Output – for 

communicating with Data 

Collection Devices. 

• Two Gage Head Input 

– Independent reading or for 

providing the capability of 

“summing” for diameter 

reading, matching clearances, 

runout and parallelism. 

• Angular units — selectable 

arc seconds or millirads for 

angular measurement 

applications (see Electronic 

Levels). 

• User selectable password 

for full lockout capability or 

individual key lockout in both 

setup and gaging modes. 

• Specific models available for 

use with Mahr, Mahr Federal, 

Tesa or Marposs inductive 

probes. 


Measuring Range Digital Resolution Analog Minimum Grad. 

Linear ±2 mm / ±0.100” .001 mm / .0001” 0.1 mm / .005” 

±.200 mm / ±.010” .0001 mm / .00001” 0.1 mm / .0005” 

±.020 mm / ±.001” .00002 mm / .000001” .001 mm / .00005” 

Angular 5 mrad / ±1000 arc sec. .005 mrad / 1 arc sec. .25 mrad / 50 arc sec. 

1 mrad / ±200 arc sec. .0005 mrad / 0.1 arc sec. .05 mrad /10 arc sec. 

Auto Range 

automatically selects the smallest range for the best resolution, in both linear and angular units 

Repeatability 

±1 digit 

Calibration Accuracy ±1 digit 

Linear Error 

less than .025% of full scale 

Response Time 

42 msec. 

Thermal Stability 

.01% /C x full scale 

Temperature Range: 

At Specified Accuracy 20°C / 68°F ±.2°C 

Operating 

5° to 45°C / 40° to 110°F, with a temperature coefficient of .02% change/°C x full scale range. 

Storage 0° to 60°C / 0° to 140°F 

Digital I/O 

five TTL opto-isolated outputs 

Data Output 

RS-232, transmits Channels A, B, or both, units, and tolerances 

Analog Output 

±5 VDC full scale for displayed value signal 

Measuring Modes 

Actual, Minimum, Maximum, T.I.R., Nominal 

Tolerance Indicators 

five LEDs 

Weight 

Dimensions 

Gage Head Display 

Auto Power Off 

Power Requirements 

Replacement Battery 

3.5 lbs. / 1.58 kg 

168 mm w x 254 mm d x 143 mm h / 6.63” w x 10” d x 5.63” h 

A, B or both at any time 

User selectable, up to 99 minutes of non-use 

rechargeable battery, 10 hour operation under full load: or 120 VAC/240 VAC 50-60Hz with power 

module (furnished with Amplifier) 

EBY-1015 Ni-Cad rechargeable, 4.8v, 2.5 amp hours

+ 


7-29 

Millitron 832 Digital Electronic Amplifier 


Power 832 F 832 M 832 T 832 U 

Mahr Federal Mahr Tesa Marposs 

probe type probe type probe type probe type 

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

120VAC adapter 2004005 2004000 2004015 2004020 

US battery/120VAC charger 2004007 2004002 2004017 2004022 

EU/UK 220/240VAC adapter 2004006 2004001 2004016 2004021 

EU battery/220VAC charger 2004008 2004003 2004018 2004023 

UK battery/240VAC charger 2004009 2004004 2004019 2004024 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Storage Cover (opaque)– protection for the 832 Amplifier when used in harsh environments 

Oil/Splash Cover (clear)–protection for the 832 Amplifier when used in harsh environments 

ECV-1276 

ECV-1285 

Footswitch for HOLD/RESUME, 3 m / 10 ft cable (15 pin) 

ECB-1857 

Footswitch for DYNAMIC RESET, or remote zeroing 3 m /10 ft cable (15 pin) 

ECB-1858 

Footswitch for SEND DATA, 3 m / 10 ft cable (15 pin) 

ECB-1859 

Footswitch for DYNAMIC RESET, or Remote Zeroing, 1.5m / 5 ft cable (Phone Plug) 300-50 

Remote pushbutton for DYNAMIC RESET, or remote zeroing 1.5 m / 5 ft cable (Phone Plug) 

Remote pushbutton for SEND DATA, 1.5 m / 5 ft cable (15 pin) 

Remote pushbutton for HOLD/RESUME and SEND DATA, 3 m / 10 ft cable (15 pin) 

Relay Box – five relays each with Normally Open/Normally Closed contacts; 

Contact Rating – 30 Vdc/120 Vac, 3 amps 

Power Supply – 120 Vac 

Dimensions – 39 mm x 129 mm x 134.6 mm d/1.53” x 5.082 x 5.3” with 

ECB-1886W-2, 6.1 mm/24” interconnect cable for amplifier to relay box 

Mating connector, Digital I/O connector (15 pin MALE) 

Mating connector, Reset Data connector (3/32 microphone plug) 

Mating connector, RS-232 Digital Output connector (9 pin FEMALE) 

Mating connector, Gage Head to amplifier connector (5 pin MALE) 

ECB-1855 

ECB-1860 

ECB-1868 

EKT-1236-W3 

ECN-1695-W2 

ECN-1693 

ECN-1695-W1 

ECN-1690 

Battery Charger Modules (For 832 Units using 3 pin connector) 

Plug-in 120 VAC, 50-60Hz charger for use with 120 Vac battery operated units EBY-1028 

220 VAC, 50-60Hz charger for use with 220 Vac battery operated units EBY-1029 

240 VAC, 50-60Hz (UK) charger for use with 240 Vac battery operated units EBY-1030 

Power Supply Module (Bypass battery operated units to direct AC source operation) 

For 120 Vac models (For 832 Units using 3 pin connector) 2010000 

For 220/240 Vac models (For 832 Units using 3 pin connector) 2010001 

Printers 

MSP-2 line printer: includes power module for 230 V Euro / 120 V US 4102040 

RS-232 Cable: Amplifier to Printer, 3 m / 10 ft 7024634 

Paper rolls for MSP-2 Line Printer 4102041 

For appropriate inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-18

- 

7-30 


Electronic Levels Ordering Information 

Differential Level System 

The Differential Level System operates simultaneously with a single 

amplifier, permitting an immediate comparison between two 

surfaces. 

Adjustable bases permit setup on surfaces that are out-of-level or 

square by as much as ±1.5°. 

Each system includes: 

• 832 F Amplifier with power module and storage case 

• 2 EGH-2013-W2 Electronic Level Heads with 6m / 20ft cables 

• 2 EAT-1029 Adjustable Bases 

• ECB-1871 Remote data enter handswitch with 6m / 20ft cable 

Ordering no. 

Type 

Differential Level System described above with 120 VAC 50/60 Hz power module 

Differential Level System described above with 220 VAC 50/60 Hz power module (EU) 

Order no. 

EMD-832P-48-W1 

EMD-832P-48-W2 

Automatic Profiling System 

Ideally suited for highly precise profiles of surface plate and large 

machine surfaces, eliminating tedious and time-consuming data 

recording and calculating required by manual systems. 

Each system includes: 

• 832 F Amplifier with power module and storage case 

• 2 EGH-2013-W2 Electronic Level Heads with 6m/20ft cables 

• 2 EAT-1029 Adjustable Bases 

• ECB-1871 Remote data enter handswitch with 6m/20ft cable 

• ECB-1872 RS-232 0.6 m/4 ft interconnect cable, 9 pin-9 pin 

• Notebook computer (EAS-2836) with notebook printer (ERO- 

1063) and cable (ECB-1775) 

• Mahr Federal Profiling Software (EDD-1035) for single line 

profile measurements and Moody Method surface plate profiling. 

Includes 3 data outputs (printout of data point readings, numeric 

and isometric plots of surface plate readings) 

Surface Plate Certification Software 

• Moody and Profile Analysis 

• Isometric or numeric plots 

• Automatic grading according to industry standards 

• On-line help 

• Flexible path sequence and orientation 

• Multiple run averaging 

• Difference of Data Files 

Ordering no. 

Type 

Automatic Profiling System described above with 120 VAC 50/60 Hz power module 

Automatic Profiling System described above with 220 VAC 50/60 Hz power module (EU) 

Surface Plate Certification Software 

Order no. 

EMD-832P-50-W1 

EMD-832P-50-W2 

EDD-1035

+ 


7-31 

Electronic Levels Ordering Information 

Accessories 

Type 

Order no. 

Electronic Level Gage Head, with 2.5m / 8 ft cable, 210 mm / 8.2" x 114 mm / 4.5" x 50.8 mm / 2" 

3.5 kg / 7.75 lbs. EGH-2013-W1 

Electronic Level Gage Head, same as above except with 6 m / 20 ft cable 

Adapter Cable, to connect EGH-13 Electronic Level Gage Heads or EHE-1xxx Gage Heads to a Series 832 & 830 

Gaging Amplifier, 1.8 m / 6 ft long 

EGH-2013-W2 

ECB-1853 

EAT-1029 

(Adjustable Leveling Foot) 

EAT-1054 

(Magnetic Base) 

EAT-1055 

(Vee Base) 

EAT-1056 

(Right Angle Attachment) 

The adjustable level foot 

mounts to the base of the level 

head. Typically used to assist 

in leveling the head to its true 

zero position. 

Incorporates a magnet to fix it in 

position, providing stability when 

mounted on a moving carriage. 

Has a 120° Vee precision ground 

into the 102 mm / 4” base for 

measuring the straightness or 

alignment of cylindrical surfaces. 

Has two 152 mm/ 6” surfaces, 

accurately ground to 90°, to 

simplify measuring flatness on 

horizontal or vertical and cylindrical 

surfaces. Each adjacent 

pair of faces is square to within 

0.5 μm / 25 μin. Attachment 

includes 120° Vee face, which is 

parallel to its base to the same 

limit. 

EAT-1057 

(Adjustable Base) 

EAT-1062 

(Spindle Block) 

EAT-1061 

(29.5mm/11.625in Base) 

EAT-1058 (50 mm / 2”) 

EAT-1059 (102 mm / 4”) 

EAT-1060 (152 mm / 6”) 

A three-pad base lets you 

adjust the distance between 

the pads from 50mm/2in 

to 203mm/8 in when using 

the “Grid” or “Union Jack” 

measuring methods. Can 

also be used for straightness 

movement checks. 

A special spindle mounting 

block to hold the level head in 

a horizontal or vertical spindle. 

Utilizes a 19mm/.750 in bar for 

mounting and allowing checking 

angular motion on a machine 

tool per B5.54 Calibration 

Standard. 

Has a 29.5mm/12.625in ground, 

flat surface for leveling machine 

beds and ways. It also has a 

120° Vee ground into the base, 

permitting the base to be positioned 

on a cylindrical surface. 

When coupled with an 832 or 

830 Electronic Amplifier while 

in the inch mode, it can display 

inches/feet as a direct reading. 

A three-pad base which provides 

the flexibility to maximize 

data accumulation for surface 

plate calibration. Available in 

three pad spacing sizes.

- 

7-32 


Millimar C 1208 Compact amplifier with background lit display 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

Features 

• Favorites, frequently required functions 

can be assigned to the SELECT key 

• Static measurements ± A, ± B and all 

combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max- 

Min, Max+Min, mean 

• Auto-Detect-Mode, two measuring 

instruments can be connected (Probe, 

Plug Gage . . . ) 

• Programmable via the 

integrated key pad or by RS232 interface 

in conjunction with the MS-Windows 

configuration Software 

Display 

• Background lit LCD-Display with an 

analog and a two line digital display 

• 5 three color status lamps for warning 

and tolerances limits 

• Up to 2 features can be simultaneously 

displayed 

Connections 

• 2 inputs for inductive probes (also 

compatible with probes from Mahr, Tesa, 

Mahr-Federal) 

• RS232 interface 

• 3 digital inputs for measurement start, 

master measurement, send measured 

values, . . . 

• 3 digital outputs for GO, NO GO, rework, 

measuring time, . . . 


D1000S Software, operating instructions 

and a mains power supply plug 


Display 

Analog scale 

Range and text display 

Measured value display 

Tolerance display 

Background LCD, 115 mm x 70 mm 

Pointer, 61 graduations 

7 digit LCD, 5 x 7 dot matrix, 

alpha-numeric 

7 digit LCD, 7 segments 

5 LEDs, 3 colors 

Displayed ranges ±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 μm 

±0.0001; 0.0003; 0.001; 0.003; 0.01; 

0.03; 0.1; 0.3 inch; or tolerance related 

Meas. range inductive probe 4000 (±2000) μm, resolution 0.1μm 

Response time 

- Meas. value memory 0.010s 

- Digital display 0.100s 

- Analog display 0.100s 

- Outputs 0.020s 

Error limit 

- 10 x analog display 2.5% 

- Digital display 0.3% (min. 0.2 μm) 

Temperature coefficient 0.005%/°C 

Operating temperature 0°C . . . 45°C / 32°F . . . 113°F 

Interfaces 

Computer, printer 

RS232, 9 pin. male 

(PC-compatible assignment) 

- Control outputs 3 Opto-coupler-outputs, 2 24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Opto-coupler-inputs, 24V, 10mA 

Power supply via 

Mains power pack 100V . . . 240V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

Power consumption 10 VA 

Protection class 

IP54, with conductive dust IP43 

Housing dimensions 

(H x W x D) ca. 205 mm x 160 mm x 165 mm 

ca. 8.07“ x 6.29“ x 6.49“ 

Weight 

ca. 2.1 kg / 4.6 lbs 

Order no. 

Order-no. 

C 1208 M Mahr compatible 5312080 

C 1208 F Mahr-Federal compatible 5312082 



For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-18 

Accessories 

Order-no. 

Extension cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack to a 7024634 

D-Sub-socket), length 3 m / 10 ft 

Control Unit with 3 push buttons 5318430 

Foot switch for for Input 1 5330955 

for Input 2 5330956 


Adapter non wired for I/O port 7032401 

Keypad dust cover 3025712

+ 


7-33 

Millimar C 1216 Compact amplifier with background lit display 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 


Features 

• Favorites, frequently required functions 

can be assigned to the SELECT key 

• Static measurements ± A, ± B and all 

combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, Max- 

Min, Max+Min, mean 

• Auto-Detect-Mode, two measuring 

instruments can be connected (Probe, 

Plug Gage . . . ) 

• Programmable via the 

integrated key pad or by RS232 interface 

in conjunction with the MS-Windows 

configuration Software 

Display 

• Background lit LCD-Display with an 

analog and a two line digital display 


and tolerances limits 


displayed 

• Additional resolution 0.01 μm / 1μin at 

measuring ranges from 

Connections 

• 2 inputs for inductive probes (also 

compatible with probes from Mahr, Tesa, 

Mahr-Federal) 



master measurement, send measured 

values, . . . 


measuring time, . . . 

• Analog ouput 

• Programable analog output voltage 

(max. ±5V) 


D1000S Software, operating instructions 


Display 

Analog scale 

Range and text display 



Background LCD, 115 mm x 70 mm 

Pointer, 61 graduations 

7 digit LCD, 5 x 7 dot matrix, 

alpha-numeric 

7 digit LCD, 7 segments 

5 LEDs, 3 colors 

Displayed ranges ±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 μm 

±0.0001; 0.0003; 0.001; 0.003; 0.01; 

0.03; 0.1; 0.3 inch; or tolerance related 

Meas. range inductive probe 4000 (±2000) μm, resolution 0.1μm 

400 (±200) μm, resolution 0.01μm 

Response time 



- Analog display 0.100s 


Order no. 

Order-no. 






Error limit 

- 10 x analog display 2.5% 


Temperature coefficient 0.005%/°C 

Operating temperature 0°C . . . 45°C / 32°F . . . 113°F 

Interfaces 



(PC-compatible assignment) 

- Control outputs 3 Opto-coupler-outputs, 2 24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Opto-coupler-inputs, 24V, 10mA 

Power supply via 

Mains power pack 100V . . . 240V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 



IP54, with conductive dust IP43 


(H x W x D) ca. 205 mm x 160 mm x 165 mm 

ca. 8.07“ x 6.29“ x 6.49“ 

Weight 

Accessories 

ca. 2.1 kg / 4.6 lbs 

Order-no. 




Foot switch for for Input 1 5330955 





- 

7-34 


Millimar C 1245 Compact amplifier 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

STAT 

Features 

Functions 

• 16 characteristics can be defined 

• With the formula editor (80 characters) the 

input channels C1 to C8 are mathematically 

linked with 4 basic arithmetical functions 

with factors and brackets 

• Static measurements: current value, square 

root, arc tangent 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, Min, 

Max-Min, Max+Min, mean, 

• Statistical functions: n, x-bar, S, Xmax, 

Xmin, R 

• Programmable via the integrated keypad 

or with MS-Windows configuration 

software via the RS232 interface 

• Memory can store up to 500 

measurements 

• Measurement Start / Stop 

Display 

• Analog indicator instrument for display of 

measurement values 

• Two-line LCD for measuring values and 

help texts 


and tolerance limits 


displayed 

Connections 

• 2 input modules can be inserted into 

base unit 

• Following modules are available: 

- 4 inputs for Inductive Probes (Mahr, 

Mahr-Federal, Tesa compatiblity) 

- 2 inputs for Incremental Probes 


• 1 Analog output 


master measurement / zeroize, send data 


ALL GO, measuring time, 4 classes 


D1000X Software, operating instructions 



Display 

analog indicator instrument. 

LCD 53 mm x 40 mm (2.087“ x 1.585“) 

Analog scale 145 mm x 80 mm (5.709“ x 3.149“) 

Range and Text display 7-point LCD, 5 x 7 dot matrix. 

alphanumeric 

Measured value display 7-point LCD. 7 Segment 

Tolerance display 5 LEDs, 3-colors 

Display ranges ±10, 30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000, 

10000 μm 

±0.0003; 0.001; 0.003; 0.01; 0.03; 

0.1; .,3 inch 

Measuring range 4000 (±2000) μm, resolution 

inductive probe 0.1 μm (measured value display 

Response time 



- Analog display 0.050s - 0.300s 


Order no. 

Order no. 

C 1245 M Mahr compatible for 4 inductive probes 5331250 

C 1245 M Mahr compatible for 8 inductive probes 9037843 

C 1245 T Tesa compatible for 4 inductive probes 5331251 

C 1245 F Mahr-Federal compatible for 5331253 

4 inductive probes 


C 1245 I for probes P1514, P1526 5331254 

Error limits 

- 10 x Analog display 2 % 

- Digital display 0.3 % (min. 0.2 μm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005%/°C 

Oper. temperature range 0°. . . 50°C 

Interfaces 

Computer, printer RS232, 9 pin. male 

(PC-compatible layout) 

- Control outputs 6 Optocoupler-outputs, 24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler-inputs, 24V, 10mA 

Analog output. voltage programmable 

Power supply 

90 V . . . 264 V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 



11 VA 

IP53 

with conductive dust IP43 


(H x B x T) ca. 210 mm x 160 mm x 155 mm 

ca. (8.268“ x 6.299“ x 6.1032“) 

Weight 

Accessories 

ca. 2 kg / 4.40 lbs 

Order-no. 




Foot switch for Millimar for Input 1 5330955 




+ 


7-35 

Millimar 1240 Compact amplifier 

RS232C 

IP40 

0 

TOL 

STAT 


Features 

• Highly accurate processing of 

measured values 

• Zero setting is possible at any 

point within the measuring 

range 

• Actual value of a standard can 

be acquired at the touch of a 

button 

• Statistical functions x-bar, s, r 

and n for 1 parameter 

• Tolerance monitoring (with 

adjustable hysteresis) 

• Tolerance field can be set 

along the total width 

• Universal classification 

possibilities 

• Extreme value memories of 

long stability 

• 2 inputs for Mahr compatible 

inductive probes for 

single, sum or difference 

measurements 

• Use the RS232C interface to 

connect a printer / computer / 

data logger 

• Connect a recorder with 

analog output 

• Use the RS232C interface to 

remotely control all functions 


Operating instructions and a 

mains power supply plug 

Display 

analog/digital 

Analog display: Measuring range/resolution 

± 1 μm/0.02 μm (± .003 in/.0001 in) 

± 3 μm/0.1 μm (± .01 in/.0002 in) 

± 10 μm/0.2 μm (± .03 in/.01 in) 

± 30 μm/1 μm (± .1 in/.002 in) 

± 100 μm/2 μm (± .3 in/.01 in) 

± 300 μm/10 μm (± .00003 in/.000001 in) 

± 1000 μm/20 μm (± .0001 in/.000002 in) 

± 3000 μm/100 μm (± .0003 in/.00001 in) 

± 10000 μm/200 μm (± .001 in/.00002 in) 

Digital display: Measuring range/resolution 

± 200 μm/0.01 μm(± .08 in/.000001 in) 

± 2000 μm/0.1 μm(± .008 in/.0000001 in) 

Single meas./ combinations 

Dynamic Functions 

Static Functions 

Zero adjuster 

+A, -A, +B, -B, A+B, +A-B, -A+B, -A-B 

Max, Min, Max-Min, 

(Max+Min)/2, mean 

n, xn, x, s, R 

Zero setting at any point 

Deviation spread referring to measuring range 

Analog display ≤ 1.5 % 

Digital display ≤ 0.01% 

Analog output ≤ 1 % 

Output voltage 

± 5 V 

Data output 

RS 232 C 

Limit switches 2 

Signal lamps 3 

Response time 

15 ms 

Control outputs 3 

Type of output 

TTL 

Control inputs 3 

Protection class acc. to DIN IP40 

Working temperature range +10 . . . +40°C / + 50. . . + 104° F 

Power supply 230 V~/115 V~ ± 10%, 

50–60 Hz (switchable) 


Dimensions (W x H x D) 

Weight 

ca. 30 VA 

156 x 195 x 120 mm 

(6.142“ x 7.677“ x 4.7242) 

2.3 kg / 5.07 lbs 

Order no. 

Accessories 

Version 

Order no. 

Order no. 

1240 Front Panel German 5312400 

1240 Front Panel English 5312401 


Recommended Probe 1340 see page 7-16 

Push buttons 1240/3D for activating 3 different 

functions e.g., Start, zero setting etc., 

connection cable 1.5 m/ 5ft 5312430 

Foot Switch 1240/1F, connection cable length 2 m/ 5ft 5312431 

Control Unit 1240/SG with 3 push buttons and 5312439 

5 relay outputs 

Classifying Instrument 1240/KG with 5312438 

20 opto-coupler outputs 

Data Cable to any. PC (9 pin D-jack)/MSP2 7024634 

Statistics Printer MSP2, 230V / 110V 4102040

- 

7-36 


Millimar S 1840 Compact column amplifier 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

Features 

• Easy to read 3 color analog 

display 

• Measurement in conjunction 

with inductive probes (e. g. 

Mahr P2004) or electronic plug 

gages etc 

• Two inputs for inductive 

probes (compatible with 

probes from Mahr, 

Mahr-Federal, Tesa) 

• Extensive calculation of input 

signals: ±A, ±B and all 

combinations 

• Dynamic measurements: Max, 

Min, Max-Min, Max+Min, 

Mean 

• Programmable either via the 

integrated keypad or the 

RS232 interface by means of 

MS-Windows configuration 

software 

• Programmable warning and 

tolerance limits, exceeding 

the limit causes the color to 

change from green to yellow 

to red 

• Background lit 2 lined LCD to 

display measured values, help 

text and measuring units 

• Analog output 

• 3 digital inputs (e.g. start of 

measurement, master 

measurement) 

• 3 digital outputs for GO – 

NO GO – rework, measuring 

time 


D1000S Software, operating 

instructions and a mains 

power supply plug 



Range and Text display 



Order no. 

101 LED elements, 3 colors 

7 point LCD, 

14 Segment, alphanumeric 

7 point LCD, 7 Segments 

via color changes in the analog display 

Display ranges ± 10; 30; 100; 300; 1000; 3000; 

10000 μm 

± .0003; .001; .003; .01; .03; .1; .3 inch 

or tolerance related 

Measuring range of 4000 (+/– 2000) μm, resolution 

inductive probe 

0.1 μm (Digital display) 

Resolution 0.1 μm / .000005” 

Response time 

- Meas. value memory 0.008 s 

- Analog display 0.020 s 

- Outputs 0.020 s 

Order no. 

S 1840 M Mahr compatible 5330001 

S 1840 F Mahr-Federal compatible 5330107 


Error limits 

- 10 x Analog display 1% (101 LEDs) 


Temperature coefficient ± 0.005% / °C 

Operating temp. range 0 . . . 45 °C / 32°F . . . 113°F 

Interfaces 

Computer, printer RS232, 9 pin. male (PC-compatible layout) 

- Control outputs 3 Optocoupler 

Outputs, 24 V, 100 mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler 

Inputs, 24 V, 10 mA 

Analog output 

Voltage 1V/mm 

Power supply 

90 . . . 264 V, 47 . . . 63 Hz 



IP53 

IP43 with conductive dust 

Dimensions (H x W x D) ca. 487 x 47 x 144 mm 

(19.173“ x 1.850“ x 5.669“) 

Weight 

ca. 1.6 kg / 3.53 lbs 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Base Plate, for up to 3 columns 5330901 

Wall Mounting 5330902 

Connection Cable (9 pin D-Sub-jack 7024634 

to D-Sub-jack), length 3 m / 10 ft 


Foot Switch for Millimar Input 1 5330955 

Input 2 5330956 

Input 3 5330957 

Adapter non wired for I/O port 7032401

+ 


7-37 

Millimar X 1715 Intelligent measurement interface system 

RS232C 

Features 

Millimar X 1715 is a smart 

and universal measurement 

interface system for complex 

measuring tasks on the 

production floor. It is ideal as a 

signal transformer between 

sensors and the electronic 

measured data processsing. 

Functions 

• Static and dynamic 

measurements 

• Equation editor 

• Definition of 16 features are 

possible 

• One or two point master 

measurement 

Connections 

• 1 to 8 measuring device 

inputs 

• RS-232 interface 

• Analog output 

• 3 digital inputs and 

6 digital outputs 


D1000X Software, operating 




Measuring range inductive probe 4000 (+/– 2000) μm, 

Resolution 0,1 μm 

Response time 



Error limits 

- 0.3% (min. 0.2 μm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0,005%/°C 


Interfaces 




- Control outputs 6 Optocoupler-outputs, 

24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 3 Optocoupler-inputs, 

24V, 10mA 

Analog output voltage 

Power supply 



Dimensions (H x B x T) 

Weight 

programmable 

90 V . . . 264 V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

11 VA 

IP53 


ca. 160 mm x 205 mm x 165 mm 

ca. 2 kg / 4.40 lbs 

Order no. 

Order no. 

Accessories 

Order no. 

X 1715 Mahr compatible for 2 Inductive probes 9044505 



X 1715 Tesa compatible for 8 Inductive probes 9037837 






Input 2 5330956 

Input 3 5330957 


- 

7-38 


Millimar X 1741 Intelligent measurement interface system 

RS232C 

Features 

Record measured values and 

calcualte directly into the 

interface at the earliest possible 

moment, this is easy with the 

Millimar X 1741. Transfer only 

a few calculated features, thus 

increasing the reliability of your 

automated application. 

Functions 

• Static and dynamic 

measurements 

• Equation editor 

• Definition of 16 features are 

possible 

• One or two point master 

measurement 

Connections 

• 1 to 16 measuring device 

inputs 

• RS-232 interface 

• 2 analog outputs 

• 6 digital inputs and 

12 digital outputs 


D1000X Software, operating 




Measuring range inductive probe 4000 (+/– 2000) μm, 

Resolution 0.1 μm 

Response time 



Error limits 

- 0.3% (min. 0.2 μm) 

Temperature coefficient ± 0.005%/°C 


Interfaces 




- Control outputs 12 Optocoupler-outputs, 

24V, 100mA 

- Control inputs 6 Optocoupler-inputs, 

24V, 10mA 

Analog output voltage 

Power supply 



Dimensions (H x W x D) 

Weight 

programmable (2 outputs) 

90 V . . . 264 V, 47Hz . . . 63Hz 

11 VA 

IP53 


ca. 235 mm x 180 mm x 160 mm 

ca. 2 kg / 4.40 lbs 

Order no. 

Order no. 

Accessories 

Order no. 










Input 2 5330956 

Input 3 5330957 


+ 


7-39 

Millimar Measuring Amplifier 1901 TA with analog output 

Features 

• The measuring amplifier 1901 

TA is to be used in connection 

with an inductive probe 

for measurement control 

processes 

• Provides the inductive probe 

with an AC voltage and 

converts the carrier fequency 

signal into output voltage 

• Output voltage: ± 10 V 

(Option: ± 5 V / 0 V to 

10 V) at the end of the 


• Simultaneously the output 

signal current of ± 5 mA at 

the end of the measuring 

range is available 

• Supply voltage 24 V= 

• The housing of the 1901 TA 

is designed for use in the 

machine room 

• Connections : 1 output 

for one Mahr compatible 

inductive probe 


3 pin socket plug for analog 

output, 3 pin coupling 

bushing for power supply and 

operating instructions 


Measuring ranges 

(adjustable through bridges) 

± 125 μm 

± 250 μm 

± 500 μm 

± 1000 μm 

± 2000 μm 

Output voltage at end of measuring range ± 10 V 

Option: 

± 5 V / 0–5 V / 0–10 V 

Connections 

Input 

Output 

Supply 

Response time 

Cut-off frequency 

5 pin socket 

3 pin socket 

3- pin plug 

5-10 ms 

90 Hz 

Current output at end of measuring range ± 5 mA 

Protection class IP 54 

Linearity ± 0,3% 

Supply voltage 24 V = 

Dimensions: (L x D x H) 

43 x 100 x 170 mm 

Order no. 

Order no. 

1901 TA Mahr compatible for 1 Inductive probe 5319011 

1901 TA/So Mahr compatible for 1 Inductive probe 9023856 

0- 10 V 

For appropriate Inductive probes please refer to pages 7-6 to 7-18

- 

7-40 

Millimar. Air Gaging Instruments 

Millimar. Air Gaging 

APPLICATIONS 

Air Gages 

Thickness or wall thickness 

measurement with Millimar 

jet air probe. 

Diameter measurement of 

cylindrical through bores with 

Millimar jet air plug gage. 


cylindrical blind bores with 

Millimar jet air plug gage. 


cylindrical through bores with 

Millimar ball contact air plug 

gage. 


cylindrical blind bores with 

Millimar lever contact plug gage. 

Diameter or thickness 

measurement with adjustable 

Millimar jet air caliper gage. 


cylindrical shafts with Millimar jet 

air ring gage. 

Straightness measurement of a 

cylindrical bore with Millimar 

special jet air plug gage. 

Mating measurement between 

bore and shaft with Millimar jet 

air plug gage and jet air ring 

gage. 

Conicity measurement of an 

inner cone with Millimar taper 

jet air plug gage. Measurement 

based on differential 

measurement method. 

Measurement of perpendicularity 

of a cylindrical bore to the end 

face with Millimar special jet air 

plug gage. Measurement based 

on differential measurement 

method. 

Measurement of spacing 

between separate cylindrical 

bores with Millimar jet air plug 

gages. Measurement based 

on differential measurement 

method. 

Measurement of spacing between 

in complete cylindrical bores with 

Millimar jet air plug gages. 

Measurement based on differential 

measurement method. 

Conicity measurement, form 

measurement and diameter 

measurement of inner cone 

with Millimar taper jet air plug 

gage. 

Multiple internal and external 

measurements with measuring jets 

and Millimar contact gages in 

conjunction with a Millimar column 

gage.

+ 


7-41 

Air Gages 

General Technical Data of Air Gages 

Air gaging is a measuring system that uses airflow and / or air 

pressure to determine the size of measured part. The relationship 

between air pressure and distance of a restriction (workpiece) to 

the air escape (jets) can be plotted on a graph (line a). 

As the distance between jets and work surface increases, the 

pressure decreases and the ratio becomes linear as represented 

by the straight section “B“. This straight portion of the curve can be 

accurately calibrated, and represents the scale of the Dimensionair. 

Compare its length with “C“ on the other curve, which is the usable 

portion of other air gage scales. This longer linear scale gives the 

Dimensionair its longer usable measuring range. 

Description 

• Air plug gages are used for 

testing cylindrical through 

bores or blind bores. The plug 

gage bodies are equipped 

with two opposing measuring 

jets which record the 

measured value without 

contact. This arrangement 

allows the diameter, the 

diametric roundness and the 

cylindricity of bores to be 

calculated using a single jet air 

plug gage. 

• The diameter is measured 

immediately after the air plug 

gage is introduced, while the 

diametric roundness 

deviation can be tested by 

rotation around 180° and the 

cylindricity by movement in a 

longitudinal direction. 

• The maximum measuring 

range of the air plug gages is 

76 μm / .003”. 

• Air plug gages are furnished in 

high chrome stainless steel or 

chrome plated versions and, if 

required, with a shut-off valve 

to conserve air consumption. 

• The air tooling long service 

life is due in part to hardened 

measuring jets which are 

recessed relative to the 

generated surface of the 

measuring body and are, 

therefore, protected against 

damage. 

• The standard Mahr Federal 

air tooling is compatible 

with the complete line of 

evaluation units. These include 

Dimensionair, μDimensionair, 

830 PE, 1840 PE, and 1841 PE 

signal sharing column. 

Air/Electric convertors for 

interfacing to gaging 

computer systems are also 

available. 

• Special air gage designs for 

measuring taper, straightness 

and other applications are 

available. Contact Mahr 

Federal.

- 

7-42 Millimar. Air Gaging Instruments 

Dimensionair ® Air Gages (single master system) 

Features 

• Uses regular shop air 

(40 - 150 psig). 

• Internal pressure regulator 

keeps measuring pressures 

within calibrated range. 

• Adjust meter to zero using a 

single setting master and the 

zero setting screw. 

• No recalibration necessary 

when changing tooling. Just 

set zero and measure! 

• Models available in 5 

magnifications, 2 dial styles, 

and either Metric or Inch. 

• High visibility meter has fine 

line graduations and a 

needle-thin hand for clear, 

precise readings. An air filter is 

included to remove dust and 

dirt contaminants from air line. 

• Tooling mounts to the front of 

the unit. Connections are tight 

with finger pressure. 


Magnification Tooling Range Minimum Dial Surface Finish Part Tolerance Order no. 

ID no. Graduation Style (recommended) (recommended) 

uin / um Ra 

1250:1 100 .006“ .0001“ Regular 100 / 2.54 ± .002“ 2095183 

2500:1 50 .003“ .00005“ 82.6 mm / 3.25” 50 / 1.27 ± .001“ 2095184* 

5000:1 20 .0015“ .00002“ diameter 20 / 0.50 ± .0005“ 2095185* 

10000:1 10 .0006“ .00001“ 10 / 0.25 ± .0002“ 2095186 

20000:1 5 .0003“ .000005“ 5 / 0.12 ± .0001“ 2095189 

1250:1M 100 152 μm 2 μm 100 / 2.54 ± 50 μm 2095190 

2500:1M 50 76 μm 1 μm 50 / 1.27 ± 25 μm 2095191* 

5000:1M 20 38 μm 0.5 μm 20 / 0.50 ± 13.5 μm 2095192* 

10000:1M 10 15.2 μm 0.2 μm 10 / 0.25 ± 5 μm 2095193 

20000:1M 5 7.6 μm 0.1 μm 5 / 0.12 ± 2.5 μm 2095194 

4000:1 50 .003“ .000025“ Large 50 / 1.27 ± .001“ 2095195* 

8000:1 20 .0015“ .000010“ 152.4 mm / 6” 20 / 0.50 ± .0005“ 2095196* 

16000:1 10 .0006“ .000010“ diameter 10 / 0.25 ± .0002“ 2095197 

32000:1 5 .0003“ .000005“ 5 / 0.12 ±.0001“ 2095198 

4000:1M 50 76 μm 0.5 μm 50 / 1.27 ± 25 μm 2095199* 

8000:1M 20 38 μm 0.2 μm 20 / 0.50 ± 13.5 μm 2095200* 

16000:1M 10 15.2 μm 0.2 μm 10 / 0.25 ± 5 μm 2095201 

32000:1M 5 7.6 μm 0.1 μm 5 / 0.12 ± 2.5 μm 2095202 

* Contingent upon Plug having equivalent range, see chart on pages 7-45 & 7-46.

+ 


7-43 

Dimensionair ® Air Gages (single or dual master system) 

Features 

• Uses regular shop air 

(40 -150 psig). 

• Internal pressure regulators 

and differential meter assure 

ultimate stability over full operating 

range. 

• Adjust span and zero setting to 

tune the gaging range to the 

interchangeable dial ranges. 

• Interchangeable dials provide 

an easy, inexpensive means to 

accommodate various ranges 

• High visibility meter has fine 

line graduations and a needle 

thin hand for clear, precise 

readings. 

• An air filter is included to 

remove dust and dirt contaminants 

from airline. 

• Tooling mounts to the front 

of the unit. Adaptors are available 

for virtually any tooling 

configuration. 


Interchangeable Dials 

Each Universal Dimensionair is furnished with an adaptor (for connecting 

standard Mahr Federal air tooling) Optional adaptors are available for virtually 

any air tooling application. 

Dial Size diameter mm / inch 82.6 / 3.25” 

Housing Dimensions 

mm 127 x 187 x 197 (high) 

inch 5” x 7.125” x 7.75” 

Weight (including filter) approx. 6.7 kg / 14.25 lbs. 

Operating Pressure 

414-1034 kPa / 60-150 psig 

A plastic protective cover for Universal Dimensionair is 

available 

Order No. ACV-1 


Universal Dimensionair, complete with air filter and tooling adaptor for standard Mahr Federal 

single master air tooling. Supplied with one 2242662 Dial. Order No. 2098125 

Optional Dials 

Total Range Range Dial Graduations Magnification Order No. 

(inch) .006” ± .003” .0001” 1260:1 2242760 

.004” ± .002” .0001” 1875:1 2242761 

.003” ± .0015” .00005” 2500:1 2242662 

.002” ± .001” .00005” 3750:1 2242763 

.0015” ± .00076” .00002” 5000:1 2242764 

.001” ± .0005” .00002” 7500:1 2242765 

.0006” ± .0003 .00001” 10000:1 2242766 

(metric) 152 μm ± 76 μm 2 μm 1260:1 2242770 

100 μm ± 50 μm 2 μm 1875:1 2242771 

76 μm ± 38 μm 1 μm 2500:1 2242772 

50 μm ± 25 μm 1 μm 3750:1 2242773 

38 μm ± 19 μm 0.5 μm 5000:1 2242774 

15.2 μm ± 7.6 μm 0.2 μm 10000:1 2242776 

Tooling Adaptors 

Adaptors are available for many standard-tooling configurations: 

Thread/Adaptor style Plug Type / Measured size Order No. 

1/4-28 2.7686 mm / .109” to 12.547 mm /.494” AAD-193* AAD-312 

10-32 12.547 mm / .494” to 23.876 mm / .940” AAD-194* AAD-313 

1/2-20 23.876 mm / .940” to 139.7 mm / 5.500” AAD-195* AAD-314 

1/8 Barb 3/8-32 Female 2242767 

Setlock Moore 2242777 

8mm Mahr Row 2240621 

12mm Mahr Row 2240623 

9/32-40 Mahr Federal High Mag 

* Includes bleed to simulate MFI jetting.

- 

7-44 


μDimensionair ® (single master system) 

ABS 

0 

TOL 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

The μDimensionair is the ultimate of 

portability and versatility — in your 

hand or at the workbench or machine 

tool. 

Features 

• Affordable 

• Versatile 

• Innovative 

• Rugged 

• No other air gaging system 

offers so much — in the palm 

of your hand — mounted 

to the workbench or even 

right to the machine tool. 

μDimensionair is rated IP54, 

so, it can be used on the shop 

floor — and, the air tooling 

cleans dirt from the part for 

high performance measurements 

— fast and easy! 

All other features of the 

μMaxμm Digital Indicator: 

• Inch/metric units 

• Digital and analog display 

• Bi- and uni-lateral tolerances 

with presets 

• Absolute transducer for 

eliminating travel errors 

• Calibratable — battery retains 

settings 

• Multiple data output formats 

• Auto-zeroing 

• Normal-reverse settings for 

ID/OD measurements 

• Air gage readout is right in 

front of you — simple and clear. 

• Fixed resolution and balanced 

air system makes the gage 

stable and reliable for your 

manufacturing environment. 

• Single mastering for fast setup. 


Order no. 

Measuring Digital Tooling I.D. 

Range Resolution Number 

mm/inch 

mm/inch 

± 0.080/ ± 0.003” 0.001/ 0.00005” 60 

± 0.040/ ± 0.0016” 0.0005/ 0.00002” 50 

± 0.020/ ± 0.00076” 0.0005/ 0.00002” 20 

Order no. 

μDimensionair, complete with handle, 

adaptor and hose 2095389 

Operating Temperature 

Storage Temperature 

Repeatability 

Calibration Accuracy 

Linear Error 

Response Time 

Thermal Stability 

Data Output 

Tolerance Indicators 

Weight 

Dimensions - Main body 

Auto Power Off 

Power Requirements 

Battery Life 

Air Supply 

Display 

5 - 35° C/ 41 - 95° F 

0 - 60° C / 32 - 140° F 

± 1 digit 

± 1 digit 

± 1 digit 

Approximately 1 second 

0.1% of full scale/F 

ASCII/Digimatic 

Two — over/under 

25 kg / 5lbs. 

approx. 100 x 60 x 70 mm 

approx. (4” x 2.5” x 3”) 

15 minutes of non-use 

3 volt lithium battery coin cell, 2 per unit 

— CR-2450 

9 months normal usage — 3000 hours 

2.10 ± .01 bar / 30.4 ± .15 psi 

Rotates through 270 degrees 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Pressure Regulator with filter 2238020* 

Pressure Meter 2095924 

Bench Kit with adaptor 2239307 

Output cable — Digimatic 2001025 

Serial output cable to DB-9 pin 

SCB-4 

Battery 3V type CR-2450 

EBY-1018 

Insulated Handle 2237666 

Shut off valve 2240993 

Rest Stand 2241109 

Swivel Adaptor 2240594 

Supply Hose to Regulator/Filter 

AHO-2 

Oil and Water Trap 

AFL-24 

* Required

+ 


7-45 

Millimar S 1840 PE (single or dual master system) 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

Features 

Assess and judge measuring results at a glance – nothing is easier 

than that with the Millimar S 1840 column amplifier. 

The Millimar S 1840 column amplifier offers a broad range of 

functions for combining the signals from both static and dynamic 

measurements. 

Measuring results are indicated by way of 101 three-color LEDs. 

When the programmable warning and tolerance limits are 

exceeded, the LEDs change their color from green to yellow or red, 

accordingly — high visibility from any distance. 

TOL 

The Millimar S 1840 column 

amplifier can be programmed 

either menu-guided via the 

integrated membrane keypad or 

with the provided MS Windows ® 

configuration software. 

Display 

• Three-color illuminated bar 

graph with analog warning 

and tolerance limit display 

• Two-line backlit LCD for 

indicating measured values, 

help texts, and measuring units 

• Up to two characteristics can 

be displayed simultaneously. 

Connections 

• Single input. 

• RS 232 interface. 

• Analog output. 

• Three digital inputs for 

measuring start, master 

measurement, etc. 

• Three digital outputs for 

Accept – Reject – Rework 

classification, measuring time, etc. 

Functions 

• Static measurements: ± A, 

± B, and all combinations. 



mean. 

• Windows® software for 

configuring the LED display 

The Millimar S 1840 column 

amplifier can be programmed 

either menu-guided via the 

integrated membrane keypad 

or with the provided MS 

Windows® configuration 

software. 

• Single Master or Dual Master 

setup. 

• Password lockout in Setup 

Mode. 


Air/electronic converter for Millimar S 1840 PE 

Measuring principle differential pressure 

Measuring value acquisition piezo 

Magnification 2500:1 5000:1 10000:1 

Pneumatic measuring ± 50 ± 25 ± 12.5 

range in μm (inch) (±.00196” ±.00098” ±.00049”) 

Resolution 0.1 μm / .000005” 

Measuring error 

< 1 % of measuring range, 

in μm (inch) better 0.5 % 

Signal noise in μm (μinch)

- 

7-46 


832 Dimensionair ® Air Gaging System (single master system) 

Features 

• Digital and analog displays 

in a single unit. Large, high 

contrast digital readout 

shows exact deviation from 

zero; analog display shows 

measurement conditions at a 

glance. 

• Fixed resolution and balanced 

air system makes the Digital 

Dimensionair a stable and 

reliable system for 

manufacturing environments. 

• Dynamics measurement 

capability. 

• RS-232 Output – for 

communicating with a data 

collector, computer or printer, 

permitting statistical process 

control. 

• Master Deviation – enhances 

measurement by making 

Auto Zero even more 

accurate. 

• Only a single master required 

to set zero; system is 

precalibrated for correct 

magnification. 

• Ranges and resolutions for 

virtually any air gage 

application, including 2-, 3-, 

4- and 6-jet tooling plus 

AirProbes and JetProbes. 


Model Measuring Digital Analog Tooling 

Range Resolution Resolution I.D. Number 

Low ±0.080 mm/ ±.003“ 0.004 mm/ 150μ“ 60 

Magnification ±0.04 0mm/ ±.0015“ 0.0002 mm/ 10μ“ 0.002 mm/ 75μ“ 50 

Single or Dual Input ±0.020 mm/ ±.00075“ 0.001 mm/ 38μ“ 20 

High 

±0.008mm/ ±.0003“ 0.0004 mm/ 15μ“ 10 

Magnification 

±0.004mm/ ±.00015“ 

0.0001 mm/ 5μ“ 

0.0002 mm/ 8μ“ 5 

Single or Dual Input 

Number of Jets Voltage/Adaptor Low Magnification High Magnification Low Magnification High Magnification 

Single Input Single Input Dual Input Dual Input 

Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

1, 2, 3 110 / U.S. 2004100 2004103 2004106 2004109 

4 110 / U.S. 2004101 2004104 2004107 2004110 

6 110 / U.S. 2004102 2004105 2004108 2004111 

1, 2, 3 240 / International 2004112 2004115 2004118 2004121 

4 240 /International 2004113 2004116 2004119 2004122 

6 240 / International 2004114 2004117 2004120 2004123

+ 


7-47 

Millimar C 1208 PE / C 1245 PE (single or dual master system) 

MAX 

MIN 

RS232C 

0 

TOL 

1208 PE 

Features 

C1208 PE Display 

• Background lit LCD-Display 

with an analog and a two line 

digital display 

• 5 three-color status lamps for 

warning and tolerance limits 

• Up to 2 characteristics can be 

displayed at the same time. 

C1208 PE Functions 

• Favorites, frequently required 

functions can be assigned to 

the SELECT key 

• Static measurements ± A, ± B 

and all combinations 



mean 

C1245 PE Display 

• Analog indicator instrument 

for display of measurement 

value. 

• Two-line LCD display for 

values and menu text 

• 5 three-color status lamps for 

warning and tolerance limits. 

• Up to 3 characteristics can be 

displayed at the same time. 

C1245 PE Functions 

• 16 characteristics can be 

defined using an equation 

editor (80 characters), input 

channels C1 to C8 are mathematically 

linked with factors 

and brackets using the 4 basic 

mathematical functions. 

• Static measurements: Current 

value, square root, arc tangent. 



Mean value. 

• Statistical functions: n, x-bar, S, 

Xmax, Xmin, R. 

• Measured value memory for 

5000 measured values. 

• Measurement start / stop via 

keyboard, digital input, RS232. 

C 1245 PE 


Order no. 

Millimar C 1208 PE/F For 1 Air Gage 2500:1 / 5000:1 with Regulator 5312095 

Millimar C 1208 PE/F For 1 Air Gage 10000:1 with Regulator 5312093 

Millimar C 1245 PE/F For 1 air gage 2500:1 / 5000:1 with Regulator 5331271 

Millimar C 1245 PE/F For 1 air gage 10000:1 with Regulator 5331273 

Millimar C 1245 PE/F2 For 2 air gages 2500:1 / 5000:1 without Regulator 5331275* 

Millimar C 1245 PE/F2 For 2 air gages 10000:1 without Regulator 5331277* 

Air Supply Adaptor Kit includes AFL-24 Filter and AHO-2 Hose 2121236 

* Baseplate with 2 Regulators (required for 2 Air Gage Units) 5330909

- 

7-48 


Air Plugs 

Features 

• Calibrated I.D. tooling for 

the Dimensionair® Air 

Gaging Systems 

• Tooling is interchangeable 

without adjusting system 

magnification. 

• Federal Air Plugs have large 

clearance (see table below), 

allowing easy entrance into 

the hole being measured and 

greater measuring range. 

• Long life - wide clearance and 

high chrome stainless steel 

body extends useful life of 

the Air Plug. Chromed steel 

or other materials for extreme 

use are available. 

• Deep, recessed jets - Air jets 

are recessed into the plug 

body which protects them 

from damage. 

• Large jet size eliminates 

clogging from dirts and oils. 

Plug identification 

Total Clearance from Nominal Size 

Plug Nominal Size To & include Clearance from 

Identification above Nominal Size 


DP100, DP60 6.3/ .248” 76.4/ 3.004” 0.081/ .0032” 

Air Plugs are marked with an identification number which identifies 

its size, number of jets, plug style, and the Dimensionair ® Model 

the plug should be used with. 

For example: DP50-T2-1.000 is the identification number of an Air 

Plug for a 2095184 or a standard magnification 832 Dimensionair 

(DP50), through-hole style with two jets (-T2), and 25 mm/1.000” 

nominal size (-1.000). 

The number (50) which identifies the Dimensionair intended 

is marked on the plug and also appears on the dial of the 

Dimensionair to help in matching the tooling to its corresponding 

Dimensionair Model. 

DP50 3/ .123” 3.5/ .140” 0.015/ .0006” 

3.5/ .140” 4.7/ .185” 0.027/ .0011” 

4.7/ .185” 6.3/ .248” 0.030/ .0012” 

6.3/ .248” 76.5/ 3.004” 0.045/ .0018” 

76.5/ 3.004” 127/ 5” 0.071/ .0028” 

Above 127/ 5” 0.081/ .0032” 

DP20 3/ .123” 3.5/ .140” 0.009/ .00035” 

3.5/ .140” 4.7/ .185” 0.013/ .0005” 

4.7/ .185” 6.3/ .248” 0.015/ .0006” 

6.3/ .248” 76.5/ 3.004” 0.023/ .0009” 

76.5/ 3.004” 127/ 5” 0.071/ .0028” 

Above 127/ 5” 0.081/ .0032” 

DP10 All sizes to 44.45/ 1.750” 0.009/ .00035” 

1.75 up 0.014/ .00055” 

DP5 All sizes to 25.4/ 1.0” 0.004/ .000175” 

1.0 1.75 0.005/ .0002” 

1.75 up 0.0076/ .0003” 


When ordering Air Plugs please specify: 

1. Nominal I.D. Size and Tolerance. 

2. Dimensionair Model to be used. 

3. Air Plug style (Through Hole, Blind Hole, or Counterbore). 

4. Air Plug finish (Normally furnished High Chrome stainless steel, 

or specify chromed steel). 

5. Order Master Setting Ring at same time. 

Unless otherwise specified, Mahr Federal will furnish a 2-jet, 

Through Hole, High Chrome Air Plug for a 2500:1 Dimensionair. 

Through Hole and Blind 

Hole Air Plugs

+ 


7-49 

Through Hole Plugs (DP50 - DP20 & 60) 

3-3.5 mm / .123-.140“ 9.5-14.93 mm / .3735-.588“ 

Minimum recommended hole 

length: .187” 

5/16-32 

AAD-55 


length: .250”. With guide sleeve 

or stop collar: .070”. 

May be used with AEX-1 or -2 

Extensions for deep holes. 

3.5-4.7 mm / .140-.185“ 14.93-37.7 mm / .588-1.484“ 



Minimum gageable hole length: 

.250”. With guide sleeve or stop 

collar: .070”. May be used with 

AHA-4 or -5 Extensions for deep 

holes. 

4.7-6.3 mm / .185-.248“ 37.7-76.3 mm / 1.484-3.004“ 



Minimum recommended 

hole length: .250”. With guide 

sleeve or stop collar: .070”. 

May be used with AHA-4 or -5 


6.3-9.5 mm / .248-.3735“ 76.3-114.3 mm / 3.004-4.50“ 



With guide sleeve or stop collar: 

.070” 


length: .250”. 


.070”. 


Through Hole Plugs 

Above To & include “A” “B” Minimum Measuring Range 

Hole Length* DP50 DP20 

mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

3 / .123” 3.5 / .140” 23.8 / .9375” 4.8/ .1875” 4.7/ .187” 0.025/ .001” 0.013/ .0005” 

3.5 / .140” 4.7 / .185” 23.8 / .9375” 4.8/ .1875” 4.7/ .187” 0.038/ .0015” 0.020/ .00075” 

4.7 / .185” 6.3 / .248” 38 / 1.5” 12.7/ .500” 4.7/ .187” 0.051/ .002” 0.025/ .001” 

6.3 / .248” 9.5 / .3735” 38 / 1.5” 12.7/ .500” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

9.5 / .3735” 14.93 / .588” 38 / 1.5” 12.7/ .500” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

14.93 / .588” 37.7 / 1.484” 41.3 / 1.625” 15.9/ .625” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

37.7 / 1.484” 76.3 / 3.004” 50 / 2” 19/ .750” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

76.3 / 3.004” 114.3 / 4.5” 50 / 2”** 19/ .750” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

* If a guide sleeve or stop collar is used, minimum hole length can be as small as 1.8 mm/.070” for holes larger than 6.3 mm/.248”. 

** A handle 152 mm/6” long and 33.3 mm/1.31” diameter is supplied with plugs over 76.3 mm/3.004”.

- 

7-50 


Blind Hole/Counterbore Plugs (DP50 - DP20 & 60) 

3.9-4.7 mm / .155-.185“ 11.8-14.93 mm / .467-.588“ 



Note: Masters must simulate 

workpiece for holes of this size. 

5/16-32 

AAD-55 

4.7-6.3 mm / .185-.248“ 14.93-37.7 mm / .588-1.484“ 





Shorter bores can be checked. 

Consult Mahr Federal Customer 

Resource Center. May be used 

with Extensions AEX-1 or -2 for 

deep holes. 






with AHA-4 or -5 Extensions for 

deep holes. 

6.3-9.48 mm / .248-.3735“ 37.7-76.30 mm / 1.484-3.004“ 





Resource Center. 






with AHA-4 or -5 Extensions for 

deep holes. 

9.48-11.8 mm / .3735-.467“ 76.3-108.114.3 mm/3.004-4.50“ 

10-32 

3/8-32 

AAD-315 






with Extension AHA-28 for deep 

holes. 

Minimum gageable hole length: 

.250”. 


Blind Hole/Counterbore Plugs 


Hole Length* DP50 DP20 

mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch mm/inch 

3.9/ .155” 4.7/ .185” 19/ .750” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.038/ .0015” 0.01905/ .00075” 

4.7/ .185” 6.3/ 248” 29.4/ 1.156” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.051/ .002” 0.025/ .001” 

6.3/ .248” 11.8/ .467” 29.4/ 1.156” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

11.8/ .467” 14.93/ .588” 29.4/ 1.156” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

14.93/.588” 37.7/ 1.484” 29.4/ 1.156” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

37.7/ 1.484” 76.3/ 3.004” 35.7/ 1.406” 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ ..0015” 

76.3/ 3.004” 114.3/ 4.5” 38/ 1.5”* 4/ .156” 6.4/ .250” 0.076/ .003” 0.038/ .0015” 

* A handle 152 mm/ 6“ long and 33.3 mm / 1.31” diameter is supplied with plugs over 76.3 mm / 3.004” 

Super Blind Plugs 

Blind Hole Air Plugs can be 

furnished to check shorter 

holes than listed, and can be 

furnished to check closer to 

the bottom of a hole. Holes 

must be at least 2.8 mm/ 

.110” long, and the distance 

from the end of the plug to 

the center-line of the jets can 

be as short as 2.2 mm/ .085” 

for plugs below 6.3 mm/ .248” 

or 1.9 mm/ .075” for plugs 

above 6.3 mm/ .248”. 

Contact Mahr Federal Customer Resource Center with your requirements

+ 


7-51 

Through Hole Plug (DP10 — DP5) 

1.6-6.4 mm/ .062-.250” 11.1-44.5 mm/ .437-1.750” 

6.4-9.5 mm/ .250-.3735” 


length: 3.18 mm/ .125“. 


length: 3.18 mm/ .125“ with 

proper support min. is 1.14 mm/ 

.045“. May be used with AHA- 

23 or -24 Extensions for deep 

holes. 


length: 3.18 mm/ .125“. 


1.14 mm/ .045“. 

44.5 mm & Up/ 1.750” & Up 

9.5-11.1 mm/ .3735-.437” 


length: 3.8 mm/ .125“. 


1.14 mm/ .045“. May be used 

with AHA-23 or -24 Extensions 

for deep holes. 


length: 3.18 mm/ .125“. 


1.14 mm/ .04“. May be used 

with AHA-23 or -24 Extensions 

for deep holes. 


Measured Size mm/inch 


Hole Length* DP10 

DP5 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

1.6 / .062” 6.4 / .250” 23.8 / .9375” 4.8 / .1875” 3.2 / .125” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

6.4 / .250” 9.5 / .3735” 38 / 1.5” 12.7 / .500” 3.2 / .125” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

9.5 / .3735” 11.1 / .437” 41.3 / 1.625” 15.9 / .625” 3.2 / .125” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

11.1 / .437” 44.5 / 1.750” 41.3 / 1.625” 15.9 / .625” 3.2 / .125” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

44.5 / 1.75” 76.5 / 3.010” 50 / /2” 19 / .625” 3.2 / .125” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

Blind Hole Plug (DP10 — DP5) 

3.2-6.4mm/ .125-.250” 6.4-11.1mm/ .250-.437” 11.1mm & Up/ .437” & Up 


See previous page for more 

information 

9/32-40 


length: 3.96 mm/ .156“. 


length: 3.18 mm/ .125“. 


length: 3.18mm/ .125”. 

Use AHA-23 or -24 Extensions 

for deep hole applications. 





DP5 


3.2 / .125” 6.4 / .250” 21.4 / .844” 2.4 / .094” 3.9 / .156” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

6.4 / .250” 11.1 / .437” 27.8 / 1.094” 2.4 / .094” 3 / .120” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

11.1 / .437” 76.5 / 3.010” 27.8 / 1.094” 2.4 / .094” 3 / .120” 0.015 / .0006” 0.008 / .0003” 

* If a guide sleeve or stop collar is used, minimum hole length can be as small as 1.1 mm/ .045“ for holes larger than 6.4 mm/.250”.

- 

7-52 


Through Hole Plug (DP100) 

1.6-6.4 mm/ .062-.250” 37.8-76.5mm/ 1.490-3.004” 


length: 6.35 mm/ .250“, with 


.125in. May be used with AEX-1 

or -2 Extensions for deep holes. 


length: 6.35 mm/ .250“. 

May be used with AHA-4 or -5 


12.7-37.8mm/ .500-1.490” 

76.5mm & Up/ 3.004” & Up 


length: 6..35 mm/ .250“, with 


.125“. May be used with AHA-4 

or -5 Extensions for deep holes. 


length: 6.35 mm/ .250“. 





DP5 


9.525 / .375” 12.7 / .500” 38 / 1.5” 12.7 / .500” 12.7 / .500” 6.4 / .250” 0.152 / .006” 

12.7 / .500” 37.8 / 1.490” 41.3 / 1.625” 15.9 / .625” 15.9 / .625” 6.4 / .250” 0.152 / .006” 

37.8 / 1.490” 76.5 / 3.004” 50 / 2” 15.9 / .625” 19 / .750” 6.4 / .250” 0.152 / .006” 

76.5 / 3.004” 114 / 4.5” 50 / 2” 19 / .625” 19 / .750” 6.4 / .250” 0.152 / .006” 


9.525-14.25 mm/ .375-.561” 14.25-37.8 mm/ .561-1.490” 37.8-76.3 mm/ 1.490-3.004” 


.615“ 


length: 7.9 mm/ .312“. 

76.3-108.2 mm/ 3.004-4.500” 


length: 7.9 mm/ .312“. Use with 

AHA-4 or -5 handles for deep 

hole applications. 


length: 7.9 mm/ .312“. Use with 

AHA-4 or -5 handles for deep 

hole applications. 

Blind Hole Air Plugs can be 

furnished to check shorter holes 

than listed above, and can be 

furnished to check closer to the 

bottom of a hole. Holes must 

be at least 4.45 mm/.175” long, 

and the distance from the end 

of the plug to the center-line of 

the jets can be as short as 

2.5 mm/.100”. 

Notes: 

* If a guide sleeve or stop collar is 

used, minimum hole length can be 

as small as 1.8 mm/.070“ for holes 

larger than 6.3 mm / .248“ 

** A handle 152 mm/6“ long and 

33.3 mm/1.31“ diameter is supplied 

with plugs over 76.5 mm /3.010“. 

For smaller or larger plugs than 

those shown above, or for any 

modification to the specifications 

shown, contact Mahr Federal 

Customer Resource Center. 

Blind Hole Plugs 


Above To & include “A” “B” Minimum 

Hole Length* 

Measuring 

Range 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

9.525 / .375” 14.1 / .556” 30 / 1.187” 4.7 / .187” 12.7 / .500” 0.152 / .006” 

14.1 / .556” 37.8 / 1.490” 30 / 1.187” 4.7 / .187” 15.9 / .625” 0.152 / .006” 

37.8 / 1.490” 76.5 / 3.004” 36.5 / 1.438” 4.7 / .187” 19 / .750” 0.152 / .006” 

76.5 / 3.004” 114 / 4.5” 36.5 / 1.438” 4.7 / .187” 19 / .750” 0.152 / .006”

+ 


7-53 

Air Gaging Instruments 

Accessories 

Handles and Extensions 

When an Air Plug is used with a hose, it should be equipped with a 

Handle to avoid excessive strain on the air connection and 

corrosion on the polished plug body. Handles may be combined 

for gaging deep holes. 

Selection of a handle or extension is determined by the bore itself 

and whether or not it is preceded by a larger C-bored diameter. 

Corresponding thread sizes of the handle or extension must also 

be considered. 

If no portion of the handle or extension enters the part, only thread 

sizes must be considered. If the plug does enter the part, then both 

O.D. and thread size must be considered. 

AHA-4 and AHA-5 Extensions — accept AHO-1 Hose on one 

end and the following plug sizes on the opposite end: all 1250:1 

thru 8000:1 plugs up to 76.3 mm / 3.004”. 

AHA-6 Handle — accepts AHO-1 Hose on one end and the 

following plug sizes on the opposite end: all 1250:1 thru 8000:1 

plugs up to 76.3 mm / 3.004”. 

Has Bakelite insulating cover. Recommended for 37.7 mm / 1.484” 

up to 76.3 mm / 3.004” diameters. 

AHA-15 Handle — Used and furnished with 1250:1 thru 8000:1 

through or blind hole plugs over 76.3 mm / 3.004”. 

AHA-23 and AHA-24 Handles — Used with 10000:1 thru 

32000:1 plugs. 

AHA-28 Handle — Used with 2500:1 thru 8000:1 blind hole 

plugs in the 9.48 mm / .3735” to 11.8 mm / .467” range, using an 

AAD-315 Adaptor. 

AEX-1 and AEX-2 Extensions — Used with 2500:1 thru 8000:1 

through hole air plugs in the 9.5 mm / .3735” to 14.93 mm / .588” 

range and with 11.8 mm / .467” to 14.93 mm / .588” range blind 

hole plugs, using an AAD-55 Adaptor. 

2201975 — extension used with BA-100 adjustable base. Provides 

easily configured base for bench-mounted air tooling fixturing. See 

Dimentron Plugs (Chapter 9. MaraMeter). 

Accessory Configuration for DP60/DP50/DP20 

Systems — Low Magnification 

2237666 — High impact and coolant resistant, light weight 

composite handle — normally furnished with uDimensionair and air 

snaps. 

AHA-66 and 2236070 — light weight aluminum handles without 

or with air shutoff valve. 

Order no. Thread O.D. Length 

mm/inch mm/inch 

AHA-4 3/8-32 12.07/ .475” 102/ 4” 

AHA-5 3/8-32 12.07/ .475” 51/ 2” 

AHA-6 3/8-32 19/ .750” 102/ 4” 

AHA-15 1-1/8-18 33.4/ 1.315” 152/ 6” 

AHA-20 3/8-32 12.7/ .500” 133.3/ 5.25” 

AHA-23 9/32-40 9.14/ .360” 51/ 2” 

AHA-24 9/32-40 9.14/ .360” 102/ 4” 

AHA-28 10-32 9.14/ .360” 102/ 4” 

AEX-1 5/16-32 9.02/ .355” 51/ 2” 

AEX-2 5/16-32 9.02/ .355” 102/ 4” 

2201975* 3/8-32 9.5/ .374” 61.7/ 2.43” 

Accessories for High Magnification 

Systems — DP10/DP5 

* Use on BA-100

- 

7-54 


Dimensionair ® Air Rings 

Air rings are supplied in several styles for external measuring. Two and three jet rings are most common, used for checking outside diameters 

for sizes out of round conditions from 6.3 mm/ .248“ to 63.5 mm/ 2.500“. Four and six jet rings are also available for special applications. All 

Air Rings have chrome-plated wear surfaces unless otherwise specified. 

Jet air ring gage with 2 measuring jets 

For applications where O.D.'s 

need to be checked near a 

shoulder, or where part length 

is restricted, contact Mahr 

Federal for technical assistance 

about shoulder and Snout Type 

Air Rings. 

B 

Jet air ring gage with 3 measuring jets 

Shoulder Type 

(for 2500:1 & 4000:1 

5000:1 & 8000:1 only) 

O.D. 

3.9 mm/ 

.157 in 

3.9 mm/ 

.157” 

Counterbore Type 

Snout Types 


Diameter d Diameter D Width B 


6.3-7.6/ .248-.299” 76.2/ 3.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

7.6-9.3/ .299-.366” 76.2/ 3.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

9.3-13.0/ .366-.512” 76.2/ 3.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

13.0-21.0/ .512-.827” 76.2/ 3.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

21.0-25.4/ .827-1.00” 76.2/ 3.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

25.4-38.4/ 1.00-1.51” 101.6/ 4.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

38.4-44.5/ 1.41-1.75” 101.6/ 4.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

44.5-50.8/ 1.75-2.00” 127.0/ 5.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

50.8-63.5/ 2.00-2.50” 127.0/ 5.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

63.5-76.2/ 2.50-3.00” 139.7/ 5.00” 25.4/ 1.00” 

When ordering ring gages, please specify the following: 

• Nominal workpiece dimensions 

• Tolerance 

• Desired magnification 

• Instrument used 

• Setting plug to be supplied 

Air Rings may be attached directly to a Dimensionair or used on a base and connected to the gage with a plastic hose. Vee type Guide Chutes can be furnished on one or 

both sides if Air Rings from 6.3 mm / .248” through 44.5 mm / 1.750”. Tube type guide can be furnished on sizes from 6.3 mm / .248” through 63.5 mm / 2.500”.

+ 


7-55 

Dimensionair ® Air Rings 

Options for Air Rings 

Carbide Wear strips 

Air plugs are normally furnished chromed for long life. Other materials 

can be provided to improve the life of the ring when high volume or 

grinding grit may still remain on the part. Materials such as Ferrotic 

and addition of carbide strips can be provided. 

Bases for air rings 

Depending on the application there are many ways to hold an air 

ring. They may be hand held and placed over the part if the part 

is still on the machine. They may be front mounted, horizontally or 

vertically on the Dimensionair or for larger parts the can be mounted 

to a base and held vertically or horizontally. 

Special bases are available the mount the ring horizontally and incorporate 

a part lifting mechanism to aid in part removal. 

Guide chutes 

Guide chutes and vees are available in a host of options to improve the 

inspection process. Vee type guide chutes can be furnished on one or 

both sides of an air ring from 6.3mm/ .248" through 44.5mm/ 1.75". 

Other options include tube type guide chutes for sizes 6.3mm/ .248" 

through 63.5mm/ 2.5". 

Standard length of the guide chutes are 6.3mm/ 2.5" and affix to the 

side of the air ring. Normal length of the chute is 6.3mm/ 2.5". Other 

options including heavy duty out riggers and universal vee stands can 

be provided. 

Options for Air Snaps 

Since side clearances can present gaging problems with crankshaft 

diameters or similar applications, Mahr Federal designed a new line of 

air snaps that make the tough measurements easier and affordable. 

We based our new air snap design on our own proven air tooling 

techniques, known for providing long life and high-resolution in tough 

shop environments. Now you can measure fixed sizes from 12.5 mm/ 

.49" through 184 mm/ 7.25" using D-2500 and D-5000 systems. 

Widths are typically 19 mm/ .75" but can be customized to reach 

diameters having tight clearances. 

Jet locations can be located central in the snap or positioned close to 

either side for exploring close to a shoulder. 

Multiple circuit air snaps are available for speeding the process while 

checking the journal for size variation, taper, barrel or hourglass shape.

- 

7-56 


Dimensionair ® Air Gages 

AirProbes and JetProbes 

• AirProbes and JetProbes provide modular, convenient gage heads 

for use in hand-held gages and for designing into fixture gages. 

• 9.5 mm/.375" bodies provide standardized mounting 

configurations. 

• Compact size allows easy access to hard-to-reach dimensions. 

• AirProbes and JetProbes are calibrated for instant use with 

Dimensionair ® systems - just set zero and measure! 

• Available in single-probe and matched-probe configurations. 

AA-1-3 AirProbe and AAT-19 

JetProbe Assembly 

AirProbes 

For use where contact-type measurement is required with 

2500:1 Dimensionair Systems. AirProbes are available in Regular 

Action (counter-clockwise meter movement when spindle is 

depressed) or Reverse Action (clockwise meter movement when 

spindle is depressed) and in various ranges. When used with Model 

2500:1 Dimensionair, the Meter Dial must be specified to match the 

AirProbe range (see table below). AirProbe and Dial are color coded 

- just match the color band on the AirProbe to the colored dot on 

the Dial to be sure that the AirProbe range matches the readout 

on the Dimensionair. AirProbes are provided with AAD-55 Straight 

Adaptor for attaching to Air Hoses. 

Order No. Range Style / Color Code*** Matching Dial Model Graduations 

mm / inch inch metric μm / inch 

AA-1-3* 0.076 / .003” Regular / Red ADL-28** ADL-95** 1 / .00005” 

AA-2-3* 0.076 / .003” Reverse / Red ADL-28** ADL-95** 1 / .00005” 

AA-1-6 0.152 / .006” Regular / Green ADL-16 ADL-96 2 / .0001” 

AA-2-6 0.152 / .006” Reverse / Green ADL-16 ADL-96 2 / .0001” 

AA-1-15 0.301 / .015” Regular / Yellow ADL-20 ADL-97 5 / .0002” 

AA-2-15 0.301 / .015” Reverse / Yellow ADL-20 ADL-97 5 / .0002” 

AA-1-30 0.762 / .030” Regular / Blue ADL-24 ADL-98 10 / .0005” 

AA-2-30 0.762 / .030” Reverse / Blue ADL-24 ADL-98 10 / .0005” 

* .003“ Range AirProbes can also be used with 5000:1 Dimensionairs, but the working range is reduced to .0015“. 

** These dials are the same as normally supplied on 2500:1 Dimensionairs, except for the color code. 

*** Regular AirProbes have single color band; reverse AirProbes have double color band. 

AirProbes can be supplied in matched pairs, either two Regular Action AirProbes or one Regular and one Reverse Action AirProbe. Contact Mahr Federal Customer 

Resource Center to specify. 

AirProbes JetProbes 

JetProbes are similar to AirProbes, except they have an open jet 

at the end, instead of a contacting spindle. JetProbes are ideal for 

measuring flatness of surfaces which cannot be touched, or for 

building into fixture designs where air gaging is called for. JetProbes 

can be used with 2500:1, 5000:1 Dimensionairs, and are supplied 

singly or in matched pairs. Order No. AAT-19 for single JetProbe 

or AAT-20 for a matched pair. JetProbes are supplied with AHO-1 

Air Hose, a zero setting valve, and hardware for mounting to the 

Dimensionair.

+ 


7-57 

Air Gaging Accessories 

Magnification Kits 

Magnification Kits provide a means for checking Amplifier accuracy, 

traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology 

(NIST). Each Kit contains restrictors that provide pressure 

characteristics at zero and at both ends of the scale, a calibrated dial 

diagram and a Certification of Calibration. 

Order No. For use with: Tooling 

AMR-SPEC-136 1250:1 DP/DR100 

2094182 1260:1 DP/DR60 

AMR-12 2500:1/4000:1 DP/DR50 

AMR-13 5000:1/8000:1 DP/DR20 

AMR-14 10000:1/16000:1 DP/DR10 

AMR-15 20000:1/32000:1 DP/DR5 

AMR-12 

Manifolds 

Manifolds allow connecting multiple pieces of air tooling to one 

Dimensionair. Toggle valves allow activation of the selected tool. 

Manifolds are compatible with Dimensionairs 1250:1 through 

8000:1M Manifolds for use with other Dimensionairs, contact Mahr 

Federal Customer Resource Center — 1-800-333-4243. 

Order No. 

Description 

2248282 2-way Manifold 




Manifold 2248282 

Hoses 

Supply hoses and hoses between Dimensionair and air tooling. 

Order No. Description 

Thread 

AHO-2 1.5 m / 5 ft Air Supply Hose. Fits all Dimensionair models. (rubber) 7/16-20 

AHO-1 0.9 m / 3 ft Air hose for tooling for Models 1250:1 – 8000:1. (Tygon) 3/8-32 

AHO-8 1.5 m / 5 ft Air hose for tooling on Models 1250:1 – 8000:1. (Tygon) 3/8-32 

AHO-10 1.8 m / 6 ft Air hose for Models 1250:1 – 8000:1. (Tygon) 3/8-32 

AHO-20 0.9 m / 3 ft Air hose for tooling on Models 10000:1 – 32000:1. (Tygon) 9/32-40 

ARG-1 Replacement O-ring for AHO-1, -8, -10 Hoses and AHA-4, -5, -6, -20 Handles. 

ARG-6 Replacement O-ring for AHO-20 Hose, AHA-23 and -24 Handles. 

ARG-10 For AEX-1, AEX-2 and AHA-28 

Traps and Filters 

Good gaging practice requires clean, dry air for gage performance. 

Dimensionair Models are furnished with a particle filter. Shop air 

contains water and oil, which should be removed, using Model 

AFL-24 Oil and Water Separator Trap. 

Order No. Description 

AFL-10 Particle Filter (normally furnished on all Dimensionair Models). Filter size: 5 microns; 

Maximum pressure: 250 p.s.i.; maximum working temperature: 175°F. 

AFL-24 Oil and Water Separator Trap, includes mounting hardware. Filtering capacity: 99.7% 

removal of oil and water; filter size: 3-6 microns; maximum pressure: 150 p.s.i.; flow rate: 

20 cubic feet of air/minute @ 80 p.s.i. 

AFL-23 Replacement cartridge for AFL-24. 

AFL-21 Replacement cartridge for AFL-10. 

AAD-263 Retrofit Kit for AFL-9 

AFL-24 Trap

- 

MarStand. Indicator Stands, Comparator Stands, Run out Testing Instruments 

YOUR STABLE PARTNER FOR MANUFACTURING. 

MARSTAND. 

The latest information on MARSTAND products can 



MarStand Indicator Stands, Comparator Stands and Run out Testing Instruments offer high stablity which ensures 

precise measurements. Whether you are using a dial indicator, a dial comparator, a test indicator or a measuring 

probe you will always have the best possible support.

+ 


MarStand. Indicator Stands, Comparator 

Stands, Run out Testing Instruments 

Indicator Stands 

MarStand 815 GN 8- 2 

With Cast Iron Base 

MarStand 2400 8- 2 

For Electronic Measurements 

MarStand 815 MA / 815 MB / 815MG / 815 P 8- 3 

With Magnetic Base 

Post & Support Arm Assemblies 

MarStand 815 XN / 815 XMA / 815 XMB / 8- 5 

815 XMS / 815 XMG / 815 XP 

With Mounting Thread and / or T-slot 

Magnetic Bases 

MarStand 815 Y / 815 YP 8- 5 

Center Bench 

MarStand 818 8- 6 

With moveable Tail Stocks and Support Arms 

Comparator Stands 

MarStand 820 N / 820 NC / 820 FC / 820 NG / 820 FG 8- 8 

35 B / NB-60 

Small Version 

MarStand 821 NG / 821 FG 8- 12 

Large Version 

MarStand 824 NT / 824 FT / 824 GT 8- 13 

Heavy Version 

Modular Units 

MarStand 827 b 8- 14

- 

8-2 


Indicator Stand 815 GN 

Features 

ø8 

34 

b 

c 

d 

a 

• Rugged base ensures both 

maximum stability and 

sturdiness 

• The upper side of the base has 

a convenient hand grip 

• Moves easily over surfaces 

without vibration 

• Front of the base is ground to 

allow movement of the stand 

along edges and rules 

• Stable due to the three point 

support 

• Support arm can be finely 

adjusted 

• Post and support arm are 


• Indicator can be rotated 

through ± 90° 

e 


Total height 

with base 

Max. projection of 

support arm 

Post dia. 

Base 

surface 

Fine adjustment 

range 

Weight 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

a b c d e 8H7 3/8” 

mm inch mm mm mm mm mm kg 

300 12“ 185 18 14 150 x 150 2 4.2 4413000 4413050 

500 20“ 200 25 18 190 x 180 2 9 4413001 4413051 

750 30“ 230 35 25 190 x 180 2 10 4413005 4413052 

* excludes indicating instrument 

Indicator Stand 2400 

Features 

• A stable Height Stand for 

electronic measurement, 

• Fine adjustment in the base 

allows easy operator set-up, 

even at high magnification. Up 

to 3.8 mm / .150“ adjustment 

when arms fully extended. 

• Collar has Teflon bearings and 

metal-to-metal clamping. 

• Post is thermally isolated from 

heat transfer from the base. 

• Arm lock is independent of 

the pivot lock. 

• Uses vertical lug mounting 

• EHE-2056 Lever gage head 

mounts directly to arm (as 

shown) EHE-2048 Lever gage 

head requires an EAM-1071 

adaptor 

CP-83 Extra arm and swivel 

clamp assembly (allows 

mounting two lever gage 

heads on one stand) 


Total height with base Arm reach Post dia. force Base surface Fine adjustment range Order no.* 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

457 / 18“ 254 / 10“ 31.8 / 1.25“ 161.7 x 94 / 6.2 x 3.7“ 3.8 / 1.5“ 2400 

* excludes indicating instrument

+ 


8-3 

Indicator Stand 815 MA with magnetic base 

8 

40-230 

Features 

11 

50-100 

18 

14 

220 

285 

• Support arm with two joints 

• Base has a powerful 

ON/OFF permanent magnet 

• Magnetic force is active 

across the surfaces and the 

V-shaped bottom plus the 

front of the base 




adjusted 

140 

70 x 46 


Total height 

with base 

V-way for 

shaft dia. 

Magnetic force Fine adjustment 

range 

Weight Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

Order no. 

wooden 

mm inch mm N mm kg 8H7 3/8” case 

285 11.2” 20 - 100 450 2 2.5 4416000 4416050 4416001 


Indicator Stand 815 MB with magnetic base 

Features 

ø8 

34 

50-190 

ø14 

ø18 

220 

285 

• Support arm with one joint 










adjusted 

• Indicating instrument can be 

rotated through ± 90° 


140° 

70 x 46 

Total height with 

base 

V-way for 

shaft dia. 


range 


Mount dia. 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

Order no. 

wooden 

mm inch mm N mm kg 8H7 3/8” case. 

285 11.2“ 20 - 100 450 2 2.2 4417000 4417050 4416001 


- 

8-4 


Indicator Stand 815 MG with flexible stem 

7 270 

34 

ø8 

M10 

Features 

• Flexible in any direction, arm 

can be locked in position 

• The sleeves and grounded 

steel balls of the stem are 

compressed with a strong 

steel cable 

• Clamping force is adjustable 








adjusted 





base 

V-way for 

shaft dia. 


range 


Mount dia. 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

Order no. 

wooden 

mm inch mm N mm kg 8H7 3/8” case. 

350 14“ 20 - 100 450 1.5 1.9 4420000 4420001 4416001 


Indicator Stand 815 P with magnetic base 

40-130 

Features 

ø8 

34 

ø11 

ø14 

205 

• Support arm has one joint 

• Sturdy circular base with 

permanent magnet 




adjusted 




ø40 


base 


range 


Mount dia. 

Order no.* 

Mount dia. 

mm inch N mm kg 8H7 3/8” 

205 8“ 250 1.5 0.7 4422000 4422050 


+ 


8-5 

Post and Support Assemblies 815 X 

For application in inspection equipment for conducting length and 

concentricity (run-out) tests 

40-230 

ø8 

50-200 

815 XN 

for mounting in a T-slot 

• Two joints 

• Knurled nut for clamping to 

the post 




Order no. 4424000 

ø8 

50-100 

6 

ø18 

17 

ø11 

245 

ø14 

10,5 

4,5 

815 XMS 

especially stable version with 

mounting thread 

• One joint 




Post height 

Order no. 

285 mm 4435011 

485 mm 4435015 

34 

ø8 

34 

ø25 

M16 

ø18 

285 

485 

14 

815 XMA 

with mounting thread 

• Two joints 




Order no. 4424005 

8 

50-100 

40-230 

18 

11 

14 

220 

815 XMG 


• Flexible in any direction, arm 

can be locked in position 


Order no. 4424010 

7 270 

10 

M10 

M10 

815 XMB 


ø8 

50-190 

815 XP 


34 

ø8 

ø11 

• One joint 




34 

ø14 

220 

• One joint 




40-130 

ø14 

175 

Order no. 4424006 

ø18 

Order no. 4424015 

10 

5,5 

M10 

M8 x 0,75 

Magnetic Bases 815 Y 

For the setting up of inspection equipment or as a base for adjusting 

devices on machine tools. 

815 YM Standard Version 



• With threaded mounting hole 

• V-groove in base 

• Front is flat 

• Magnetic force 450 N 

Order no. 4425000 

12 

15 

140° 

M10 

65 

815 YP Round Version 

• Permanent magnet plus 

threaded mounting hole 

• Underside of the base is flat 

• Magnetic force 250 N 

Order no. 4425002 

6 

ø40 

M8 x 0,75 

30 

70 x 46

- 

8-6 


Center Bench 818 

Features 

• Ideal for quick and accurate 

concentricity / run-out checks 

Bench: 

• Flatness of the surface is in 

accordance to DIN 876/1 

• Two T-slots for Tailstock and 

/ or Support Arm 

Tailstock: 

• Both Tailstocks can be 

relocated (slide into position) 

• The Tailstock on the right 

side has a retractable (spring 

actuated) 

precision aligned center 

• The Tailstocks have a peak 

height of 75 mm with a 90° 

prism for workpieces without 

a center, to a diameter of 

20 mm (0.79“) 

Support Arm 818 XNB: 

• Support arm with one joint 

• with fine adjustment 


Height of Distance Base size Lateral and/or height T-slot Weight Order no.* 

centers between centers (L x W) difference of Tailstocks width 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm mm kg 

50 (2“) 0 - 200 (0-8“) 350 x 110 0.01 10H7 8 4622200 

75 (3“) 0 - 350 (0-14“) 500 x 110 0.01 10H7 12 4622201 

100 (4“) 0 - 450 (0-18“) 700 x 180 0.01 12H7 35 4622202 

150 (6“) 0 - 450 (0-18“) 700 x 180 0.01 12H7 38 4622203 


Center Bench 818 with V-support 

V-support Base size T-slot Weight Order n. 

height (L x W) width (excludes indicating 

mm mm mm kg instrument) 

70 350 x 110 10H7 6,5 4622260 

70 500 x 110 10H7 9,5 4622261 

120 700 x 180 12H7 30 4622262 

Center Bench 818 with Roller support 

Roller support Base size T-slot Weight Bestell-Nr. 

height (L x W) width (excludes indicating 

mm mm mm kg instrument) 

70 350 x 110 10H7 6,5 4622250 

70 500 x 110 10H7 9,5 4622251 

120 700 x 180 12H7 30 4622252

+ 


8-7 

Modular Units 818 for individual center benches 

Accessories 

818 pe V-support anvils in pairs 

Center height Dia. range Order no. 

mm 

mm 

50 / 75 3 - 15 4622210 

100 8 - 45 4622211 

818 pe 

818 ab 

818 pb V-support in pairs 

Height Dia. range T-slot Order no. 

width 

mm mm mm 

70 5 - 20 10 4622215 

120 5 - 45 12 4622216 

818 pb 

818 ab Roller support in pairs 

Height Dia. range T-slot Order no. 

width 

mm mm mm 

70 3 - 20 10 4622220 

120 3 - 45 12 4622221 

Supporting table 

Center height Base size Order no. 

(L x W) 

mm 

mm 

50 350 x 110 4622265 

75 500 x 110 4622266 

100 / 150 700 x 180 4622267 

Pointed support in pairs 

Center height 

mm 

Order no. 

50 4622270 

75 4622271 

100 4622272 

150 4622273 

Support arm 818 XNB 

Center height Support Arm Order no. 

Dia. Length 

mm mm mm 

50 / 75 18 210 4622275 

100 18 260 4622276 

150 18 360 4622277

- 

8-8 


Small Comparator Stands 820 

820 N 

Features 

• Sturdy design 

• Plate is made from either 

hardened steel or black granite 

or ceramic 

• Rugged ground post made of 

stainless steel 

• Fine adjustment, consisting of 

a strong, rigid parallel spring 

assembly (Small Comparator 

Stands 820 FG and 820 FC) 

• Adjustable support arm for a 

indicating instrument 

ø25 

131 

175 

52,5 

ø50 

A 

ø8H7 

0,2/100 A 

35 a 

Indicating instruments are sold seperately 

80 

125 

820 N 


Working Flatness Fine Weight Order no.* Order no.* Remarks 

range tolerance adjustment Mount dia. Mount dia. 

a (DIN 876) range 8H7 3/8 inch 

mm (inch) Grade mm kg 

820 N 0 - 110 (0 - 4.3“) steel 00 2.6 4430000 4430018 

820 NG 0 - 130 (0 - 5.1“) granite 0 3.2 4430100 4430110 

820 FG 0 - 130 (0 - 5.1”) granite 0 ± 0.2 3.2 4431100 4431110 fine adjustment 

820 NC 0 - 110 (0 - 4.3“) ceramic 00 4.0 4432100 4432120 

820 FC 0 - 110 (0 - 4.3“) ceramic 00 ± 0.2 4.0 4433100 4433110 fine adjustment 


+ 


8-9 

Small Comparator Stands 820 

820 FC 820 FG 

820 FC 820 FG 

ø25 

12 

ø25 

12 

80 

216,5 

180 

67,5 

40 

80 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

A 

20 

58 a 

228,5 

180 

25 

67,5 

A 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

45 a 

100 

155 

100 

160 

Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for out of 

roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer to 

Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

- 

8-10 


Comparator Stands 35 B 

Features 

• Model 35B has a precision 

ground base. Indicator arms 

with and without fine adjustment 

are available. 

Models are also available 

with lapped anvils for the 

highest precision work. 

• Alternate post lengths, 

Indicators, Anvils and special 

fixturing available upon 

request. Contact Mahr 

Federal Technical Assistance 

Excludes indicating instrument. Only indicating instruments 

that have a horiziontal lug back can be used. 


Capacity Post Throat Reference Gaging Anvil Order no. 

Diameter Depth Surface Arm (w/o indicator) 

0 - 8.75“ 1.25“ 2.5“ 1 x 3“ adjustable AM-146 plain OMI-35B-21 

0 - 222 mm 31.75 mm 62.5 mm 25 x 75 mm plain AM-3 none OMI-35B-30 

adjustable AM-146 none OMI-35B-32 

adjustable AM-146 serrated OMI-35B-41 

Accessories 

Replacement Anvils 

• Anvils for Comparator Stands 35B-21 and 35B-41 are available: 

Surface is lapped flat to within .00001“ 

Fine Adjustment Arm 

• The Fine Adjust Arm is available separately to convert 35B 

Comparator Stands with plain arms 

Type Dimensions Order no. 

Range 

Order no. 

plain surface 25 x 25 x 75 mm AL-96 

(1 x 1 x 3“) 

serrated surface 25 x 25 x 75 mm AL-97 

(1 x 1 x 3“) 

1.5 mm / 0.060“ AM-146 

Readout Specification: Because of the versatility of the Series 35B and NB-60 Stands, almost any type of readout can be used. 

• With Dial or Digital Indicators having a horizontal lug back

+ 


8-11 

Comparator Stand NB-60 

Features 

• Model NB-60 and NB-61 

have the largest base and 

greatest throat depth. 

Indicator arms with and 

without fi ne adjust are 

available. Base has a pattern 

of 1/4-20 tapped holes for 

mounting platens or special 

tooling 

Excludes indicating instrument. Only 

indicating instruments that have a 

horiziontal lug back can be used. 


Capacity Post Throat Reference Gaging Anvil Order no. 

Diameter Depth Surface Arm (w/o indicator) 

0 - 8“ 1.25“ 4.88“ 9.38 x 6.5“ plain AM-10011 none OMI-NB-60 

0 - 203 mm 31.75 mm 124 mm 238 x 165 mm adjustable AM-147 none OMI-NB-61 

Accessories 

Platens 

Type Dimensions Order no. 

serrated 114 x 152 mm PL-99 

(4.5 x 6“) 

serrated 152 x 203 mm PL-147 

(6 x 8“) 

Note: (4) screws SW-1338 are required 

Fine Adjustment Arm 

• The Fine Adjust Arm is available separately to convert NB-60 

Comparator Stands with plain arms 

Range 

Order no. 

1.5 mm / 0.060“ AM-147 

Readout Specification: Because of the versatility of the Series 35B and NB-60 Stands, almost any type of readout can be used. 

• With Air Probes or Electronic Probes having a 3/8 in dia., order Mounting Adapter AAD-66

- 

8-12 


Large Comparator Stands 821 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design 

• Plate is made from lapped 

black granite 

• Heavy duty post and 

adjustable support arm for 

maximum stability 

• Support arm has a fall brake 



assembly (Large Comparator 

Stand 821FG) 

• Post made from stainless steel 

and precision ground 

ø35 

(ø50) 

ø25 

(ø30) 

240 

(330) 

12 

300 

(500) 

375 

(675) 

90-200mm 

(95-280mm) 

ø8H7 

0,2 100 A 

a 

65 

(105) 

A 

35 

(45) 

70 

(100) 

200 

(300) 

300 

(400) 

821 FG 


Working Flatness Fine Weight Order no.* Order no.* Remarks 

range tolerance adjustment Mount dia. Mount dia. 

a (DIN 876) range 8H7 3/8 inch 

mm (inch) Grade mm kg 

821 NG 0 - 250 (0 -10“) 0 - 15.8 4435100 4435150 

0 - 430 (0 -17“) 0 - 48 4435110 4435160 

821 FG 0 - 250 (0 -10“) 0 ± 0.2 15.8 4435101 4435151 Fine adjustment 

0 - 430 (0 -17“) 0 ± 0.2 48 4435111 4435161 Fine adjustment 


Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for 

out of roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer 

to Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

+ 


8-13 

Heavy Comparator Stands 824 

Features 

Basic Units 

• Sturdy, T-shaped base which 

is made from a special cast 

iron 

• Extremely stable 



assembly 

• Support arm has a rotation 

lock, height of the arm via the 

toothed rack is adjustable 

Precision Stand 824 NT 

Precision Stand 824 FT 

Precision Stand 824 GT 

Plates 

• Measuring faces are hardened 

and lapped 

• Longitudinal grooves 

• Plates for sum measurements 

have a 8H7 mm mounting 

hole for Inductive Probes 

Without fine adjustment 

With fine adjustment, consisting 

of a strong, rigid parallel spring 

assembly 

For Large Type Millimess. With 

fine adjustment by way of 

vertical movement of the 

mounting socket 


Basic Unit 

Working Fine adjust- Weight Order no.* Order no.* Order no.* 

range ment range Mount dia. Mount dia. Mount dia. 

mm (inch) mm kg 8H7 28H7 3/8 inch 

824 NT 0 - 210 (0 - 8.2“) - 17 4442100 4442105 

824 FT 0 - 210 (0 - 8.2“) ± 0.2 19 4443100 4443105 

824 GT 0 - 200 (0 - 8.0“) ± 1.5 18 4444200 

* excludes indicating instrument, 

excludes plate 

Plates 

Plate size Flatness Mounting Weight Order no. Remarks 

tolerance 

hole 

mm μm mm kg 

827 b 31 100 x 40 1 1.2 4082731 for single measurement 

827 b 32 100 x 40 1 8H7 1.0 4082732 for sum measurement 

827 b 33 130 x 130 1 2.5 4082733 for single measurement 

827 b 34 130 x 130 1 8H7 2.5 4082734 for sum measurement 

Accessories 

V-Block 108° for checking small, cylindrical work pieces for 

out of roundness and polygon errors (for further details please refer 

to Page 12-9) 

Order no. 

107 V (Single) 4229000 

(Pair) 4229001

- 

8-14 


Modular Units 827 for individual comparator stands 

For the combination of comparator stands for special tasks, to adapt 

existing stands as well as the incorporation into inspection 

equipment for all types of length measurements. 

Base with Post 

827 b 5 

ø50 

• T-shaped base which is made 

from a special cast iron 

• Post has a chrome finish 

Order no. 4082705 

400 

330 

Support Arms 

827 b 16 

ø50 

• Mounting hole 8 mm 

• Without fine adjustment 

Order no. 4082716 

827 b 17 

ø50 




assembly 

ø8H7 

ø8H7 

Order no. 4082717 

125 

125 

827 b 18 

ø28H7 

ø50 



Order no. 4082718 

827 b 19 

ø8H7 

ø50 

827 b 19 

• Support arm with dovetail 

guide 

Order no. 4082719 

12-120 

827 b 14 

• With probe holder, mounting 

hole 8 mm 

Order no. 4082714 

125 

125 

827 b 14

+ 


8-15 

Modular Units 827 for individual comparator stands 

Plates 

827 b 31 

40 

100 

40 

• For single measurement 

• Hardened and lapped 

• Reversible 

• Measuring surface has 

longitudinal grooves 

• Flatness deviation 1 μm 

Order no. 4082731 

827 b 32 

40 

100 

40 

• For sum measurement 

• Measuring surface has 

longitudinal grooves, 


• With mounting hole 

8H7 mm/ .375“ and a clamp 

for inductive probes 


Order no. 4082732 

827 b 33 

12 

40 

130 

130 

• For single measurement 

• Large measuring surfaces 

which has longitudinal grooves, 



Order no. 4082733 

827 b 34 

12 

40 

130 

130 

• For sum measurement 

• Large measuring surfaces 

which have longitudinal 

grooves, hardened and lapped 

• With mounting hole 

8H7 mm/ .375“ and a clamp 

for inductive probes 


Order no. 4082734 

Adjustable Stop 

827 b 35 

70 

• Ensures that a work piece is 

correctly positioned 

• To be attached to plates 

827 b 31 and 827 b 32 

Order no. 4082735 

Attachment Stand 

827 b 36 

ø7,5 

• With adjustment screws for 

parallel alignment of 2 plan 

surfaces 

• Particularly suitable for mounting 

Pin Gages 426 M 

• To be attached to plates 

827 b 31 and 827 b 32 

Order . 4082736

- 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments 

THE BENCHMARK OF INDICATING MEASURING INSTRUMENTS. 

MARAMETER. 

The latest information on MARAMETER products can 



Marameter is the ideal measuring instrument for highly precise measurements of internal and external diameters on either 

an individual part or on serial components. Our indicating measuring instruments obtain the best results due to their constant 

measuring force, their exact transmission lever system as well as their high parallelism on the measuring faces. For special 

measuring tasks such as threads, teeth, grooves or precision mechanical parts Marameter offers the right solution.

+ 



Indicating Measuring Instruments for Outside Dimensions, 

Indicating Snap Gages 

MaraMeter 1000 P / 300 P / 840 F / 840 FC / 840 FH / 9- 2 

840 FG / 840 FM / 840 FS 

With fixed or interchangeable measuring faces 

MaraMeter 840 E 9- 18 

For extremely high precision 

MaraMeter 852 / 852 TS / 853 9- 19 

For threads, pitches, roots, serrations 

Portable Thickness Gages 

MaraMeter 22 P / 26 P / 838 A / 838 B / 838 AB / 57 B 9- 26 

With digital and/or analog display 

Caliper Gages 

MaraMeter 49 P / 838 TA / 838 EA / 838 TI / 838 EI 9- 33 

With digital and/or analog display 

Depth Gages 

MaraMeter 65 P-40 / 75 P-30 / 837 / 75 P-30 / 75 B-1 9- 39 

Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Dimensions, 

Dimentron ® Plug Inside Diameter Gages 9- 43 

Designed for high production I.D. gaging 

MaraMeter 844 D 9- 47 

Indicating Plug Gage for rapid testing of serial components 

MaraMeter 844 K 9- 54 

Self-centering Dial Bore Gage 

Marameter 1280 P Adjustable Bore Gages 9- 59 

Superior accuracy for production and inspection 

MaraMeter 844 N 9- 62 

Self-centering Dial Bore Gage 

MaraMeter 844 Z 9- 66 

Dial Bore Gage for internal serrations

- 

9-2 


MaraMeter. Indicating Snap Gages 

OVERVIEW 

The Indicating Snap Gages MaraMeter 840 F / 300 P-1 are ideal for highly accurate and 

reliable results on cylindrical work pieces with a narrow tolerance. 

MaraMeter 840 F 

Adjustable center stop for the 

automatic alignment of the work 

piece 

Fine 

adjustment 

Measuring spindle has a 

lever controlled retraction 

and is mounted in a long 

guide way 

Rugged, 

forged steel 

frame with 

heat insulators 

The measuring faces 

have excellent flatness 

and parallelism 

Both anvils are available in either 

hardened stainless steel, carbide 

tipped or ceramic (840 FC) 

Constant measuring 

force 

MaraMeter 300 P-1 

Indicator can be rotated to read 

from front or rear of the gage. 

Patented “Channel Lock” design 

assures precisely parallel anvil surfaces 

throughout the full 25 mm / 1“ range 

of adjustment. 

0.50 mm/ .020“ Range of 

Sensitive Contact 

Large 15.5 mm / .61“ square tungsten carbide 

anvils provide flat, parallel, long-lasting working 

surfaces ensuring precision that lasts.

+ 


9-3 

Advantages of the Snap Gage 840 F compared to a Micrometer 

• Reduced Measuring 

Uncertainity 

60 

The MaraMeter Indicating 

Snap Gages have a notably 

reduced measuring 

uncertainty in comparison to 

to a Micrometer. 

50 

Micrometer 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 F 

40 

Uncertainty U in % 

30 

20 

10 

0 

15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 

Work piece tolerance in μm 

Measuring Uncertainty U is dependent upon the tolerance of the work piece 

• Better utilization of 

the tolerance zone 

Work piece tolerance = 25 μm 

Example: 

Work piece tolerance 25 μm 

TU 

Uncertainty range Range of certainty Uncertainty range 

TO 

The measured value in the 

uncertainty range can lie 

outside of the tolerance 

range, therefore the utilized 

tolerance of the micrometer is 

reduced to only 32% (8 μm). 

U = 8,5 µm 

(34%) 

8 µm = (32%) 

U = 8,5 µm 

(34%) 

With a MaraMeter Indicating 

Snap Gage 840 F, 83% 

(20.8 μm) of the work piece 

tolerance can be utilized. 

U = 2,1 µm 

(8,4%) 

20,8 µm = (83,2%) 

U = 2,1 µm 

(8,4%) 

Uncertainty Range of Uncertainty 

range certainty range 

Advantage: 

With the Indicating Snap Gage the tolerance zone can be used to far greater extent, thus reducing the 

production costs.

- 

9-4 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Outside Dimensions 

Snap Gages for Outside Diameters 1000P 

The economical way to 

check outside diameters 

on the shop floor. 

Features 

• Flat lower anvil (reference) 

adjustable over a broad range. 

• Radiused upper anvil (sensitive) 

spring-loaded to counter 

balance the weight of the 

gage. 

• 0.01 mm grads. on Metric 

Models. .0005“ grads. on Inch 

Models. 

• 0.50 mm / .020“ Range of 

Sensitive Contact. 

• Indicator can be rotated to 

read from front or rear of the 

gage. 

• Anvils are tungsten carbide for 

long life. 

1000P-3 

0.01 mm or .0005“ Dial Indicator normally furnished 


Capacity Reference Anvil Diameter Order no. Order no. 

mm (inch) mm / inch Metric Inch 

0 - 25 (0 - 1”) 13 / .50” 1000P-1M* 1000P-1* 

19 - 50 (.75 - 2” 13 / .50” 1000P-2M* 1000P-2* 

44 - 82 (1.75 - 3.25”) 13 / .50” 1000P-3M 1000P-3 

76 - 114 (3 - 4.5”) 16 / .625” 1000P-4M 1000P-4 

102 - 152 (4 - 6”) 16 / .625” 1000P-5M 1000P-5 

152 - 203 (6 - 8”) 19 / .75” 1000P-6M 1000P-6 

203 - 254 (8- 10”) 19 / .75” 1000P-7M 1000P-7 

Series 1000P gages with greater capacity, alternate Indicators, alternate contact 

configurations, or other modification to suit specific applications are available 

– contact Mahr Federal. 

* Insulated grip not available.

+ 


9-5 


Superior precision for 

O.D. checks 

Features 

• Patented “Channel Lock” 

design assures precisely 

parallel anvil surfaces 

throughout the full 25 mm / 1“ 

range of adjustment. 

• All Series 300P Snap Gages are 

fully adjustable with positive 

position locking at any point 

within the range. 

• 0.50 mm / .020“ Range of 

Sensitive Contact. 

• Snap Gages available over a 

wide range of sizes, styles, and 

readout configurations. 

• Large 15.5 mm / .61“ square 

tungsten carbide anvils 

provide flat, parallel, long 

lasting working surfaces 

ensuring precision that lasts. 

• Indicator can be rotated to 

read from front or rear of the 

gage. 

• Optional lift-lever model 

(301P) available for retracting 

the upper anvil. 

• All adjustments accomplished 

using a single hex wrench 

(furnished). 

EDI-301P-1 

BA-26 Bench Stand (not included) 


Normally Furnished Indicating Instruments 

Style Readings Snap Style Separately, Order no. 

12I/22I .0001“ Flat Anvil IDT-102/IDT-106 

O1I/P1I 0.002 mm Flat Anvil IDS-206/IDS-208 

Maxμm ® III (1) selectable (3) Flat Anvil 2033109 

Maxμm ® III (2) selectable (3) Flat Anvil 2033119 

EDI-20102 0.0005 mm / .00002“ Flat Anvil EDI-20102 

B5M/C5M .0005“ Groove Anvil IDS-101/IDS-105 

O6I/P6I 0.010 mm Groove Anvil IDS-207/IDS-209 

Maxμm ® III (1) selectable (3) Groove Anvil 2033109 

Maxμm ® III (2) selectable (3) Groove Anvil 2033119 

with Air Probe All * 

for 2500:1 

with Electronic All * 

Gage Heads 

* Call Mahr Federal. 

(1) With no Data Output 

(2) With Data Output (6 pin) 

(3) Selectable Readings — 0.001 mm / 0.005 mm / 0.0005 mm /.0001” / .0005” / .00002” 

A300P-2

- 

9-6 




Dimensions 

Meas. range b c d e 

mm / inch 

0 - 25.4 /0-1” 150/ 6” 29/ 1.16” 145/ 5.8” 158/ 6.3” 

25.4 - 50.8 /1-2” 175/ 7” 29/ 1.16” 141/ 5.6” 154/ 6.16” 

50.8 - 76.2 /2-3” 200/ 8” 29/ 1.16” 155/ 6.2” 167/ 6.7” 

76.2 - 101.6 /3-4” 226/ 9” 29/ 1.16” 167/ 6.7” 180/ 7.2” 

101.6 - 127 /4-5” 251/ 10” 29/ 1.16” 180/ 7.2” 193/ 7.7” 

127 - 152.4 /5-6” 278/ 11” 30/ 1.2” 203/ 8” 215/ 8.6” 

152.4 - 177.8 /6-7” 303/ 12” 30/ 1.2” 213/ 8.5” 226/ 9” 

177.8 - 203.2 /7-8” 329/ 13” 30/ 1.2” 231/ 9.2” 244/ 9.7” 

203.2 - 228.6 /8-9” 335/ 13.5” 30/ 1.2” 248/ 9.9” 261/ 10.4” 


Plain Anvils (Anvils included in price – choose from list below) 

No Indicator No Indicator With With With No Indicator With Dial Indicator 

Capacity with 8 mm Maxμm ® III Maxμm AirProbe ® with 8 mm adaptor No lift With lift 

mm/inch adaptor indicator indicator & lift lever lever lever 

0 - 25.4 /0-1” OMI-300P-1 2003100 EMD-300P-1 EDI-300P-1 A300P-1 2003110 300P-1 301P-1 

25.4 - 50.8 /1-2” OMI-300P-2 2003101 EMD-300P-2 EDI-300P-2 A300P-2 2003111 300P-2 301P-2 



101.6 - 127 /4-5” OMI-300P-5 2003104 EMD-300P-5 EDI-300P-5 A300P-5 2003114 300P-5 301P-5 

127 - 152.4 /5-6” OMI-300P-6 2003105 EMD-300P-6 EDI-300P-6 A300P-6 2003115 300P-6 301P-6 



203.2 - 229 /8-9” OMI-300P-9 2003108 EMD-300P-9 EDI-300P-9 A300P-9 2003118 300P-9 301P-9 

Blade Anvils (Anvils included in price – choose from list below) 

0 - 25.4 /0-1” OMI-300P-31 EMD-300P-31 EDI-300P-31 A300P-31 300P-31 301P-31 

25.4 - 50.8 /1-2” OMI-300P-32 EMD-300P-32 EDI-300P-32 A300P-32 300P-32 301P-32 



101.6 - 127 /4-5” OMI-300P-35 EMD-300P-35 EDI-300P-35 A300P-35 300P-35 301P-35 

Larger capacities available on request. 

To specify Metric models, add suffix “M” to the Model number. To specify Digital Output, add suffix “D” to Model numbers of EMD-300P and 

EMD-301P Series Gages. To specify both, add suffix “MD” to Model numbers of EMD-300P and EMD-301P Series Gages. 

Examples: 300P-2 specifies a Snap Gage with a 12I (.0001“ grad.) Dial Indicator, 25-50 mm / 1-2“ capacity. 

EMD-301P-33D specifies a Groove Diameter Snap Gage with lift lever, 50-76 mm / 2-3“ capacity, AL-110 Blade Anvils, 2033119 (selectable 

units and resolution) MaxμmIII Indicator with Digital Output

+ 


9-7 


Accessories 

BA-71 

Bench Stand for Disc Masters 

Groove Diameter Snap Gages – One pair of anvil inserts must be 

specified with each gage. Stocked anvils (shown below) are hardened 

steel. If no other anvils are specified, AL-110 will be provided. 

Order no. 

Anvil Inserts – For all Series 300P-30 and 301P-30 groove gages 

(2 required per gage). 

Bench Stand for Gages 

Clamps 300P and 1000P Series Gages firmly. 

A 6.4 mm / 0.25“ mounting hole allows 

permanent fastening to bench surface. 

Bench Stand for Disc Masters 

Holds any AGD style 3 Disc up to 127 mm / 5“ 

diameter and 27 mm / 1.12“ wide. 

Two 6.4 mm / 0.25“ mounting holes allow 

permanent fastening to bench surface 

BA-26 

BA-71 

AL-107 AL-108 AL-109 AL-110 

Gaging pressure options 

For EMD, OMI and Dial Indicator models Lighter SP-192 

Heavier SP-118 

For EDI models only Lighter 2243295 

Heavier 2243297 

Anvil Inserts 

Plain Anvil Options 

Front View 

Blade Anvils 

Width Depth Order no. 

mm / inch mm / inch Steel T.C. 

0.25 / .010” 0.76 / .030” AL-107 AL-1741 

0.69 / .027” 1.02 / .040” AL-108 AL-1742 

1.12 / .044” 4.83 / .19” AL-109 AL-1743 

2.13 / .084” 6.35 / .25” AL-110* AL-1744 

* normally provided

- 

9-8 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 F / 840 FC MaraMeter F 

Features 

• For cylindrical parts such as 

shafts, bolts and spindles, for 

thickness and length 

measurements 

• Rugged, forged steel frame 



in long guide way with levercontrolled 

retraction 

• Anvil spindle can easily be fine 

adjusted 

• Measuring spindle and anvil 


hardened stainless steel, 

carbide-tipped or ceramic 

(840 FC) measuring faces 

• Adjustable center stop for 

automatic alignment 

• Maximum wear resistance due 

to non-contact positioning in 

conjunction with carbidetipped 


• Constant measuring force as 

a result of built-in spring, thus 

eliminating user influence 

• Universally applicable and 

extremely versatile. Each 

instrument spans a broad 

measuring range, within this 

range any dimension and fit 

can be very quickly and 

easily adjusted 


Steel flat contact points 903 


Measuring range Repeatability Distance of Measuring Measuring face Order no.* Order no. 

moveable anvil force** Flatness Parallelism 

Wooden 

mm (inch) f w μm mm N μm μm 

case 

840 F 0 - 25 (0 - 1“) 0.5 2 7.5 0.2 1 4450000 4450010 

25 - 60 (1 -2.36“) 0.5 2 7.5 0.2 2 4450001 4450011 

50 - 100 (2 -4“) 1 2.5 7.5 0.2 2 4450002 4450012 

100 - 150 (4 -6“) 1 2.5 7.5 0.2 2 4450003 4450013 

150 - 200 (1 -2.36“) 1 2.5 7.5 0.2 2 4450004 4450014 

840 FC 0 - 25 (0 -1“) 1 2 7.5 0.2 1 4450100 4450010 

25 - 60 (1 -2.36“) 1 2 7.5 0.2 2 4450101 4450011 

* Excludes indicating instrument ** Further measuring forces are available on request

l 

+ 


9-9 

Indicating Instruments 

All indicating instruments that has a 8 mm mounting shank may be used. Recommended are: 

Dial Comparator Readings Order no. 

mm / inch mm / inch 

Compramess 1004 / 1004 Z 5 μm / .0001“ 4333000 / 4333900 

Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm / .00005“ 4334000 / 4334900 

Millimess 1003 XL 2 μm 4334001 

Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm / .00002“ 4335000 / 4335900 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm / .00001“ 

0.5 μm / .00002“ 4346000* 

1 μm / .00005“ 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm / .00001“ 

0.5 μm / .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm / .00005“ 

μMaxμm .0005 mm / .00002“ EDI-20302* 

Digital Indicators see Chapter 5 

Electrical Indicating Instruments see Chapter 7 

* 230 V, for 115 V please refer to page 6-5 

** requires contact 4360107 

2000 

1003 

k 

h 

Meas. range 0 - 25 25 - 60 50 - 100 100 - 150 150 - 200 

mm 

e 

a 

d 

b 

c 

g 

f 

a* 5 5 6.5 6.5 6.5 

b 97 140 193 258 316 

c 34 68 110 162 212 

d 8 9 10 12 12 

e 54 60 60 70 75 

f 65 77 103 141 171 

g 12 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 13 12 12 

k 23 25 28 31 31 

l 14 30 54 81 106 

* In initial position 

Accessories 

Reference Discs 390 see Chapter 13 

Gage Blocks see Chapter 13 

Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-15

l 

- 

9-10 


Indicating Snap Gage 840 FH with interchangeable anvils 

840 FH 

Features 

• Measuring spindle and 

anvil spindle have precision 

tapered bores for mounting 

interchangeable anvils 40 He 


shafts, bolts and spindles 





retraction 


adjusted 


spindle and both made from 


• Maximum wear resistance 

due to non-contact 

positioning 


as a result of built-in spring, 

thus eliminating user influence 

• Universally applicable 

• All kinds of measurement 

problems can be solved 

with the broad range of 



Steel flat contact points 903, 

spanner DIN 902-3.5 


Measuring range* Repeatability Distance of moveable 

anvil 

Measuring 

force 

mm (inch) f w μm mm N 

Order no.* 

Order no. 

Wooden 

case 

840 FH 0 - 30 (0 - 1.18“) 1 2 7.5 4451000 4510010 

30 - 80 (1.18 -3“) 1 2.5 7.5 4451005 4510011 

* Measuring is dependent upon the length of the anvils being used 

** Excludes indicating instrument (and anvils) 

k 

Meas. range 840 FH 

m (mm) 0 - 30 30 - 80 

e 

d 

n 

a 

m 

c 

b 

h 

g 

f 

a* 12.5 7.5 

b 140 193 

c 68 110 

d 9 10 

e 60 60 

f 77 103 

g 13 13 

h 13 13 

k 25 28 

l 34 59 

n** 2 2.5 


** Distance of moveable anvil

+ 


9-11 

Indicating Snap Gage 840 FH with interchangeable anvils 

with tapered shank 

Catalog no. Features Order no. 

ø4 

40 He 0H* Flat faces 4152036 

40 He 1 Stepped flat faces 4152011 

40 He 1H* Stepped flat faces 4152033 

ø7,5 

10 

40 He 0H 

40 He 2 Stepped flat faces 4152012 

40 He 2H* Stepped flat faces 4152032 

40 He 3 Discs 4152013 

ø1 

2 

40 He 1 

40 He 4 Discs with V-groove 4152014 

40 He 5 Blades 4152015 

40 He 6 Offset blades 4152016 

ø2 

6 

40 He 2 

40 He 7 Recessed blades 4152017 

40 He 8 Recessed flat faces with 

V-grooves on sleeve 4152018 

40 He 9 Recessed flat faces with 

slip on support 4152019 

40 He 10 With clearance bores 4152020 

ø5 

ø2 

90° 

40 He 3 

40 He 4 

40 He 11 Point 4152021 

* Carbide version 

R 0,25 

40 He 5 


ø2 

All indicating instruments that has a 8 mm mounting shank may be 

used. Recommended are: 

4 

40 He 6 


mm / inch 

mm / inch 

R 0,25 

Compramess 1004 / 1004 Z 5 μm/ .0001“ 4333000/4333900 

Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4335000/4335900 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346000* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

μMaxμm 

.0005 mm/ .00002“ EDI-20302* 



* 230 V, for 115 V please refer to page 6-5 ** requires contact 4360107 

ø2 

ø2 

0,25 

4 

4 

60° 

4 

ø2 

40 He 7 

40 He 8 

40 He 9 

Accessories 

Spanner (Included in scope of supply) 

for 840 FH, to loosen anvils 

Order no. 4880210 


ø1,5 

R 0,25 

5 

40 He 10 

40 He 11 



l 

- 

9-12 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FG with interchangeable anvils 

840 FG 

Features 

• Measuring spindle and 

anvil spindle have a M 2.5 

connection thread, thus 

enabling the use of interchangeable 

anvils that are also 

used in dial indicators and dial 

comparators 


shafts, bolts and spindles 





retraction 


adjusted 


spindle and both made from 




positioning 




• Universally applicable 

• All kinds of measurement 

problems can be solved 

with the broad range of 




Technische Daten 

Measuring range* Repeatability Distance of moveable Measuring 

anvil 

force 

mm (inch) f w μm mm N 

Order no.* 

Order no. 

Wooden 

case 

840 FH 0 - 50 (0 - 2“) 0.5 2 7.5 4454000 4510010 

40 - 90 (1.57 - 3.57“) 0.5 2.5 7.5 4454001 4510011 

* Measuring is dependent upon the length of the anvils being used 

** Excludes indicating instrument (and anvils) 

k 

Meas. range 840 FG 

m (mm) 0 - 50 40 - 90 

e 

n 

a 

m 

m+10mm 

c 

b 

d 

h 

g 

f 

a* 5 6.5 

b 140 193 

c 68 110 

d 9 10 

e 60 60 

f 77 103 

g 13 14 

h 13 13 

k 25 28 

l 34 59 

n** 2 2.5 


** Distance of moveable anvil

l 

l 

l 

+ 


9-13 

Interchangeable Anvils for Indicating Snap Gage 840 FG 

Catalog no. Features 

Order no. 

901 H Standard contact point with 

carbide ball, ball dia. 3 mm 4360002 

902 H Spherical contact point, 

with carbide face, 

R = 6 mm 

Length l in mm 

10 4360041 

15 4360043 

20 4360044 

6 5 

901 H 

M 2,5 

R 1,5 

904 H 

902 H 

M 2,5 

R 6 

906 H 

903 H 

M 2,5 

Ø4 

903 H* Flat contact point, carbide tipped 


6 4360101 

10 4360103 

15 4360105 

20 4360106 

904 H Conical contact point, 

carbide tipped 4360131 

907 

10 

M 2,5 

30° 

R 0,3 

908 H 

d 

M 2,5 

911 H 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

M 2,5 

906 H Ball Contact Points 

with carbide ball, 

manufacuring tolerance ball dia. 0/-6 μm 

Ball dia. d l Order Ball dia. d l Order 

mm mm no. mm mm no. 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 





mm / inch 

mm / inch 


Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4335000/4335900 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346000* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

μMaxμm 

.0005 mm/ .00002“ EDI-20302* 




ø11,3 

5 

Catalog no. Features 

Accessories 

R30 

ø12 

5 



Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-15 

10 

ø1 

2 

Order no. 

907 Flat contact plates* 

steel, dia. 11.3 mm, A = 1 cm 2 4360200 

907 H Flat contact plates*, carbide tipped, 

dia. 7 mm 4360201 

908 Spherical contact plates, steel 4360210 

908 H Spherical contact plates, 

carbide tipped 4360211 

911 H Pin contact point, carbide tipped, 

dia. 1 mm, plan 4360240 

* When using a flat contact plate the opposite facing anvil must be a 

spherical contact plate.

- 

9-14 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FM MaraMeter M with measuring jaws 

W k 

Features 

• For diameters of small hubs, 

registers, shoulders on shafts 

and groove widths as well as 

for tooth span Wk as indirect, 

reference-free determination of 

tooth thickness on spur gears 

with straight and helical teeth 





retraction 


adjusted 


to non-contact positioning 

in conjunction with carbidetipped 



spindle made of hardened 

stainless steel; with 

extending carbide-tipped 

measuring jaws 





extremely versatile, each 


measuring range, within 

this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly 

and easily adjusted 




Measuring range Repeatability Measuring Measuring face Tooth span Order no.* 

force Area Flatness Parallelism measurements 

mm (inch) f w μm N mm μm μm as per module m 

Order no. 

Wooden 

case 

840 FM 0 - 40 (0 - 1.57“) 1 7.5 12 x 12 0.5 2 0.5 4452000 4450011 

40 - 80 (1.57 - 3“) 1 7.5 12 x 12 0.5 3 0.5 4452001 4450012 

80 - 130 (3 - 5“) 1 9 15 x 17 0.5 3 1.0 4452002 4450013 

130 - 180 (5 - 7“) 1 9 15 x 17 0.5 3 1.0 4452003 4450014 

* Excludes indicating instrument 

Dimensions 

Meas. range (mm) 0 - 40 40 - 80 80 - 130 130 - 180 

Dist mov. anvil (mm) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 

e 

l 

k 

h 

f 

a* 14 14 19 15 

b 140 193 258 316 

c 68 110 162 212 

e 60 60 70 75 

f 77 103 141 171 

g 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 12 12 

k 25 28 31 31 

l 34 59 87 112 

m 12 12 17 17 

p 12 12 15 15 

t 11 11 17 17 

a 

n 

m 

c 

b 

t 

p 

g 


Accessories 

Indicating instruments, see Page 9-9 




+ 


9-15 

Accessories for Dial Indicators and Dial Comparators 

Holder 840 Fk for Dial Indicators and Dial Comparators 

840 Fk 

• For attaching to the following 

measuring instruments 

840 F/FC, 840 FH, 840 FG, 

840 FM and 852 

• Straight transfer of the spindle 

movement to the indicator 

• Following the Abbe principle 

allows an even higher degree 

of accuracy than the already 

excellent level obtained with 

the standard set-up employing 

90° transmission 

• When the indicating 

instrument is in the shown 

position it is often easier to 

read 

• For stationary application 

when in conjunction with the 

Stand 840 Ff 

Catalog no. Suitable for instruments with measuring ranges (mm) Order no. 

840 F/FC 840 FH 840 FG 840 FM 852 

840 Fk/1 0 - 25 4450050 

840 Fk/2 25 - 60 0 - 30 0 - 50 0 - 40 0 - 45 4450051 

840 Fk/3 50 - 100 30 - 80 40 - 90 40 - 80 45 - 85 4450052 

100 - 150 80 - 130 85 - 140 

840 Fk/4 { 4450053 

150 - 200 130 - 180 140 - 190 } 

Stand 840 Ff 

• For stationary application in 

conjunction with the following 

measuring instruments 

840 F/FC, 840 FH, 840 FG, 

840 FM, 840 E and 852 

• User has both hands free for 

insertion of work piece and 

retraction of moving spindle 

• Indicating instrument is always 

in operator’s fi eld of vision 

• Rugged, rigid cast-iron stand 

with clamp for locking the 

indicating snap gage 

• Indicating snap gage is locked 

in mounting hole for dial 

comparator 

• Only in conjunction with 

Holder 840 Fk 

840 Ff 

Catalog no. Suitable for instruments with measuring ranges (mm) Order no. 

840 F/FC 840 FH 840 FG 840 FM 840 E 852 

840 Ff 0 - 25 

{ 25 - 60 

0 - 30 0 - 50 0 - 40 0 - 25 0 - 45 4450020

- 

9-16 


Indicating Snap Gages 840 FS MaraMeter S 

Features 

• For all kinds of cylindrical work pieces, whether directly on a 

machine tool or in the production control 

• Rigid frame; convenient handle with heat insulators open on one 

end to eliminate heat transfer from user’s hand 

• Both spindles are made of hardened stainless steel and mounted in 

long guide ways 

• Carbide-tipped measuring faces slightly chamfered at the front to 

facilitate positioning 

• Projects over width of frame for measurement of narrow registers 

or when measuring directly at shoulders 

• Maximum accuracy. Straight transfer of spindle movement to 

indicator. During the measurement, the weight of the gage rests on 

the anvil spindle 

• Adjustable center stop for automatic alignment 

• Indicating instrument is protected against possible impact during 

handling by a laterally projecting guard 

• Direct indication and evaluation of measurement results 

• Universally applicable and extremely versatile, each instrument 

spans a broad measuring range, within this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly and easily adjusted 

• Constant measuring force as a result of built-in spring, thus 



Wooden case up to 300 mm, allen key 


Measuring range Repeatability Measuring Distance of Measuring faces Weight Order no.* 

f w 

force moveable anvil Flatness Parallelism 

mm (inch) μm N mm μm μm kg 

840 FS 10 - 30 (.39 - 1.18“) 1 13.5 0.7 0.5 3 0.6 4455000 

840 FS 30 - 60 (1.18 - 2.36“) 1 13.5 0.7 0.5 3 0.9 4455001 

840 FS 60 - 100 (2.36 - 4“) 1 13.5 0.7 0.5 3 1.3 4455002 

840 FS 100 - 150 (4 - 6“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 3 1.7 4455003 

840 FS 150 - 200 (6 - 8“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 3 2.0 4455004 

840 FS 200 - 250 (8 - 10“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 3 2.2 4455005 

840 FS 250 - 300 (10 - 12“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 3 2.5 4455006 

840 FS 300 - 350 (12 - 14“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 4 3.3 4455007 

840 FS 350 - 400 (14 - 16“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 4 3.3 4455008 

840 FS 400 - 450 (16 - 18“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 4 4.3 4455009 

840 FS 450 - 500 (18 - 20“) 1 15 0.7 0.5 4 4.7 4455010 

* Excludes indicating instrument

+ 


9-17 


Dimensions 

a 

Meas. range dia. d a b c e f g h 

mm 

c 

b 

d 

e 

f 

10 - 30 18 37 46 154 87 161 17 15 

30 - 60 18 45 51 199 122 196 17 15 

60 - 100 22 56 62 260 154 228 20 18 

100 - 150 22 71 62 335 189 263 20 18 

150 - 200 22 71 62 385 214 288 20 18 

200 - 250 22 71 62 436 248 322 20 18 

250 - 300 22 71 62 487 280 354 20 18 

300 - 350 22 71 62 537 310 384 20 18 

350 - 400 22 71 62 587 350 424 20 18 

400 - 450 22 71 62 637 380 454 20 18 

450 - 500 22 71 62 687 410 484 20 18 

g 

h 

Accessories 







Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4335000/4335900 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346000* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

μMaxμm 

.0005 mm/ .00002“ EDI-20302* 




2000 1003

- 

9-18 


Electronic Snap Gage 840 E MaraMeter E for extremely high accuracy 

Features 

• Inductive measuring system incorporated directly into frame 

• Readings selectable down to 0.01 μm 

• Rugged, forged steel frame with heat insulators 

• Measuring spindle mounted in extra long guideway with levercontrolled 

retraction 

• Anvil spindle can easily be fine adjusted 

• Measuring spindle and anvil spindle made of hardened stainless 

steel; measuring faces carbide-tipped 

• Adjustable center stop for automatic alignment 

• Extremely accurate due to the straight transfer of spindle 

movement to the inductive measuring system according to the 

Abbe principle 

• Universally applicable and extremely versatile, each instrument 

spans a broad measuring range, within this range any dimension 

and fit can be very quickly and easily adjusted 

• Maximum wear resistance due to non-contact positioning in 

conjunction with carbide-tipped measuring faces 

• Constant measuring force as a result of built-in spring, thus 



Measuring Readings / Measuring Meas. faces Repeatability Meas. faces Order no. Order no. 

range Resolution force 

(without indicating Wooden case 

adjustable to* 

dia. 

f w Parallelism 

instrument) 

mm μm N mm μm μm 

0 - 25 0.01 4.5 7.5 ≤ 0.1 ≤ 0.3 4453000 4453010 

* Depending upon which indicating instrument is being used 

Accessories 



Stand 840 Ff see Page 9-15 

Recommended indicating instruments: 

Electrical indicating instruments; recommended are C 1216M, 

C 1208M and 1240; please refer to Chapter 7 

C 1208M 

1240

+ 


9-19 

Indicating Bench Snap Gage 852 TS 

Features 

Applications 





outside diameters of all kinds 

of external threads as well as 

serrations 

• For thickness and length 

measurement 

• Particularly suited for batch 

produced parts 

• Rugged steel frame, can be 

inclined up to 45° from the 

sturdy base 



hardened stainless steel, 

with mounting bore for 

insertion of interchangeable 

anvils 

• Anvil spindle can easily be 

fine adjusted 

• Height adjustable stop 





extremely versatile, each 



• Scope of supply: 

TC-tipped -anvils 

dia. D= 3.5 mm, 

Dial Comparator 1003 


5 

5,5* 

ø 3,5 

0 - 80 

5 

ø 10 

526 x 15 

102 

110 

47 

Retraction Measuring force Measuring face 

Measuring range** Repeatability 

f w Parallelism 

mm (inch) μm mm N μm 

Accessories 

140 x 80 

0 - 80 (0 - 4“) 1 1.2 6.5 ≤ 2 

Mounting dia. 

Order no. 

8 mm 4510030*** 

8 mm 4510031 + 

.375“ 4510035 + 

* In initial position ** Depending upon which anvils are being used *** Delivery with a different indicating instrument is available upon request 

+ Excludes indicating instrument, order indicating instrument seperately. 

Order no. 

Standard TC-tipped anvils, 4510840 

Pair dia. D= 3.5 mm 

Interchangeable Anvils please refer to Pages 9--22 to 9-24 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-14

l 

- 

9-20 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Threads 

Indicating Thread Snap Gage 852 

Features 


outside diameters of all kinds 

of external threads as well as 

serrations 





retraction 


adjusted 



hardened stainless steel, with 

mounting bore for insertion of 


• Adjustable center stop for 

automatic alignment 



positioning 





extremely versatile. each 






Measuring force Order no.** Order no. 

Measuring range* 

Repeatability 

f w wooden case 

mm (inch) μm N 

0 - 45 (0 - 1.77“) 1 7.5 4510000 4510010 

45 - 85 (1.77 - 3.34“) 1 7.5 4510001 4510011 

85 - 140 (3.34 - 5.51“) 1 9 4510002 4510012 

140 - 190 (5.51 - 7.48“) 1 9 4510003 4510013 

* Depending upon which anvils are being used, purchase seperately 

** Excludes indicating instrument and anvils 

k 

h 

Meas. range m (mm) 0-45 45-85 85-140 140-190 

Dist mov. anvil n (mm) 2 2.5 2.5 2.5 

e 

n 

a 

m 

c 

b 

g 

f 

a* 13 8 10 6 

b 140 193 258 316 

c 68 110 162 212 

e 60 60 70 75 

f 77 103 141 171 

g 13 14 16 16 

h 13 13 12 12 

k 25 28 31 31 

l 34 59 87 112 

a* = In initial position

+ 

9-21 








Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4335000/4335900 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346000* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

μMaxμm 

.0005 mm/ .00002“ EDI-20302* 

2000 




1003 

Accessories 

Interchangeable Anvils please refer to Pages 9-19 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-14 

Holder 840 Fk and Stand 840 Ff (for 0-45 mm) see Page 9-15

f 

- 

9-22 


Indicating Thread Snap Gage 853 for taps 

Features 

• For pitch, root and outside 

diameters on taps in 

conjunction with interchangeable 

anvils 

• Measuring spindle mounted in 

long guideway, levercontrolled 

retraction with 

mounting bore for interchangeable 

anvils 


spindle are made of hardened 

stainless steel 

• Further features are similar 

to the model 852; for details 

please refer to Page 9-16 



• Anvil spindle adjustable with 

thumbscrew via worm and 

rack, for mounting interchangeable 

support yokes 

Technische Daten 


Repeatability 

Measuring force Order no.* Order no. 

f w Wooden 

mm (inch) μm N 

case 

1.2 - 35 (.04 - 1.37“) 2 7.5 4511000 4511020 

35 - 75 (1.37 - 3“) 2 7.5 4511001 4511021 

* Excludes indicating instrument and tje support yokes 853 q 

m 

h 

Interchangeable Support Yokes 853 q 

Depending upon the number of flutes, allowance has to be made 

for a compensation factor when reading the result. See table below: 

Cat. no. No. of fl utes For meas. Compens. Order no. 

of taps range factor** 

mm 

853 qk 3 3 1.2 - 35 x 1 4511024 

853 qk 5 5 1.2 - 35 x 1.34 4511026 

853 qk 7 7 1.2 - 35 x 1.42 4511028 

853 qg 3 3 35 - 75 x 1 4511025 

853 qg 5 5 35 - 75 x 1.34 4511027 

853 qg 7 7 35 - 75 x 1.42 4511029 

** Allowance is to be made for other compensation methods when using the 

Holder 840 Fk 




Readings 

Order no. 

MarCator 810S 0.001 mm 4311000 

Compramess 1004/1004 Z 5 μm/ .0001“ 4333000/4333900 

Zentimess 1010/1010 Z 0.01 mm/.0005“ 4332000/4332900 

MarCator 1087/1087 Z 1 μm / .00005“ 4337060/4337070 

e 

Accessories 

n 

a 

Meas. range m (mm) 1.2-35 35-75 

Dist mov. anvil n (mm) 8 8 

Dial Comparators see Page 9-1x 

Recommendations: 810 S (see Page 5-32), 1010, 1004 

Interchangeable Anvils see from Pages 9-23 to 9-24 

Thread Setting Plug Gages see Page 13-20 

c 

b 

a* 12 11.5 

b 152 192 

c 66 110 

e 60 65 

f 98 125 

g 14 14 

h 11.5 14 

a* = In initial position 

g

+ 


9-23 

Interchangeable Anvils for 852, 852 TS and 853 

For pitch, root and outside diameters. Special wear-resistant 

hardened steel. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring 

which ensures locking while permitting rotation in bore of indicating 

snap gages. 

15,5 

ł3,5 

Sets consist of: 


852 - 1 V-anvil and 1 blade 

853 - 1 V-anvil and 2 radiused 

blades 


852 - 1 V-anvil and 1 blade 

853 - 1 V-anvil and 2 blades 


852 - 2 flat-face anvils 

853 - 3 flat-face anvils 

Anvils for pitch diameters for 852 and 852 TS 



range 

range 

mm Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. 

0.2* 4173007 4173707 40 - 32 4173043 4173743 60 - 48 4173113 4173813 

0.25* 4173008 4173708 32 - 24 4173044 4173744 48 - 40 4173114 4173814 

0.3* 4173009 4173709 24 - 18 4173045 4173745 40 - 32 4173115 4173815 

0.35* 4173010 4173710 18 - 14 4173046 4173746 32 - 24 4173116 4173816 

0.4* 4173011 4173711 14 - 10 4173047 4173747 24 - 18 4173117 4173817 

0.45* 4173012 4173712 10 - 7 4173048 4173748 18 - 14 4173118 4173818 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4173700 7 - 4.5 4173049 4173749 14 - 10 4173119 4173819 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4173701 4.5 - 3 4173050 4173750 10 - 7 4173120 4173820 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4173702 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179410 7 - 4.5 4173121 4173821 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4173703 4.5 - 3 4173122 4173822 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4173704 

5 - 7 4173005 4173705 

7 - 9 4173006 4173706 

Anvils for pitch diameters for Indicating Thread Snap Gage 853 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) American 

UST thread (60°) 


range 

range 


0.2 4173051 4174007 40 - 32 4173043 4176043 60 - 48 4173124 4176113 

0.25 4173052 4174008 32 - 24 4173044 4176044 48 - 40 4173125 4176114 

0.3 4173053 4174009 24 - 18 4173045 4176045 40 - 32 4173115 4176115 

0.35 4173054 4174010 18 - 14 4173046 4176046 32 - 24 4173116 4176116 

0.4 4173055 4174011 14 - 10 4173047 4176047 24 - 18 4173117 4176117 

0.45 4173056 4174012 10 - 7 4173048 4176048 18 - 14 4173118 4176118 

0.5 - 0.7 4173000 4174000 7 - 4.5 4173049 4176049 14 - 10 4173119 4176119 

0.7 - 1 4173001 4174001 4.5 - 3 4173050 4176050 10 - 7 4173120 4176120 

1.25 - 2 4173002 4174002 3 - 2.5 4179408 4179411 7 - 4.5 4173121 4176121 

2 - 3.5 4173003 4174003 4.5 - 3 4173122 4176122 

3.5 - 5 4173004 4174004 

5 - 7 4173005 4174005 

7 - 9 4173006 4174006 

Carbide anvils for 852, 852TS and 853 

1.25 - 2 4511105 4511104 

2 - 3.5 4511108 4511107 

3.5 - 5 4511140 4511139 

5 - 7 4511142 4511141 

* V-anvil covers 3 pitches

- 

9-24 


Interchangeable Anvils for 852, 852 TS and 853 


Each pitch requires a separate V-anvil. 

Blade can be used for several pitches. 

15,5 

ł3,5 

Anvils for root diameters 

Metric thread (60°) Whitworth thread (55°) American UST-thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade The same anvils are to be used as with 

range the Whitworth-thread (55°). 

mm Order no. Order no. tpi Order no. Order no. 

0.5 4173213 40 4173331 

0.6 4173214 36 4173321 4173833 

0.7 4173215 32 4173332 

0.75 4173216 4173719 28 4173333 

0.8 4173217 26 4173335 

0.9 4173218 24 4173336 

1 4173219 22 4173337 4173840 

1.25 4173221 20 4173338 

1.5 4173222 4173723 19 4173339 

1.75 4173223 18 4173340 

2 4173225 16 4173342 4173843 

2.5 4173226 4173727 14 4173343 

3 4173227 12 4173345 4173847 

3.5 4173229 11 4173346 

4 4173230 4173731 10 4173347 

4.5 4173231 9 4173349 4173851 

5 4173233 8 4173350 

5.5 4173234 4173735 7 4173451 

6 4173235 6 4173453 

7 4173237 5 4173454 4173855 

8 4173238 4173739 4.5 4173455 

9 4173239 4 4173457 

3.5 4173458 4173860 

3.25 4173459 

3 4173460 


Anvil 40 Za, flat 

Measuring face dia. 

with 853 smallest 

measurable O.D. dia. 

7.5 mm 

5 mm 

15,5 

ł3,5 

Hardened steel Order no. 4173210 

Carbide tipped Order no. 4511190 

ł7,5

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Gear Testing 

9-25 

Interchangeable Anvils for 852 and 852 TS 

Ball Anvils 

For measuring gears and for special applications. Carbide ball. With 

cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring. 

For mounting into mounting bores of thread micrometers 

40 Z and 852. 

ød 

H 

15,5 

ø3,5 

Shank dia. 

3.5 mm 

Shank length 15.5 mm 

Manufacturing tolerance 

Ball dia. 

± 2 μm 

dia. d H Order no. 

mm mm 

0.5 5.0 4179150 

0.551 5.1 4179151 

0.62 5.1 4179152 

0.623 5.1 4179153 

0.63 5.1 4179154 

0.722 5.2 4179155 

0.862 5.4 4179156 

0.895 5.4 4179157 

0.965 5.5 4179158 

1 5.5 4170550 

1.1 5.6 4179159 

1.118 5.6 4179160 

1.125 5.6 4179161 

1.25 5.8 4170551 

1.35 5.9 4179162 

1.372 5.9 4179163 

1.385 5.9 4179164 

1.5 6.0 4170552 

1.524 6.0 4179165 

1.54 6.0 4179166 

1.6 6.1 4179167 


mm mm 

1.65 6.2 4179168 

1.7 6.2 4179169 

1.75 6.3 4170553 

1.782 6.3 4179170 

1.8 6.3 4179171 

1.829 6.3 4179172 

1.9 6.4 4179173 

2 6.5 4170554 

2.032 6.5 4170568 

2.2 6.7 4170569 

2.25 6.8 4170564 

2.284 6.8 4179174 

2.386 6.9 4179175 

2.438 6.9 4179176 

2.5 7.0 4170556 

2.667 7.2 4179177 

2.704 7.2 4179178 

2.713 7.2 4179179 

2.721 7.2 4179180 

2.743 7.2 4179181 

2.75 7.3 4170565 

3 7.5 4170557 


mm mm 

3.048 7.5 4179182 

3.2 7.7 4170570 

3.25 7.8 4170566 

3.4 7.9 4179183 

3.5 8.0 4170558 

3.658 8.2 4179184 

3.7 8.2 4170571 

4 8.5 4170559 

4.5 9.0 4170560 

4.835 9.3 4179185 

5 9.5 4170561 

5.25 9.8 4179186 

5.486 10.0 4179187 

5.5 10.0 4170562 

6 10.5 4170563 

6.096 10.6 4179188 

6.35 10.9 4179189 

6.5 11.0 4170567 

7 11.5 4170572 

8 12.5 4170573 

9 13.5 4170574 

10 14.5 4170575 

Further sizes are available upon request (material: steel) 

Roller Blades 

For measuring gears and for special applications. The measuring 

roller is made of carbide. 

To be mounted in the mounting bores of the 40 Z and 852. 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 


Ball dia. 

d 

3.5 mm 

15.5 mm 

H 

± 2 μm 

dia. d Dimension H Dimension B Order no. 

mm mm dia. mm 

1 5.5 5 4510200 

1.25 5.8 5 4510201 

1.5 6.0 5 4510202 

1.75 6.3 5 4510203 

2 6.5 5.5 4510204 

2.5 7.0 5.5 4510206 

3 7.5 5.5 4510207 

3.5 8.0 5.5 4510208 

4 8.5 5.5 4510209 

4.5 9.0 5.5 4510210 

5 9.5 6 4510211 

5.5 10.0 6 4510212 

6 10.5 6 4510213 

B 

Further sizes are available upon request (material: steel)

- 

9-26 


Portable Thickness Gages 22 P 

Portable measurement of sheet materials and small parts 

Features 

• Indicator built into gage frame 

for maximum ruggedness. 

• Lift-lever for one-hand 

operation. 

• Continuous reading dials 

with revolution counter for 

absolute measurement of thin 

materials, plastic films, a small 

parts. 

• 6.3 mm/ .25“ diameter, flat 

steel contacts. 

22P-15 

• XLI Models (with μMaxμm ® 

XL Digital Indicator) can be 

Left/Right hand operated or 

front mounted and used with 

BA-26 Stand for bench 

applications. 

XLI-22P-20 with XLI-20000 μMaxμm XL 

Digital Indicator (front mounted) and 

BA-26 Stand (Stand not included) 

XLI-22P-20 with XLI-20000 

μMaxμm XL Digital Indicator 


Metric Inch Capacity Throat Depth Graduation 

mm / inch 

mm / inch 

22P-10M 22P-11 0 - 2.54 / 0-.10” 28.6 / 1.13” .002 / .0001” 

22P-15M 22P-15 0 - 12.70 / 0-.50” 50 / 2” .01 / .001” 

22P-20M 22P-20 0 - 25 / 0-1” 50 / 2” .01 / .001” 

XLI-22P-20 25 / 0-1” 50 / 2” .001 / .00005” 

(Resolution)

+ 


9-27 

Portable Thickness Gages 26 P 

Features 

• Push-down movement. 

• Molded body fits shape of 

hand; built-in indicator. 

• Gage is normally open for 

easy part entry. Push-down 

button to close the contacts. 

• Rugged and compact for 

roving inspection. 

26P-7 

• 6.3 mm / .25“ diameter, flat 

steel contacts. 


Metric Inch Capacity Throat Depth Graduation 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

26P-7M 26P-7 0-7.6 / 0-.30” 16 / .63” .01 / .001”

- 

9-28 


Portable Thickness Gages 838 

838 A 838 B 

Features 

• Rugged sturdy frame made from hard aluminum 

• Built-in Digital or Dial Indicator 

• With a lifting lever for the moveable upper measuring spindle 

• Convenient heat insulated handle, open at one end 

• Versions with a throat depth of 200 mm have a removable stand 

Thickness Gage 838 A 

• With flat measuring faces 

• For measuring soft materials for example; foil, felt, rubber, paper 

and cardboard 

Thickness Gage 838 B 

• With spherical measuring faces 

• For measuring hard materials for example; sheet metal, hardboard, 

wooden panels and panes of glass 


Throat 

depth 

Measuring range Measuring 

face dia. 

Measuring 

face radius 

Order no. 

with Indicator 810 

Order no. 


mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 0.01 mm Res 0.005/ .0001“ Res 

Order no. 

Wooden 

case 

838 A 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495000 4495120 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495001 4495121 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 - 4495002 4495122 4495052 

50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495103 4495125 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495104 4495126 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 20 = 3.14 cm 2 - 4495105 4495127 4495052 

50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495109 4495130 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495110 4495131 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 30 = 7.06 cm 2 - 4495111 4495132 4495052 

838 B 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495010 4495135 4495050 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495011 4495136 4495051 

200 (8“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 12 30 4495012 4495137 4495052

+ 


9-29 

838 AB 

Features 

• Rugged sturdy frame made from hard aluminum 

• Built-in Digital or Dial Indicator or Dial Comparator 

• With a lifting lever for the moveable upper measuring spindle 

• Convenient heat insulated handle, open at one end 

Thickness Gage 838 AB 

• Lower measuring face is flat 

• Upper measuring face is spherical 

• For measuring hard materials for example; sheet metal and 

hardboard 


Throat 

depth 


face dia. 

Measuring 

face radius 

Order no. 


Order no. 


mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 0.01 mm Res 0.005/ .0001“ Res 

lower upper 

Order no. 

Wooden 

case 

838 AB 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495504 4495140 4495050 

flat / 

spherical 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495141 4495051 

Throat 

depth 


face dia. 

Measuring 

face radius 

Order no. 


Order no. 

with Comparator 1003 

Order no. 

Wooden 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm mm 0.01 mm Res 0.005/ .0001“ Res case 

lower upper 

838 AB 50 (2“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495145 4495519 4495050 

flat / 

spherical 

100 (4“) 0 - 20 (0 - .750“) 11.3 = 1 cm 2 30 4495146 4495517 4495051

- 

9-30 


Dead Load Thickness Gages 57B 

Features 

• Solid casting with ribbed frame provides strength and rigidity for 

accurate measurements. 

• 0.003 mm / .0001“ parallelism with tables up to 19 mm / .75“ 

diameter. 

• 283 g / 10 oz. dead load weight for constant gaging pressure. 

• 10 mm / .407“ diameter flat upper 54.0 mm/ 2.125“ lower 

contacts. 

• Indicator mounts with adjustable back for quick positioning for 

each gaging requirement. 

• Available with Dial Indicator or Digital Electronic Indicator. 

• Gage is supplied with a lift lever so work can be easily placed 

between the table and contact. 

• Four-inch throat depth for part clearance. 

XLI-57B-15 


Order no. 

Metric Inch Capacity Description 

mm / inch 

57B-14M 57B-14 0-2.5 / 0-.10” Dial Indicator readout with 2.5mm / .10“ sensitive range 

and .002 mm / .0001“ grads. 

57B-15M 57B-15 0-25 / 0-1” Dial Indicator readout with 25mm / 1“ sensitive range 

and .01 mm / .001“grads. 

XLI-57B-15 

μMaxμm ® XL Digital Indicator with 25mm / 1“ range 

and .001 mm / .00005“ resolution (Model XLI-50002). 

Alternate Indicators and contact points available upon request. 

Contact Mahr Federal.

+ 


9-31 

Wire Insulation Thickness Gages 57B 

For checking wall thickness of wire insulation and 

other small-diameter tubular parts 

Features 

• Using the basic design of the Model 57B-13 (Model 57B-13M — 

Metric) Gage, the lower contact is PT-103, 1.10 mm / .043” 

diameter rod, mounted horizontally. The upper contact is a flat 

chisel contact , in line with the rod. By slipping tubular parts onto 

the lower contact, the gage can measure the thickness of the wall 

of the tube. An auxiliary weight on the Indicator provides a total 

dead-load weight of 25 grams. (Replacement lower rod: PS-43) 

57B-13 


Order no. 


mm / inch 

57B-13M 57B-13 7.62 / 0-.30” Dial Indicator readout with 7.6 mm / .30“ sensitive range 

and 0.01 mm / .0005“ grads. 

Options 

XLI-57B-13 

PT-2245 

μMaxμm ® XL Digital Indicator with 25 mm / 1“ range and 

0.001 mm / .00005“ resolution (Model XLI-50002). 

0.050 mm / .02“ diameter Pin, Lower Contact Assembly 

Measuring Compressible Materials 

Compressible materials such as paper, plastics, rubber or fabrics 

must be measured under controlled conditions. Many materials 

have measurement standards specified by A.S.T.M., U.L., or other 

industry standards organizations. Measurement standards specify 

dead load weight, upper and lower contact configurations, and 

Indicator resolution. 

Series 57B Gages are easily modified to meet most of these 

industry standards. Mahr Federal has on file designs for the 

measurement of paper, latex foam rubber, sponge rubber, 

vulcanized rubber, asbestos tape and cloth, sheet and roll felt, and 

many other materials. When inquiring, specify A.S.T.M. Specification 

Number, if possible.

- 

9-32 


Thickness Gages 57B Bench Style 

Features 

• Solid casting with ribbed frame provides strength and rigidity for 

accurate measurements. 

• Gage is furnished with a lift lever so work can be easily placed 

between the contacts. 

• Large 54 mm/ 2.125“ diameter lower anvil provides convenient 

stage for small parts or flat materials. 

• 4.75 mm/ .187“ diameter radiused upper contact normally 

provided. 

• 102 mm/ 4“ throat depth for part clearance. 

• Indicator mounts with adjustable back for quick positioning for 

each gaging requirement. 

• Available with Dial Indicator or Digital Electronic Indicator. 

57B-12 


Order no. 


mm / inch 

57B-11M 57B-11 0-25 / 0-1” Dial Indicator readout with 25 mm / 1“ sensitive range 

and .01 mm /.001“grads. 

XLI-57B-11 

μMaxμm ® XL Digital Indicator with 25 mm/ 1“ range 

and .001 mm / .00005“ resolution (Model XLI-50002). 

EMD-57B-11 0-21.5 / 0-.85” MaxμmIII Digital Indicator with selectable range and 

resolution, 2033101. 

EDI-57B-11 

μMaxμm Digital Indicator with 2 mm / .08” sensitive 

range, .0005 mm / .00002” resolution (Model EDI-20101). 

57B-12M 57B-12 0-12.5 / 0-.5” Dial Indicator readout with 12.50 mm/ .50” sensitive 

range and .01 mm / .0005” grads. 

XLI-57B-12 

μMaxμm® XL Digital Indicator with 12.50 mm / .50” range and 

.001 mm / .00005” resolution (Model XLI-10002). 

Alternate Indicators and contact points available upon request. 

Contact Mahr Federal.

+ 


9-33 

Caliper Gages 49P 

The most widely used gages for checking medium 

tolerance dimensions on patterns, castings, forgings, 

dies, sheet metal. 

Features 

• The most widely used gages for checking medium tolerance 

dimensions on patterns, castings, forgings, dies, sheet metal. 

• Generous clearance on jaws reaches over non-measured part 

protrusions for easy access to areas where thickness must meet 

critical dimensional specs. 

A 

• Retraction lever is conveniently located for one-hand operation. 

• .02 mm or .1 mm / .01“, .001“, or 1/64“ grads. available. 

B 

• Continuous reading dials with revolution counters normally 

provided. 

• Cylindrical radius steel contact tips normally furnished. 

49P 


Order no. Gaging Minimum 

Metric Inch Capacity* Depth Graduation A B 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

49P-17M 49P-17 0 - 50 / 0 - 2” 100 / 4” 0.02 / .001” grads. 1-1/4 1-1/4 

49P-19M 49P-19 0 - 50 / 0 - 2” 200 / 8” 0.02 / .001” grads. 2-9/16 2 

49P-1M 49P-1 0 - 75 / 0 - 3“ 100 / 4” 0.1 / .01” grads. 1-1/4 1-1/4 

49P-2M 49P-2 0 -75 / 0 - 3” 200 / 8” 0.1 / .01” grads. 2-9/16 2 

* Ordinarily this gage is used as a comparator. The actual measuring range of the instrument is 38 mm / 1.50“. 

If the gage is used for direct linear measurement, chordal errors may need to be corrected. 

Contact Mahr Federal Technical Assistance for details. 

Special Applications 

Series 49P and 149P Caliper Gages have many design 

possibilities. Specially shaped arms of various lengths can be 

designed to reach inaccessible spots or get around obstructions to 

make measurements possible which might otherwise go 

unchecked. For alternate contact shapes or materials, alternate 

capacities and gaging depths, and special designs to meet your 

application contact Mahr Federal Technical Assistance.

- 

9-34 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for External Measurements 

Gages (Metric) for External Measurement 838 TA to measure thickness and wall thicknesses 

Features 

• For measuring thicknesses and 

wall thicknesses 

• Easy to operate, very habile 

and portable 

• Easy to read tolerance markers 

• Dust and splash waterproof 

• Contact points are made from 

carbide 

• Absolute measuring 

instrument 


Test certificate 

Type A 

Measuring range 0-20 mm, Order no. 4495551 

IP65 

Type B with handle 


Technical Data and Dimensions 

Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 0 - 10 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 50 0 - 50 

Readings Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.025 0.025 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 170 170 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 19.1 24.6 24.6 32 32 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 18.6 24.6 2.5 32 1 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 1.5 1) 1.5 1) 1.5 2) 2 1) 2 2) 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 1.8 1.2 - 1.8 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495550 4495551 4495552 4495553 4495554 

Applications 

1) 

2) 

Ball dia. 1.5 mm 





Ball dia. 3 mm

+ 


9-35 

Gages (Inch) for External Measurement 838 TA to measure thickness and wall thicknesses 

Features 

• For measuring thicknesses and 

wall thicknesses 


and portable 




carbide 


instrument 



Type A 

Measuring range 0 - .80 inch, Order no. 4495951 

IP65 


Measuring range 0 - 2.0 inch, Order no. 4495954 


Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb inch 0 - .40 0 - .80 0 - .80 0 - 2.0 0 - 2.0 

Readings Skw inch .0002 .0005 .0005 .001 .001 

Error limit G inch .0008 .0015 .0015 .002 .002 

Repeatability limit r inch .0002 .0005 .0005 .001 .001 

Measuring depth L inch 1.38 3.35 3.35 6.69 6.69 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb inch 0.73 0.97 0.97 1.26 1.26 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf inch 0.73 0.97 0.09 1.26 0.04 

Contact point - ball dia. D inch 0.05 1) 0.05 1) 0.05 2) 0.08 1) 0.08 2) 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 1.8 1.2 - 1.8 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495950 4495951 4495952 4495953 4495954 

Applications 

1) 

2) 






Ball dia. 3 mm

- 

9-36 


Electronic Gages for External Measurement 838 EA to measure thickness and wall thicknesses 

Features 

• High contrast analog and 

digital LCD 

• Specified measuring programs 

according to application 

• Absolute/Relative measuring 

program 

• Tolerance is displayed with 

2 LEDs 

• mm/inch switchable 

• Protection class IP67 or IP63 

according to EN 60529 



Battery 

Type A 


IP67 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 0 - 10 0 - 20 0 - 20 0 - 40 0 - 40 

Resolution Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 115 115 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 19.1 24.6 24.6 25 25 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 18.6 24.6 2.5 25 1 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 1.5 1) 1.5 1) 1.5 2) 3 1) 3 2) 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1 - 1.5 1 - 1.5 

Protection class IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63 IP63 

Order no. 4495560 4495561 4495562 4495059 4495167 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Digimatic interface incl. data connection 

cable for Type A 838 di 4495083 


cable for Type B 838 di 4495084 

Battery Alkaline AAA 1.5 V for Type A* 4243073 

Battery Alkaline AA 1.5 V for Type B 4243072 

* 2 batteries are required

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Internal Measurements 

9-37 

Electronic Gages for Internal Measurement 838 EI for measuring bores and internal grooves 

Features 

• High contrast analog and 

digital LCD 

• Specified measuring programs 

according to application 

• Absolute/Relative measuring 

program 

• Tolerance is displayed with 

2 LEDs 

• mm/inch switchable 

• Protection class IP67 or IP63 

according to EN 60529 



Battery 

Type A 


IP67 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 5 - 15 10 - 30 20 - 40 30 - 50 40 - 60 50 - 70 15 - 55 35 - 75 

Resolution Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.04 0.04 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.02 0.02 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 85 85 85 114 114 

Groove depth A mm 2.3 5.2 7.0 7.0 8.3 8.3 4.5 8 

Groove width B mm 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 3 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 6 8.5 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 6 8.5 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 1.7 1.3 - 1.8 

Protection class IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63 IP63 

Order no. 4495590 4495591 4495592 4495593 4495594 4495595 4495596 4495597 

Accessories 

Order no. 


cable for Type A 838 di 4495083 


cable for Type B 838 di 4495084 

Order no. 

Battery Alkaline AAA 1.5 V for Type A* 4243073 

Battery Alkaline AA 1.5 V for Type B 4243072 

* 2 batteries are required

- 

9-38 


Gages (Metric) for Internal Measurement 838 TI for measuring bores and internal grooves 

Features 

• For measuring bores and 

internal grooves 


and portable 




carbide 


instrument 



Type A 


IP65 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb mm 5 - 15 10 - 30 20 - 40 30 - 50 40 - 60 50 - 70 15 - 65 40 - 90 

Readings Skw mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.05 0.05 

Error limit G mm 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 

Repeatability limit r mm 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.025 0.025 

Measuring depth L mm 35 85 85 85 85 85 175 175 

Groove depth A mm 2.3 5.2 7.0 7.0 8.3 8.3 4.5 8 

Groove width B mm 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 2.5 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf mm 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - ball dia. D mm 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 2 1.2 - 2 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495580 4495581 4495582 4495583 4495584 4495585 4495076 4495077 

Application

+ 


9-39 

Gages (Inch) for Internal Measurement 838 TI for measuring bores and internal grooves 

Features 

• For measuring bores and 

internal grooves 


and portable 




carbide 


instrument 



Type A 


ZOLLANZEIGE 

IP65 




Type A 

Type B 

Measuring range Meb inch .20 - .60 .10 - 1.20 .80 - 1.60 1.20 - 2.00 1.60 - 2.40 2.00 - 2.80 .60 - 2.60 1.60 - 3.60 

Readings Skw inch .0002 .0005 .0005 .0005 .0005 .0005 .001 .001 

Error limit G inch 0.015 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 

Repeatability limit r inch 0.005 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.01 0.025 0.025 

Measuring depth L inch 35 85 85 85 85 85 175 175 

Groove depth A inch 2.3 5.2 7.0 7.0 8.3 8.3 4.5 8 

Groove width B inch 0.8 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.5 2.5 

Contact point - length (move.) Hb inch 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - length (fixed) Hf inch 2.5 5.4 7.3 7.3 12.2 12.2 5.3 8.5 

Contact point - ball dia. D inch 0.6 1 1 1 1 1 1.5 2 

Measuring force F N 0.8 - 1.2 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.1 - 1.6 1.2 - 2 1.2 - 2 

Protection class IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 - - 

Order no. 4495980 4495981 4495982 4495983 4495984 4495985 4495476 4495477 

Application

- 

9-40 


Definition of Terms Specifications for inspection and test 

acceptance procedure of mechanical and electronic caliper gages 

1. Basics 

The inspection only follows 

approximately the testing 

methods and procedures of 

the German standard DIN 878 

for dial gages and the testing 

statements for caliper gages 

according to VDI/VDE/DGQ 2618 

sheet 12.1 and 13.1. The gages 

are referred to without special 

reference as gages for ‘absolute’ 

measurements and adjustable 

zero point. 

2. Defi nitions 

Definitions of length checking 

techniques see DIN 2257 part 1 

and part 2 (see Illustration). 

2.1 Application range Awb 

Application range Awb of a gage 

corresponds to the sum of 

adjusting and measuring range. 

2.2.Measuring range Meb 

The measuring range of an 

indicating gage represents the 

range of measuring values in 

which agreed error limits must 

not be exceeded. 

2.3 Reading Zw 

The reading Zw of a numerical 

interval of a numerical scale is 

the modification of the value of 

a measured variable that causes 

the modification of the indication 

by one interval. The numerical 

interval corresponds to the scale 

interval of a line scale and is 

indicated in the unity of the 

measured variable. 

2.4 Scale interval Skw 

The scale interval Skw is indicated 

on the scale, i.e. 0.01 mm. It 

corresponds to the measuring 

value between two scale 

graduation marks. 

2.5 Deviation within the 

measuring range f M 

The deviation within the 

measuring range (range of 

deviation) f M represents the 

distance of ordinates between 

the highest and the lowest 

position in the deviation diagram 

when the movable caliper arm 

closes. The error limits G for 

f M is symmetrically positioned to 

the zero line and is indicated as 

± f Mzul. . 

The deviation in the partial 

measuring range f t can only be 

determined by using electronic 

testing methods during the 

preparation of certificates of quality. 

2.6 Repeatability f w 

Representation of a deviation 

Repeatability f w is a characteristic 

value for deviations of the 

measured variable within the 

measuring range in the same 

motion direction of the movable 

caliper arm (usually n is 5). 

The limits of error f w are refered 

to with repeatability limit r. 

G 

+f M 

0 

+f w 

G 


Measuring Capacity of Internal Measuring Instruments 

Data listed in the table referring 

to groove depth A, groove 

width B and measuring depth 

L are only meant to be rough 

guidelines. 

For each type of instrument 

there is dependence of these 

three values from each other 

and on the application range 

Awb. This is shown in the 

adjacent table of examples. 

For each inside measuring 

instrument this table is available 

upon request in connection 

with a detailed data sheet. 

Groove depth A (mm) 

L 

Application range Awb (mm) 

10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

0 0/55 0/55 0/56 0/56 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/57 0/58 

0.5 1.4/55 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/57 1.4/57 1.4/57 

1 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/57 

1.5 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 1.4/56 

2 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.4/55 1.5/55 1.5/55 1.5/56 1.5/56 

2.5 1.4/55 1.5/55 1.5/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 

3 1.5/54 1.6/54 1.6/55 1.6/55 1.6/55 

3.5 1.6/54 1.6/54 1.6/54 1.6/55 

4 1.7/54 1.7/54 1.7/54 

4.5 1.7/53 1.8/54 

Relationship B/L 

B = Min. groove depth (mm) 

L = Max. usable caliper arm length (mm) 

Awb 

A 

Example: Awb = 12 B = 1.4 

A = 0.5 L = 56 

B

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Depth Measurements 

9-41 

Indicating Depth Gage 65P-40, 75P-30 and 837 

Features 

• 65P-40 has a “V” shaped base 

and a needle contact. 

Movement is “Push-Down” 

style. Ideal for measuring etch 

depth, pits, or small, shallow 

recesses. 

• 75P-35 Depth Gages have 

three interchangeable contact 

points, allowing inspection of 

depths to 76 mm / 3“. Check 

depths against a setting 

master. 

75P-30 and 75P-35 

65P-40 

• 75P-30 Depth Gages have 

rectangular, flat base and a 

radiused contact point. 75P-30 

is supplied with contact point, 

for measuring depths from the 

base as a reference. Contact 

points for other depths are 

available upon request. 

• 837 has a large cross beam 

with hardened and ground 

contact surface as well as 

mounting clamp for dial 

indicator. 

837* 


Order no. Capacity Range of Graduation Base Contact Style/ 

Metric Inch Sensitive Contact Dimensions Length 

65P-40M 65P-40 0-2 mm / 0-2 mm / 0.01 mm / 64 mm / Needle 

0-.075” 0-.075” .0005” 2.50” 

75P-30M 75P-30 0-4 mm / 0-4 mm / 0.01 mm / 64x14 mm / radiused: 

0-.15” 0-.15” .0005” 2.5x.56” 3 mm / .13” 

75P-35M 75P-35 0-75 mm / 0-75 mm / 0.01 mm / 64x14 mm / (3) radiused: 

0-3” 0-3” .001” 2.5x.56” 3 mm / .13” 

28 mm / 1.13” 

54 mm / 2.13” 

Model Range Range with Anvils (837v) Beam length Beam width Mounting hole dia. Order no. 

837 0-10 mm 0-100 mm 60 mm 12 mm 8 mm 4494000* 

* Indicator not included. 


Accessories 


used. However the Dial Indicator 810 AT is recommended due to its 

large measuring range. 

Readings 


0.01 mm 

10 mm 

Order no. 4311060 

mm 

95 

85 

75 

65 

55 

45 

35 

25 

15 

837 v 

Other alternatives are Digital Indicators 1075 or 1086, please refer to 

Chapter 5 for more information. 

10-20 20-30 30-40 40-50 50-60 60-70 70-80 80-90 90-100 mm 

Anvil Set 837 v 

Set of 9 anvils in increments of 

10 mm. Spherical measuring 

faces, M 2.5 connection thread 

Wooden case 

Accommodates the Depth 

Gage, a Dial Indicator and 

Anvils 

Order no. 4494009 

Order no. 4494001

- 

9-42 


Depth Gages 75P-50 

Features 

• Modular depth gages for all 

applictions. 

• Single and multi-purpose 

bases with choice of Dial 

Indicator for comparative or 

direct measurement. 

• Indicator collet mounting 

allows easy interchangeability 

of Indicators and bases — use 

one Indicator with several 

bases or change Indicators to 

meet range requirements. 

• Family of contact points 

available to cover wide range 

of depth measurement 

applications. 

• Setting masters available with 

anvil ground to specified 

depth (± 0.0025 mm / 

± .0001” in accuracy). 

75P-52 with 

Setting Master 


• For Comparative Measurement: Unless otherwise specified, 

a comparative measurement Indicator will be furnished. Correct 

contact point will be furnished for the gaging depth specified. 

Metric: Furnished with .01 mm grads. / 2.50 mm range, balance dial. 

Inch: Furnished with .0005” grads. / .075“ range, balanced dial. 

• For Direct Measurement: (Special Order) Contact point for 

0-25 mm / 0-1“ depth will be furnished unless otherwise specified. 

Metric: Model SP6IS (0.01 mm grads. / 25 mm range, continuous 

dial with revolution counter). 

Inch: Model 28ISN (.001” grads. / 1“ range, continuous dial 

with revolution counter). 

Digital: Model XLI-20000 (.001 mm/.00005“ resolution, 

25 mm / 1“ range) 

• For long range models contact Mahr Federal. 

Base Dimensions (all bases are 15 mm/ .59” high x 19 mm/ .75” wide) 

Order no. Length Width Diameter Measuring Base only 

Metric Inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch Positions Model* 

75P-50M 75P-50 50 / 2” 19 / .75” — One BA-42 

75P-51M 75P-51 76 / 3” 19 / .75” — One BA-43 

75P-52M 75P-52 102 / 4” 19 / .75” — Two BA-44 

75P-53M 75P-53 152 / 6” 19 / .75” — Three BA-45 

75P-54M 75P-54 203 / 8” 19 / .75” — Three BA-46 

75P-55M 75P-55 — — 19 / .75” One BA-47 

75P-56 M 75P-56 — — 32 / 1.25” One BA-76 


When ordering please specify: 

1. Model Number. 

2. Comparative or Direct Measurement. 

3. Depth to be gaged. 

4. Master Setting Block, if required. 

5. Any special or optional features such as special contact points, 

Indicator Housing, or alternate Indicators. 

* If base only is specified, it is supplied without the indicator holding 

collet, model AD-87. 

Order collet seperately if required.

+ 


9-43 


To increase the versatility of any 75P-50 Series Depth Gage, 

additional contacts may be used to extend the capacity of the gage. 

Specify additional contact points required from the table at right. 

To order the entire set of points, order by Model PT-750 Contact 

Point Set. 

Gaging Depth Contact Point μMaxμm 

mm / inch 

model* 

0.00 - 1.60 / 0 - .063” PT-201 PT-564 

1.60 - 4.80 / .063 - .188” PT-232 PT-14 

4.80 - 8 / .188 - .313” PT-305 PT-564 

8 - 11 / .313 - .438” PT-565 PT-31 

11 - 14 / .438 - .563” PT-239 PT-201 

14 - 17.50 / .563 - .688” PT-50 PT-232 

17.50 - 21 / .688 - .813” PT-235 PT-305 

21 - 24 / .813 - .938” PT-241 PT-565 

24 - 27 / .938 - 1.063” PT-100 PT-239 

27 - 30 / 1.063 - 1.188” PT-51 PT-50 

30 - 33.40 / 1.188 - 1.313” PT-243 PT-235 

33.4 - 37 / 1.313 - 1.438” PT-696 PT-241 

37 - 40 / 1.438 - 1.563” PT-101 PT-100 

40 - 43 / 1.563 - 1.688” PT-245 PT-51 

43 - 46 / 1.688 - 1.813” PT-102 PT-243 

46 - 49 / 1.813 - 1.938” PT-566 PT-696 

49 - 52.4 / 1.938 - 2.063” PT-247 PT-101 

* For “C” size dial indicators, “EDI-” and “XLI-” μMaxμm Digital Indicators. 

Semi-finished Model 

0-25 mm/ 25-50 mm/ Gaging Used 

0-1“ 1-2“ Positions with Model “A” “B” “C” “D” 

MR-501 MR-502 One 75P-50, 25 mm/ 25 mm/ 

75P-30/35 1” 1” — — 

MR-511 MR-512 One 75P-51 38 mm/ 38 mm/ — — 

1.5” 1.5” 

MR-521 MR-522 Two 75P-52 50 mm/ 25 mm/ 25 mm/ — 

2” 1” 1” 

MR-531 MR-532 Three 75P-53 75 mm/ 25 mm/ 25 mm/ 25 mm/ 

3” 1” 1” 1” 

MR-541 MR-542 Three 75P-54 102 mm/ 25 mm/ 25 mm/ 25 mm/ 

4” 1” 1” 1” 

MR-551 MR-552 One 75P-55, 17 mm/ 17 mm/ — — 

75P-56 .68” .68” 

Six different setting masters are available for Series 75P Models. 

Setting masters are available in two styles: Finished (ground to final 

size) and Semi-finished (assembled but not ground to final size). 

Finished depths available from 0 - 50 mm / 0 - 2“. Unground Anvil 

can be purchased separately. Specify Model AL-89. 

For multi-position masters, please specify the anvil location. 

Protective Housings for the Dial Indicator are available, see page 5-23. 

For Series 75P-50 style depth gages with alternate Indicators, greater gaging 

depth, alternate contact configurations or other modifications, contact Mahr 

Federal Technical Assistance. 

For master finished to size, specify size and add suffix ”F”. Example: MR-502F, 

size 1.265“ (Master for 75P-50 set to 1.265”).

- 

9-44 


Bench Depth Gages 75B-1 

For inspecting small parts 

Features 

• Available with Dial Indicator 

(75B-1 Models) or Maxμm ® III 

and μMaxμm Digital Electronic 

Indicators (EMD-75B and 

XLI-75B Models). 

• Two contact points provided, 

6 mm / .25“ and 

32 mm / 1.25“ to check 

features up to 50 mm / 2“ 

deep. 

• 89 x 102 mm / 3.50 x 4“ 

hardened, ground work 

surface provides excellent 

reference surface. 

• Four #10-32 tapped holes 

provided for mounting part 

location fixturing. 

• Indicator adjustable vertically 

over 32 mm / 1.25“. 

75B-1 


Order no. 

Metric Inch Indicator Range / Graduation or Resolution 

75B-1M 75B-1 25 mm / .01 mm (1” / .001”) graduation Dial Indicator. 

EMD-75B-1 MaxμmIII Digital Indicator with selectable range and resolution, 2033201. 

XLI-75B-1 

XLI-75B-2 

μMaxμm XL Digital Indicator, 25 mm / 1” range, .001 mm / .00005” resolution 

μMaxμm XL Digital Indicator, 12 mm / .50” range, .001 mm / .00005” resolution 

To specify Digital Output on EMD-75B Models, add suffix “D”. Example = EMD-75B-1D. 

Output is standard with XLI and EDI models.

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Measurements 

9-45 

Dimentron ® Plug Inside Diameter Gages 

Thru-hole and Blind Hole 

Dimentron Plugs 

Features 

• Designed for high production 

I.D. gaging. 

• High chrome content; 

hardened stainless steel bodies 

ground precisely for specified 

size measurement. 

• Plug tooling interchangeable 

for quick changeover. 

• Measuring is easy — just insert 

plug into diameter and read. 

No rocking needed. 

• Set to nominal dimension with 

a single master ring. 

• Long life: Tungsten carbide 

contacts and vee rod ensure 

durable motion transfer. 

• Three styles of plugs available 

– Thru-hole, Blind Hole and 

Super-blind. 

• Open design rinses clean 

easily. 

• Explore bores for taper, barrel 

shape, bell-mouth and 2-point 

out-of-round. 

• Stop Collars available for all 

standard sizes. 

• Captive vee rod design. 


Blind Hole Plugs*** 

Use Dimension “A” below. Dimension “B” is 4 mm / .157“. 

Super-blind Plugs 

Use Dimension “A” below. Dimension “B” is 2 mm / .08“, 

for 5.5 mm / .217“ & up .108“ for 3.2 mm /. 125“ to 5.5 mm /.217“ 

Super-Super blind Plugs 

Use Dimension “A” below. Dimension “B” is 0.79 mm / .031“. 

(4.500“ to 9.00“ are not available with this model.) 

Dimentron Plug Dimensions 

Thru-hole Plugs 

Blind Hole Plugs 

Sizes above To and include A B Group* 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

3.2 / .125” 5.5 / .217” 30.4 / 1.2” 6.4 / .25” no group** 

5.5 / .217” 8.2 / .322” 34.8 / 1.37” 6.5 / .256” 5 

8.2 / .322” 9.5 / .375” 34.8 / 1.37” 6.5 / .256” 6 

9.5 / .375” 12.7 / .50” 35.4 / 1.39” 13 / .512” 8 

12.7 / .50” 19.05 / .75” 35.4 / 1.39” 13 / .512” 8 

19.05 / .75” 25 / 1” 48.3 / 1.90” 16 / .63” 12 

25 / 1” 38 / 1.50” 48.3 / 1.90” 16 / .63” 12 

38 / 1.50” 63 / 2.50” 46.7 / 1.84” 19 / .748” 12 

63 / 2.50” 114.3 / 4.5” 46.7 / 1.84” 19 / .748” 12 

114.3 / 4.50” 228.6 / 9.0” 46.7 / 1.84” 9.5 / .375” 12 

* Group Number specifies thread size on gaging plugs. Threaded bushings are provided with each plug to allow mounting 

to Maxμm ® Adaptor or Electronic Handle Assembly. 

** Only available as Thru- and Blind Hole Small Bore Probe. For larger or smaller plugs, alternate contact materials, 

extended gaging depths, more clearance, or other plug modifications - contact Mahr Federal Technical Assistance. 

*** A blind-hole, Dimentron Plug Gage with μMaxμm ® Digital Electronic Indicator makes a compact, lightweight 

portable hand tool.

- 

9-46 




When ordering specify: 

1. Diameter 

2. Tolerance 

3. Gaging depth 

4. Plug style 

5. Contact type — polished chrome steel or tungsten carbide 

6. Stop collar 

Gaging Range: 

Dimentron Plugs are ground to one of four measuring ranges, 

based on part tolerance. 

Dimentron Plug Assembly 

shown with Maxμm ® III Indicator, 

Housing and Handle 


Maximum Part Tolerance 

Sizes Metric M01 M02 M05 M08 

above To and include Inch 050 100 200 400 

mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch mm / inch 

3.18 / .1250” 3.62 / .1426” ±0.025 / ±.0010” ±0.038 / ±.0015” 

3.62 / .1426” 5.52 / .2171” ±0.025 / ±.0010” ±0.046 / ±.0018” ±0.076 / ±.0030” 

5.50 / .2171” 7.94 / .3125” ±.0.025 / ±.0010” ±0.046 / ±.0018” ±0.069 / ±.0027” ±0.102 / ±.0040” 

7.94 / .3125” 9.50 / .375” ±.0.030 / ±.0012” ±0.051 / ±.0020” ±0.069 / ±.0027” ±0.127 / ±.0050” 

9.50 / .3750” 12.7 / .500” ±0.038 / ±.0015” ±0.058 / ±.0023” ±0.086 / ±.0034” ±0.137 / ±.0054” 

12.7 / .5000“ 19.05 / .750” ±0.038 / ±.0015” ±0.069 / ±.0027” ±0.102 / ±.0040” ±0.165 / ±.0065” 

19.05 / .750” 25.4 / 1.000“ ±0.038 / ±.0015” ±0.076 / ±.0030” ±0.127 / ±.0050” ±0.180 / ±.0071” 

25.4 / 1.000” 38 / 1.500” ±0.038 / ±.0015” ±0.076 / ±.0030” ±0.152 / ±.0060” ±0.221 / ±.0087” 

38 / 1.500” 114.3 / 4.50” ±0.076 / ±.0030” ±0.152 / ±.0060” ±0.254 / ±.0100” 

114.3 / 4.5” 229 / 9.00” ±0.152 / ±.0060” ±0.254 / ±.0100” 

Order Maxμm Indicator and Accessories separately. 

MaxμmIII Indicator 

Inch: Specify 2033101 (2033111 if Digital Output is required) 

for .00005“ resolution, .0001“ grad., and “0” on the Indicator 

in the 12 o’clock position. 

For “0” at 6 o’clock position, specify 2033201. 

Metric: Specify 2033101 (2033111 if Digital Output is required) for 

0.001 mm resolution, 0.001 mm grad., and “0” at 12 o’clock. 

For “0” at 6 o’clock position, specify 2033201. 

EKT-1120-W1 is required to mount the MaxμmIII Indicator to 

Dimentron Plugs. (Specify EKT-1120-W2 for MaxμmIII Indicators 

with 8 mm stems). This adaptor kit includes mounting adaptor, hex 

wrench, and flat-end, carbide faced contact point for the Indicator. 

Protective Housings for Plugs over 50 mm/ 2“ 

EHG-1172 For MaxμmIII Indicators without Output. Requires in-line 

or pistol style grip Handle (HA-88 Handle and AT-124 Adaptor). 

EHG-1198 For MaxμmIII Indicators with Output. Requires pistol 

style grip Handle (HA-88 and AT-124 Adaptor). 

B-12668 For MaxμmIII Indicators with Output. Complete with 

in-line style handle. AT-125 Bench Stand Adaptor permits the 

Maxμm Indicator in a Protective Housing to be clamped in BA-26 

Bench Stand. (See pages 9-5 and 9-7) 

Other models include: 

EKT-1120-W3 — EDI/Dial .375“ stem — 4-48 thread 

EKT-1120-W4 — EDI/Dial 8 mm stem — 2.5 thread 

EKT-1120-W6 — 1002 - 1010 8 mm stem — 2.5 thread

+ 


9-47 


With Electronic Gage Heads 

Gage heads are mounted to Dimentron Plugs using HA-88 and 

AD-140 Adaptor. Electronic Gage Heads can be ordered separately. 

The following Handle Assemblies include Adaptor, Wrenches and 

Gage Head: 

Consists of 1280P Indicator and Handle Assembly with stocked 

adaptor: 

Order no. 

Minimum 

graduation 

Handle Assemblies 

Order no. 

EHA-1146 

EHA-1145 

Description 

Flat Contact 

3 m / 11 ft, coiled cable 

Flat Contact 

1.5 m / 5 ft, straight cable 

Inch 550P-10 Dial Indicator .0001” 

Metric 550P-20 Dial Indicator .002 mm 

EDI-550P-10 (with EDI-50102*) .00005“/.001 mm 

EDI-550P-20 (with EDI-20102) .00002“/.0005 mm 

* no output 

Accessories 

Base, BA-100 

Heavy cast base has tooling plate allowing plug to be mounted 

vertically or horizontally. Can be used with Electronic Gage 

Heads or Maxμm Remote Transducers or MaxμmIII Digital 

Transducers. 

EDI-550P-10 

Stop Collars 

Stop collars are available for all Dimentron Plugs. 

Remote MaxμmTransducer or MaxμmIII 

Digital Transducer Dimentron Plug 

Handle/ Adaptor: HA-141 

Right Angle Adaptor 

AT-155 

Extensions 

Extensions for Dimentron Plugs are available for Plugs over 

9.5 mm / .375“. See table below: 

Group 8 Plugs Group 12 Plugs Extension 

9.3 mm/.366“ O.D. 16 mm/.63“ O.D. Length 

EX-204 EX-210 50 mm/ 1.97” 

EX-205 EX-211 100 mm/ 3.94” 

EX-206 EX-212 200 mm/ 7.87” 

BA-100 (Dimentron Plug 

not included)

- 

9-48 



This table depicts available readouts for Dimentron Plug Inside Diameter Gages. After making a Plug selection, follow the chart for all the 

components needed to make up a gaging system suited to your application. 

Dimentron 

Housing 

Plug Gage Adaptors Handles Readout Housings Handle 

Dimentron Plug 

2014802 

Stop Collar 

EDI-20102 

B-12668 

2033111 

Extension 

EKT-1120-WX 

Change-WX suffix as required: 

For adaptor selection see page 9-46 

EHG-1198 

2033101 EHG-1172 

AT-124 

HA-88 

HA-141 

2033001 - no Data Output 

2033011 - with Data Output (6 pin) 

2033091 - canister style* 

2033099 - pencil style* 

* ± 1 mm/ ±.040” Range Digital Transducer. 

550P-10/20 

Dial 

Indicator 

EHA-1146 

EHA-1145 

832 AMP 

BA-100 

AAT-192 

AAT-193 D-2500: 1 - 4000:1 

AAT-194 

EDI-550P-10 

EDI-550P-20 

μMaxμm

+ 

MaraMeter. Indicating Measuring Instruments for Inside Dimensions 

9-49 

Indicating Plug Gages 844 D 

Features 

• For the rapid testing of 

diameter, roundness and 

conicity of bores 

• Especially suitable for testing 

batches with tight tolerances 

• No rocking in the bore is 

required to determine the 


• Therefore ideal for use in 

conjunction with a digital 

indicating instrument and for 

subsequent processing of 

measured values 

• The carbide expanding pin 

transfers radial movement to 

indicating instrument 



thus eliminating user infl uence 

• Measuring head, holder, 

depth extension, right angle 

attachments and depth stops 

are part of an extensive 

modular system 

• Measuring head has a 

hardened chromium plated 

guide cylinder and carbide 

tipped anvils 

Technical Data of the Measuring Heads 

Nominal diameter Measuring range starting from the 

of the bore minimum bore dimension to be 

measured 

844 Dk/844Dkr 844 Dks (from 4 mm) 

2.98 - 8 mm = - 0.02 + 0.1 mm = - 0.02 + 0.1 mm 

over 8 - 16 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm 

over 16 - 32 mm = - 0.02 + 0.2 mm = - 0.02 + 0.15 mm 

over 32 - 70 mm = - 0.03 + 0.2 mm = - 0.03 + 0.15 mm 

over 70 - 200 mm = - 0.04 + 0.2 mm = - 0.04 + 0.15 mm 

When placing an order please quote the nominal diameter 

and tolerances, for example: 

Bore diameter 

Tolerance 

35 D7 + 80 +105 μm 

35 H7 + 0 +25 μm 

35 R7 - 50 -25 μm 

Accuracy 

Hystersis f u 0.4 μm 

Repeatability f w 1 μm 

Linearity 1 % 

Linearity 844 Dks >16 mm 2 % 

contact point 

expanding pin 

The diameter of the guide cylinder is produced between 0.02 and 

0.07 mm smaller than the minimum dimension of the bore to be 

checked. 

Example: 

Plug Gage 844 Dk for bore 35 D7 

Nominal diameter: 

35 mm 

Minimum dimension: 35.080 mm 

Maximum dimension: 35.105 mm 

Meas. range: 35.050 - 35.280 mm 

guide cylinder 

tipped anvils

- 

9-50 


Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dk, Standard version 

Nominal Manufacturing Meas. range Order no. 

diameter tolerance dia. d 

mm mm mm 

2.98 - 3.99 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4480184* 

over 3.99 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478200* 

M6x0,75 

M3,5x0,35 

ø4 

31,3 

23,3 

ød 

1,5 

over 8 - 16 -0.02/-0.04 0.15 4478201 

M6x0,75 

33,5 

25 

ød 

ø7,9 

3 

over 16 - 25 -0.02/-0.05 0.2 4478202 

over 25 - 32 -0.02/-0.05 0.2 4478204 

over 32 - 44 -0.02/-0.06 0.2 4478205 

ø15 

39 

26 

M10x1 

ød 

3,5 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478206 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478207 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478208 

39,5 

26 

ød 

M10x1 

ø20 

4 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478209 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478210 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478211 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478212 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478213 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478214 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478215 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478216 

over 150 - 160 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478217 

over 160 - 170 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478218 

over 170 - 180 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478219 

over 180 - 190 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478220 

over 190 - 200 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478221 

M10x1 

ø20 

ød 

33 

39,5 

4 

Nominal diameter =smallest bore diameter 

dia. d in reference to the smallest bore diameter 

Measuring range refers to the nominal diameter 

* With Adaptor for connection to the holder

+ 


9-51 

Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dks, for blind holes, to measure almost to the base of a bore 



mm mm mm 

4 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.10 4478285* 

M6x0,75 

M3,5x0,35 

ø7,9 

30,4 

22,4 

ød 

0,6 

over 8 - 16 -0,02/-0,04 0,15 4478245 

M6x0,75 

ø7,9 

31,1 

22,6 

ød 

0,6 

over 16 - 25 -0.02/-0.05 0.15 4478230 

over 25 - 32 -0.02/-0.05 0.15 4478232 

over 32 - 44 -0.02/-0.06 0.15 4478233 

M10x1 

ø15 

39 

26 

ød 

1 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478234 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478235 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.15 4478236 

39 

25,5 

M10x1 

ø20 

ød 

1 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478237 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478238 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478239 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478240 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478241 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478242 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478243 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.15 4478244 

M10x1 

39 

32,5 

ø20 

ød 

1 




* With adaptor for connection to the holder

- 

9-52 


Plug Gages 

Measuring Head 844 Dkr, with an extended guide cylinder to measure through holes from the edge of a bore, ideal for 

narrow parts 



mm mm mm 

2.98 - 3.99 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478272* 

over 3.99 - 8 -0.02/-0.04 0.1 4478250* 

M6x0,75 

M3,5x0,35 

ø4 

35,8 

ød 

27,8 

6 

over 8 - 16 -0.02/-0.04 0.15 4478251 

M6x0,75 

ø7,9 

39,5 

31 

ød 

9 

over 16 - 25 -0,02/-0,05 0,2 4478252 

over 25 - 32 -0,02/-0,05 0,2 4478254 

over 32 - 44 -0,02/-0,06 0,2 4478255 

M10x1 

ø15 

45 

32 

ød 

9,5 

over 44 - 50 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478256 

over 50 - 60 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478257 

over 60 - 70 -0.03/-0.06 0.2 4478258 

M10x1 

46 

26 

ø20 

ød 

10,5 

over 70 - 80 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478259 

over 80 - 90 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478260 

over 90 - 100 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478261 

over 100 - 110 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478262 

over 110 - 120 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478263 

over 120 - 130 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478264 

over 130 - 140 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478265 

over 140 - 150 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478266 

over 150 - 160 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478267 

over 160 - 170 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478268 

over 170 - 180 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478269 

over 180 - 190 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478270 

over 190 - 200 -0.04/-0.07 0.2 4478271 

M10x1 

ø20 

51 

33 

15 

ød 




* With adaptor for connection to the holder

+ 


9-53 

Modular Unit System 844 D 

Standard Holder 844 Kg/844 Dg - Standard version 

With locking clamp for an indicating instrument and a connecting 

thread for a measuring head. Heat insulated handle. The model 

844 Dg is made from Invar steel. 

Cat. no. Connecting Length L Handle dia. D Order no. 

thread g mm mm 

844 Kg / 844 Dg 844 Dge 

844 Kg M6 x 0.75 50 14 4470851 

844 Dg M10 x 1 150 26 4478851 

D 

~78 

Short Holder 844 Dgk - Short version 


thread for a measuring head. Heat insulated handle. 

L 



35 

844 Dgk M10 x 1 61 26 4478050 

ø15 

g 

844 Dgk 

~129 

Holder 844 Dge for Inductive Measuring Probes 

With long sleeve for shock and waterproof mounting of inductive 

measuring probes. Strain relief clamp for probe cable. Threaded 

connection for measuring heads. Heat insulated handle. 

61 

ø26 

ø33 



g 

g 

844 Dge M6 x 0.75 195 33 4478020 

M10 x 1 195 33 4478021 

Right Angle (Elbow) Attachment 

For measuring diffi cult to reach bores, e.g. in tight spaces, on a 

machine tool or when work piece bores are inconveniently located. 

For screwing in between holder and measuring head. 

844 Kw / 844 Dw 

g 

Cat. no. Connecting Elbow Order no. 

thread g Length L Height H 

mm mm mm 

844 Kw M6 x 0.75 26.5 22.5 4470110 

844 Dw M10 x 1 36.7 17 4478110 

g 

L 

H

- 

9-54 


Modular Unit System 844 D 

Extensions 

For extra-deep bores. Screws in between holder and measuring 

heads. Several extensions can be screwed together as of 8 mm. 

Models 844 Dv and 844 Dvk made of Invar steel. 

844 Dvk 844 Kv / 844 Dv 

M6x0,75 

g 

Cat. no. Connecting Length L dia. D Order no. 

thread g mm/inch mm/inch 

844 Dvk M6x0.75/M3.5x0.35 64/ 2.5“ 3.8 /.15“ 4478080 

844 Kv M6 x 0.75 64/ 2.5“ 8 / .32“ 4470070 

844 Dv M10 x 1 64/ 2.5“ 15 / .6“ 4478070 

844 Dv M10 x 1 80/ 3“ 15 / .6“ 4478071 

844 Dv M10 x 1 100/ 4“ 15 / .6“ 4478072 

844 Dv M10 x 1 125/ 5“ 15 / .6“ 4478073 

844 Dv M10 x 1 250/ 10“ 15 / .6“ 4478074 

844 Dv M10 x 1 500/ 20“ 15 / .6“ 4478075 

79 

L 

ø8 

ø3,8 

øD 

L 

Depth Stops 

For limiting depth of insertion of measuring head in bore. Can be 

attached to Extensions 844 Kv or 844 Dv. With clamping screw. 

M3,5x0,35 

g 

Cat. no. Mounting hole Stop surface Order no. 

dia. d 

dia. A 

mm/inch 

mm/inch 

844 Kt / 844 Dt 

844 Kt 8 / .32“ 24 / 1“ 4470115 

844 Dt 15 / .6“ 45 / 1.8“ 4478115 

844 Dt 15 / .6“ 75 / 3“ 4478116 

844 Dt 15 / .6“ 110 / 4.3“ 4478117 

844 Dt 15 / .6“ 160 / 6.3“ 4478118 

844 Dt 15 / .6“ 220 / 8.6“ 4478119 

ø d 

Depth Stop Rings 

For limiting depth of insertion of measuring head in bore. Clamped 

onto the measuring head. 

øA 

Cat. no. Mounting hole Stop Height Order no. 

dia. d surface dia. A h 

mm mm/inch mm/inch 

844 Dtr 3 - 5 27 / 1.1“ 10 / .4“ 4478130 

5 - 8 30 / 1.2“ 10 / .4“ 4478130 

8 - 11 33 / 1.3“ 10 / .4“ 4478130 

11 - 15 37 / 1.5“ 10 / .4“ 4478130 

15 - 20 42 / 1.7“ 10 / .4“ 4478130 

20 - 25 51 / 2.0“ 12 / .5“ 4478131 

25 - 30 56 / 2.2“ 12 / .5“ 4478131 

30 - 35 61 / 2.4“ 12 / .5“ 4478131 

35 - 40 66 / 2.6“ 12 / .5“ 4478131 

40 - 44 71 / 2.8“ 12 / .5“ 4478131 

44 - 50 76 / 2.9“ 12 / .5“ 4478132 

50 - 60 86 / 3.4“ 12 / .5“ 4478132 

60 - 70 96 / 3.8“ 12 / .5“ 4478132 

70 - 80 106 / 4.1“ 12 / .5“ 4478132 

80 - 90 116 / 4.6“ 12 / .5“ 4478133 

90 - 100 126 / 4.9“ 12 / .5“ 4478133 

844 Dtr 

øA 

ød 

h

+ 


9-55 

Diameter of Measuring Heads 

Modular 2.98 - 8 8 - 16 over 16 

units mm mm mm 

844 Kg 4470851 

844 Dg 4478851 

844 Dgk 4478050 

844 Dge 4478020 4478021 

844 Dgk 

844 Dvk 4478080 

844 Kv 4470070 

844 Dv 4478070 

to 

4478076 

844 Kt 4470115 

844 Dt 4478115 

to 

4478119 

844 Kt 

844 Dt 

844 Dge 

844 Kv 

844 Dv 

844 Kg 

844 Dg 

844 Dvk 

844 Kw 4470110 

844 Dw 4478110 

844 Dk 

844 Dks 

844 Dkr 

355 E see page 9-44 

844 Kw 

844 Dw 

Diameter of Measuring Heads 

Modular 2.98 - 20 20 - 44 44 - 80 80 - 100 

unit mm mm mm mm 

844 Dtr 

844 Dk 844 Dks 844 Dkr 

844 Dtr 4478130 4478131 4478132 4478133 

355 E 




Indicator Readings Order no. 

Compramess 1004 5 μm 4333000 

Millimess 1003 1 μm 4334000 

Supramess 1002 0.5 μm 4335000 

Extramess 2000 0.2 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm 4346000 


Millimar C 1208 ±3, 10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 μm 

3000 μm, 10000 μm 5312080 

Millimar S 1840 ±10, 30, 100, 300, 1000 μm 

3000 μm, 10000 μm 5330001 



Adjustment of Plug Gages 844 D 

Ring Gage 355 E: 

Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

With actual deviation engraved. 

Dimensions: 

DIN 2250, type C 

Manufacturing tolerance: DIN 2250 

Available diameters: 0.5-200 mm

- 

9-56 


Self-Centering Dial Bore Gages 844 K Intramess 

Features 

• Measuring the diameter, 

roundness and conicity of 

bores 

• Spring-loaded halves of 

measuring probe are split via 

expanding pin with precision 

lapped taper. This movement 

is transferred to indicating 

instrument 

• Maximum wear-resistance due 

to hard chrome plating. From 

4 mm alternatively with carbide 

tipped available on request 

• Constant measuring force as 

a result of built-in spring thus 


• Highly versatile, each gage 

covers a large range. Within 

the respective limits, quickly 

and easily adjustable to any 

size and any type of 

measuring application 

• Measuring probe, holder, 

depth extensions, 

right-angle attachments 

and depth stops are part 

of an extensive modular 

system 


Holder, probe, expanding pin 

and a wooden case, excludes 

an indicating instrument 


Complete Instrument 

844 K Measuring heads hard chrome plated, 

expanding pin made of stainless steel 

844 KH Measuring heads carbide tipped on both sides, 

carbide expanding pin 

844 KS Blind hole measuring heads hard chrome plated, 

expanding pin made of stainless steel 

Accuracy 

Deviation of linearity 

2 % measuring ranges 0.47-1.55 mm 

1 % measuring ranges 1.5-18.6 mm 

Repeatability 

1 μm manual measurement 

0.5 μm measurement with Stand 844 Kst 

and Floating Holder 844 Ksts 

Catalog no. Measuring Number Order no.* 

range 

of 

meas. 

mm 

probes 

844 K 0.47 - 0.97 6 4470000 

0.95 - 1.55 5 4470001 

1.5 - 4.2 10 4470002 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4470003** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4470004** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4470005** 

844 KH 1.5 - 4.2 10 4471002 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4471003** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4471004** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4471005** 

844 KS 1.5 - 4.2 10 4482163 

3.7 - 7.3 7 4482164** 

6.7 - 10.3 7 4482165** 

9.4 - 18.6 9 4482166** 

* Exludes an indicating instrument 

** Additionally includes measuring force spring 4470828 and disk 4470821 


All indicating instruments that has a 8 mm mounting shank may be used. 

Recommended are: 

Indicators Readings Order no. 

Compramess 1004 5 μm 4333000 

Millimess 1003 1 μm 4334000 


Supramess 1002 0.5 μm 4335000 


Extramess 2001 0,.2 μm, 0.5 μm, 1 μm 4346100 

MarCator 1087 B 1 μm, 2 μm, 4 μm, 10 μm 4337062 


Electrical Indicating Instruments see Chapter 7

+ 


9-57 

Modular Unit System for 844 K Standard Measuring Probes 

In addition complete Dial Bore Gages 844 K, modular units area available for assembly as required to suit an individual measuring task and or 

application. 

Measuring Probe 844 Kk, Expander Pin, individual Ring Gage for 844 Ke 

Nominal Measuring Measuring Measuring probe Expanding Measuring probe Expander Ring 

dimension range depth hard chrome pin carbide pin gage 

mm mm mm plated steel tipped carbide 

} 

} 

} 

0.50 0.47 - 0.53 1.25 4470586 4470801 4482300 

0.55 0.52 - 0.58 1.5 4470587 4482301 

0.60 0.57 - 0.67 1.7 4470588 4482302 

0.70 0.65 - 0.77 2.2 4470589 4470802 4482303 

0.80 0.75 - 0.87 2.55 4470590 4482304 

0.90 0.85 - 0.97 2.65 4470591 4482305 

1.00 0.95 - 1.15 10.5 4470592 4482306 

1.10 1.07 - 1.25 10.5 4470593 4482307 

1.20 1.17 - 1.35 10.5 4470594 4470803 4482308 

1.30 1.27 - 1.45 10.5 4470595 4482309 

1.40 1.37 - 1.55 10.5 4470596 4482310 

1.75 1.50 - 1.90 16 4470597 4471234 4482311 

2.00 1.80 - 2.20 16 4470598 4470804 4471206 4471207 4482312 

} 

} 

} 

2.25 2.05 - 2.45 16 4470599 4471812 4482313 

2.50 2.30 - 2.70 21 4470600 4471813 4482314 

2.75 2.55 - 2.95 21 4470601 4471814 4482315 

3.00 2.80 - 3.20 21 4470602 4471208 4482316 

3.25 3.05 - 3.45 21 4470603 4470805 4471815 4471819 4482317 

3.50 3.30 - 3.70 21 4470604 4471816 4482318 

3.75 3.55 - 3.95 21 4470605 4471817 4482319 

4.00 3.80 - 4.20 21 4470606 4471204 4482320 

4.00 3.70 - 4.30 38 4470607 4471607 

} 

4482320 

4.50 4.20 - 4.80 38 4470608 4471608 4482321 

5.00 4.70 - 5.30 38 4470609 4471609 4482322 

5.50 5.20 - 5.80 38 4470610 4471610 4482323 

6.00 5.70 - 6.30 38 4470611 4471611 4482324 

6.50 6.20 - 6.80 38 4470612 4471612 4482325 

7.00 6.70 - 7.30 38 4470613 4470806 4471613 4471200 4482326 

7.50 7.20 - 7.80 38 4470615 4471615 4482327 

8.00 7.70 - 8.30 38 4470616 4471616 4482328 

8.50 8.20 - 8.80 45 4470617 4471617 4482329 

9.00 8.70 - 9.30 45 4470618 4471618 4482330 

9.50 9.20 - 9.80 45 4470619 4471619 4482331 

10.00 9.70 - 10.30 45 4470620 4471620 4482332 

10.00 9.40 - 10.60 45 4470621 

} 

4471621 

} 

4482332 

11.00 10.40 - 11.60 45 4470622 4471622 4482333 

12.00 11.40 - 12.60 45 4470623 4471623 4482334 

13.00 12.40 - 13.60 45 4470624 4471624 4482335 

14.00 13.40 - 14.60 45 4470625 4470808 4471625 4471202 4482336 

15.00 14.40 - 15.60 45 4470626 4471626 4482337 

16.00 15.40 - 16.60 80 4470627 4471627 4482338 

17.00 16.40 - 17.60 80 4470628 4471628 4482339 

18.00 17.40 - 18.60 80 4470629 4471629 4482340 

} 

} 

Nominal dimension L H 1 

mm mm mm 

0.50 19.50 0.25 

0.55 19.50 0.27 

0.60 19.50 0.29 

0.70 19.50 0.31 

0.80 19.50 0.33 

0.90 19.50 0.35 

1.00 – 1.40 19.50 0.60 

1.75 – 2.25 25.30 0.90 

2.50 – 4.00 30.60 1.20 

4.00 – 10.00 47.30 2.00 

10.00 – 18.00 48.50 3.30 

Minimum measurement height 

H1

- 

9-58 


Modular Unit System for 844 KS Blind Hole Measuring Probes 

In addition to complete Dial Bore Gages 844 KS, modular units are available for assembly as required to suit a individual measuring task and 

or application. 

Blind Hole Measuring Probe 844 Kk, Blind Hole Expander Pin 

Nominal Measuring Measuring Blind hole Blind hole 

dimension range depth measuring probe expander pin 

hard chrome plated steel 

mm mm mm 

1.75 1.50 - 1.90 16 4482228 

2.00 1.80 - 2.20 16 4482229 4482176 

2.25 2.05 - 2.45 16 4482230 

2.50 2.30 - 2.70 21 4470301 

2.75 2.55 - 2.95 21 4482227 

3.00 2.80 - 3.20 21 4482178 

3.25 3.05 - 3.45 21 4482179 4482177 

3.50 3.30 - 3.70 21 4470300 

3.75 3.55 - 3.95 21 4482188 

4.00 3.80 - 4.20 21 4482180 

4.00 3.70 - 4.30 38 4482057 

4.50 4.20 - 4.80 38 4482162 

5.00 4.70 - 5.30 38 4482056 

5.50 5.20 - 5.80 38 4470953 

6.00 5.70 - 6.30 38 4482140 

6.50 6.20 - 6.80 38 4482055 

7.00 6.70 - 7.30 38 4482108 4482028 

7.50 7.20 - 7.80 38 4482204 

8.00 7.70 - 8.30 38 4482054 

8.50 8.20 - 8.80 45 4482206 

9.00 8.70 - 9.30 45 4482170 

9.50 9.20 - 9.80 45 4482182 

10.00 9.70 - 10.30 45 4470375 

} 

10.00 9.40 - 10.60 45 4482205 

11.00 10.40 - 11.60 45 4482042 

12.00 11.40 - 12.60 45 4482112 

13.00 12.40 - 13.60 45 4482102 

14.00 13.40 - 14.60 45 4482181 4482192 

15.00 14.40 - 15.60 45 4482202 

16.00 15.40 - 16.60 80 4482021 

17.00 16.40 - 17.60 80 4482203 

18.00 17.40 - 18.60 80 4482113 

} 

} 

} 

Measuring depth >14 mm 

35 

Measuring depth 

L 

844 Kk 

ø14 

Expander Pin 

Measuring 

Probe 

Minimum measurement height 

H2 

Nominal dimension L H 2 

mm mm mm 

0.50 19.50 

0.55 19.50 

0.60 19.50 

0.70 19.50 

0.80 19.50 

0.90 19.50 

1.00 – 1.40 19.50 

1.75 – 2.25 25.30 0.30 

2.50 – 4.00 30.60 0.30 

4.00 – 10.00 47.30 0.50 

10.00 – 18.00 48.50 1.00 

Ring Gage Sets 844 Ke 

For setting Dial Bore Gages 844 K, 844 KH and 844 KS. Supplied in 

sets to match the measuring ranges of these instruments. Can be 

stored in the wooden case of the bore gages. 

Diameter tolerance ± 1 μm 

Ring Gages 844 Ke are only available with the diameters shown in 

the table. 

For all other dimensions, Ring Gages 355 E with dimensions as per 

DIN 2250 and with actual deviation engraved are available. 

For Meas. range Diameter Order no. 

mm 

mm 

0.47 - 0.97 0.5/0.55/0.6/0.7/0.8/0.9 4470160 

0.95 - 1.55 1/1.1/1.2/1.3/1.4 4470161 

1.5 - 4.2 1.75/2/2.25/2.5/2.75/ 4470162 

3/3.25/3.5/3.75/4 

3.7 - 7.3 4/4.5/5/5.5/6/6.5/7 4470163 

6.7 - 10.3 7/7.5/8/8.5/9/9.5/10 4470164 

9.4 - 18.6 10/11/12/13/14/15/ 4470165 

16/17/18

+ 


9-59 

Modular Unit System for 844 K 

Holder 844 Kg 


thread for a Measuring Head 844 Kk. Heat insulated handle 

Order no. 4470851 

Extensions 844 Kv 

For extra-deep bores. Screws in between Holder 844 Kg and 

Measuring Head 844 Kk for measuring range 10-18 mm. 

Length 64 mm, ø 8 mm, 

Order no. 4470070 

Right Angle Attachment 844 Kw 

For measuring bores which are diffi cult to reach, e.g. in tight spaces, 

on machine tools or when work piece bores are inconveniently 

located. For screwing in between Holder 844 Kg and Measuring 

Head 844 Kk 

954 

844 Kg 

844 Kv 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

844 Kt 

64 

ø8 

60 

Order no. 4470110 

Lifter 954 

Facilitates insertion of measuring probe in bore by lifting measuring 

spindle of dial comparator. 

Order no. 4372030 

844 Kk 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

ø8 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

ø10 

ø24 

Expander 

pin 

Depth Stop 844 Kt 

For checking diameter of bores at prescribed depth. Only to be used 

with Extension 844 Kv. 

Expander pin 

844 Kw 

844 Kk 

Order no. 4470115 

Measuring Probes for Special Applications 

For measurement of blind holes, diameters of recesses, distances between plane-parallel surfaces, etc. special models of measuring probes 

are available on request. 

1. Measurement of the diameter of recesses 2. Measurement of plane-parallel surfaces 

3. Measurement of polygon bores 4. Measurement of inside serrations, see 844 Z Page 9-46

- 

9-60 


Accessories 

Stand 844 Kst 

Floating Holder 844 Ksts 

Features 

For quick checks of bores in small work pieces. Hardened table 

plate can be raised with lever, thus moving test piece into position. 

Plate can be clamped at any height for checking eccentricity. 

Particularly suited to use with digital indicators, where appropriate 

in conjunction with data printers or computer equipment, in cases 

where the determination of the reversal point is inappropriate. 

Table dia. 

Throat depth of arm 

Table stroke 

Max. work piece height 

58 mm 

45 mm 

30 mm 

ca. 100 mm 

Features 

For use in conjunction with Stand 844 Kst. Enables measuring probe 

to find common axis of bore and measuring instrument quickly and 

easily on insertion into hole, thus providing optimum measuring 

speed and high accuracy. Particularly suitable for small diameters, as 

measuring confidence is considerably enhanced. 

Order no. 4470105 

Order no. 4470100 

Angle Stop 844 Ka 

33,5 

Facilitates positioning of cylindrical work pieces under measuring 

instrument. For clamping to Stand 844 Kst. 

Order no. 4470120 

6 

26 

30 

58 

38

+ 


9-61 

Adjustable Bore Gages 1280 P 

Superior Accuracy for Production and Inspection. 

Features 

• Rugged construction for long 

life and low maintenance: 

Stainless steel gaging head, 

one piece centralizing yoke 

with replaceable tungsten 

carbide balls. 

• Heavy duty housing protects 

Indicator. 

• Flow-through design makes 

Series 1280P Bore Gages 

swish clean, no disassembly 

required. 

• Outstanding stability: Holds 

mastered value. 

• Furnished with either Dial 

Indicator or Maxμm ® III Digital 

Electronic Indicator. 

• Digital bore gages with output 

are provided with MaxμmIII 

Indicators. The Dynamic 

memory of the MaxμmIII 

greatly simplifies operation 

and assures repeatable 

readings with a single sweep 

of the diameter being 

measured. 

• Output available for Statistical 

Quality Control requirements. 

1282P-3W2 and 1280P-1W1 


With Dial Indicator 

Range of Sensitive Contact: 0.63 mm / .025“, 

0.002 mm / .0001” grad. 

With Maxμm ® III Indicators 

Range of Sensitive Contact: 0.39 mm /.020”. 

Resolution: 

0.001 mm / .00005” resolution, 

0.001 mm / .001” grad. 

If gage capacity is 25 mm / 1“ or greater, the MaxμmIII Indicator is 

covered with a cast aluminum protective housing. 

If under 25 mm / 1“ capacity, the protective housing is not normally 

furnished. 

With Dial With Digital Capacity Gaging End of Head to 

Indicator Output Depth Contact 


1280P-1W1 1282P-1W1 12 - 25 /.50 - 1” 76 / 3” 2.77 / .11” 

1280P-2W2 1282P-2W2 25 - 50 / 1- 2” 152 / 6” 4.37 / .17” 

1280P-3W2 1282P-3W2 50 - 203 / 2 - 8” 152 / 6” 7.92 / .31” 

1280P-1W2 1282P-1W2 12 - 25 / .50 - 1” 152 / 6” 2.77 / .11” 

1280P-2W3 1282P-2W3 25 - 50 / 1 - 2” 305 / 12” 4.37 / .17” 

1280P-3W3 1282P-3W3 50 - 203 / 2 - 8” 305 / 12” 7.92 / .31” 

See matrix on next page. 

Note: Model numbers do not include extensions. 

Series 1280P Adjustable Bore Gages are normally furnished with adjusting wrenches. Reference contacts for particular measurement sizes 

must be specified separately (see table on following page). If not specified, T.C. contacts will be furnished. 

For alternate gaging depths, contact materials, and other modifications are available. 

Example: 1282P-3MW3 with PT-156 and EX-224 specifies an Adjustable Bore Gage with tungsten carbide reference contact and an extension 

to cover the range from 75 mm / 3“ to 89 mm / 3.5“. 

The Gage is furnished with a Metric MaxμmIII Indicator, 2033119 (which has selectable resolution, units and includes Digital Output).

- 

9-62 


Adjustable Bore Gages 1280 P 


To order the correct bore gage to suit your measurement application, start with the base Model Number: 128XP-XXXX and substitute the X 

with the appropriate number or letter from the boxes below: 

Indicator 

0 – Dial Indicator 

2 – Maxμm ® III with Output 

Capacity 

1 – 12.50 - 25 mm / .50 - 1“ gaging depth to 305 mm / 12“ 

2 – 25 - 50 mm / 1 - 2“ gaging depth to 610 mm / 24“ 

3 – 50 - 200 mm / 2 - 8“ gaging depth to 1220 mm / 48“ 

Units 

– Omit for Inch 

M – Metric 

Configuration 

W – Gage only 

S – Complete kit with steel contacts* 

T – Complete kit with T.C. contacts* 

* Each kit is complete with components needed for capacity ranging from 

12.70 - 203 mm / .50 - 8”. A fitted case is furnished for all models with a 

gaging depth 150 mm / 6” or under. It contains a Dial or MaxμmIII Indicator 

with each tube assembly and all contacts, extensions, extenders, locknuts and 

necessary wrenches. 

128 X P - X X X X 

Gaging Depth 

1 – 76 mm / 3” 

2 – 150 mm / 6” 

3 – 300 mm / 12” 

4 – 450 mm / 18” 

5 – 600 mm / 24” 

6 – 760 mm / 30” 

7 – 910 mm / 36” 

8 – 1220 mm / 48” 

Example: If you chose 1282P-3S5 as your model number, you 

would have chosen an Inside Diameter gage with 

MaxμmIII Indicator, 50 - 200 mm / 2 - 8“ capacity, inch 

units, having a complete kit with steel contacts and a 

gaging depth of 600 mm / 24“. Metric equivalent Model 

would be: 1282P-3MS5.

+ 


9-63 

Handles / Housing 

All 1280P gages have a removable handle as a part of the 

Indicator Housing. 

All 1282P gages can be equipped with a handle which projects at 

90° to the gage housing. 

1282P gages with capacity 12-25 mm / .50-1” are not normally 

furnished with a protective housing. Handles and Housings may be 

ordered separately. 

For Handles order HA-88 with AT-124 Adaptor. For Housings 

order EHG-1198. 

Gaging Extensions 

Specify the Reference Contact Gaging Extensions required from 

the table below. For all diameters below 50 mm /2“ the Reference 

Contact is integral with each Extension. For diameters over 50 mm/ 

2“ the Reference Contact is separate and interchangeable among 

Extension Sets. 

1282P-1W1 

(Output Cable not included) 


Diameter to be Extension Required Used on Gage Model 

measured Carbide Steel Numbers 

mm/inch 

12 - 16 / .50 - .625” PT-562 PT-558 1280P-1xxx 

16 - 19 / .625 - .75” PT-567 PT-559 

19 - 22 / .75 - .875” PT-568 PT-560 1282P-1xxx 

22 - 25 / .875 - 1” PT-557 PT-561 

25 - 32 / 1 - 1.25” PT-554 PT-555 1280P-2xxx 

32 - 38 / 1.25 - 1.50” PT-553 PT-556 

38 - 45 / 1.50 - 1.75” PT-552 PT-569 1282P-2xxx 

45 - 50 / 1.75 - 2” PT-550 PT-551 

For the gaging diameters listed below, select one Contact Point and at least one Extension Set. 

Contact Point: Extension Used on 

Required 

Gage Models 

Carbide PT-156 1280P-3XXX 

Steel PT-2224 1282P-3XXX 

Extension Sets: Diameter to be Extension Used on 

Measured Sets Gage Models 

mm/inch 

50 - 64 / 2 - 2.5” EX-222 

64 - 76 / 2.5 - 3” EX-223 

76 - 89 / 3 - 3.5” EX-224 1280P-3XXX 

89 - 100 / 3.5 - 4” EX-225 

100 - 127 / 4 - 5” EX-223 with EX-226 1282P-3XXX 

127 - 152 / 5 - 6” EX-225 with EX-226 

152 - 178 / 6 - 7” EX-223 with EX-228 

178 - 200 / 7 - 8” EX-225 with EX-228

- 

9-64 


Self-Centering Dial Bore Gages 844 N / 844 NH Intramess 

Features 

• Measuring the diameter, 

roundness and conical form of 

a bore as well as the distances 

of plane-parallel surfaces 

• Measuring head consists 

of a carbide-tipped moving 

anvil and an interchangeable 

stationary anvil which has a 

hardened steel ball; 

alternatively a carbide ball is 

available 

• Transmission lever system 

transfers movement of the 

movable anvil to indicating 

instrument 

• The broad centering bridge 

ensures automatic centering in 

the bore 

• Insensitive to temperature due 

to both the shank and transfer 

rod being made from heat 

resistant Invar steel 

• Highly resistant to wear and 

tear due to the carbide tipped 

moving anvil 

• Constant measuring force due 

to built-in spring thus 



extremely versatile as every 


measuring range, within this 

range it is quick and easy to 

adjust to any size 

• Measuring head, holder, 

extensions, right-angle 

attachments and depth stops 

are all part of this extensive 

modular system 


Holder, measuring head, 

stationary anvil, wooden 

case, excludes an indicating 

instrument 

The comparision between Invar and Standard steel 

Change in length due to heat 

Invar steel has a particularly low expansion coefficient and thus 

makes the instrument totally insensitive to any kind of heat. Body 

heat from the user, increases in ambient temperature have no 

influence on the measuring results. 

The graph on the right compares the Invar steel version to a standard 

type. Both gages were hand-held and thus influenced by body heat. 

The deviation when using Invar steel is negligible. 

μm 

8 

7 

6 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

Standard steel 

Invar steel 

0,1 0,2 0,3 0,4 t(min)

+ 


9-65 

Technical Data Daten 


Error limit 

G e 

Repeatability 

f w 

Hysteresis 

mm (inch) μm μm μm 

f u 

Order no* 

844 N 

Order no* 

844 NH 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 2 0.5 2.5 4474000 4475000 

35 - 100 (1.4 - 4“) 2 0.5 2.5 4474001 4475001 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 2 0.5 2.5 4474002 4475002 

250 - 400 (10 - 16“) 3 1.5 3.5 4474003 4475003 

400 - 800 (16 - 32“) 3 1.5 3.5 4474004 4475004 

250 - 800 (10 - 32“) 3 1.5 3.5 4474005 4475005 

* Excludes indicating instrument 

Complete Instrument 

844 N Carbide-tipped moving anvil; 

stationary anvil with steel ball 

844 NH Moving anvil and stationary anvil are carbide-tipped 

d e 

Measuring range a b c d e 

mm (inch) 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 5.35 8 115 63 22 

35 - 100 (1.4 - 4“) 8.5 12 148 80 22 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 11.5 18 230 100 25 

250 - 400 (10 - 16“) 16 24 366 110 28 

400 - 800 (16 - 32“) 17.5 24 366 110 28 




a c 

b 

Indicator Readings Order no. 



Millimess 1003 / 1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Supramess 1002 / 1002 Z 0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4335000/4335900 

Extramess 2001 0.2 μm/ .00001“ 

0.5 μm/ .00002“ 4346100* 

1 μm/ .00005“ 

μMaxμm 

.0005mm/ .00002“ EDI-20302** 

.001mm/ .00005“ 

Marcator 1087 B .002mm/ .0001“ 

.004mm,/ .0005“ 

.010mm/ .001“ 

4337062 




2001 

1003

- 

9-66 


Accessories to set and adjust Dial Bore Gages 

1. Setting Device 

Uses standard gage blocks for setting any bore diameter and any 

tolerance. Replaces ring gages and is universally applicable. 

2. Ring Gage 355 E 

Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

With actual deviation engraved 

Dimensions: 

DIN 2250, type C 

Manufacturing tolerance: DIN 2250 

Available diameters: 

0.5 - 200 mm 

Components 

Measuring Jaw 844 em 

355 E 

Measuring range Dimensions Order no. 

mm (inch) mm/inch 

18 - 800 (.7 - 32“) 60 x 9.5 x 9 /2.36 x .37 x .35“ 4470095 

Setting Bridge 844 Neb 

Measuring range Width Height Order no. 


18 - 250 (.7 - 10“) 70/ 2.75“ 12/.47“ 4474080 

18 - 400 (.7 - 16“) 165/ 6.49“ 17/.67“ 4474081 

18 - 800 (.7 - 32“) 320/ 12.59“ 20/.78“ 4474082 

Gage Block Holder 420 h 

Clamping range 

mm 

(inch) 

Order no. 

420 h 

0 - 70 (0 - 2.75“) 4800120 

0 - 120 (0 - 4.72“) 4800121 

100 - 220 (4 - 8.66“) 4800122 

100 - 420 (4 - 16.53“) 4800123 

400 - 820 (16 - 32.28“) 4800124 

844 em 

Stand 844 ef 

For mounting setting device up to 420 mm 

Order no. 4470098 

844 Neb 

844 ef

+ 


9-67 

Modular Unit System 844 N 

In addition to complete Dial Bore Gages 844 N, modular units can 

also be compiled as required to suit a individual measuring task and 

or application. 

Measuring Head 844 Nk, steel 

Measuring Head 844 NHk, carbide 

With built-in lever transmission system, carbide-tipped anvil and 

extra-wide centering bridge. With interchangeable stationary anvil. 

Threaded connection for Holders 844 Ng and 844 Ngk. 

Measuring range Order no. Order no. 

mm (inch) 844 Nk 844 NHk 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 4474151 4474156 

35 - 100 (1.37 - 4“) 4474152 4474157 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 4474153 4474158 

250 - 400 (10 - 16“) 4474154 4474159 

400 - 800 (16 - 32“) 4474155 4474160 

Right Angle Attachment 844 Nw 

For measuring difficult to reach bores, e.g. in tight spaces, 

inconveniently located or on machine tools. For screwing in between 

844 Ng or 844 Ngk and 844 Nk/NHK. 

For meas. ranges Length* Bore depth Order no. 

mm (inch) L mm/inch mm/inch 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 66/2.6“ 45/1.8“ 4474070 

35 - 100 (1.37 - 4“) 80/3.1“ 55/2.2“ 4474071 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 105/4.1“ 70/2.8“ 4474072 

* With measuring heads 844 Nk/NHk 

Extension 844 Nv 

For extra deep bores. For screwing in between 844 Ng and 

844 Nk/NHk. Shank and transfer rod made of Invar steel. 

Extension Set 844 Nes 

For extending range of Measuring Head 844 Nk/NHk from 

250-400 mm to 800 mm. Consists of additional centering bridge 

and two extensions. 

Order no.: 4474010 

For instruments Length Order no. 

mm (inch) L (mm/inch) 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 250 / 9.8“ 4474066 

35 - 100 (1.37 - 4“) 250 / 9.8“ 4474060 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 250 / 9.8“ 4474061 

500 / 19.7“ 4474062 

250 - 800 (10 - 32“) 250 / 9.8“ 4474063 

500 / 19.7“ 4474064 

844 Ngk 

844 Ng 

Holder 844 Ng 

Shank and transfer rod made of heat-resistant Invar steel. With a 

locking clamp for indicator. 

d1 

d1 

844 Nv 

For meas. range L d1 d2 Order no. 


L 

L 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 200/ 8“ 14/ .6“ 8/ .3“ 4474040 

35 - 100 (1.37 - 4“) 250/ 10“ 18/ .7“ 12/ .5“ 4474041 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 350/ 14“ 26/ 1.0“ 18/ .7“ 4474042 

250 - 800 (10 - 32“) 500/ 20“ 30/ 1.2“ 24/ .9“ 4474043 

d2 

d2 

L 

Short Holder 844 Ngk 

Shank and transfer rod made of heat-resistant Invar steel. With a 

locking clamp for an indicator. 

For meas. range L d1 d2 Order no. 


844 Nk 

844 NHk 

18 - 50 (.7 - 2“) 120/ 5“ 14/ .6“ 8/ .3“ 4474050 

35 - 100 (1.37 - 4“) 120/ 5“ 18/ .7“ 12/ .5“ 4474051 

100 - 250 (4 - 10“) 150/ 6“ 26/1.0“ 18/ .7“ 4474052 

250 - 800 (10 - 32“) 250/ 10“ 30/1.2“ 24/ .9“ 4474053 

L 

844 Nw 

844 Nk 

844 NHk

- 

9-68 


Dial Bore Gage for Internal Serrations 844 Z 

Modular Unit Parts: 

Dial Bore Gage 844 Z 

Diametrical two ball measurement 

“Mdk“ from 3.5 - 333 mm 

Modular Unit Parts 844 Kk 

“Mdk“ from 3.5 - 26.1 mm 

(see table below) 

Modular Unit Parts 844 Z 

“MdK” 26 - 333 mm (see table 

on opposite page) 

Diametrical two ball measurement „M dk “ from 3.5 - 26.1 mm 

Features 

• For diametrical two ball 

measurement MdK, to obtain 

the pitch diameter and conical 

form of internal gears in any 

position and at any depth 

• For ball dimensions from 3.5 

to 26.1 mm use the 844 Kk 

with carbide ball anvils and in 

conjunction with an expander 

pin 

• For ball dimensions >26 mm 

the measuring heads 844 z1 

or 844 z2 with the appropriate 

modular units are to be 

employed 


to carbide ball anvils 


due to built-in spring thus 


• Anvils, measuring heads, 

holder, spacer (intermediate 

piece) and depth extensions 

form a very comprehensive 

modular system which can 

rapidly be converted to 

measure further gear sizes 

Ball Order no. Ball dia. Order no. Expander 

dimen. ball dia. 1-5 according ball dia. 7.5-10 pin 

M dk (mm) graduation 0.5 to table graduation 0.5 Steel 

3.5 - 4.1 4482450 4482550 

} 

4.0 - 4.6 4482451 4482551 

4.5 - 5.1 4482452 4482552 

5.0 - 5.6 4482453 4482553 

5.5 - 6.1 4482454 4482554 

6.0 - 6.6 4482455 4482555 

6.5 - 7.1 4482456 4482556 4470806 

7.0 - 7.6 4482457 4482557 

7.5 - 8.1 4482458 4482558 

8.0 - 8.6 4482459 4482559 

8.5 - 9.1 4482460 4482560 

9.0 - 9.6 4482461 4482561 

} 

9.3 - 10.6 4482462 4482562 4482662 

10.3 - 11.6 4482463 4482563 4482663 

11.3 - 12.6 4482464 4482564 4482664 

12.3 - 13.6 4482465 4482565 4482665 

13.3 - 14.6 4482466 4482566 4482666 

14.5 - 16.1 4482467 4482567 4482667 

15.5 - 17.1 4482468 4482568 4482668 

16.5 - 18.1 4482469 4482569 4482669 

17.5 - 19.1 4482470 4482570 4482670 4470808 

18.5 - 20.1 4482471 4482571 4482671 

19.5 - 21.1 4482472 4482572 4482672 

20.5 - 22.1 4482473 4482573 4482673 

21.5 - 23.1 4482474 4482574 4482674 

22.5 - 24.1 4482475 4482575 4482675 

23.5 - 25.1 4482476 4482576 4482676 

24.5 - 26.1 4482477 4482577 4482677 

Lifting Knob 954 

enables the dial bore gage to 

gently guided into the serration. 

The measuring spindle of the 

indicating instrument can also be 

lifted. 

Order no. 4372030 

Holder 844 Kg 

with a clamping device for the 

indicating instrument. The 

mounting bore diameter 8 mm 

Order no. 4470851 

Extension 844 Kv 

for measuring in depth bores; 

length 64 mm 

Order no. 4470070 

844 Kk Anvil 

for internal serrations. 

ball dimension „M dk “ from 

3.5 - 26.1 mm 

Table (Sizes in mm) 

0.500 - 0.551 - 0.620 - 0.623 - 0.630 - 0.722 - 0.862 - 0.895 - 0.965 - 1.100 - 1.118 - 1.125 - 1.250 

1.350 - 1.372 - 1.385 - 1.524 - 1.540 - 1.600 - 1.650 - 1.700 - 1.750 - 1.782 - 1.800 - 1.829 - 1.900 

2.032 - 2.250 - 2.284 - 2.386 - 2.438 - 2.667 - 2.704 - 2.713 - 2.721 - 2.743 - 2.750 - 3.048 - 3.250 

3.400 - 3.658 - 4.835 - 5.250 - 5.486 - 5.500 - 6.000 - 6.096 - 6.350 - 6.500 - 7.000 

954 

844 Kg 

M6x0,75 

M6x0,75 

844 Kv 

M6x0,75 

844 Kk 

M dk

+ 


9-69 

Modular Unit Parts 

Diametrical two ball measurement from M dK 26-333 mm 

Measuring Heads 

Order no. 

844 z1, for M dK 26 - 130,5 mm 4485000 

844 z2, for M dK 48.5 - 333 mm 4485001 

Floating Ball Anvils with carbide ball 

Grad. (mm) Ball dia. mm 

844 z3 Meas. range 3 mm, for Meas. Head 844 z1 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488300 

acc. to table 4488301 

0.5 7.5 - 10 4488302 

844 z4 Meas. range 3 mm, for Meas. Head 844 z2 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488310 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488312 

Ball Anvils with carbide ball 

844 z5, Length 2.5 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488320 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488322 

844 z6, Length 5.0 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488330 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488332 

844 z7, Length 7.5 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488340 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488342 

844 z8, Length 10.0 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488350 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488352 

844 z15, Length adjustable from 24-34 mm 0.5 1.0 - 5.0 4488360 


0.5 7.5 - 10 4488362 

Spacer (intermediate piece) 

Length (mm) 

844 z9 10 4486501 

844 z10 20 4486502 

844 z11 40 4486503 

844 z12 80 4486504 

844 z13 100 * 4486505 

844 Kg 

844 Kv 

Wooden case 4485013 

* Only for 844 z2 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

2,5 10 

5 

7,5 

10 

844 z15 

24-34 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

844 z10 

80 

100 

844 z9 

40 

20 

M6x0,75 

844 z1 

844 z3 

23,5-26,5 

M6x0,75 

844 z2 

46-49 

844 z4

- 

9-70 


Dial Bore Gage for Internal Serrations 844 Z 

Selecting Modular Unit Parts Measuring Head 844 z1 and Floating Ball Anvil 844 z3 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

26.0 - 29.0 x 

28.5 - 31.5 x 

31.0 - 34.0 x 

33.5 - 36.5 x 

36.0 - 39.0 x x 

38.5 - 41.5 x x 

41.0 - 44.0 x x 

43.5 - 46.5 x x 

46.0 - 49.0 x x 

47.5 - 60.5 x 

48.5 - 51.5 x x 

51.0 - 54.0 x x 

53.5 - 56.5 x x 

56.0 - 59.0 x x x 

57.5 - 70.5 x x 

58.5 - 61.5 x x x 

61.0 - 64.0 x x x 

63.5 - 66.5 x x x 

66.0 - 69.0 x x 

67.5 - 80.5 x x 

68.5 - 71.5 x x 

71.0 - 74.0 x x 

73.5 - 76.5 x x 

76.0 - 79.0 x x x 

77.5 - 90.5 x x x 

78.5 - 81.5 x x x 

81.0 - 84.0 x x x 

83.5 - 86.5 x x x 

86.0 - 89.0 x x x 

87.5 - 100.5 x x 

88.5 - 91.5 x x x 

91.0 - 94.0 x x x 

93.5 - 96.5 x x x 

96.0 - 99.0 x x x x 

97.5 - 110.5 x x x 

98.5 - 101.5 x x x x 

101.0 - 104.0 x x x x 

103.5 - 106.5 x x x x 

107.5 - 120.5 x x x 

117.5 - 130.5 x x x x 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

Example: 

Diametrical two ball meas. M dK 73.0 mm 

Ball dia. 

5.486 mm 

When placing an order please quote the ball diameter of the modular 

unit system for 844 z3 - 844 z8, as well as 844 z15. On the basis of 

the above specifi ed example above result several combinations that 

are possible to choice from is dependent upon the work piece. For 

further details please refer to the illustration on Page 9-43. 

The measuring application can be solved with either one of the 

following 4 versions: 

Type Description Ball dia. Length Order no. 

mm mm 

Version 1 

844 z1 Meas. Head 23.5-26.5 4485000 

844 z3 Floating Ball Anvil 5.486 4488301 

844 z7 Ball Anvil 5.486 7.5 4488341 

844 z11 Spacer 40.0 4486503 

Meas. range 71.0-74.0 

Version 2 

844 z1 Meas. Head 23.5-26.5 4485000 


844 z15 Ball Anvil 5.486 24.0-34.0 4488361 

844 z10 Spacer 20.0 4486502 


Version 3 

844 z2 Meas. Head 46.0-49.0 4485001 


844 z6 Ball Anvil 5.486 5.0 4488331 

844 z10 Spacer 20.0 4486502 


Version 4 

844 z2 Meas. Head 46.0-49.0 4485001 


844 z15 Ball Anvil 5.486 24.0-34.0 4488361 


Determination of setting values 


D M 

M dk + 2 D M 

M dk 

D M 

D M = Ball diameter of the ball 

anvil 



M dk = Diametrical two ball 

measurement 


mm / inch 

mm / inch 

M dk + 2 D M = 

Setting value (length of the 

gage block required for 

setting) 

Compramess 1004/1004 Z 5 μm/ .0001“ 4333000/4333900 

Millimess 1003/1003 Z 1 μm/ .00005“ 4334000/4334900 


Electrical Indicating Instruments see Chapter 7

+ 


9-71 

Selecting Modular Unit Parts 844 Z Measuring Head f 844 z2 and Floating Ball Anvil 844 z4 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

M dK in mm 

844 z5 

844 z6 

844 z7 

844 z8 

844 z15 

844 z9 

844 z10 

844 z11 

844 z12 

844 z13 

48.5 - 51.5 x 

51.0 - 54.0 x 

53.5 - 56.5 x 

56.0 - 59.0 x 

58.5 - 61.5 x x 

61.0 - 64.0 x x 

63.5 - 66.5 x x 

66.0 - 69.0 x x 

68.5 - 71.5 x x 

70.0 - 83.0 x 

71.0 - 74.0 x x 

73.5 - 76.5 x x 

76.0 - 79.0 x x 

78.5 - 81.5 x x x 

80.0 - 93.0 x x 

81.0 - 84.0 x x x 

83.5 - 86.5 x x x 

86.0 - 89.0 x x x 

88.5 - 91.5 x x 

90.0 - 103.0 x x 

91.0 - 94.0 x x 

93.5 - 96.5 x x 

96.0 - 99.0 x x 

98.5 - 101.5 x x x 

100.0 - 113.0 x x x 

101.0 - 104.0 x x x 

103.5 - 106.5 x x x 

106.0 - 109.0 x x x 

108.5 - 111.5 x x x 

110.0 - 123.0 x x 

111.0 - 114.0 x x x 

113.5 - 116.5 x x x 

116.0 - 119.0 x x x 

118.5 - 121.5 x x x x 

120.0 - 133.0 x x x 

121.0 - 124.0 x x x x 

123.5 - 126.5 x x x x 

126.0 - 129.0 x x x x 

128.5 - 131.5 x x 

130.0 - 143.0 x x x 

131.0 - 134.0 x x 

133.5 - 136.5 x x 

136.0 - 139.0 x x 

138.5 - 141.5 x x x 

140.0 - 153.0 x x x x 

141.0 - 144.0 x x x 

143.5 - 146.5 x x x 

146.0 - 149.0 x x x 

148.5 - 151.5 x x 

150.0 - 163.0 x x 

151.0 - 154.0 x x 

153.5 - 156.5 x x 

156.0 - 159.0 x x 

158.5 - 161.5 x x x 

160.0 - 173.0 x x x 

161.0 - 164.0 x x x 

163.5 - 166.5 x x x 

166.0 - 169.0 x x x 

168.5 - 171.5 x x x 

170.0 - 183.0 x x 

171.0 - 174.0 x x x 

173.5 - 176.5 x x x 

176.0 - 179.0 x x x 

178.5 - 181.5 x x x x 

180.0 - 193.0 x x x 

181.0 - 184.0 x x x x 

183.5 - 186.5 x x x x 

186.0 - 189.0 x x x x 

188.5 - 191.5 x x x 

190.0 - 193.0 x x x 

191.0 - 194.0 x x x 

193.5 - 196.5 x x x 

196.0 - 199.0 x x x 

198.5 - 201.5 x x x x 

200.0 - 213.0 x x x x 

201.0 - 204.0 x x x x 

203.5 - 206.5 x x x x 

206.0 - 209.0 x x x x 

208.5 - 211.5 x x x x 

210.0 - 223.0 x x x 

211.0 - 214.0 x x x x 

213.5 - 216.5 x x x x 

216.0 - 219.0 x x x x 

218.5 - 221.5 x x x x x 

220.0 - 233.0 x x x x 

221.0 - 224.0 x x x x x 

223.5 - 226.5 x x x x x 

226.0 - 229.0 x x x x x 

228.5 - 231.5 x x x 

230.0 - 243.0 x x x x 

231.0 - 234.0 x x x 

233.5 - 236.5 x x x 

236.0 - 239.0 x x x 

238.5 - 241.5 x x x x 

240.0 - 253.0 x x x x x 

241.0 - 244.0 x x x x 

243.5 - 246.5 x x x x 

246.0 - 249.0 x x x x 

248.5 - 251.5 x x x x 

250.0 - 263.0 x x x 

251.0 - 254.0 x x x x 

253.5 - 256.5 x x x x 

256.0 - 259.0 x x x x 

258.5 - 261.5 x x x x x 

260.0 - 273.0 x x x x 

261.0 - 264.0 x x x x x 

263.5 - 266.5 x x x x x 

266.0 - 269.0 x x x x x 

268.5 - 271.5 x x x x 

270.0 - 283.0 x x x x 

271.0 - 274.0 x x x x 

273.5 - 276.5 x x x x 

276.0 - 279.0 x x x x 

278.5 - 281.5 x x x x x 

280.0 - 293.0 x x x x x 

281.0 - 284.0 x x x x x 

283.5 - 286.5 x x x x x 

286.0 - 289.0 x x x x x 

288.5 - 291.5 x x x x x 

290.0 - 303.0 x x x x 

291.0 - 294.0 x x x x x 

293.5 - 296.5 x x x x x 

296.0 - 299.0 x x x x x 

298.5 - 301.5 x x x x x x 

300.0 - 313.0 x x x x x 

301.0 - 304.0 x x x x x x 

303.5 - 306.5 x x x x x x 

306.0 - 309.0 x x x x x x 

310.0 - 323.0 x x x x x 

320.0 - 333.0 x x x x x x

- 

Multimar. Universal Measuring Instruments 

DO YOU HAVE DIVERSE MEASURING TASKS 

MULTIMAR MASTERS THEM WITH FLYING COLORS. 

The latest information on MULTIMAR products can 



Regardless of whether gears, threads, cones or grooves are to be measured; the versatility of Multimar Universal Measuring 

Instruments combined with a broad range of accessories ensures a perfect solution for nearly all your internal and external 

measuring requirements.

+ 



Multimar 25 ES 10- 2 

Digital Universal Caliper 

Multimar 844 T 10- 4 

Universal Measuring Instrument for Comparision 

Measurements 

Accessories for Multimar 25 ES / 844 T 10- 6 

Multimar 36 B 10- 21 

Indicator Gage for Internal (I.D.) and External (O.D.) 

Measurements

- 

10- 2 


Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES Varimeter 

RS232C 

Applications 

Illustration is shown with accessories, 

these are sold seperately 


• Outside and inside dimensions 

• Centering shoulders 

• Narrow collars 

• External and internal tapers 

• Dovetails 

• Grooves 

• Distances between hole 

centers 

• For scribing of work pieces 

Features 

Functions: 

ON/OFF 

RESET (zero setting) 

mm/inch 

HOLD (Storage of measuring 

values) 

DATA (Data transmission) 

PRESET (for entering a 

numerical value) 

TOL (Tolerance display) 

• Capacitive measuring system, 

life of the battery ca. 2 years 

• Max measuring speed: 

1.5 m/s (60”/s) 

• Data output: 

Opto RS232C via data 

connection cable 

• High contrast 6 mm Liquid 

Crystal Display 

• Interchangeable measuring 

arms 

• Due to the patented mounting 

fixture of the measuring arms 

and or measuring attachments 

provided on both the upper 

and lower longitudinal face of 

the arm holders, the digital 

display is always in the 

operator’s line of vision 

• The application range can be 

easily extended by reversing 

the measuring arms 

• Both measuring arms can 

be moved along the beam 

thus having a well balanced 

weight distribution even with 

small dimensions 

• Slide and beam are made 

of hardened stainless steel 


Battery 


Measuring range* Resolution Error limit Weight Order no. Order no. 

outside inside (DIN 862) wooden case 

mm (inch) mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch g/lbs 

0 - 300 (0 - 12”) 25 - 325 (1 - 13”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 770/ 1.7 4118700 4118750 

0 - 300 (0 - 12”) 25 - 325 (1 - 13”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 750/ 1.6 4118701** 4118750 

0 - 600 (0 - 24”) 25 - 625 (1 - 25”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.03/ .0015” 1050/ 2.3 4118702 4118751 

0 - 1000 (0 - 40”) 25 - 1025 (1 - 41”) 0.01/ .0005” 0.04/ .0020” 1470/ 3.2 4118703 4118752 

* Dependent upon which accessories are being used the measuring range can be extended by a further 75 mm (2.95“) by reversing the measuring arms 844 Te/Tx 

** Without fine adjustment 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Setting Gage, hardened steel, 

screwed in to wooden case 25 Eel 4118520 


Data Connection Cable RS232C 

(2 m), SUB-D-jack 9-pin 16 ESv 4102510 

25 

10 

25 Eel 

50 ±0,003 

25 ±0,003 


90

+ 


10- 3 

Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES Measuring Arms, Mounting Attachments and Anvils 

Dimensions 

Range of application a 

mm/inch mm/inch 

844 Tm 

9 

a 

ø5 H7 

18,5 

18,3 

0 - 300 / 0 - 12“ 475/18.5“ 

0 - 600 / 0 - 24“ 775/30.5“ 

0 - 1000 / 0 - 40“ 1175/46.2“ 

24,5x5,6 

RESET 

25ES 

41,5 

12 

REF mm/Inch ON/OFF 0 HOLD 

ø3,5 

(M2,5) 

844 Te 

844 Tx 

4 

d min 

6 

d min = 14 mm (844 Te/Tx, 25 mm) 

d min = 17 mm (844 Te/Tx, 50 mm) 

8 

844 Tm 

844 Te 

844 Tx 

844 Ta 

844 Tw 

844 Tp 

901 H 

844 Ti 

844 Ts 

902 H 

844 Tu 

844 Tk 

844 Tr 

903 H 

904 H 

844 Tt 

844 Tg 

906 H 

907 H 

908 H 

25 Eb 

844 Tz 

911 H 

844 Tb 

912 

25 Eh 

25 Es 

913 

844 Tc 

426 M 

844 Tv

- 

10- 4 


Multimar. Universal Gage 844 T for external and internal dimensions 

OVERVIEW 

The Universal Gage Multimar 844 T. Easy to use and versatile; ideal for all your measuring requirements 

in dimensional metrology. 

Applications 

• External and internal 

dimensions 

• External and internal threads 

• Centering shoulders 

• Narrow collars, recesses and 

grooves 

• External and internal tapers 

• External and internal tooth 

profiles / gears 

• and lots more 

All indicating instruments 

with an 8 mm mounting 

shank can be used 

Constant measuring force due 

to the built-in measuring force 

spring 

The moveable measuring arm holder is mounted 

in a highly precision ball guide to eliminate both 

play and friction; it also has an extreme measuring 

sensitivity and accuracy due to the optimal stability 

and ease of movement 


Application range* Extended range of Distance of Weight Order no.** Order no. 

application movable anvil Wooden 

mm (inch) mm/inch mm/inch g/lbs case 

25 - 110 (1 - 4.33“) 25 - 185 / 1 - 7.28“ 10/ .4“ 775 / 1.71 4500001 4500010 

100 - 260 (4 - 10.24“) 100 - 335 / 4 - 13.18“ 10/ .4“ 1010 / 2.23 4500002 4500011 

250 - 610 (10 - 24.02“) 250 - 685 / 10 - 26.96“ 10/ .4“ 1580 / 3.48 4500003 4500012 

600 - 1010 (24 - 39.75“) 600 - 1085 / 24 - 42.71“ 10/ .4“ 2225 / 4.91 4500004 4500013 

1000 - 1500 (39.37 - 59.06“) 1000 - 1575 / 39.37 - 62.01“ 10/ .4“ 2460 / 5.42 4500005*** - 

1500 - 2000 (59.06 - 78.74“) 1500 - 2075 / 59.06 - 81.69“ 10/ .4“ 2620 / 5.78 4500006*** - 

2000 - 2500 (78.74 - 98.43“) 2000 - 2575 / 78.74 - 101.38“ 10/ .4“ 2800 / 6.17 4500007*** - 

* These application ranges only apply to internal measurements. For external measuremenst the range of application is reduced by 25 mm (1”). 

The extension of the application range takes place when the measuring elements are rotated through 180°. 

All application ranges depend upon which anvil is being used. 

From 1000 mm (range of application) a lightweight CRP tube is used. 

** Excludes indicating instrument 

*** Includes a transport and storage case

+ 


10- 5 

The basic Multimar 844 T gage is made from a 

rugged, ground and hard chrome plated column 

The direction of the measuring force can be 

changed with an Allen key for either external 

or internal dimensions 

The stationary measuring arm holder can 

be moved along the column for coarse 

adjustment 

Adjustable stops for setting the measuring 

depth 

The measuring arms for 

measurement of external and 

internal dimensions. By simply 

reversing the measuring arms 

the application range can be 

extended 

Innovative lightweight 

construction of the basic 

body, made from carbon 

fiber reinforced plastic (CRP) 

tube, for measuring range 

1000-1500 mm. 


All indicating instruments with a 8 mm mounting shank can be used. 

Recommended are: 

Indicating Instrument Readings Order no. 

mm/inch 

mm/inch 

MarCator 810 S 0.01 mm 4311000 

Zentimess 1010 / 1010 Z 0.01 mm / .0005“ 4332000/ 4332900 

Compramess 1004 / 1004 Z 5 μm / .0001“ 4333000/ 4333900 

Digital Indicator MarCator 1087 B 0.001 mm* / .00005“ 4337062 

μMaxμm XL (XLI-30000) 1 μm / .00005“* XLI-30000 

* Resolution 

For further digital indicators please refer to Chapter 5

- 

10- 6 


Overview. Measuring Arms, Stops, Mounting Attachments and Anvils 

Dimensions 

Range of application 

a 

mm (inch) mm/inch 

844 T 

25 - 110 (1 - 4.33“) 245 / 9.6“ 

100 - 260 (4 - 10.24“) 395 / 15.5“ 

250 - 610 (10 - 24.02“) 745 / 29.3“ 

600 - 1010 (24 - 39.75“) 1145 / 45.0“ 

1000 - 1500 (39.37 - 59.06“) 1675 / 65.9“ 

1500 - 2000 (59.06 - 78.74“) 2175 / 85.6“ 

2000 - 2500 (78.74 - 98.43“ 2675 / 105.3“ 

17 

6 

a 

ø22 

844 Te 

844 Tn 

844 Tm 

844 Tx 

844 Ty 

844 Ta 

844 Tw 

844 Tp 

901 H 

844 Ti 

844 Ts 

902 H 

706 Vr 

844 Tu 

844 Tk 

903 H 

844 Tr 

904 H 

844 Tt 

844 Tg 

906 H 

844 Tf 

907 H 

908 H 

844 Tz 

844 Tv 

911 H 

844 Tb 

912 

913 

844 Tc 

426 M

+ 


10- 7 

Overview. Measuring Arms, Stops and Mounting Attachments 

Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• Accommodates the following anvils 844 Ta, 844 Ti, 844 Tu, 844 Tt, 

844 Tz, 844 Tb und 844 Tc 

• Faces can also be used as stops 

• Reversible arm holders for extending measuring range 

Order no. 4500030 

Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• For external and internal diameters 

• With a 3.5 mm (0.138“) diameter mount, accommodates the 

interchangeable anvils 844 Tp, 844 Ts, 844 Tk, 844 Tr and 844 Tg 

• Reversible arm holders for extending measuring range 

20 

844 Te 

844 Tm 

9 

Throat depth a in mm 25 50 100* 

Order no. 4500020 4500021 4500022 

a 

10 

17 

844 Tw 

* Not suitable for Digital Caliper 25 ES 

Stops 844 Tw 

• To set the measuring depth limit. Can be attached and relocated 

on the following measuring arms 844 Te, 844 Tn, 844 Tx. 

Reversible for external and internal measurements 

844 Tn 

Order no. 4500109 

Measuring Arms 844 Tn 

100 

• Hardened steel 

• To measure external and internal diameters on recesses and 

grooves at a greater measuring depth 

1 

5 5 

Throat depth a in mm 100 

Order no. 4500036* 


844 Tx 

Measuring Arms 844 Tx 

• With an M 2.5 connection thread to screw in interchangeable anvils 

a 

844 Tw 

• For internal and external dimensions on specially formed work 

pieces 

• Measuring arms in conjunction with the measuring arms holder is 

reversible thus extending the range of measurement / application 

M 2,5 

Throat depth a in mm 25 50 100 

Order no. 4500080 4500081 4500082* 


Holder for Measuring Rollers 844 Ty 

ø5,5 

706 Vr 

• With location bolts for the Measuring Rollers 706 Vr, plus a stop 

and stop pin 

Order no. 4502463 

40 

ø5,5

- 

10- 8 


Measuring external and internal dimensions 

Anvils for Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Hardened steel 

• With a cylindrical mounting shank and retainer ring that allows free 

rotation in the bore of measuring arms 844 Te 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

844 Tp Flat; for external diameters, 

distance and widths 4500040* 

844 Ts Spherical; for internal diameters 4500045* 

844 Tp 

ø3,5 

6 

ø7,5 

3 

844 Te 

844 Tp 

* 2 pieces are required 

844 Te 

844 Ts 

844 Tw 

ø7,5 

ø3,5 

3 

6 

844 Ts 

Shoulder anvils for mounting attachments 844 Tm 

• Made from hardened steel 

• For measuring narrow collars such as centering shoulders and 

other similar measuring tasks 

• With cylindrical mounting shaft to attach into the mounting 

attachments 844 Tm 

844 Ta 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Ta 

13 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

5 

844 Ta Flat; for external diameters 4500050 

5 

6 

844 Ti Semi-cylindrical, for internal diameters 4500055 

844 Ti 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Ti 

5 

5 13 

6

+ 


10- 9 

Measuring tapers and distances 

Roller Anvils 844 Tu* 

for Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• To measure the diameter of outside tapers and dovetail 

guides 

• Roller is made of hardened steel 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

844 Tu 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Tu 

844 Tu* Roller dia. 8 mm 4500047 

Roller length 

14 mm 

Distance of the roller to the 

stop face 

5 mm ±3 μm 

5 

5 

Ball Anvils 844 Tt* 


ø8 

• To measure the diameter of inside tapers with a distance of 

5 mm from the taper face 

• Ball is made of hardened steel 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

844 Tt 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Tt 

844 Tt* Ball dia. 8 mm 4500046 

Distance of the ball to the 

stop face 

5 mm ±3 μm 

5 

* Outer and inner surfaces that are parallel to one another a combination sets 

(pair) consisting of a Roller Anvil 844 Tu and a Ball Anvil 844 Tt, are 

recommended. 

5 

ø8 

Measuring recesses 

Anvils with Measuring Blades 


• For measuring centering shoulders and recesses on internal and 

external diameters; consists of a pin type holder, which is be 

moved to set the measuring depth in Mounting Attachment 

844 Tm and a mounted measuring blade 

• The face of the Mounting Attachment 844 Tm serves as stop 

844 Tb 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Tb 

844 Tb 

• With round measuring blades 

• Ideal for workpieces that have a recess up to 2 mm in depth 

9 

8 

1 

2 

1 

844 Tc 

• With long measuring blades 

• Ideal for workpieces that have a recess up to 7.5 mm in depth 

Cat. Blade Blade Range of Order no. 

no. Length dia. adjustment 

mm mm mm 

844 Tc 

ø5 

844 Tm 

844 Tb – 9 0 – 10 4500015* 

844 Tc 20 – 0 – 10 4500114* 

20 – 40 – 50 4500115* 


20 

6 

7,5 

7,5 

844 Tc

- 

10-10 


Measuring external and internal tooth profi iles 

Ball Anvils 844 Tk 

Use in conjunction with Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Made of carbide. With cylindrical mounting shank and retainer 

ring which allows free rotation inside the bore of Measuring 

Arms 844 Te. 

Especially suited for the measurement of internal or external helical 

gear wheels. 

Shank dia. 

3.5 mm 

Shank length 

6 mm 

Manufacturing tol. ball dia. ± 2 μm 

844 Tk 

844 Te 

844 Tk 

H 

ød 

ø3,5 

6 

844 Te 

844 Tk 

dia. d H Order no.* 

mm mm 


mm mm 


mm mm 


mm mm 

0.5 3.0 4502620 

0.551 3.1 4502621 

0.62 3.1 4502622 

0.623 3.1 4502623 

0.63 3.1 4502624 

0.722 3.2 4502625 

0.862 3.4 4502626 

0.895 3.4 4502627 

0.965 3.5 4502628 

1 3.5 4500350 

1.1 3.6 4502629 

1.118 3.6 4502630 

1.125 3.6 4502631 

1.25 3.8 4500351 

1.35 3.9 4502632 

1.372 3.9 4502633 

1.385 3.9 4502634 

1.5 4.0 4500352 

1.524 4.0 4502635 

1.54 4.0 4502636 

1.6 4.1 4502637 

1.65 4.2 4502638 

1.7 4.2 4502639 

1.75 4.3 4500353 

1.782 4.3 4502640 

1.8 4.3 4502641 

1.829 4.3 4502642 

1.9 4.4 4502643 

2 4.5 4500354 

2.032 4.5 4502543 

2.25 4.8 4502540 

2.284 4.8 4502644 

2.3 4.8 4502544 

2.386 4.9 4502645 

2.438 4.9 4502646 

2.5 5.0 4500356 

2.667 5.2 4502647 

2.704 5.2 4502648 

2.713 5.2 4502649 

2.721 5.2 4502650 

2.743 5.2 4502651 

2.75 5.3 4500618 

3 5.5 4500357 

3.048 5.5 4502652 

3.25 5.8 4502541 

3.4 5.9 4502653 

3.5 6.0 4500358 

3.658 6.2 4502654 

4 6.5 4500359 

4.5 7.0 4500360 

4.835 7.3 4502655 

5 7.5 4500361 

5.25 7.8 4502656 

5.486 8.0 4502657 

5.5 8.0 4500362 

6 8.5 4500363 

6.096 8.6 4502658 

6.35 8.9 4502545 

6.5 9.0 4502542 

7 9.5 4502547 

8 10.5 4502548 

9 11.5 4502549 

10 12.5 4502550 


Further sizes are available upon request (material: Steel)

l 

+ 


10-11 

Measuring external and internal tooth profi iles 

Cylindrical Measuring Pins 844 Tz 

Use in conjunction with Mounting Attachments 844 Tm 

• Made from steel, with shank for mounting into the Mounting 

Attachment 844 Tm. 

Manufacturing tol. 

± 2 μm 

dia. D M 

Length l Length L Order no. 

mm mm mm 

844 Tm 

844 Tz 

1 6 19.5 4500500 

1.25 6 19.5 4500501 

1.5 6 19.5 4500502 

1.75 10 23.5 4500503 

2 10 23.5 4500504 

2.5 10 23.5 4500506 

3 15 28.5 4500507 

3.5 15 28.5 4500508 

4 15 28.5 4500509 

4.5 20 33.5 4500510 

5 20 33.5 4500511 

5.5 20 33.5 4500512 

6 20 33.5 4500513 

Further sizes are available upon request (material: Steel) 

844 Tz 

L 

ø5 

D M

- 

10-12 


Measuring external threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tr 

Used in conjunction with Measuring Arms 844 Te 

• Pair consists of V-anvil and blade 


Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

844 Tr 

ø3,5 

6 

844 Te 

844 Tr 

Metric external thread (60°) Whitworth external thread (55°) American UST external thread (60°) 


range 

range 


0.5 - 0.7 4501000 4501200 40 - 32 4501007 4501207 40 - 32 4501018 4501418 

0.7 - 1 4501001 4501201 32 - 24 4501008 4501208 32 - 24 4501019 4501419 

1.25 - 2 4501002 4501202 24 - 18 4501009 4501209 24 - 18 4501020 4501420 

2 - 3.5 4501003 4501203 18 - 14 4501010 4501210 18 - 14 4501021 4501421 

3.5 - 5 4501004 4501204 14 - 10 4501011 4501211 14 - 10 4501022 4501422 

5 - 7 4501005 4501205 10 - 7 4501012 4501212 10 - 7 4501023 4501423 

7 - 9 4501006 4501206 7 - 4.5 4501013 4501213 7 - 4.5 4501024 4501424 

4.5 - 3 4501014 4501214 4.5 - 3 4501025 4501425 

3 - 2.5 4501015 4501215 


Trapezoid external thread acc. to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Blade 


1 4501150 4501350 

1.5 4501151 4501351 

2 4501152 4501352 

3 4501153 4501353 

4 4501154 4501354 

5 4501155 4501355 

6 4501156 4501356 

7 4501157 4501357 

8 4501158 4501358 

9 4501159 4501359 

10 4501160 4501360

+ 


10-13 


Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tr 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and blade 

• Each pitch requires a separate V-anvil 

• Blade can be used for several pitches 


844 Te 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

844 Tr 

ø3,5 

6 

844 Tr 

Metric external thread (60°) Whitworth external thread (55°) 

American UST external thread (60°) 

Pitch V-anvil Blade Pitch V-anvil Blade 

range 


0.5 4501026 40 4501083 

0.6 4501027 36 4501108 4501284 

0.7 4501028 32 4501084 

0.75 4501029 4501232 28 4501085 

0.8 4501030 26 4501086 

0.9 4501031 24 4501087 

1 4501032 22 4501088 4501290 

1.25 4501033 20 4501089 

1.5 4501034 4501235 19 4501090 

1.75 4501035 18 4501091 

2 4501036 16 4501092 4501293 

2.5 4501037 4501238 14 4501093 

3 4501038 12 4501094 4501296 

3.5 4501039 11 4501095 

4 4501040 4501241 10 4501096 

4.5 4501041 9 4501097 4501299 

5 4501042 8 4501098 

5.5 4501043 4501244 7 4501099 

6 4501044 6 4501100 

7 4501045 5 4501101 4501302 

8 4501046 4501247 4.5 4501102 

9 4501047 4 4501103 

3.5 4501104 4501306 

3.25 4501105 

3 4501106

- 

10-14 


Measuring internal threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tg 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and tapered anvil. 

For pitch diameter 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

844 Tg 

844 Te 

844 Tg 

6 

ø3,5 

Metric internal thread (60°) Whitworth internal thread (55°) American UST internal thread (60°) 




0.5 - 0.7 4174300 4174600 40 - 32 4174343 4174643 40 - 32 4174415 4174615 

0.7 - 1 4174301 4174601 32 - 24 4174344 4174644 32 - 24 4174416 4174616 

1.25 - 2 4174302 4174602 24 - 18 4174345 4174645 24 - 18 4174417 4174617 

2 - 3.5 4174303 4174603 18 - 14 4174346 4174646 18 - 14 4174418 4174618 

3.5 - 5 4174304 4174604 14 - 10 4174347 4174647 14 - 10 4174419 4174919 

5 - 7 4174305 4174605 10 - 7 4174348 4174648 10 - 7 4174420 4174620 

7 - 9 4174306 4174606 7 - 4.5 4174349 4174649 7 - 4.5 4174421 4174621 

4.5 - 3 4174350 4174650 4.5 - 3 4174422 4174622 

3 - 2.5 4174351 4174651 

Trapezoid external thread acc. to DIN 103 

Pitch V-anvil Tapered 

anvil 


1 4501830 4501831 

1.5 4501832 4501833 

2 4501834 4501835 

3 4501836 4501837 

4 4501838 4501839 

5 4501840 4501841 

6 4501842 4501843 

7 4501844 4501845 

8 4501846 4501847 

9 4501848 4501849 

10 4501850 4501851

+ 


10-15 

Measuring internal threads 

Interchangeable Anvils 844 Tg 


• Pair consists of V-anvil and pointed anvil 

• Each pitch requires a separate V-anvil 

• Pointed anvil can be used for several pitches. 

For external diameters 

844 Tg 

844 Te 

844 Tg 

Shank dia. 

Shank length 

3.5 mm 

6 mm 

6 

ø3,5 

Metric internal thread (60°) Whitworth internal thread (55°) 

American UST internal thread (60°) 


anvil range anvil 


0.5 4174313 40 4174431 

0.6 4174314 36 4174427 4174632 

0.7 4174315 32 4174432 

0.75 4174316 4174619 28 4174433 

0.8 4174317 26 4174435 

0.9 4174318 24 4174436 

1 4174319 22 4174437 4174939 

1.25 4174321 20 4174438 

1.5 4174322 4174623 19 4174439 

1.75 4174323 18 4174440 

2 4174325 16 4174442 4174943 

2.5 4174326 4174627 14 4174443 

3 4174327 12 4174445 4174947 

3.5 4174329 11 4174446 

4 4174330 4174631 10 4174447 

4.5 4174331 9 4174449 4174949 

5 4174333 8 4174450 

5.5 4174334 4174635 7 4174451 

6 4174335 6 4174453 

7 4174337 5 4174454 4174655 

8 4174338 4174639 4.5 4174455 

9 4174339 4 4174457 

3.5 4174458 4174660 

3.25 4174459 

3 4174460

- 

10-16 


Measuring external and internal threads 

Interchangeable Measuring Rollers 844 Tv 

Used in conjunction with Mounting Attachment 844 Tm 

• Mounting shank fits into Mounting Attachment 844 Tm 

• Each has two springs to alleviate the positioning on the correct 

pitch thread 

Mounting Shank dia.: 5 mm 

844 Tm 

844 Tv 

844 Tv 

ø5 

ø5,5 

Metric Thread (60°) Whitworth Thread (55°) American UST Thread (60°) 

Pitch mm Order no. Range tpi Order no. Range tpi Order no. 

0.5 4501705 40 4501769 40 4501819 

0.6 4501706 36 4501768 36 4501818 

0.7 4501707 32 4501767 32 4501817 

0.75 4501708 30 4501766 30 4501816 

0.8 4501709 28 4501765 28 4501815 

0.9 4501710 24 4501764 24 4501814 

1 4501711 22 4501763 22 4501813 

1.25 4501712 20 4501762 20 4501812 

1.5 4501713 19 4501761 19 4501811 

1.75 4501714 18 4501760 18 4501810 

2 4501715 16 4501759 16 4501809 

2.5 4501716 14 4501758 14 4501808 

3 4501717 13 4501757 13 4501807 

3.5 4501718 12 4501756 12 4501806 

4 4501719 11 4501755 11 4501805 

4.5 4501720 10 4501754 10 4501804 

5 4501721 9 4501753 9 4501803 

5.5 4501722 8 4501752 8 4501802 

6 4501723 7 4501751 7 4501801 

6 4501750 6 4501800 

Special Threads. Interchangeable Measuring Rollers for special threads are also available on request.

+ 


10-17 


Measuring Roller Holder 844 Ty 

• With location bolts for the Measuring Rollers 706 Vr 

• With stop and stop pin 

Order no. 4502463 

844 Ty 

ø5,5 

40 

706 Vr 

706 Vr 

ø5,5 

Thread Measuring Rollers 706 Vr 

Used in conjunction with Measuring roller holder 844 Ty 

Metric Thread (60°) Whitworth Thread (55°) American UST Thread (60°) 

Pitch mm Order no. Range tpi Order no. Range tpi Order no. 

0.5 4521105 40 4521219 40 4521319 

0.6 4521106 36 4521218 36 4521318 

0.7 4521107 32 4521217 32 4521317 

0.75 4521108 30 4521216 30 4521316 

0.8 4521109 28 4521215 28 4521315 

0.9 4521110 24 4521214 24 4521314 

1 4521111 22 4521213 22 4521313 

1.25 4521112 20 4521212 20 4521312 

1.5 4521113 19 4521211 19 4521311 

1.75 4521114 18 4521210 18 4521310 

2 4521115 16 4521209 16 4521309 

2.5 4521116 14 4521208 14 4521308 

3 4521117 13 4521207 13 4521307 

3.5 4521118 12 4521206 12 4521306 

4 4521119 11 4521205 11 4521305 

4.5 4521120 10 4521204 10 4521304 

5 4521121 9 4521203 9 4521303 

5.5 4521122 8 4521202 8 4521302 

6 4521123 7 4521201 7 4521301 

6 4521200 6 4521300 

Special Threads. Interchangeable Measuring Rollers for special threads are also available on request.

- 

10-18 



Measuring Arms 844 Tx and associated Anvils 

• With an M 2.5 connection 

thread to screw in the interchangeable 

anvils 

• For internal and external 

dimensions on specially formed 

work pieces 

• Measuring arms on the 

measuring arm holder are 

reversible, therefore extending 

the range of measurement / 

application 

844 Tx 

a 

M 2,5 

901 

844 Tx 

844 Tw 

901 

6 5 

Throat depth a mm 25 50 100 

Order no. 4500080 4500081 4500082* 


R 1,5 

M 2,5 

Standard Contact Points / Anvils 901, Ball dia. 3 mm 

Cat. no. 

Order no. 

901 with Steel ball 4360001 

901 H with Carbide ball 4360002 

901 R with Ruby ball 4360003 

Spherical Contact Points 902/Flat Contact Points 903 

902 902 H 903 903 H 

Steel Carbide Steel Carbidemeas. 

face 

tipped 

Length l Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

mm 

4 4360007 – 4360070 – 

6 4360009 – 4360071 4360101 

8 4360010 4360040 4360072 4360102 

10 4360011 4360041 4360073 4360103 

12 4360012 4360042 4360074 4360104 

15 4360013 4360043 4360075 4360105 

20 4360014 4360044 4360076 4360106 

25 4360015 4360045 4360077 4360107 

30 4360016 4360046 4360300 4360110 

35 4360017 4360047 4360078 4360108 

40 4360019 4360049 4360310 4360111 

45 4360026 4360050 4360303 – 

50 4360018 4360048 4360079 4360109 

55 4360031 

65 4360035 

75 4360020 

85 4360036 

95 4360029 

M 2,5 

l 

902 

R 6 

Ø4 

903 

l 

844 Tx 

M 2,5

+ 

10-19 

l 

l 



Measuring Arms 844 Tx and associated Anvils 

Ball Contact Points 906 H 

906 H 

M 2,5 

With carbide ball. manufacturing tolerance ball dia. 0/-6 μm 

Ball dia. d l Order Ball dia. d l Order 

mm mm no. mm mm no. 

1 8.5 4360150 5.5 9 4360161 

1.25 8.5 4360151 6 9 4360162 

1.5 8.5 4360152 6.35 (1/4“) 9 4360163 

1.75 8.5 4360153 6.5 10 4360164 

2 8.5 4360154 7 10 4360165 

2.5 8.5 4360155 7.5 11 4360166 

3 8.5 4360156 8 11 4360167 

3.5 8.5 4360157 8.5 12 4360168 

4 8.5 4360158 9 12 4360169 

4.5 8.5 4360159 10 13 4360170 

5 9 4360160 

d 

Measuring Spindle Extensions 912 

912 

M 2,5 

Length l Order Length l Order 

mm no. mm no. 

10 4360250 35 4360254 

15 4360251 50 4360255 

20 4360252 75 4360256 

25 4360253 100 4360257 

M 2,5 

Special Contact Points / Anvils 

Order no. 

904 H 

M 2,5 

907 

M 2,5 

908 H 

M 2,5 

Conical Contact Points, carbide tipped 904 H 4360131 

Flat Contact Points*, steel, A = 1 cm 2 907 4360200 

carbide tipped, dia. 7 mm 907 H 4360201 

10 

30° 

R 0,3 

ø11,3 

5 

R30 

ø12 

5 

Spherical Contact Points, steel 908 4360210 

carbide tipped 908 H 4360211 

Pin Contact Point, carbide tipped, 911 H 4360240 

dia. 1 mm, flat 

911 H 

M 2,5 

913 

M 2,5 

Flat Contact Point, for mounting a 913 4360400 

pin gage holder 426 M for measuring 

threads using the 3 wire method 

10 

5 

426 M 

* When using an anvil with a flat contact face the opposite anvil must have an 

spherical contact face. 

ø1 

2 

ø7,5 

Note: 

The Order no's on pages 10-18 and 10-19 only related to one piece.

- 

10-20 


Scribing with Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES 

Scriber Point 25 Es 

• For straight lines and circles 

• Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4118530 

Counter Holder 25 Eh 

• In conjunction with 25 Es to scribe straight lines, for example; along 

an edge 

• Made of hardened steel 

Order no. 4118535 

25 Es 

25 Eh 

Anvils for Distances for Digital Universal Caliper 25 ES 

Mounting Inserts 25 Eb 

• For distances between the center of bores and between the center 

of a bore and an edge 

25 Eb 

• Carbide tipped 

• Longest distance between hole centers corresponds with half the 


2,5 

33 

Order no. 4118525 

ø1,5 

ø5 

Stand 844 Tf for Universal Measuring Instrument 844 T 

• For stationary use of the Universal Measuring Instrument 844 T 

Measuring range 25 - 110 mm 

• User has both hands free for insertion of work piece 

• The indicating instrument is always in the operator’s line of vision 

• Strong, stable cast base with clamping device for Universal 

Measuring Instrument 

Order no. 4450512 

844 Tf

+ 


10-21 

I.D./O.D. Indicator Gage 36 B for Internal and External Dimensions 

The economical way to check outside diameters on 

the shop floor. 

Features 

• Adjustable retraction of 

sensitive contact allows 

measurement of grooves and 

races. Retraction, normally set 

at 6 mm / 0.25“, is adjustable 

to 10 mm / 0.40“. 

• Frictionless reed-spring 

(pantograph) motion transfer 

for repeatability. 

• Gaging pressure is adjustable 

from 0 - 35 N / 0 - 8 lb. 

• Two styles available. 2-point 

“T”-Plate or 3-point “V”-Plate. 

• Two sizes available. 

• Adjustable base: Gage can 

be positioned on any angle 

from horizontal to vertical. 

• Variety of readout devices 

available. 

• Reverse the top-plate to 

change from I.D. to O.D. 

measurement. 

• Supplied with JW-9 Jaws. 




Catalog no. Resolution Order no. 

EMD-36B-10 

MarCator 1087 1 μm 4337060 

μMaxμm .5 μm EDI-20302 


Order no. Order no. Order no.* Order no.* Order no.* Order no. 

With 0.0001” With 0.002 mm With With With w/o Indicator, 

Capacity Dial Indicator Dial Indicator Maxμm ® III Maxμm ® III μMaxμm metric 8 mm 

Style I.D. O.D. & Output & Output mount shank 

“T” Plate .75 - 5.5” .25 - 5” 36B-10 36B-10M EMD-36B-10 EMD-36B-10D EDI-36B-10 2003200 

19 - 139 mm 6 - 127 mm 

“T” Plate .75 - 7.75” .25 - 8.75” 36B-20 36B-20M EMD-36B-20 EMD-36B-20D EDI-36B-20 2003201 

19 - 197 mm 6 - 222 mm 

“V” Plate .812 - 4.625” .312 - 5” 36B-9 36B-9M EMD-36B-9D EDI-36B-9 

21 - 117 mm 8 - 127 mm 

“V” Plate .812 - 9” .312 - 9.5” 36B-19 36B-19M EMD-36B-19D EDI-36B-19 

21 - 229 mm 8 - 241mm 

* Selectable Resolution 

Order no. 

36B-10 with 1087B and Y & T Plate Sets 2061657 

36B-20 with 1087B and Y & T Plate Sets 2061658

- 

10-22 



“T“ Plates 

“V“ Plates 

“T”-plates give a diameter reading directly across the diameter. 

A third contact may be used as a side-stop or centralizer. 

“V”-plates are self-centralizing. Three jaws are used and the 

measurement is of the distance between the sensitive contact and 

the chord formed by the two reference contacts. This measurement 

bears a direct relationship to the diameter and compensation is 

made by a special ratio indicator so diameter is read directly. 

Used to inspect parts with odd number lobing conditions. 

Jaw Sets 

Model numbers on the 

preceding page include a set 

of Model JW-9 Jaws. Model 

JW-58 Jaws (tungsten carbide) 

Material: Replacement 

Order no. Adjustment Contact and Contact Pins 

(3 jaw set) Height Rest Surface (3 required) 

JW-9 0.79-19 mm / .031-.75” Steel PS-55 

JW-58 0.79-18 mm / .031-.72” Carbide PS-226 

2220461* 0.79-18 mm Carbide 2225694 

* Normally furnished with Metric Version. 

For special jaw configurations or for other indicators contact Mahr Federal 

Customer Resources Center. 

JW-9 Jaws (normally furnished) 

Maxμm ® III Indicator for “V”-Plate Models 

Digital Range Stem Length Order no. 

± 1 mm / ± .040” 

or 17 mm / .670” 2033145* 

± .199 mm / ± .020” 

EMD-36B-19D 

I.D./O.D. Gage 

* Maxμm ® III 4:5 ratio model includes Data Output (6 pin) and user 

selectable setup for range, resolution, units and measuring direction.

+ 


10-23 


Special Contacts: Steel 

Special steel ball contacts can be made in a variety of different 

diameters for your measurement applications. 

Special Contacts: Tungsten Carbide 

Side mounted Tungsten Carbide spherical contacts can be made for 

measuring internal and external gears and splines. 

Special Contacts: Doughnut 

Specially designed Doughnut 

shaped contacts are used, as 

an example, in the bearing 

industry calling out for wider 

than normal contacts to reach 

into bearing raceways. 

Special Contacts: TC Ball 

Spherical diameter tips are 

ideal for measuring inside or 

outside radial formed recesses 

of precision parts. 

Special Contacts: Pie Plate 

Special jaws shaped like large half-discs, are used by the plastic 

industry to accurately measure semi-flexible round cups where 

reduced deflection is important. 

JW-58 w/TC Wear Pads 

Specially designed jaws supplied with Tungsten Carbide wear 

surfaces provide extra long jaw life. 

Wear Pad 

Side View 

Front View 

Additional Contacts 

844T Contact Points for use with 36B Gage 

We have added to the list of standard contacts by modifying the 

JW-9 jaws to accept some of the Universal Gage 844T contacts. 

This modification was done by reaming out the jaws from .186” to 

.196” diameters so that they will accept the contacts that are used 

with the 844TM holders. 

With the added addition of the anvils below we have more 

measurement possibilities with the 36B gage such as Pitch 

Diameters of gears, Threads (Metric, Whitworth and American UST), 

Taper diameters and recesses. 

For Threads and Cylindrical pins please see catalog pages 10-11 

Cylindrical pins and 10-16 for threads. 

Order no. 

Flat shoulder anvils Sold as a pair 4500050 

Inside taper anvils Sold as a pair 4500046 

Measuring blades Sold as a pair 4500114 

Cylindrical Pins Sold as a pair See catalog page 10-11 

Semi-cylindrical anvils Sold as a pair 4500055 

Outside taper anvils Sold as a pair 4500047 

Measuring blades Sold as each 4500015 

External/ internal threads Sold as a pair See catalog page 10-16

- 

MarConnect. Data Processing 

ARE YOU SEARCHING FOR THE RIGHT CONNECTIONS 

THEY’RE RIGHT HERE AT MARCONNECT. 

The latest information on MARCONNECT products 

can be found on our website: 


Our new digital hand held measuring instruments are equipped with MarConnect interface capability. Regardless 

of which interface standard you use, whether USB, Opto RS232 or Digimatic; MarConnect will always provide you with 

the optimal connection.

+ 



USB Ready / MarCom Software 

Overview 

MarConnect USB Ready 11- 2 

Simple data transmission to a PC as well as enables quick and 

universal assembly of a multiple measuring station. 

MarCom Software 11- 2 

Clear and flexible data acquisition 

Statistics Printer 

MarConnect MSP2 11- 4 

Statistics printer with integrated Data Logger 

Interfaces 

MarConnect T-Box 11- 5 

Interface to connect to a PC keyboard input 

Radio Transmission 

MarConnect Radio System FM 1 11- 6 

Secure and wireless data transmission 

MarConnect Radio System FM 2 11- 7 

Secure and wireless data transmission 

Overview 

MarConnect Data Connection Cables 11- 8 

To connect Measuring Instruments to Data Printers & External Devices

- 

11- 2 


MarConnect. USB ready 

The new flexible MarConnect interface from 

Mahr. Simplifies both data transmission to a PC 

and enables quick and universal assembly of a 

multiple measuring station. 

 

 

 

• Choose alternative methods of data transmission 

either with a foot switch or a PC keyboard, direct on the 

measuring instrument or with the Timer function 

• Compatible with all MarConnect 

USB ready measuring instruments 

• Clear and flexible data acquisition with the 

easy to use MarCom Professional Software 

• Multiple measuring station 

is easily set up with a USB hub, 

up to 100 measuring devices 

can be simultaneously 

connected 

• Easily extendable with 

additional USB hubs

+ 


11- 3 

MarCom Software 

System Requirements 

IBM AT compatible PC 

MS Windows ® 2000, XP, Vista 

USB interface, higher than 1.1 CD / DVD drive 

Recommended: MS Excel from Version 97 onwards 

Order no. 

Software MarCom Professional 4102552 

Software MarCom Standard 4102551 

Features 

Software MarCom 

Professional 

• Directly transfer meas. values into 

MS Excel*, a text file or key code 

• Measured values from each 

device can be sent to a different 

column, table or folder in Excel 

• Data transmission is possible via. 

USB and 2 serial COM interfaces 

• USB hub is also suitable as a 

measuring instrument interface 

• Up to 100 meas. devices can be 

connected with USB data cable 

• Clear portrayal of selected meas. 

devices with the aid of icons 

• Several foot switches can be 

connected via USB. meas. 

devices and be freely assigned 

• Freely definable / configurable 

measurement cycles 

• Data transmission via “Data“ 

button on meas. devices or on 

the data cable; via a PC, timer, 

keyboard; or a foot switch 

connected to a USB interface 

Software MarCom 

Standard 

(USB cable is not included in 

the scope of supply) 

Features and system 

requirements are identical to 

MarCom Professional, except 

that it only has one USB and 

one serial COM interface 

USB ready measuring instruments 

 

 

 

USB-HUB 

MarCom 

Software 

Data Connection Cable 16 EXu 

Order no. 4102357 

incl. MarCom Standard 

for MarCal. Calipers 

16 ER / EWR 

16 EWV 

18 EWR 

30 ER / EWN 

for Digimar. Height Gages 

814 SR 

for Micromar. Micrometers 

40 EW, 40 EWS, 40 EWV 

44 EX, 46 EX 

for MarCator. Digital Indicators 

1075, 1080, 1081, 

1086, 1087 

for MarSurf. PS1 

Data Connection Cable 2000 usb 

Order no. 4346023 


for MarCator. Digital Indicators 

1088 

for Millimess. Digital 

Comparators 

2000 

2001 

2100 

for Digimar. 816 CL 

Data Connection Cable MC-I 

Order no. 4102782 


for Foot switch 

Order no. 4102058 

USB-HUB 7-fold industrial model 

220 V Order no. 4102553 

110 V (US type) Order no. 2245786

- 

11- 4 


Statistics Printer MSP 2 with integrated Data Logger 

marconnect 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

Above shows the Statistics Printer 

MSP2 being used in conjunction with 

the Transport Bag MSP 2t 

Features 

• Areas of application include; 

incoming goods department, 

on the production floor, in 

quality assurance department 

and in dispatch 

• Can be connected to any of 

the following: Mahr Hand 

Measuring Instruments, Mahr 

Millimar Instruments, Digimatic 

compatible instruments and 

measuring instruments with a 

RS232C interface 

• Two-line display for a simple 

dialog mode 

• Real-time clock with date 

• Measured values can easily be 

stored and transferred to a PC 

• The following statistical 

parameters can be determined: 

process mean x, range R, 

standard deviation n and 

n-1, Min and Max of the 

measured values, > UTol, < 

LTol, machine capability Cm 

and Cmk, process capability 

Cp and Cpk for sampling sizes 

2-25 

• 3 types of print protocols: 

statistics, statistics with a 

histogram, sample charts 

• List of measured values can be 

printed from the memory at 

any time 

• Individual values can be chosen 

and deleted as desired 

• Quiet and fast Thermo-printer 

(5 lines/sec.) 

• Automatic data transfer with 

adjustable time interval 

parameter from between 

1 sec. to 99 hrs. 

• Alternative power sources 

include: mains adapter 

(100 - 240 V, batteries or 

NIMH-accumulator, type AA 

• Can be deployed as an 

interface to the PC 

• Languages can be selected, 

German, English and French 


Mains adapter, 

paper roll 


Accessories 

Max. measured values 999 

Characters per line 24 

Paper width 

58 mm 

Paper length 

25 m 

LxWxH 

215 x 116 x 85 mm 

Battery operation at 1100 mAh > 7000 printed lines 

Data logger powered by accu. ca. 24 Hrs. 


IP40 

Total weight incl. accu. 

600 g 

Order no. 4102040 

Order no. 

Foot Switch to trigger data transmission 4102058 

Paper Rolls 1 Pack = 5 rolls 4102041 

Transport Bag MSP 2t 4102042 

Data Cable to connect MSP 2 to a PC 

(Data transfer / Interface mode) 4102711 

Data Cable for connecting measuring instruments 

See cable overview on Page 11-10 

MarCom Software see Page 11-3

+ 


11- 5 

T-Box interface to connect to measuring instruments to the keyboard input jack of a IBM compatible PC 

Features 

T-Box 204 USB 

• Measuring data is converted 

into keyboard codes, 

therefore suitable for any 

software with a manual input 

(e.g. MS-Excel ® ) 

• No special driver software 

required 

• Independent of operating 

system (DOS, Windows, 

OS/2, Unix, Linux) 

• Measuring values can be 

processed individually or as a 

group 

• The measured values can be 

directly triggered on the 

measuring instrument or with 

the optional foot switch 

• Every Multi-RS232C interface 

is individually adjustable via 

the setup switch 

• Termination character (e.g. 

Enter) can be selected via 

switch 

• The power is supplied by the 

USB interface 


USB cable 

PS/2 cable 

Note: 

Only suitable for German, 

French, US keyboards or 

compatible! 


Inputs Dimensions Order no. Remarks 

mm(LxWxH) 

T-Box 204 USB 3 x Multi-RS232C Input 130 x 180 x 40 9102519 When connecting Digimatic- 

1 x Digimatic Input measuring instruments the 

standard cable of the 

T-Box 205 USB 2 x Multi-RS232C Input 130 x 180 x 40 4102579 manufacturer can be used 

3 x Digimatic Input 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Foot Switch for connection to T-Box 4102556 

Data Cable for connecting measuring instruments 

See cable overview on Page 11-8 

Digi-USB-1 Interface USB Interface with one Digimatic input port 

Features 


1 x Digimatic - measuring instrument - input 

Dimensions 20 x 57 x 33 mm 

Order no. 4102523 

• Power supplied by the USB 

interface 

• No driver required for the 

USB interface 

• The USB interface is 

recognized as a keyboard 

• Termination character such as 

Enter or TAB can be set up on 

the USB interface 

• Data- key for data 

transmission 


USB-Interface

- 

11- 6 


Radio Transmission radio system FM 1* 

Features 

Transmitter 

Transmitter 

Send 

confirmation 

Send 

measuring value 

DATA-Button 

For Measuring Instruments 

Confirmation, optical 

- OK 

* Only available in North America, Canada and Mexico 

- Transmission error 

Confirmation, acoustic 

Note: 

FM 1 and FM 2 are not compatible with one another. 

Order no. 

MarCal 16 ER, 16 EWR, 16 EWV, 16 EXt 4102321 

18 ER, 30 ER, 30 EWN 


Micromar 40 EW, 44 EX, 46 EX, 40 EWS, 40 EWV 

MarCator 1075, 1080, 1081, 1086, 1087 

MarCal 25 ES, 30 EWD, 31 ES, 32 ES 16 ESt 4102322 

Digimar 27 ES, M 814 

MarTool 106 ES 

Millimar C1208, C1216, C1245, S1840 RS232 t 2121317 

Digimar CX2, 817 CLM 

• Secure data transmission with 

dialogue between receiver and 

transmitter 

• Acoustic and optical 

confirmation of receipt by the 

transmitter 

• Compact transmitter is 

connected directly on the 

interface of the measuring 

instrument 

Receiver 

 

• Power is supplied for the 

receiver via a USB-Interface on 

the PC 

• Up to 120 measuring 

instruments can be connected 

to the receiver 

• Radio transmission distance is 

from 10 m up to 200 m 

(depending on the 

environment) 

• Radio frequency is 433.926 

MHz 

The transmission of the measured value takes place via actuation of 

the DATA button on the transmitter. The transmitter supplements 

the measured value with an address number, a communication 

control word and a double check sum. The special data coding and 

the feedback from the PC to the transmitter ensures absolute data 

security. 

A transmission error is recognized by the dialogue between PC and 

transmitter. 

The data transmission is then repeated up to three times 

automatically within a few milliseconds 

When the data is successfully transmitted the green light on the 

transmitter flashes and a short beep is heard confirming 

transmission. 

Order no. 

Receiver FM 1 4102320 

For USB interface includes, driver and basic 

Sim Key software to store measured values in an MS-Excel file. 

Sim Key software keeps track of every transmitters specific RF 

signature and assigns a frequency so incoming data transmissions 

are not lost. 

Also supplied with MAHR_EXDLL Software (REQUIRES DONGLE 

ACCESS KEY) sold separately* 

MAHR_EXDLL software offers more sorting options for incoming 

data transmissions. 

*Dongle access key 2121335 

Contact Mahr Federal for transmitters to be used with: 

μMaxμm 

Digimatic devices 

Digimatic data cables

+ 


11- 7 

. Radio transmission radio system FM 2 

2000 f 

16 EXf 

FM 2 

FM 2 is not available in North America, 

Canada and Mexico 

Note: 

FM 1 and FM 2 are not compatible with one another. 

Transmitter 

Features 

• Wireless data transmission 

from a measuring instrument 

toaPC 

• Secure data transmission due 

to the acknowledgement 

dialog of the received data 

from the PC to the measuring 

instrument 

• Optical confirmation of 

received data on the 

transmitter 

• TWIN receiver for USB and 

RS232 interfaces 

• Compact transmitter without 

an external antenna 

• Theoretically unlimited 

amount of measuring 

instruments can be connected 

to a receiver 

• Distance of radio wave up 

to 100 m (depending on the 

working environment) 

• Radio frequency is 433 MHz* 

Receiver 

• Up to 69 channels are 

available per receiver, several 

receivers can be used at any 

one time 

• Bi-directional radio link 

(remote control from 

measuring instruments) 

• Triggering data via a hand 

switch is possible 

* Further frequencies are available 

upon request 

For Measuring Instruments 

Order no. 

Order no. 

MarCal 16 ER, 16 EWR, 16 EWV, 16 EXf 4102306 

18 EWR, 30 ER, 30 EWN, 30 EWR 


Micromar 40 EW, 44 EX, 46 EX, 40 EWS, 40 EWV 

MarCator 1075, 1080, 1081, 1086, 1087 

MarCal 25 ES, 30 EWD, 31 ES, 32 ES 1082 f 4102307 

Digimar 27 ES, M 814 

MarTool 106 ES 

Millimess 2000, 2001, 2100 2000 f 4102309 

MarCator 1088 

Digimar 816 CL 

Digimar 817 CLM 817 f 4102310 

Millimar C1208, C1216, C1245, S1840 RS232 f 4102311 

TWIN Receiver for USB and RS232 FM 2 4102305 

interfaces incl. driver and basic software. 

Basic software consists of a software 

keyboard interface and software to store 

measured values in an MS-Excel ® column 

 

RS232C 

Further transmitters are available, see page 11-9 

Accessories 

Software 

Order no. 

Hand switch for remote control* HTF 1 4102314 

* only in conjunction with Software Pack Plus 

Order no. 

Software Pack Plus to store measured 4102315 

data from several transmitters in separate 

MS-Excel ® columns. Remote control with the hand switch.

- 

11- 8 


MarConnect. Interfaces 

OVERVIEW 

Instrument 

Connect 

to . . . 

 

direct via 

USB and 

MarCom Software 

RS232C 

Digimatic 

direct via 

RS232C and 

MarCom Software via Digi-USB 1 via T-Box 

PC 

Foot Switch 4102058+4102782 4102058+4102782 -------- 4102556 

16 ER / EWR 

16 EWV 

18 EWR 

30 ER / EWR / EWN 

40 EW, 40 EWS, 40 EWV, 

46EX,44EX 

1075, 1080, 1081, 1086, 1087 

814 SR, PS1, M300 

4102357 4102410 4102411 4102411 

2000, 2001, 2100 

1088, 816 CL 

4346023 4346020 4346021 4346021 

838 EA, 838 EI (Model A) -------- -------- 4495083 -------- 

838 EA, 838 EI (Model B) -------- -------- 4495084 4495084 

Maxμm III -------- -------- 2239037 2239037 

μMaxμm 2121427 SCB-4 2001025 2001025 

25 ES 

31ES,32ES 

106 ES 

M 814 

4102510+4102330 4102510 -------- 4102510 

MSP 2 4102711+4102334 4102711 -------- -------- 

1240, S1840, C1245, 

C1208, C1216, X1715, X1741 

7024634+4102331 7024634 -------- 4102715 

Digimar 817 CLM 7024634+4102333 7024634 -------- -------- 

Only available in North America, Canada and Mexico 

Foot switch; only with an additional USB Port 

Cable length 18 cm / 7” 

Data transmission only with the “Data“ key or “automatic 

transmisison“ on the measuring instrument 

Foot switch to transfer data on the measuring instrument 

Millimar - Order no. 5330956 / Millimar 1240 - Order no. 5312431

+ 


11- 9 

MarConnect. Regardless of which interface standard you use, whether; USB, Opto RS232 

oder Digimatic, MarConnect always provides you with the optimum connection. 

Standard cable length 2 m 

Transmitter 

FM 1 via 

USB 

Transmitter 

FM 2 via 

USB or RS232 

Data printer 

MSP 2 

-------- 4102314 4102058 

4102058 

4102782 

4102321 4102306 4102411 

4102357 4102410 

4102411 

2121369 4102309 4346021 

4346023 4346020 

4346021 

Mahr Federal -------- 4495083 

Mahr Federal 4102313+4495084 4495084 

2121368 (6 pin only) -------- 2239037 

Mahr Federal 4102312 2001025 

2001025 / 2239037 / 4495083 

4102322 4102307 4102510 

4102510 

-------- -------- -------- 

2121317 4102311 7024634 

2121317 4102310 7024634 

4102330 to 4102334 

Cable length 1 m 

4102715 / 7024634 

4102711 

Data cable is included in the handle of the measuring 

instrument, cable length 1.5 m/5ft 

Hand switch only in conjunction with Software pack Plus 

Not available for Millimar 1240

- 

MarTool. Measuring and Inspection Equipment 

THE COMPLETE SUPPORT FOR YOUR INSPECTION. 

MARTOOL 

The latest information on MARTOOL products can be 


www.mahr.com, WebCode 10436-5062 

MarTool measuring and inspection equipment are indispensable aids for dimensional metrology. Their simple handling make 

them the most versatile instruments for daily use in either the inspection room or the workshop, whether measuring an angle 

on a work piece or inspecting the surface plate for a height measuring instrument with the outstanding quality from MarTool you 

cannot go wrong.

+ 



MarTool 104 12- 2 

Knife-edge Straight Edges 

MarTool 105 / 105 F /105 Y /105 Z 12- 2 

Set Squares 

MarTool 106 UF / 106 ES 12- 4 

Universal Bevel Protractor 

MarTool 107 AG /107 Us /107 Ug 12- 6 

Granite Surface Plates, Accessories 

MarTool 107 MH / 107 V 12- 9 

Magnetic V-Blocks

- 

12- 2 



OVERVIEW STRAIGHT EDGES AND SQUARES 

105 Z 

105 F 

105 

105 Y 

104 H 

Knife-edge Straight Edge 104 H 

Features 

• Stainless steel, hardened 



• One end has a pointed tip 


Carton 

Accuracy 

according to DIN 874, sheet 2 

To determine the straightness 

tolerance t of the knife edge 

use the following formula: 

t = 2 + 

l 

250 

μm 


Length Cross section Weight Order no. 

mm (inch) mm kg 

75 (3“) 22 x 6 0.05 4205000 

100 (4“) 22 x 6 0.07 4205001 

125 (5“) 22 x 6 0.09 4205002 

150 (6“) 22 x 6 0.11 4205003 

200 (8“) 22 x 6 0.15 4205004 

300 (12“) 30 x 7 0.25 4205005 

400 (16“) 40 x 7 0.75 4205007 

500 (20“) 40 x 7 0.91 4205006 


Flat Square 105/0 

Features 

• Hardened stainless steel 


Carton 

Accuracy 

Grade 0 DIN 875 


Length of beams Cross section Weight Order no. 


50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 14 x 4 0.04 4207008 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 15 x 4 0.05 4207009 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.11 4207000 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.22 4207001 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.54 4207002 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 1.12 4207004

+ 


12- 3 

Flanged Beam Square 105 F/0 

Features 

Accuracy 


To determine the right angle 

tolerance t of the test surface 


t = 5 + 

l 

50 

μm 




50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 13.5 x 5 0.05 4208008 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 15 x 4 0.08 4208009 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.20 4208000 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.46 4208001 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.75 4208002 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 1.68 4208004 

(Length l is the longer beam 

in mm) 

Knife-edge Square 105 Y 

Features 



Carton 

Accuracy 





50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 14 x 4 0.03 4210000 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 16 x 4 0.05 4210001 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 5 0.10 4210002 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 25 x 6 0.26 4210003 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 7 0.43 4210004 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 8 0.96 4210005 

500 x 330 (20 x 13“) 45 x 10 2.20 4210006 

Square 105 Z 

Features 


• Precision ground narrow beam 

and a wide beam 

• Without a knife edge 


Carton 

Accuracy 


To determine the right angle 

tolerance t of the test surface 




narrow 

wide 

beam 

beam 

mm (inch) mm mm kg 

50 x 40 (2 x 1.6“) 16 x 2 14 x 10 0.05 4211005 

75 x 50 (3 x 2“) 16 x 2 14 x 10 0.06 4211000 

100 x 70 (4 x 3“) 20 x 3 18 x 12 0.13 4211001 

150 x 100 (6 x 4“) 26 x 3 24 x 14 0.32 4211002 

200 x 130 (8 x 5.1“) 30 x 4 28 x 16 0.75 4211003 

300 x 200 (12 x 8“) 40 x 6 38 x 20 1.60 4211004 

t = 5 + 

l 

50 

μm 

(Length l is the longer beam 

in mm)

- 

12- 4 


Universal Bevel Protractor 106 UF 

Features 


• Stainless steel 

• Vernier scale and main scale 

both have a satin chrome 

finish to prevent glare and to 

enable parallax free reading 

on the same plane 


Blade length Range Readings Deviation Order no. 

mm degrees minutes minutes 

150 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214050 

200 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214051 

300 360 o 5‘ 5‘ 4214052 

• Knurled screw for clamping 

the interchangeable beam 

into position 


Magnifying reading lens, 

interchangeable beam and 

case 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Interchangeable Beams 

106 Us 


(standard accessories) 

beam length 150 mm / 6” 4214010 

200 mm / 8” 4214011 

300 mm / 12” 4214012 

106 UFv 


Stand 

106 UFv 

Featuring flat and V-surface 

for dia. 5 – 30 mm 

length 90 mm, width 25 mm 4214061 

Acute Angle Attachment 106 UFw 

for particularly small acute angles, 

screws onto the beam 4214062 

106 UFw

+ 


12- 5 

Digital Universal Bevel Protractor 106 ES 

RS232C 

IP51 

Features 

• Easy to read high contrast 

8,5 mm high LCD 

• Displays the angular degrees 

and angular minutes or 

decimal degrees 

• Zero setting at any position of 

the measuring range 

• Beam can be clamped with a 

push button 

• Fine adjustment for easy setting 

of a desired angle 

• Locking lever to prevent 

accidental adjustment 

• Base plate and beam are made 

of stainless steel, the 

measuring edges hardened 

• Data output: Opto RS232C 

• Max. setting speed 

3 rotations per second 

• Capacitive measuring 

system, life of the battery 

ca. 2 years 


Battery, 300 mm beam and 

case 


Range Resolution Deviation Order no. 

switchable 

1 x 360° or 1 minutes or 0.01° ± 2 minutes 4214600 

2 x 180° or 4 x 90° 

Accessories 

Order no. 

Interchangeable Beams 

106 ESs 


beam length 150 mm / 6” 4214620 

200 mm / 8” 4214621 

300 mm / 12” 4214622 


106 ESv 

Data Connection Cable Opto RS232C (2 m), 

with SUB-D Jack 9 pin 16 ESv 4102510 

Stand 

106 ESv 

Featuring flat and V-surface for 

dia. 5 – 30 mm, length 90 mm, width 25 mm 

4214630 

Acute Angle Attachment 106 UFw 

for particularly small acute angles, 

screws onto the beam 4214062

- 

12- 6 


Surface Plate 107 G made from granite 

Features 

• For measuring tasks, layout 

work, for touching up and 

lapping precision parts 

• Made of choice fine-grain 

black granite (Diabas) 

• High density structure thus 

extremely homogeneous 

• Hardness 6-7 on the 

Mohs’ hardness scale 

• Surface plate is lapped and has 

a satin matt finish to prevent 

glare 

• 100 % corrosion-proof 

• Non-magnetic and nonconductive 

• Measuring instruments and 

test equipment are easy to 

slide over surface 


Size of plates Thickness Weight Order no.* 

of plate 

Grade 

mm mm kg 00 DIN 876 0 DIN 876 1 DIN 876 

Flatness tolerance t 1 

of the surface plate 

400 x 250 60 18 4221500 4221520 4221540 are derived from the following formulas: 

400 x 400 60 29 4221501 4221521 4221541 Grade Flatness tolerance 

630 x 400 80 60 4221502 4221522 4221542 acc to DIN 876 in μm 

630 x 630 80 95 4221503 4221523 4221543 00 t 1 

= 2 ( 1 +l /1000) 

800 x 500 100 120 4221504 4221524 4221544 0 t 1 

= 4 ( 1 +l /1000) 

1000 x 630 100 190 4221505 4221525 4221545 1 t 1 

=10 ( 1 +l /1000) 

1200 x 800 150 432 4221506 4221526 4221546 

1500 x 1000 150 675 4221507 4221527 4221547 Length l in mm 

2000 x 1000 200 1200 4221508 4221528 4221548 

Surface plates are available in other dimensions upon request 

* Excludes stand with cabinet

+ 


12- 7 

Mounting of Surface Plates 107 G up to 2000 x 1000 mm 

Distortion of the surface plates is minimized if supported at the support points A. 

For plates with edge lengths over 1000 mm it is advised to provide anti-tilt elements at the B support 

points. 

Support points A (Bessel points, 0.22 x l or w from the edge of the plate). Support points B are for the 

anti-tilt elements. 

1200 x 800 

1000 x 630 

2000 x 1000 

1500 x 1000 

550 

700 

850 

1300 

Support point A 

Support point B 

Accessories 

Quantity 

Order no. 

Adjustable Plate Supports 107 Asa 

For mounting the surface plates upon work benches or cabinets; three are for support and 

two to prevent tilting 1 piece 4221069

- 

12- 8 MarTool. Measuring and Inspection Equipment 

Stand with Cabinet 107 Us 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design due 

to the rectangular tubes, 

covered with sheet metal 

• With three height adjustable 

supports 

• For plates sizes that are 

greater than 1000 mm, two 

additional height adjustable 

supports are required to 

prevent tilting 

• All 4 corners have a support 

to prevent slipping and to 

protect against a collision 

• Doors can be locked 


For plate sizes Height Order no.* 

mm 

mm 

630 x 400 4221560 

630 x 630 4221561 

800 x 500 4221562 

1000 x 630 900 - 1000 4221563 

1200 x 800 4221564 

1500 x 1000 4221565 

2000 x 1000 4221566 

* Excludes surface plate 

Stand 107 Ug 

Features 

• Extremely sturdy design due to 

the rectangular tubes 

• With three height adjustable 

supports 

• All 4 corners have a support 

to prevent slipping and to 

protect against a collision 

• For plates sizes that are 

greater than 1000 mm, two 

additional height adjustable 

supports are required to 

prevent tilting 


For plate sizes Height Order no.* 

mm 

mm 

630 x 400 4221570 

630 x 630 4221571 

800 x 500 4221572 

1000 x 630 900 - 1000 4221573 

1200 x 800 4221574 

1500 x 1000 4221575 

2000 x 1000 4221576 

* Excludes surface plate

+ 


12- 9 

Magnetic V-Blocks 107 MH 

Features 

• To used in an inspection room 

and workshop for both 

measuring and scribing 

• To clamp work pieces during 

drilling, grinding and light 

milling work 

• Integrated magnetic system, 

protected against the intrusion 

of moisture 

• Constant magnetic force 

• With the switch the upper, 

lower and opposite face are 

all simultaneously magnetized 

• Surfaces and measuring 

faces and both hardened and 

ground 

• Available individually or as a 

matched pair 


Accessories 

Order no. 

Wooden case (for 1 V-block) 4230005 

Accuracy (deviation): 

Flatness and parallelism 

5 μm 

Angle between front and side faces 

respectively the V-slots 

5 μm 

Symmetry of the V-slots 

5 μm 

Height difference of the V-slots 

of pairs 

5 μm 

Length x Width x Height 

100 x 70 x 95 mm 

For shaft dia. 

5 - 65 mm 

V-angle 90° 

Weight per piece 

4 kg 

Magnetic force on a flat surface 

1000 N (100 kp) 

Magnetic force of V-block 

750 N (75 kp) 

Order no. V-block 4230000 

Order no. pair of V-blocks 4230001 

V-Block 107 V 

Features 

• For testing of small cylindrical 

work pieces for there ovality 

and polygon error 

• With 108° V-slot 

• Made from special hardened 

and ground steel 

• Available individually or as a 

matched pair 


Accuracy (deviation): 

Parallelism of the V-slot to the 

underside of the base 

Height difference of the V-slots 

of pairs 

Length x Width x Height 

2 μm 

For shaft dia. 

V-angle 108° 

Weight per piece 

0.2 kg 

5 μm 

30 x 30 x 30 mm 

2 - 25 mm 

Order no. V-block 4229000 

Order no. pair of V-blocks 4229001

- 

MarGage. Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 

MADE TO MEASURE. 

MARGAGE 

The latest information on MARGAGE products can be 



In 1871, at the foundation of the German Empire and during the introduction of the metric system, Mahr was already 

supplying dimensional standards to the weights and measurement office of several individual German states. Today, the 

measurement standards such as gage blocks are the basis of dimensional metrology, they are used as a setting standard 

for an indicating measuring instrument or applied in the calibration laboratory as a reference standard. Due to our 

accreditation from the PTB - Physikalisch-Technischen Bundesanstalt (German metrology institute providing scientific and 

technical services) and the careful selection of the materials we use, we can grant you the highest possible quality!

+ 



Rectangular Gage Blocks 13- 2 

according to DIN EN ISO 3650 

MarGage 402 / 404 / 406 / 408 / 409 13- 4 

Rectangular Gage Blocks made of steel 

MarGage 411 / 415 13- 4 

Test Sets for Calipers 

MarGage 417 13- 4 

Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks made of steel 

MarGage 402C / 404C / 406C / 408C / 409C 13- 5 

Rectangular Gage Blocks made of ceramic 

MarGage 417C 13- 7 

Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks made of ceramic 


Protective Rectangular Gage Blocks made of ceramic 


Test Sets for Micrometers 

Accessories for Rectangular Gage Blocks 13- 8 

Inch Gage Blocks 13- 10 

according to ANSI 

Pin Gages 13- 12 

MarGage 426 / 426 G / 426 S / 426 D / 426 DS / 426 M / 426 A 13- 12 

Pin Gages made of steel 

Settings Standards / Thread Gages 13- 16 

AGD Masters 13- 16 

Master Rings / Master Discs / Master Plugs 

MarGage 355 E / 390 / 708 E / 715 E 13- 17 

Setting Standards 

MarGage 705 / 708 G / 708 N / 715 G / 715 N / 716 G / 716 N 13- 18 

Thread Gages

- 

13- 2 



RECTANGULAR GAGES BLOCKS 

Application 

• As comparison reference and utilization standards in the field of 

length measurement 

• For checking gages and measuring instruments 

• For setting devices of all types designed for length measurement 

and in particular their displays 

• Can be used individually or in combinations by wringing several 

blocks together (see illustration) 

Accuracy 

The manufacturing process is based on DIN EN ISO 3650, Mahr 

gage blocks are produced with the utmost care. 

Marking 

Gage blocks of all grades are clearly and individually marked with an 

identification number. 

Material 

Mahr gage blocks are made either of stainless steel or of the 

ceramic compound zirconium oxide ZrO 2 

(Circonimar). 

Heat Expansion Coefficient 

Steel 11.5 x 10 -6 K -1 

Circonimar 9.5 x 10 -6 K -1 

DEUTSCHER KALIBRIERDIENST 

Calibration Certificate 

Gage blocks in sets are supplied with a Mahr calibration certificate 

stating deviations from the nominal size, this confirms the traceability 

to National Standards. 

For single gage blocks Mahr calibration certificates are available on 

request. 

A calibration certificate from the Mahr DKD Calibration Laboratory 

is recommended for gage blocks of calibration grade K in the range 

between 0.5 and 100 mm 

Dimensions 

Nominal dimension 

mm 

Cross section 

mm 

GERMAN CALIBRATION SERVICE 

Calibration Laboratory for Length 

Measurement 

ACCREDITED BY THE PHYSIKALISCH- 

TECHNISCHE BUNDESANSTALT (PTB) 

As a part of the German Calibration Service, the Mahr Calibration 

Laboratory calibrates steel and ceramic gage blocks of all brands 

in the range between 0.5 and 100 mm and issues calibration 

certificates. The gage block sets are marked with the official DKD 

calibration label. 

Calibration is based on the contract concluded between the 

Physikalisch-Technischen Bundesanstalt in Braunschweig and the 

company Mahr. 

from 0.5 - 10 30 x 9 

over 10 - 1000 35 x 9

+ 


13- 3 

Selection of Rectangular Gage Block Sets 

There are three criteria‘s to be considered: 

1 Calibration and Tolerance classes according to DIN EN ISO 3650 

Four tolerances classes are available. 

Calibration class K 

As primary factory standard, particularly for the calibration of 

subsidiary test laboratories, e.g. for gage blocks of lower tolerance 

classes. Supplied on request with DKD calibration certificate, 

indicating the deviation from the nominal size for each gage block. 

Calibration class 0 

For maximum accuracy requirements. To be used as basic standards 

in test laboratories and precision inspection rooms, where other gage 

blocks and high accuracy measuring instruments are calibrated. 

Tolerance class 1 

For high standards of accuracy. As reference gage block for the 

inspection room. Designed to perform particularly accurate 

measurements. For setting indicating measuring instruments and for 

checking precision gages. 

Tolerance class 2 

For checking production gages of quality IT 6 and IT 7. For setting 

indicating measuring instruments and for checking accurate 

dimensions in the jig and tool industry. 

2 Material 

404 

Steel or ceramic, depending on application. 

3 Size of Sets 

The gage block sets 404 or 404 C are very convenient, each set 

contains 46 gage blocks including one for each decimal. Larger sets 

are particularly suited to inspection rooms and gage testing facilities, 

since they offer the following advantages: 

• A required dimension can be made up quicker as fewer gage 

blocks are needed 

• Several gage block combinations can be formed from the same 

dimension 

• Greater accuracy as individual deviations add up to smaller 

overall error 

• Less wear as a given gage block is not used as often

- 

13- 4 


Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Steel 

Sets 

• Vertical arrangement to save space 

• Scope of supply: wooden case with clear labeling strips, Mahr calibration certificate (see Page 13-2) 

• See the following table for nominal sizes, increments and tolerance classes: 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes Increments Gage 

per set mm mm blocks 

402/K K 4800403 32 1.005 - 1 

402/0 0 4800400 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

402/1 1 4800401 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

402/2 2 4800402 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 30 10 3 

50 - 1 

404/K K 4800003 46 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

404/0 0 4800000 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

404/1 1 4800001 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

404/2 2 4800002 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 100 10 10 

406/K K 4800014 87 0.5 - 1 

406/0 0 4800010 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

406/1 1 4800011 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

406/2 2 4800012 1 - 9.5 0.5 18 

10 - 100 10 10 

408/K K 4800027 111 0.5 - 1 

408/0 0 4800020 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

408/1 1 4800021 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

408/2 2 4800022 1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25 - 100 25 4 

409/K K 4800033 121 0.5 - 1 

409/0 0 4800030 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

409/1 1 4800031 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

409/2 2 4800032 1.6 - 1.9 0.1 4 

1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 

75, 80, 90, 100 10 

Test Sets for Calipers 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes 

per set mm 

411/1 1 4800343 5 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 

411/2 2 4800344 5 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 

415/1 1 4800339 6 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 / 481.1 

415/2 2 4800340 6 30 / 41.3 / 131.4 / 243.5 / 281.2 / 481.1 

Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks 417 

• Tolerance classes K, 0, 1, 2 

• From nominal dimension of greater than 125 mm, gage blocks are 

supplied in a wooden case 

• Special sizes are available on request 

Nominal sizes 

mm 

Increments 

mm 

0.5 - 1 0.05 

over 1 - 100 same a set 409 

125 - 200 25 

250 - 500 50 

600 - 1000 100

+ 


13- 5 

Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Ceramic 

406 C 

Features 

• Resistant to both impact and 

breakage. Virtually no warping 

of material if surfaces become 

scratched or edges damaged. 

Longer retention of wringing 

ability 

• Extremely durable, thus 

providing a long service life 

as well being highly robust 

compared to all other materials 

currently be used in metrology. 

Therefore the interval between 

inspections are distinctly 

greater 

• The corrosion-resistant 

Circonimar is even without 

protective measures extremely 

resistant to alkalis, acids, oil, 

grinding fluid and other 

aggressive media 

• Similar coefficient of expansion 

to steel, thus allowing 

unrestricted use even at 

unfavorable temperatures 

• Non-magnetic Circonimar is 

anti-static, anti-magnetic and 

non-conductive. It does not 

attract dust or dirt and is 

suitable to use in the presence 

of magnetic fields 

• Ideal for all applications. 

The outstanding features of 

all ceramic gage blocks from 

Mahr provide unrivalled 

flexibility in practical use. 

Circonimar is equally well 

suited to inspection-room 

conditions and the rigors of 

workshop applications 

• Easy to handle. 

No material is easier to handle 

than Circonimar; Circomimar 

has excellent wringing 

properties, no corrosion, no 

need for lubrication, low 

weight and scratch resistant

- 

13- 6 


Rectangular Gage Blocks made of Ceramic 

Sets 

• Vertical arrangement to save space 

• Scope of supply: wooden case with clear labeling strips, Mahr 

calibration certificate (see Page 13-2) 

Nominal sizes, increments and tolerance classes 

Please refer to the table below: 



402 C/K K 4800094 32 1.005 - 1 

402 C/0 0 4800095 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

402 C/1 1 4800096 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

402 C/2 2 4800097 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 30 10 3 

50 - 1 

404 C/K K 4800088 46 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

404 C/0 0 4800008 1.01 - 1.09 0.01 9 

404 C/1 1 4800009 1.1 - 1.9 0.1 9 

404 C/2 2 4800004 1 - 9 1 9 

10 - 100 10 10 

406 C/K K 4800016 87 0.5 - 1 

406 C/0 0 4800018 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

406 C/1 1 4800019 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

406 C/2 2 4800017 1 - 9.5 0.5 18 

10 - 100 10 10 

408 C/K K 4800025 111 0.5 - 1 

408 C/0 0 4800028 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

408 C/1 1 4800029 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

408 C/2 2 4800026 1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25 - 100 25 4 

409 C/K K 4800036 121 0.5 - 1 

409 C/0 0 4800038 1.001 - 1.009 0.001 9 

409 C/1 1 4800039 1.01 - 1.49 0.01 49 

409 C/2 2 4800037 1.6 - 1.9 0.1 4 

1 - 24.5 0.5 48 

25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 

75, 80, 90, 100

+ 


13- 7 

Individual Rectangular Gage Blocks 417 C 

• Tolerance classes K, 0, 1, 2 

• Special sizes are available on request 

Nominal sizes 

mm 

Increments 

mm 

0.5 - 

1 - 

1.0005 - 

1.001 - 1.009 0.001 

1.01 - 1.5 0.01 

1.6 - 2.0 0.1 

2.5 - 25.0 0.5 

30 - 100 10 

Pair of Protective Rectangular Gage Blocks 418 C 



418 C/0 0 4800085 2 2 - 2 

418 C/1 1 4800086 2 2 - 2 

Test Set for Micrometers 419 C (DIN 863) 

Catalog no. Tolerance class Order no. Quantity Nominal sizes 

per set 

mm 

419 C/1 1 4800090 10 2.5 / 5.1 / 7.7 / 10.3 / 

12.9 / 15.0 / 17.6 / 

20.2 / 22.8 / 25 

plus 1 optical parallel dia. 30 mm

- 

13- 8 


Accessories for Rectangular Gage Blocks 

Rectangular Gage Block Holder and 

Measuring Jaws Accessory Set 420 

• To be used in conjunction with Gage Blocks for gaging both work 

pieces and fixtures 

• To check, set and adjust setting gages and measuring instruments 

• For scribing and marking 


Wooden case 

Order no. 4800100 

Individual Accessories 

Components included in the 420 set are also individually available: 

Measuring Jaws 420 m 

Cross section 9 x 9 mm 

For internal and external measurements in conjunction with a Gage 

Block Holder 420 h and Gage Blocks 

Thickness mm 

Order no. 

2 x 2 mm = 4 mm 4800110 

2 x 5 mm = 10 mm 4800111 

Components include: 

2 Pairs of Measuring Jaws 420 m 

1 Scriber Point 420 a 

1 Centering Point 420 z 

3 Holder 420 h for Gages Blocks 

clamping width 0-70, 0-120, 100-220 mm 

1 Stand 420 f for Gage Block Holder 

Scriber Point 420 a cross section 9 x 9 mm 

Order no. 4800112 

Centering Point 420 z cross section 9 x 9 mm 

Order no. 4800113 

Holder 420 h for Rectangular Gage Blocks 

Clamping width mm 

Order no. 

0 - 70 4800120 

0 - 120 4800121 

100 - 220 4800122 

100 - 420 4800123 

400 - 820 4800124 

Stand 420 f for Holder 420 h* 

Hardened and lapped. Height 25 mm 

Tolerance ± 2 μm 

Order no. 4800114 

* Clamping width up to 420 mm

+ 


13- 9 

Optical Flat 421 

• To test the surface flatness on precision components or measuring 

instruments according to the interference principle 


Wooden case 

Wooden Tongs 423 

• To prevent heat transfer when handling gage blocks 

• Self closing. See illustration below. 

Order no. 4800142 

Maintenance Set 424 

• The most important equipment for inspecting and maintaining 

gage blocks 

• Supplied with: Wooden case 

Order no. 4800130 

Dia. Thickness Flatness deviation Order no. 

mm mm μm 

45 11 0.1 4800140 

100 20 0.1 4800135 

150 30 0.1 4800136 

300 50 0.4 4800137 

Optical Parallel 421 P 

Dia. Thickness Flatness Parallelism Order no. 

deviation deviation 

mm mm μm μm 

30 12 0.15 0.4 4800180 

Contact Thermometer 422 

Components include: 

Optical Flat 421 

• To test the surface flatness of measuring surfaces according to the 

interference principle. Diameter 45 mm 

Wooden Tongs 423 

• To prevent heat transfer when handling gage block, self closing 

Granite lapping stone 

• To remove burr and other damage on surfaces of gage blocks. 

High accuracy version 

• For checking/taking the temperature 

• With silver contact base, gold-plated to prevent tarnishing 

• With a holding magnet to be attached to the thermometer in 

vertical or on inclined surfaces 

• U-shaped with clamping screw 


Thermometer, magnet and wooden case 

Readings 

0.2°C 

Measuring range 16-26°C 

Order no. 4800170 

Jar of special Vaseline 

• To protect steel gage blocks against the rust 

Brush and suede cloth 

• To clean the gage blocks

Width 

- 

13-10 


Inch Gage Blocks 

Features 

• Long used as the practical standards of dimensional measurement 

in precision manufacturing. With accuracies, materials and 

manufacturing methods greatly refined, gage blocks are now of 

highest quality and precision. 

– As comparison reference and utilization standards in the 

field of length measurement. 

– For checking gages and measuring instruments. 

– Used individually or in combinations by wringing several 

blocks together. 

• Mahr Federal gage blocks are available from stock individually 

and as full sets in inch (rectangular only). 

• Sets are manufactured to Grade 0 only, which meet or exceed 

ASME B89.1.9-2002 specifications. 

• Offered in steel to suit a wide range of service conditions. Steel 

blocks are extremely stable, hardened to Rc 62 minimum, and 

processed through a thorough seasoning cycle to relieve 

internal stresses before finish lapping. 

• All sets blocks are serialized and supplied in a fitted storage case. 

Certification priced seperately. 

Mahr Federal Calibration System is certified 

to ISO-17025 and accredited by NVLAP 

and ISO-9001 certified by NQA 


Dimensions — Standard Size Blocks 

Block Style Gaging Length Width Depth 


Depth 

Inch — .400” or less 30 / 1.181” 9 / .352” 

Rectangular .400” and over 35 / 1.378” 9 / .352” 

.500 

Gaging 

Length

+ 


13-11 

Inch Gage Blocks Set 


Inch Rectangular 

An 81 block set containing 

Series Number Size 

of blocks 

.0001” 9 .1001 - .1009 

.001” 49 .101 - .149 

.050” 19 .050 - .950 

1.000” 4 1.000 - 4.000 

Order No. 2176361 

Inch Rectangular 

An 49 block set containing 

Series Number Size 

of blocks 

.0001” 9 .1001 - 1.009 

.001” 9 .101 - .109 

.01” 9 .010 - .090 

.01” 9 .110 - .190 

.10” 9 .100 - .900 

1.000” 4 1.000 - 4.000 

Order No. 2176362 


Grade 0 Length Tolerances 

Nominal Length 

Greater Less than or Unit 0.000001” 

than equal to (1 μinch) 

0 0.4 ± 5 

0.4 1 ± 6 

1 2 ± 8 

2 3 ± 10 

3 4 ±12

- 

13-12 


Pin Gages 426 according to DIN 2269 

426 

Features 

426 G 

• To be used as setting standards for indicating measuring 

instruments, testing the distances between axes, tapers and other 

work pieces in conjunction with gage blocks. Can also be used for 

determining pitch diameter of threads or pitch circle diameter on 

gears and serrations 

Pin Gages 426 made from steel, without a handle from dia. 5.01 mm inscribed with diameter on the end face 

Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, 

multi-aged, ground and lapped multi-aged, ground and lapped multi-aged and precision ground 

Grade 0, DIN 2269 Grade 1, DIN 2269 Better than Grade 2, DIN 2269 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 0.5 μm Manufacturing tolerance ± 1.0 μm Manufacturing tolerance ± 1.5 μm 

Length Increments Length Increments Length Increments 

0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 0.001 mm mm 0.01 mm 

Ø mm mm Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. Order no. 

0.06 - 0.09 20 4828100 4828300 20 4828110 4828310 20 4828130 

0.10 - 0.19 32 4828101 4828301 32 4828111 4828311 40 4828131 

0.20 - 0.29 32 4828102 4828302 32 4828112 4828312 40 4828132 

0.30 - 0.49 32 4828103 4828303 32 4828113 4828313 40 4828133 

0.50 - 0.99 32 4828104 4828304 32 4828114 4828314 40 4828134 

1.00 - 2.99 32 4828105 4828305 32 4828115 4828315 40 4828135 

3.00 - 5.99 40 4828106 4828306 40 4828116 4828316 *** 4828136 

6.00 - 9.99 50 4828107* 4828307* 50 4828117 4828317 70 4828137 

10.00 - 11.99 70** 4828118 4828318 70 4828138 

12.00 - 13.99 70 4828119 4828319 70 4828139 

14.00 - 15.99 70 4828120 4828320 70 4828140 

16.00 - 18.99 70 4828121 4828321 70 4828141 

19.00 - 20.00 70 4828122 4828322 70 4828142 

* applies up to dia. 10 mm ** dia. 10 mm = 50 mm long *** dia. 3-4mm=50mmlong, 

>4-5mm=60mmlong, 

> 5 mm = 70 mm long 

Pin Gages 426 G made from steel, with a handle 





Effective Increments Effective Increments Effective Increments 

Length 0.01 mm 0.001 mm Length 0.01 mm 0.001 mm Length 0.01 mm 

Ø mm mm Order no. Order no. mm Order no. Order no. mm Order no. 

0.06 - 0.09 10 4828150 4828350 10 4828160 4828360 10 4828170 

0.10 - 0.19 25 4828151 4828351 25 4828161 4828361 33 4828171 

0.20 - 0.29 25 4828152 4828352 25 4828162 4828362 33 4828172 

0.30 - 0.49 25 4828153 4828353 25 4828163 4828363 33 4828173 

0.50 - 0.99 25 4828154 4828354 25 4828164 4828364 33 4828174 

1.00 - 2.99 25 4828155 4828355 25 4828165 4828365 33 4828175 

3.00 - 5.99 25 4828156 4828356 25 4828166 4828366 *** 4828176 

6,00 - 10,00 42* 4828157 4828357 42** 4828167 4828367 62 4828177 

* dia. 6 mm = 25 mm long ** dia. 6 mm = 25 mm long *** Ø3-4mm=43mmlong, 

>4-5mm=53mmlong, 

Length of handle see Page 13-12 (426 D) 

> 5 mm = 62 mm long 

Accessories 

Wooden case with plastic inlay for pin gages up to D = 10 mm Number of pin gages Order no. 

max. 50 Pin gages (without handle) 4827609 

max. 50 Pin gages (with handle) 4827610 

max. 100 Pin gages (without handle) 4827611

+ 


13-13 

Pin Gage sets 426 S made of steel, without a handle in a high quality wooden box with pedestral 






ø mm Increments Quantity Order no. Increments Quantity Order no. Increments Quantity Order no. 

1.00 - 10.00 0.1 91 4828190 0.1 91 4828210 

0.10 - 0.50 0.01 41 4828181 0.01 41 4828191 0.01 41 4828211 

0.50 - 1.00 0.01 51 4828182 0.01 51 4828192 0.01 51 4828212 

0.10 - 1.00 0.01 91 4828183 0.01 91 4828193 0.01 91 4828213 

1.00 - 2.00 0.01 101 4828184 0.01 101 4828194 0.01 101 4828214 

2.00 - 3.00 0.01 101 4828195 0.01 101 4828215 

3.00 - 4.00 0.01 101 4828196 0.01 101 4828216 

4.00 - 5.00 0.01 101 4828197 0.01 101 4828217 

5.00 - 6.00 0.01 101 4828198 0.01 101 4828218 

6.00 - 7.00 0.01 101 4828199 0.01 101 4828219 

7.00 - 8.00 0.01 101 4828200 0.01 101 4828220 

8.00 - 9.00 0.01 101 4828201 0.01 101 4828221 

9.00 - 10.00 0.01 101 4828202 0.01 101 4828222 

Pin gage lengths are the same as the individual pin gages

- 

13-14 


Individual Plug Gages 426 D made from steel, with a handle 

Features 

• For testing diameters of small bores 

• To be used as setting standards for indicating measuring 

instruments, testing the distances between axes, grooves and slots 

on work pieces in conjunction with gage blocks 

• Unbreakable plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 

• Set with pin gages in diameter increments of 0.01 mm 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 0.5 μm 


Wooden case with plastic inlay 


Wear-resistant gage steel. hardened. multi-aged, ground and lapped 

plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 


Increment 0.01 mm 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dimensions 

Order no. dia. d l 

dia. d mm mm mm dia. D LG L 

0.06 - 0.09 4828230 0.06 - 0.30 2.0 4 32 34 

0.10 - 0.19 4828231 > 0.30 - 0.50 3.5 4 32 35.5 

0.20 - 0.29 4828232 > 0.50 - 1.50 5.0 4 32 37 

0.30 - 0.49 4828233 > 1.50 - 2.00 6.0 4 32 38 

0.50 - 0.99 4828234 > 2.00 - 3.50 8.0 5 35 43 

1.00 - 2.99 4828235 > 3.50 - 6.00 10.0 5 45 55 

3.00 - 5.99 4828236 > 6.00 - 8.00 14.0 10 45 59 

6.00 - 10.00 4828237 > 8.00 - 10.00 18.0 10 45 63 

Plug Gage Sets 426 DS made from steel, with a handle in a high quality wooden box with pedestral 


Wear-resistant gage steel, hardened, multi-aged, ground and lapped 

plastic handle inscribed with the diameter 


dia. mm Increment Quantity Length Order no. 

0.06 - 0.50 0.01 45 2* 4825000 

0.51 - 1.00 0.01 50 5 4825001 

1.01 - 1.50 0.01 50 5 4825002 

1.51 - 2.00 0.01 50 6 4825003 

2.01 - 2.50 0.01 50 8 4825004 

2.51 - 3.00 0.01 50 8 4825005 

3.01 - 3.50 0.01 50 8 4825006 

3.51 - 4.00 0.01 50 10 4825007 

4.01 - 4.50 0.01 50 10 4825008 

4.51 - 5.00 0.01 50 10 4825009 

dia. mm Increment Quantity Length Order no. 

5.01 - 5.50 0.01 50 10 4825010 

5.51 - 6.00 0.01 50 10 4825011 

6.01 - 6.50 0.01 50 14 4825703 

6.51 - 7.00 0.01 50 14 4825704 

7.01 - 7.50 0.01 50 14 4825705 

7.51 - 8.00 0.01 50 14 4825706 

8.01 - 8.50 0.01 50 18 4825707 

8.51 - 9.00 0.01 50 18 4825708 

9.01 - 9.50 0.01 50 18 4825709 

9.51 - 10.00 0.01 50 18 4825710 

*dia. > 0.3 mm = 3.5 mm long

+ 


13-15 

Thread Pin Gages 426 M in holders 426 A with an eyelet 

Features 

426 M 

426 A 

 

 

 

 

426 M 

• For determining pitch diameter 

of external threads according 

to the three-wire method 

• In conjunction with 

micrometers, indicating 

measuring instruments or 

measuring machines 

• Each pair consists of: 

1 holder with 1 pin gage and 

1 holder with 2 pin gages 

• Holder has a satin chrome 

finish, the retainer ring can 

be locked yet the measuring 

spindle can still rotate 


Mounting hole 

(Mounting hole 

on request) 

426 MS 

Set of thread Pin Gages in 

Holder consists of: 

18 Holder Pairs 426 M 

• Pin gages are hardened and 

lapped. Freely floating in 

holder to allow proper 

positioning and contact with 

thread flanks 

± 0.5 μm 

7.5 mm 

6.35 mm = 1/4”, 6.5 mm and 8 mm 

Diameter 0.17 - 3.2 mm 

Delivered in a wooden box 

Order no. 

Mounting hole 7.5 mm 4820000 

Mounting hole 6.5 mm 4820003 

 

426 A 

• For determining pitch diameter 

of external threads according 

to the three-wire method 

• Designed to be suspended 

over a test specimen 

• Set consists of 3 Pin Gages 

Manufacturing tol. 

Pin gage length 

± 0.5 μm 

32 mm 


Pin Gage Order no. for thread pitch 

426 M 426 M 426 A Metric Whitworth American UST Trapezoid 

dia. Pair Pair Set range range 

mm dia. 7.5 mm dia. 6.5 mm mm tpi tpi mm 

0.17 4820010 4820132 4821000 0.25 0.3 

0.195 4820011 4820149 4821001 80 

0.22 4820012 4820133 4821002 0.35 72 

0.25 4820013 4820131 4821003 0.4 64 

0.29 4820014 4820134 4821004 0.45 0.5 56 

0.335 4820015 4820135 4821005 0.6 48 

0.39 4820016 4820150 4821006 40 44 40 

0.455 4820017 4820137 4821007 0.7 0.75 0.8 32 36 

0.53 4820018 4820151 4821008 28 32 28 

0.62 4820019 4820139 4821009 1 26 24 24 

0.725 4820020 4820140 4821010 1.25 22 20 20 

0.895 4820021 4820141 4821011 1.5 19 18 16 18 

1.1 4820022 4820142 4821012 1.75 14 16 14 13 2 

1.35 4820023 4820143 4821013 2 12 11 12 11 

1.65 4820024 4820144 4821014 2.5 10 9 10 9 3 

2.05 4820025 4820145 4821015 3 3.5 8 7 8 7 4 

2.55 4820026 4820146 4821016 4 4.5 6 6 5 

3.2 4820027 4820147 4821017 5 5.5 5 4 1 / 2 

5 4 1 / 2 

6 

4 *4820028 *4820152 4821018 6 4 3 1 / 2 

4 7 

* These holder pairs require the use of a3mmgage block for the holder with 2 pin gages to enlarge the measuring face. This gage block is inserted into the holder 

recess provided. 

417/1 Gage Block -steel 

Nominal size 

3 mm 

Grade 1 

Order no. 4801285

- 

13-16 MarGage. Standards, Gages and Gage Blocks 

Setting Standards for indicating measuring instruments 

AGD Masters 

Master Rings 

• Traceable certification and calibration available on request. 

• Lapped to size and polished. 

• Non-gaging areas black oxidized — ring faces ground. 

• Meet all requirements of ANSI Specification B47.1-1988 

• Manufactured in accordance with ANSI Specification B89.1.6-1984. 

Master Plugs 


• Stabilized and hardened. 

• 100 % usable gaging surface. 

• Ends ground square 

• Lapped finish. 

Master Discs AGD Style 3 


• Lapped to size and polished. 

• Non-gaging areas black oxidized — ring faces ground. 

• Meet all requirements of ANSI Specification B47.1-1988 

• Manufactured in accordance with ANSI Specification B89.1.5. 

• Furnished with clear insulators. 

• All dimensions are AGD style 3.

+ 


13-17 

Setting Standards for indicating measuring instruments 

715 E 

355 E 390 

Ring Gages 355 E 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped 

Dimensions 

DIN 2250, Type C 

Manufacturing tolerance DIN 2250 

Uncertainty of actual deviation 1/2 IT 1 

Nominal diameter 

0.5 - 200 mm 

Thread Setting Ring Gage 708 E 

• With full thread profile 

• Actual deviation is engraved on the gage 

• For setting indicating thread measuring instruments 

• For metric threads for tolerance class “H“ 

according to DIN 2241 

• For other thread types please state tolerance requirements 

Pin Gages 426 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. Available 

with or without handles. 

• According to DIN 2269 

For further details please refer to Page 13-10 

Nominal diameter 0.1 - 10 mm 

Reference Discs 390 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. 

Thread Setting Plug Gage 715 E 

• With full thread profile 

• Actual deviation is engraved on the gage 

• For setting indicating thread measuring instruments 

• Metric threads in accordance with DIN 2241: 

Tolerance class h applies to standard threads dia. 1 - 1.4 mm and 

for pitches 0.2 and 0.25, for all other sizes the tolerance class g is 

applicable 

• For other thread types please state tolerance requirements 

Manufacturing tolerance ± 1/2 IT 2 

Uncertainty of actual deviation 1/2 IT 0 

Nominal diameter over 

10 - 100 mm 

Setting standards with a DKD calibration certificate from the 

Mahr Calibration Laboratory are available on request (threads are 

excluded) 

Pin Gages from dia. 3 mm 

Ring Gages dia. 10 - 100 mm 

Reference Discs dia. 3 - 100 mm

- 

13-18 


Thread Gages, Checking Plug Gages 

705 

708 N 708 G 

Thread Limit Plug Gage 705 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and ground 

• GO end with full thread profile, pitch diameter corresponds to 

minimum permissible dimension of internal thread 

• NO-GO end has only 3 threads and a shortened flank profile, 

pitch diameter corresponds to maximum permissible dimension of 

internal thread 

• Accuracy for metric ISO threads according to DIN ISO 1502 

(up to 40 mm the GO end and NO-GO end are on a common 

handle. Over 40 mm the GO / NO-GO end are on separate handles 

for easier handling) 

• Nominal diameter 1 - 100 mm. For all standard and special threads 

Thread Ring Gages 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and ground. 

Accuracy of metric ISO threads according to DIN ISO 1502 

• Nominal diameter 1 - 200 mm 

• For all standard and special threads 

GO Thread Ring Gage 708 G 

• With full thread profile. Pitch diameter corresponds to the 

maximum permissible dimension of an external thread. The 

external diameter is relieved 

NO-GO Thread Ring Gage 708 N 

• With reduced thread profile. For checking minimum permissible 

dimension of pitch diameter on external thread 

Master Thread Plug Gages 

• Special wear-resistant gage steel. Hardened and lapped. Accuracy 

for metric ISO thread DIN ISO 1502. Other threads are in 

accordance to the respective standards 

• Diameter 1 - 200 mm 

Available for all standard and special threads 

Go Thread Checking Gage 715 G 

Counter Plug Gage for GO Thread Ring Gage 

Go Thread Checking Gage 715 N 

Counter Plug Gage for NO-GO Thread Ring Gage 

• With full thread profile and outside diameter with maximum 

dimension of external thread. Plug Gage must screw easily into Ring 

Gage 

Wear Testing Plug Gage 716 G 

For GO Thread Ring Gage 

Wear Testing Plug Gage 716 N 

For NO-GO Thread Ring Gage 

• Three threads with considerably shortened flanks. Must not screw 

in more than one turn

+ 


13-19 

Calibration Services 

International Standards require complete documentation and calibration of all gaging instruments. Mahr Federal Inc., as well as being a 

manufacturer of quality dimensional measuring instruments, is an established primary source or high accuracy dimensional measurement services. 

Mahr Federal offers an inspection and recalibration program 

for dimensional standards including: 

• gage blocks / master rings / master discs and plugs / 

masterballs (roundness) 

• cylindrical form and precision reference specimens surface 

roughness standards. 

For these services, we have created an ideal environment - a 

metrology laboratory in Providence, Rhode Island that is ranked as 

one of the world‘s finest.: 

• High quality measurements - 0.06 micron / 2.3 microinch 

uncertainty of measurement on gage blocks (up to 50 mm / 2” long). 

• All measurements traceable to the Standards of the United States. 

• Grand Masters/Primary standards used in our Measurement 

Center have been certified by NIST. 

• Calibration system is certified to ISO-9001:2000 by NQA, USA 

and accredited to ISO 17025 NVLAP Lab Code 200605-0. 

• We offer Fast turnaround and competitive prices. 

Mahr Federal also specializes in the calibration and certification of 

the following gages including: 

• Dial, Digital & Test Indicators 

• Mikrokators ® 

• Micrometers 

• Dial & Vernier Calipers 

• Pin & Radius Gages 

• Snaps, I.D. / O.D. & Bore Gages 

• Dimentron ® Plugs 

• Plug & Ring Gages 

• Groove, Caliper, Thickness 

• Air Gages & Magnification Kits 

• Electronic Amplifiers & Gage Heads 

• Surface Finish Gages 

• Level Systems

- 

Mahr. Worldwide 

AMERICAS 

USA 

Mahr Federal Inc. 

Headquarters: 

1144 Eddy Street, 

Providence, RI 02905 

.: +1-401-784-3100 

+1-800-343-2050 (toll-free) 

Fax: +1-401-784-3246 

eMail: information@mahr.com 

Cincinnati Resource Center: 

11435 Williamson Road, 

Cincinnati, OH 45241 

Tel. +1-513-489-6116 

Fax +1-513-489-6302 


Los Angeles Resource Center: 

11145 Knott Avenue, Suite G 

Cypress, CA 90630 

Tel. +1-714-379-7051 

Fax: +1-714-379-0468 


Mahr Metering Systems Corporation 

1415 A Cross Beam Dr. 

Charlotte, NC 28217 

P.O. Box 7547 

Charlotte, NC 28241 

Tel.: +1-704-525-7128 

+1-800-459-7867 (toll-free) 

Fax: +1-704-525-8290 

eMail: Info@MahrMeteringSystems.com 

Mexico 

Mahr Corp. de Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Francisco Garza Sada #690, 

Col. Chepevera 

64030 Monterrey, 

Nuevo León, México 

Tel.: +52-81-8333-20-10 

Fax: +52-81-8347-27-93 

eMail: ventasmexiko@mahr.com 

Brazil 

Mahr do Brasil Ltda. 

Av. Washington Luis, 703 

04662-001 São Paulo, SP 

Brazil 

Tel.: + 55-11-6687 5566 

Fax: + 55-11-6687 5550 

eMail: apoio.vendas@mahr.com.br 

EUROPA 

Germany 

Mahr GmbH Göttingen 

Postfach 1853 

37008 Göttingen 

Carl-Mahr-Str. 1 

37073 Göttingen 

Tel.: +49-551-7073-800 

Fax: +49-551-7073-888 

eMail: info@mahr.de 

Mahr GmbH Esslingen 

Postfach 100254 

73702 Esslingen 

Reutlinger Straße 48 


Tel.: +49-711-9312-600 

Fax: +49-711-9312-725 

eMail: mahr.es@mahr.de 

Mahr OKM GmbH 

Carl-Zeiss-Promenade 10 

07745 Jena 

Tel. +49-3641 642696 

Fax: +49-3641 643368 

eMail: info-okm@mahr.de 

Mahr Kundenzentrum 

Esslingen 

Reutlinger Straße 48 


Tel.: +49-711-9312-800 

Fax: +49-711-9312-815 

eMail: info-kuz-es@mahr.de 

Mahr Kundenzentrum Wuppertal 

Vorm Eichholz 2 

42119 Wuppertal 

Tel.: +49-202-710055 

Fax: +49-202-710057 

eMail: info-kuz-wu@mahr.de 

Mahr Kundenzentrum Ingolstadt 

Manchinger Straße 86 

85053 Ingolstadt 

Tel.: +49-841-965630 

Fax: +49-841-9656311 

eMail: info-kuz-in@mahr.de 

Poland 

Mahr GmbH 

Przedstawicielstwo w Polsce 

Ul. Pulawska 5/4 

02-515 Warszawa 

Tel.: +48-7-92665446 

eMail: arkadiusz.kolakowski@mahr.com 

 

 

 

 

+7-495-138 5374 

eMail: igor.lutsenko@mahr.com 

Czech Republic 

Mahr spol. s.r.o. 

Ulice Kpt. Jaro¥se 552 

41712 Probo ¥stov 

Czech Republic 

Tel.: +420-417-816 711 

Fax: +420-417-560 237 

eMail: Info-cz@mahr.com 

Austria 

Mahr Austria GmbH 

Hirschstettnerstraße 19-21 

1220 Wien, Austria 

Tel.: +43-1-204 36 73-0 

Fax: +43-1-204 36 73-15 

eMail: info-austria@mahr.com 

France 

Mahr France 

B.P. 27 

6, rue Lavoisier-Z.I. 

91430 Igny, France 

Tel.: +33-1-69351919 

Fax: +33-1-69351900 

eMail: info@mahr.fr 

Switzerland 

Mahr AG Schweiz 

Zürcherstrasse 68 

8800 Thalwil, Switzerland 

Tel.: +41-44 723 39 99 

Fax: +41-44 723 39 98 

eMail: ch@mahr.com 

United Kingdom / Ireland 

Mahr U.K. Plc. 

19 Drakes Mews 

Crownhill, Milton Keynes 

MK 8 0ER, Great Britain 

Tel.: +44-1908-563700 

Fax: +44-1908-563704 

eMail: info@mahruk.com

+ 

Mahr. Worldwide 

ASIA 

China 

Mahr China Ltd. 

Hong Kong Office: 

Unit G, 14F., CDW Building, 

388 Castle Peak Road, 

Tsuen Wan, N.T. 

Hong Kong 

Tel.: +852-2357 9683 

Fax: +852-2763 9613 

eMail: info@mahr.com.hk oder 

sales@mahr.com.hk 

Beijing Office: 

Room 1502, Rong Xin Tower, 

West Station, Fengtai District, 

Beijing 100055, China 

Tel.: +86-10-6332 4481/2/3 

Fax: +86-10-6332 4492 



Shanghai Office: 

1/F., No. 1146 Jia, 

West Yan An Road, Changning District, 

Shanghai 200052, China 

Tel.: +86-21-5238 5353 

Fax: +86-21-5238 6012 



Guangzhou Office: 

Unit 1203, East Tower, 

Guangzhou International Commercial 

Center, 

No. 122 Tiyudong Road, 

Guangzhou 510620, China 

Tel.: +86-20-3887 1132/1173 

Fax: +86-20-3887 1172 


sales@mahr.com hk 

Mahr Precision Metrology (Suzhou) Ltd. 

#399 Su Hong Road 

Suzhou, Industrial Park 

Suzhou 215021, P.R. China 

Tel.: +86-512-62585862 

Fax: +86-512-62585870 

eMail: info_suzhou@mahr.com 

Taiwan 

Mahr China Ltd. 

Taiwan Office: 

No. 109, Sec. 1, Wunhua 1st Road, 

Linkou Township, Taipei County 24447, 

Taiwan R.O.C. 

Tel.: +886-2-2600 6360 

Fax: +886-2-2600 6362 



Korea 

Mahr Korea Ltd. 

Panwon B/D 6 F 

38-30 Jangchung-dong 1-ga, 

Chung-ku, Seoul 100-391 

South Korea 

Tel.: +82-2-579-4981 

Fax: +82-2-579-4986/7 

eMail: sales@mahr.co.kr 

Japan 

Mahr Japan Co., Ltd. 

712-4-1, Mamedo-cho, Kohoku-ku, 

Yokohama, 222-0032, Japan 

Tel.: +81-45-540-3591 

Fax: +81-45-540-6252 

eMail: info@mahr.co.jp 

Osaka Branch 

2-3-5, Andoji-cho, Chuo-ku, 

Osaka-shi, 542-0061, Japan 

Tel.: +81-6-6763-5191 

Fax: +81-6-6763-5192 

Malaysia 

Mahr Malaysia Sdn. Bhd. 

No. 130, Block B 1, 

Leisure Commerce Square 

No. 9, Jalan PJS 8/9, 

46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan 

Malaysia 

Tel.: +60-3-78772060 

Fax: +60-3-78772040 

eMail: sales@mahr.com.my 

Thailand 

Mahr S.E.A. Co. Ltd. 

719 KPN Tower, 20th Floor 

Rama 9 Rd., Bangkapi, Huaykwang 

Bangkok 10310, Thailand 

Tel.: +66-2-717 1050-4 

Fax: +66-2-717 1055 

eMail: info@mahr.co.th 

India 

Mahr Metrology India Pvt. Ltd. 

Corporate Office 

R-38, 6th Main Road 

Anna Nagar 

Chennai-600 040, Indien 

Tel.: +91-44-42170531 

Fax: +91-44-42170531 

eMail : mahrindia@mahr.com 

Please refer to our website www.mahr.com 

for addresses of our worldwide Sales 

Partners (not included in the Mahr Group) 

© by Mahr GmbH, Esslingen / Göttingen 

We reserve the right to make changes to 

our products, especially due to technical 

improvements and further developments. 

All illustrations and technical data are 

therefore without guarantee. 

3759620-01.09.2010

- 

+ 

WWW.MAHR.COM 

Mahr Federal Inc. • 1144 Eddy Street • Providence • RI 02905 • Phone +1-800-343-2050 • Fax: +1-401-784-3246 

Email: information@mahr.com 

Mahr GmbH Esslingen 

Reutlinger Straße 48, 73728 Esslingen 

Tel. +49 711 9312 600, Fax +49 711 9312 725 

mahr.es@mahr.de, www.mahr.com 

09.2010 EN10 V1

Mahr Catalog.pdf - JW Donchin CO.

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?